1 # Portuguese translations for util-linux package
2 # Traduções em português brasileiro para o pacote util-linux
3 # Copyright (C) 2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 # This file is distributed under the same license as the util-linux package.
5 # Rafael Fontenelle <rafaelff@gnome.org>, 2021.
9 "Project-Id-Version: util-linux-man 2.37-rc2\n"
10 "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-03-29 18:26+0200\n"
11 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-08-31 20:06-0300\n"
12 "Last-Translator: Rafael Fontenelle <rafaelff@gnome.org>\n"
13 "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <ldpbr-translation@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
16 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
17 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
18 "X-Bugs: Report translation errors to the Language-Team address.\n"
19 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1)\n"
20 "X-Generator: Gtranslator 40.0\n"
23 #: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:1
25 msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
26 msgstr "RELATANDO PROBLEMAS"
29 #: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:3
30 msgid "For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/karelzak/util-linux/issues."
31 msgstr "Para relatar programas, use o rastreador de problemas em https://github.com/karelzak/util-linux/issues."
34 #: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:1 ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:1
35 #: ../man-common/footer.adoc:1 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:75
38 msgstr "DISPONIBILIDADE"
40 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep *{configfile}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the name of the configuration file.
42 #: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:4
44 msgid "*{configfile}* is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive].\n"
45 msgstr "*{configfile}* é parte do pacote util-linux que pode ser baixado do https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive].\n"
47 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep *{lib}* and {firstversion} untranslated, will be replaced with the library name and the version of util-linux where the library appeared for the first time.
49 #: ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:4
50 msgid "The *{lib}* library is part of the util-linux package since version {firstversion}. It can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
51 msgstr "A biblioteca *{lib}* é parte do pacote util-linux desde a versão {firstversion}. Ela pode ser baixada do https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
53 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep *{command}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the command name.
55 #: ../man-common/footer.adoc:4
56 msgid "The *{command}* command is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
57 msgstr "O comando *{command}* é parte do pacote util-linux que pode ser baixado do https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
60 #: ../man-common/translation.adoc:1
66 #: ../man-common/translation.adoc:6
67 msgid "For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding *.po file at GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html"
68 msgstr "Para os autores desta tradução, consulte o cabeçalho do arquivo *.po correspondente no GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html"
70 #. TRANSLATORS: Please replace %1 with the address of the mailing list of your
73 #: ../man-common/translation.adoc:12
74 msgid "Report man page translation bugs to: <%1>"
75 msgstr "Relate erros da tradução da página man para: <%1>"
77 #. addpart.8 -- man page for addpart
78 #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
79 #. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
80 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
82 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:8
87 #. type: Attribute :man manual:
88 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:10 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:10
89 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:18 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:10
90 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:11
91 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:4
92 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:4
93 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:8
94 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:11
95 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:11
96 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:10
97 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:8
98 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:4 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:22
99 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:6
100 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:6 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:4
101 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:14
102 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:8 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:6
103 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:4
104 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:4
105 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:4
106 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:11
107 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:4
108 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:34
109 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:4
110 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:4
111 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:4
112 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:4
113 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:4
114 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:4 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:4
116 msgid "System Administration"
117 msgstr "Administração do sistema"
120 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:15 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:15
121 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:15
122 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:17
123 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:9
124 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:9
125 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:13
126 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:16
127 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:16
128 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:15
129 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:24 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:13
130 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:17 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:16
131 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:41
132 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:41
133 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:43
134 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:41
135 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:41
136 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:17
137 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:26 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:13
138 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:11 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:11
139 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:9 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:9
140 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:9 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:28
141 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:26 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:43
142 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:12 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:47
143 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:11
144 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:10 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:10
145 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:14
146 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:43
147 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:20
148 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:9
149 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:13
150 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:11
151 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:11
152 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:34 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:10
153 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:33 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:33
154 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:9
155 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:9
156 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:9
157 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:13
158 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:9
159 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:9
160 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:9
161 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:13
162 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:14 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:13
163 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:13
164 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:9
165 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:9
166 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:14
167 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:9
168 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:9
169 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:15 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:9
170 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:9
171 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:9
172 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:11
173 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:9
174 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:34
175 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:9
176 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:9 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:9
177 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:43 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:44
178 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:10 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:10
179 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:16 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:44
180 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:46 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:46
181 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:44 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:43
182 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:43 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:45
183 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:10 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:46
184 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:10 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:43
185 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:43
191 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:18
192 msgid "addpart - tell the kernel about the existence of a partition"
193 msgstr "addpart - avisa o kernel sobre a existência de uma partição"
196 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:19 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:19
197 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:27 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:19
198 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:21
199 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:13
200 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:13
201 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:17
202 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:20
203 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:20
204 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:19
205 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:17
206 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:21 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:20
207 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:45
208 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:45
209 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:47
210 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:45
211 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:45
212 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:21
213 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:30 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:17
214 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:15 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:15
215 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:13 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:13
216 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:13 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:32
217 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:30 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:47
218 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:16 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:51
219 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:15
220 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:14 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:14
221 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:18
222 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:47
223 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:24
224 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:13
225 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:17
226 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:15
227 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:15
228 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:38 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:14
229 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:37 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:38
230 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:13
231 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:13
232 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:17
233 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:13
234 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:13
235 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:13
236 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:17
237 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:18 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:17
238 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:17
239 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:13
240 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:13
241 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:18
242 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:13
243 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:13
244 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:13
245 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:13
246 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:13
247 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:15
248 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:13
249 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:38
250 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:13
251 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:13 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:13
252 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:47 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:48
253 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:14 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:14
254 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:20 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:48
255 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:50 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:48
256 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:47 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:47
257 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:14 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:50
258 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:14 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:47
259 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:47
265 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:22
267 msgid "*addpart* _device partition start length_\n"
268 msgstr "*addpart* _dispositivo partição início comprimento_\n"
271 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:27
272 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:23
273 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:27
274 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:17
275 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:17
276 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:21
277 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:24
278 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:26
279 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:23
280 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:21
281 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:25 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:26
282 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:49 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:51
283 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:51
284 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:58
285 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:52
286 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:53
287 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:25 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:25
288 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:36 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:21
289 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:19
290 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:17 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:19
291 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:36
292 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:34 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:53
293 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:26 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:57
294 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:19
295 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:22 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:20
296 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:25
297 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:51
298 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:28
299 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:17
300 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:21
301 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:19
302 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:24
303 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:44 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:24
304 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:43 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:44
305 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:17
306 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:21
307 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:19
308 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:31
309 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:21
310 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:17
311 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:17
312 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:21
313 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:24 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:21
314 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:21
315 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:17
316 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:17
317 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:22
318 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:19
319 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:17
320 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:21
321 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:17
322 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:21
323 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:19
324 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:19
325 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:46
326 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:17
327 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:31 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:17
328 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:51 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:52
329 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:18 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:18
330 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:24 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:52
331 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:52 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:54
332 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:52 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:51
333 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:51
334 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:18 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:54
335 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:18 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:51
336 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:51
342 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:26
344 msgid "*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" ioctl.\n"
345 msgstr "*addpart* informa ao kernel Linux sobre a existência da partição especificada. O comando é um invólucro simples em torno do ioctl \"add partition\".\n"
348 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:28
349 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:28
350 msgid "This command doesn't manipulate partitions on a block device."
351 msgstr "Este comando não manipula partições em um dispositivo de bloco."
354 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:29
355 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:126
360 #. type: Labeled list
361 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:31
364 msgstr "_dispositivo_"
367 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:33
368 msgid "The disk device."
369 msgstr "O dispositivo de disco."
371 #. type: Labeled list
372 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:34
378 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:36 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:36
379 msgid "The partition number."
380 msgstr "O número da partição."
382 #. type: Labeled list
383 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:37
389 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:39
390 msgid "The beginning of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
391 msgstr "O início da partição (em setores de 512 bytes)."
393 #. type: Labeled list
394 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:37
397 msgstr "_comprimento_"
400 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:42
401 msgid "The length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
402 msgstr "O comprimento da partição (em setores de 512 setores)."
405 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:154
406 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:78
407 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:224 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:159
408 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:55 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:102
409 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:56 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:57
410 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:78 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:89
411 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:103 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:139
412 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:410
413 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:49 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:56
414 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:59
415 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:63
416 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:84
417 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:70
418 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:67
419 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:77 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:59
420 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:120 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:163
421 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:132 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:34
422 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:71 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:131
423 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:145 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:79
424 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:68 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:178
425 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:65
426 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:219 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:153
427 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:107 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:242
428 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:105 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:166
429 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:112 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:58
430 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:98
431 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:85 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:70
432 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:72 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:107
433 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:142 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:95
434 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:113 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:129
435 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:62
436 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:112 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:80
437 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:85 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:55
438 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:187
439 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:121 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:90
440 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:129 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:57
441 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:135 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:85
442 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:372 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:53
443 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:91
444 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:162
445 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:76
446 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:76 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1456
447 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:69 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:138
448 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:139
449 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:96 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:82
450 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:134 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:94
451 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:44
452 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:168 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:51
453 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:180 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:236
454 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:104 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:99
455 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:166 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:79
456 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:99 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:171
457 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:85 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:84
458 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:127 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:96
459 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:71 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:198
460 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:22 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:196
461 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:146 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:65
462 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:84
468 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:50
484 #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
485 #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
486 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
488 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:8
494 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:18
495 msgid "blockdev - call block device ioctls from the command line"
496 msgstr "blockdev - chamada de ioctls de dispositivos de bloco pela linha de comando"
499 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:22
501 msgid "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _command_ [_command_...] _device_ [_device_...]\n"
502 msgstr "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _comando_ [_comando_...] _dispositivo_ [_dispositivo_...]\n"
505 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:24
507 msgid "*blockdev* *--report* [_device_...]\n"
508 msgstr "*blockdev* *--report* [_dispositivo_...]\n"
511 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:26
513 msgid "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n"
514 msgstr "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n"
517 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:30
518 msgid "The utility *blockdev* allows one to call block device ioctls from the command line."
519 msgstr "O utilitário *blockdev* permite chamar ioctls de dispositivo de bloco a partir da linha de comando."
522 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:45
523 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:50 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:40
524 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:21
525 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:21
526 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:27 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:27
527 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:41
528 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:40
529 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:136
530 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:29 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:35
531 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:31 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:46
532 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:37 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:27
533 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:25 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:31
534 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:31 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:50
535 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:42
536 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:67 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:29
537 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:32 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:30
538 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:27 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:53
539 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:57
540 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:29 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:34
541 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:29 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:39
542 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:25
543 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:29 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:48
544 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:71 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:38
545 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:90 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:46
546 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:69 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:62
547 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:82
548 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:35
549 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:35
550 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:35
551 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:54
552 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:27
553 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:25
554 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:25
555 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:74
556 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:84
557 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:23
558 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:32
559 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:47
560 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:25
561 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:25
562 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:29
563 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:23
564 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:25
565 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:52
566 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:25
567 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:39 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:56
568 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:69 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:62
569 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:28 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:30
570 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:28 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:60
571 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:72 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:60
572 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:56 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:59
573 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:66 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:55
574 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:58 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:26
575 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:57 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:55
580 #. type: Labeled list
581 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:33
587 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:35
589 msgstr "modo silencioso."
591 #. type: Labeled list
592 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:36 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:35
598 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:58
599 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:39
600 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:91
602 msgstr "Modo detalhado."
604 #. type: Labeled list
605 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:39
611 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:41
612 msgid "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors."
613 msgstr "Imprime um relatório para o dispositivo especificado. É possível dar vários dispositivos. Se nenhum for fornecido, todos os dispositivos que aparecem em _/proc/partitions_ são mostrados. Observe que a partição StartSec está em setores de 512 bytes."
615 #. type: Labeled list
616 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:42 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:47
617 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:67 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:51
618 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:71
619 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:47
620 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:65 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:70
621 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:67 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:102
622 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:213
623 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:31 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:39
624 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:54 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:51
625 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:80 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:80
626 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:64 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:52
627 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:123
628 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:64
629 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:35 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:29
630 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:184 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:76
631 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:69
632 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:62
633 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:68
634 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:37 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:65
635 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:100 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:49
636 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:107 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:63
637 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:83 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:88
638 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:104
639 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:49
640 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:40
641 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:144 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:52
642 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:82 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:89
643 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:65
644 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:102 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:46
645 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:30
646 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:115
647 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:119 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:116
648 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:46
649 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:69
650 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:442 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:40
651 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:130 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:38
652 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:72
653 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:76
654 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:95 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:37
655 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:117
656 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:134 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:60
657 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:73 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:77
658 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:125 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:51
659 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:68 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:74
660 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:77 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:67
661 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:64 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:99
662 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:65 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:62
663 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:66
665 msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
666 msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"
669 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:49
670 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:69 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:114
671 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:73
672 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:49
673 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:67 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:72
674 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:69 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:104
675 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:47 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:215
676 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:33 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:51
677 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:41 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:55
678 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:53 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:82
679 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:82 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:66
680 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:125
681 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:52 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:66
682 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:186 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:78
683 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:56 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:71
684 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:64
685 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:39
686 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:67 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:102
687 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:51 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:109
688 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:65 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:85
689 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:57
690 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:58
691 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:42
692 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:146 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:54
693 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:91
694 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:67
695 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:104 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:48
696 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:66 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:32
697 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:117
698 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:121 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:118
699 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:48
700 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:71
701 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:444 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:42
702 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:132 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:40
703 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:59
704 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:44
705 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:113
706 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:97
707 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:54
708 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:119
709 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:136 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:62
710 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:75 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:188
711 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:79 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:127
712 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:53 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:70
713 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:76 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:79
714 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:85 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:69
715 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:66 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:140
716 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:101 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:97
717 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:67 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:64
718 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:68
719 msgid "Display help text and exit."
720 msgstr "Exibe um texto de ajuda e sai."
722 #. type: Labeled list
723 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:59
724 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:64 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:101
725 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:68
726 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:50
727 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:68 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:67
728 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:99
729 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:48 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:56
730 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:93 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:54
731 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:77 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:77
732 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:67 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:49
733 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:144 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:120
734 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:63
735 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:181 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:73
736 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:109 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:66
737 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:59
738 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:40 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:65
739 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:40 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:62
740 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:103 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:81
741 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:104 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:69
742 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:80 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:85
743 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:101
744 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:55
745 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:37
746 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:141 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:85
747 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:86
748 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:62
749 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:99 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:43
750 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:33
751 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:112
752 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:116 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:142
753 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:32 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:43
754 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:66 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:66
755 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:439 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:37
756 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:127 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:35
757 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:69
758 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:73
759 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:92 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:34
760 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:92 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:114
761 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:57
762 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:70 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:74
763 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:122 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:48
764 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:65 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:71
765 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:74 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:80
766 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:64 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:61
767 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:135 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:96
768 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:98 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:62
769 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:59 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:63
771 msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
772 msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"
775 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:47
776 msgid "Print version and exit."
777 msgstr "Imprime a versão e sai."
780 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:48 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:65
781 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:23
782 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:48 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:101
783 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:68
789 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:51
790 msgid "It is possible to give multiple devices and multiple commands."
791 msgstr "É possível dar vários dispositivos e vários comandos."
793 #. type: Labeled list
794 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:52
796 msgid "*--flushbufs*"
797 msgstr "*--flushbufs*"
800 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:54
801 msgid "Flush buffers."
802 msgstr "Descarrega buffers."
804 #. type: Labeled list
805 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:55
807 msgid "*--getalignoff*"
808 msgstr "*--getalignoff*"
811 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:57
812 msgid "Get alignment offset."
813 msgstr "Obtém posição de alinhamento."
815 #. type: Labeled list
816 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:58
822 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:60
823 msgid "Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. It's the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for example) by filesystem driver on mount."
824 msgstr "Imprime o tamanho do bloco em bytes. Este tamanho não descreve a topologia do dispositivo. É o tamanho usado internamente pelo kernel e pode ser modificado (por exemplo) pelo driver do sistema de arquivos na montagem."
826 #. type: Labeled list
827 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:61
829 msgid "*--getdiscardzeroes*"
830 msgstr "*--getdiscardzeroes*"
833 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:63
834 msgid "Get discard zeroes support status."
835 msgstr "Obtém status de suporte a descarte de zeros"
837 #. type: Labeled list
838 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:64
844 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:66
845 msgid "Get filesystem readahead in 512-byte sectors."
846 msgstr "Obtém o readahead do sistema de arquivos setores de 512 bytes."
848 #. type: Labeled list
849 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:67
852 msgstr "*--getiomin*"
855 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:69
856 msgid "Get minimum I/O size."
857 msgstr "Obtém tamanho de E/S mínimo."
859 #. type: Labeled list
860 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:70
863 msgstr "*--getioopt*"
866 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:72
867 msgid "Get optimal I/O size."
868 msgstr "Obtém tamanho de E/S ótimo."
870 #. type: Labeled list
871 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:73
873 msgid "*--getmaxsect*"
874 msgstr "*--getmaxsect*"
877 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:75
878 msgid "Get max sectors per request."
879 msgstr "Obtém máximo de setores por requisição."
881 #. type: Labeled list
882 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:76
888 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:78
889 msgid "Get physical block (sector) size."
890 msgstr "Obtém tamanho de bloco físico (setor)."
892 #. type: Labeled list
893 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:79
899 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:81
900 msgid "Print readahead (in 512-byte sectors)."
901 msgstr "Imprime readhead (em setores de 512 bytes)."
903 #. type: Labeled list
904 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:82
910 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:84
911 msgid "Get read-only. Print 1 if the device is read-only, 0 otherwise."
912 msgstr "Obtém somente leitura. Imprime 1 se o dispositivo for somente leitura, 0 caso contrário."
914 #. type: Labeled list
915 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:85
917 msgid "*--getsize64*"
918 msgstr "*--getsize64*"
921 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:87
922 msgid "Print device size in bytes."
923 msgstr "Imprime o tamanho do dispositivo em bytes."
925 #. type: Labeled list
926 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:88
932 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:90
933 msgid "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the *--getsz* option."
934 msgstr "Imprime o tamanho do dispositivo (32 bits!) em setores. Descontinuado em favor da opção *--getsz*."
936 #. type: Labeled list
937 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:91
943 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:93
944 msgid "Print logical sector size in bytes - usually 512."
945 msgstr "Imprime o tamanho do setor lógico em bytes - geralmente 512."
947 #. type: Labeled list
948 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:94
954 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:96
955 msgid "Get size in 512-byte sectors."
956 msgstr "Obtém o tamanho em setores de 512 bytes."
958 #. type: Labeled list
959 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:97
962 msgstr "*--rereadpt*"
965 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:99
966 msgid "Reread partition table"
967 msgstr "Lê novamente tabela de partição"
969 #. type: Labeled list
970 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:100
972 msgid "*--setbsz* _bytes_"
973 msgstr "*--setbsz* _bytes_"
976 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:102
977 msgid "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only persists for as long as *blockdev* has the device open, and is lost once *blockdev* exits."
978 msgstr "Define o tamanho do bloco. Observe que o tamanho do bloco é específico para o descritor de arquivo atual abrindo o dispositivo de bloco, de modo que a alteração do tamanho do bloco persiste enquanto *blockdev* estiver com o dispositivo aberto e é perdido quando *blockdev* sai."
980 #. type: Labeled list
981 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:103
983 msgid "*--setfra* _sectors_"
984 msgstr "*--setfra* _setores_"
987 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:105
988 msgid "Set filesystem readahead (same as *--setra* on 2.6 kernels)."
989 msgstr "Define readahead do sistema de arquivos (igual a *--setra* em kernels 2.6)."
991 #. type: Labeled list
992 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:106
994 msgid "*--setra* _sectors_"
995 msgstr "*--setra* _setores_"
998 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:108
999 msgid "Set readahead (in 512-byte sectors)."
1000 msgstr "Define readahead (em setores de 512 bytes)."
1002 #. type: Labeled list
1003 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:109
1009 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:111
1010 msgid "Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode will not be affected. The change applies after remount."
1011 msgstr "Define somente leitura. O acesso atualmente ativo ao dispositivo pode não ser afetado pela mudança. Por exemplo, um sistema de arquivos já montado no modo de leitura e gravação não será afetado. A mudança se aplica após a remontagem."
1013 #. type: Labeled list
1014 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:112
1020 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:114
1021 msgid "Set read-write."
1022 msgstr "Define leitura e escrita."
1025 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:115 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:148
1026 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:74 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:217
1027 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:154 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:98
1028 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:48 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:132
1029 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:61 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:404
1030 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:45 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:46
1031 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:55
1032 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:59
1033 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:80
1034 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:66
1035 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:63
1036 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:73 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:55
1037 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:116 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:159
1038 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:127 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:30
1039 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:67 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:74
1040 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:174
1041 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:61
1042 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:215 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:100
1043 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:238 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:161
1044 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:108 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:69
1045 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:68
1046 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:103 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:137
1047 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:90 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:104
1048 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:125 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:58
1049 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:72
1050 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:47
1051 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:181 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:117
1052 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:85 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:120
1053 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:81
1054 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:381 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:49
1055 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:87 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:60
1056 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:160
1057 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:156 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:102
1058 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:72
1059 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1452
1060 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:133
1061 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:135 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:76
1062 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:88
1063 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:40
1064 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:231
1065 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:99
1066 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:329 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:66
1067 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:83 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:188
1073 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:118
1075 msgid "*blockdev* was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak.\n"
1076 msgstr "*blockdev* foi escrito por Andries E. Brouwer e reescrito por Karel Zak.\n"
1080 #. cfdisk.8 -- man page for cfdisk
1081 #. Copyright 1994 Kevin E. Martin (martin@cs.unc.edu)
1082 #. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
1083 #. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
1084 #. manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
1085 #. preserved on all copies.
1086 #. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
1087 #. manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
1088 #. entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
1089 #. permission notice identical to this one.
1091 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:16
1097 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:26
1098 msgid "cfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
1099 msgstr "cfdisk - exibe ou manipula a tabela de partição de uma unidade"
1102 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:30
1104 msgid "*cfdisk* [options] [_device_]\n"
1105 msgstr "*cfdisk* [opções] [_dispositivo_]\n"
1108 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:34
1110 msgid "*cfdisk* is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device. The default device is _/dev/sda_.\n"
1111 msgstr "*cfdisk* é um programa baseado em curses para particionar qualquer dispositivo de bloco. O dispositivo padrão é _/dev/sda_.\n"
1114 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:36
1115 msgid "Note that *cfdisk* provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use *fdisk*(8) instead."
1116 msgstr "Observe que *cfdisk* fornece funcionalidade básica de particionamento com uma interface amigável. Se você precisar de recursos avançados, use *fdisk*(8)."
1119 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:38
1120 msgid "All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using the write command."
1121 msgstr "Todas as alterações no rótulo do disco permanecerão apenas na memória e o disco não será modificado até que você decida escrever suas alterações. Tenha cuidado antes de usar o comando de escrita."
1124 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:40
1125 msgid "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
1126 msgstr "Desde a versão 2.25, o *cfdisk* tem suporte aos rótulos de disco MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN e SGI, mas não fornece mais nenhuma funcionalidade para endereçamento CHS (Cilindro-Cabeça-Setor). CHS nunca foi importante para o Linux e esse conceito de endereçamento não faz sentido para novos dispositivos."
1129 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:42
1130 msgid "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* also does not provide a 'print' command any more. This functionality is provided by the utilities *partx*(8) and *lsblk*(8) in a very comfortable and rich way."
1131 msgstr "Desde a versão 2.25, o *cfdisk* também não fornece mais um comando \"print\". Esta funcionalidade é fornecida pelos utilitários *partx*(8) e *lsblk*(8) de uma forma muito confortável e rica."
1134 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:44
1135 msgid "If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use *wipefs*(8)."
1136 msgstr "Se você quiser remover uma tabela de partição antiga de um dispositivo, use *wipefs*(8)."
1138 #. type: Labeled list
1139 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:50
1141 msgid "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__when__]"
1142 msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__quando__]"
1145 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:52
1146 msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* output. See also the COLORS section."
1147 msgstr "Coloriza a saída. O argumento opcional _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Se o argumento _quando_ for omitido, o padrão será *auto*. As cores podem ser desativadas, para o padrão embutido atual, consulte a saída *--help*. Veja também a seção CORES."
1149 #. type: Labeled list
1150 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:53 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:65
1151 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:49 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:52
1152 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:155 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:55
1154 msgid "*--lock*[=_mode_]"
1155 msgstr "*--lock*[=_modo_]"
1158 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:55 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:67
1159 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:51 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:54
1160 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:157 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:57
1161 msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools."
1162 msgstr "Usa a trava exclusiva do BSD para o dispositivo ou arquivo que ele opera. O argumento opcional _modo_ pode ser *yes*, *no* (ou 1 e 0) ou *nonblock*. Se o argumento _modo_ for omitido, o padrão é *\"yes\"*. Esta opção sobrescreve a variável de ambiente *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. O padrão é não usar nenhuma trava, mas é recomendado para evitar colisões com o udevd ou outras ferramentas."
1164 #. type: Labeled list
1165 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:89
1166 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:380 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:105
1168 msgid "*-r*, *--read-only*"
1169 msgstr "*-r*, *--read-only*"
1172 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:58
1173 msgid "Forced open in read-only mode."
1174 msgstr "Abertura forçada no modo somente leitura."
1177 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:61 ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:66
1178 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:103 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:117
1179 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:70
1180 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:72
1181 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:101 ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:50
1182 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:212 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:54
1183 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:44 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:58
1184 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:95 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:56
1185 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:79 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:79
1186 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:69 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:51
1187 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:122 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:49
1188 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:183 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:75
1189 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:111 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:68
1190 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:61
1191 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:42
1192 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:64 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:105
1193 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:83 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:106
1194 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:71 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:82
1195 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:87 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:54
1196 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:55
1197 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:39
1198 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:143 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:87
1199 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:88
1200 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:64
1201 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:101 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:45
1202 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:35
1203 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:114
1204 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:144
1205 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:45
1206 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:68
1207 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:441 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:39
1208 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:129 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:37
1209 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:56
1210 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:71 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:47
1211 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:75
1212 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:36
1213 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:32
1214 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:116 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:133
1215 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:72
1216 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:185 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:76
1217 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:124 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:50
1218 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:67 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:73
1219 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:82
1220 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:66 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:63
1221 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:137 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:98
1222 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:100 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:64
1223 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:61 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:65
1224 msgid "Display version information and exit."
1225 msgstr "Exibe informação da versão e sai."
1227 #. type: Labeled list
1228 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:62
1230 msgid "*-z*, *--zero*"
1231 msgstr "*-z*, *--zero*"
1234 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:64
1235 msgid "Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to create a new partition table from scratch or from an *sfdisk*(8)-compatible script."
1236 msgstr "Começa com uma tabela de partição zerada na memória. Esta opção não zera a tabela de partição no disco; em vez disso, ele simplesmente inicia o programa sem ler a tabela de partição existente. Esta opção permite criar uma nova tabela de partição do zero ou a partir de um script compatível com *sfdisk*(8)."
1239 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:68
1240 msgid "The commands for *cfdisk* can be entered by pressing the corresponding key (pressing _Enter_ after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of the available commands:"
1241 msgstr "Os comandos para *cfdisk* podem ser inseridos pressionando a tecla correspondente (pressionando _Enter_ após o comando não é necessário). Aqui está uma lista dos comandos disponíveis:"
1243 #. type: Labeled list
1244 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:69
1250 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:71
1251 msgid "Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be available for all partition label types."
1252 msgstr "Alterna o sinalizador de inicialização da partição atual. Isso permite que você selecione qual partição primária é inicializável na unidade. Este comando pode não estar disponível para todos os tipos de rótulo de partição."
1254 #. type: Labeled list
1255 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:51
1261 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:74
1262 msgid "Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be deleted."
1263 msgstr "Exclui a partição atual. Isso converterá a partição atual em espaço livre e a mesclará com qualquer espaço livre imediatamente ao redor da partição atual. Uma partição já marcada como espaço livre ou marcada como inutilizável não pode ser excluída."
1265 #. type: Labeled list
1266 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:75 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:110
1272 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:77
1273 msgid "Show the help screen."
1274 msgstr "Mostra a tela de ajuda."
1276 #. type: Labeled list
1277 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:54
1278 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:61 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:141
1284 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:80
1285 msgid "Create a new partition from free space. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the entire available free space at the current position."
1286 msgstr "Cria uma nova partição a partir do espaço livre. *cfdisk* então pergunta o tamanho da partição que você deseja criar. O tamanho padrão é igual a todo o espaço livre disponível na posição atual."
1289 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:82
1290 msgid "The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
1291 msgstr "O tamanho pode ser seguido por um sufixo multiplicativo: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) e assim por diante para GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB (o \"iB\" é opcional, por exemplo, \"K\" tem o mesmo significado que \"KiB\")."
1293 #. type: Labeled list
1294 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:83
1300 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:85
1301 msgid "Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the disk."
1302 msgstr "Sai do programa. Isso sairá do programa sem gravar nenhum dado no disco."
1304 #. type: Labeled list
1305 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:86
1311 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:88
1312 msgid "Reduce or enlarge the current partition. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized."
1313 msgstr "Reduz ou aumenta a partição atual. *cfdisk* então pergunta sobre o novo tamanho da partição. O tamanho padrão é o tamanho atual. Uma partição marcada como espaço livre ou inutilizável não pode ser redimensionada."
1316 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:90
1318 msgid "*Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that partition.*\n"
1319 msgstr "*Observe que reduzir o tamanho de uma partição pode destruir os dados nela.*\n"
1321 #. type: Labeled list
1322 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:91 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:123
1328 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:93
1329 msgid "Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match."
1330 msgstr "Classifica partições em ordem crescente de setor inicial. Ao excluir e adicionar partições, é provável que a numeração das partições não corresponda mais à sua ordem no disco. Este comando restaura essa correspondência."
1332 #. type: Labeled list
1333 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:48
1339 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:96
1340 msgid "Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as _Linux_ partitions."
1341 msgstr "Altera o tipo de partição. Por padrão, novas partições são criadas como partições _Linux_."
1343 #. type: Labeled list
1344 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:97
1350 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:99
1351 msgid "Dump the current in-memory partition table to an sfdisk-compatible script file."
1352 msgstr "Despeja a tabela de partição atualmente na memória para um arquivo de script compatível com sfdisk."
1355 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:101
1356 msgid "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
1357 msgstr "Os arquivos de script são compatíveis entre *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) e outros aplicativos de libfdisk. Para obter mais detalhes, consulte *sfdisk*(8)."
1360 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:103
1361 msgid "It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into *cfdisk* if there is no partition table on the device or when you start *cfdisk* with the *--zero* command-line option."
1362 msgstr "Também é possível carregar um script sfdisk no *cfdisk* se não houver nenhuma tabela de partição no dispositivo ou quando você iniciar o *cfdisk* com a opção de linha de comando *--zero*."
1364 #. type: Labeled list
1365 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:104
1371 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:106
1372 msgid "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the write by entering `yes' or `no'. If you enter `yes', *cfdisk* will write the partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read the partition table from the disk."
1373 msgstr "Grava a tabela de partição no disco (você deve inserir um W maiúsculo). Uma vez que isso pode destruir dados no disco, você deve confirmar ou negar a gravação digitando \"yes\" ou \"no\", ou as respectivas traduções \"sim\" ou \"não\". Se você digitar \"yes\" ou \"sim\", *cfdisk* gravará a tabela de partição no disco e então dirá ao kernel para reler a tabela de partição do disco."
1376 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:108
1377 msgid "The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using *partprobe*(8) or *partx*(8), or by rebooting the system."
1378 msgstr "A releitura da tabela de partição nem sempre funciona. Nesse caso, você precisa informar o kernel sobre quaisquer novas partições usando *partprobe*(8) ou *partx*(8), ou reiniciando o sistema."
1380 #. type: Labeled list
1381 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:109
1387 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:111
1388 msgid "Toggle extra information about a partition."
1389 msgstr "Exibe/oculta informações extras sobre uma partição."
1391 #. type: Labeled list
1392 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:112
1394 msgid "_Up Arrow_, _Down Arrow_"
1395 msgstr "_seta para cima, _seta para baixo_"
1398 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:114
1399 msgid "Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next (previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) partition displayed on the screen."
1400 msgstr "Move o cursor para a partição anterior ou seguinte. Se houver mais partições do que podem ser exibidas em uma tela, você pode exibir o conjunto seguinte (anterior) de partições movendo para baixo (para cima) na última (primeira) partição exibida na tela."
1402 #. type: Labeled list
1403 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:115
1405 msgid "_Left Arrow_, _Right Arrow_"
1406 msgstr "_seta para esquerda_, _seta para direita_"
1409 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:117
1410 msgid "Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting _Enter_ will execute the currently selected item."
1411 msgstr "Seleciona o item de menu anterior ou seguinte. Pressionar _Enter_ executará o item atualmente selecionado."
1414 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:119
1415 msgid "All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters (except for **W**rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the _Esc_ key to return to the main menu."
1416 msgstr "Todos os comandos podem ser inseridos com letras maiúsculas ou minúsculas (exceto para **W**rite, para gravar). Quando estiver em um submenu ou em um prompt, você pode pressionar a tecla _Esc_ para retornar ao menu principal."
1419 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:120 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:179
1420 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:372 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:151
1421 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:147 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:253
1427 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:123
1428 msgid "Implicit coloring can be disabled by creating the empty file _/etc/terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable_."
1429 msgstr "A coloração implícita pode ser desativada criando o arquivo vazio _/etc/terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable_."
1432 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:125 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:160
1433 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:258
1434 msgid "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization configuration."
1435 msgstr "Consulte *terminal-colors.d*(5) para obter mais detalhes sobre a configuração da colorização."
1438 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:127
1440 msgid "*cfdisk* does not support color customization with a color-scheme file.\n"
1441 msgstr "*cfdisk* não tem suporte a personalização de cores com um arquivo de esquema de cores.\n"
1444 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:128 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:197
1445 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:128 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:73
1446 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:73 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:105
1447 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:385 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:40
1448 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:129 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:70
1449 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:170
1450 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:56 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:172
1451 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:135 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:81
1452 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:138 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:110
1453 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:351
1454 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:134 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1395
1455 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:124
1456 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:154 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:132
1457 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:141 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:165
1458 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:121 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:69
1463 #. type: Labeled list
1464 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:130
1466 msgid "*CFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
1467 msgstr "*CFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
1470 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:132
1471 msgid "enables cfdisk debug output."
1472 msgstr "habilita saída de depuração do cfdisk."
1474 #. type: Labeled list
1475 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:133 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:202
1477 msgid "*LIBFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
1478 msgstr "*LIBFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
1481 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:135 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:204
1482 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:391
1483 msgid "enables libfdisk debug output."
1484 msgstr "habilita saída de depuração do libfdisk."
1486 #. type: Labeled list
1487 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:136 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:205
1489 msgid "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG*=all"
1490 msgstr "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG*=all"
1493 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:138 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:207
1494 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:146 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:77
1495 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:109 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:393
1496 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:60
1497 msgid "enables libblkid debug output."
1498 msgstr "habilita saída de depuração do libblkid."
1500 #. type: Labeled list
1501 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:139 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:208
1503 msgid "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*=all"
1504 msgstr "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*=all"
1507 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:141 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:210
1508 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:395
1509 msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output."
1510 msgstr "habilita saída de depuração do libsmartcols."
1512 #. type: Labeled list
1513 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:142 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:211
1515 msgid "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING*=on"
1516 msgstr "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING*=on"
1519 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:144 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:213
1520 msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
1521 msgstr "use caracteres de preenchimento visíveis. Requer *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG* habilitado."
1523 #. type: Labeled list
1524 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:145 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:214
1526 msgid "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<mode>"
1527 msgstr "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<modo>"
1530 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:147 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:216
1531 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:77 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:80
1532 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:397 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:91
1533 msgid "use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See *--lock* for more details."
1534 msgstr "usa trava exclusiva do BSD. O modo é \"1\" ou \"0\". Veja *--lock* para mais detalhes."
1537 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:151 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:407
1538 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:70 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:218
1539 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:54
1540 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:184 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:75
1541 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1455 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:68
1542 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:69
1543 msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
1544 msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
1547 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:153
1548 msgid "The current *cfdisk* implementation is based on the original *cfdisk* from mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]."
1549 msgstr "A implementação *cfdisk* atual é baseada no *cfdisk* original de mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]."
1552 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:161
1567 #. delpart.8 -- man page for delpart
1568 #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
1569 #. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
1570 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
1572 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:8
1578 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:18
1579 msgid "delpart - tell the kernel to forget about a partition"
1580 msgstr "delpart - avisa o kernel para esquecer sobre uma partição específica"
1583 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:22
1585 msgid "*delpart* _device partition_\n"
1586 msgstr "*delpart* _dispositivo partição_\n"
1589 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:26
1591 msgid "*delpart* asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified _partition_ (a number) on the specified _device_. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"del partition\" ioctl.\n"
1592 msgstr "*delpart* pede ao kernel Linux para esquecer a _partição_ especificada (um número) no _dispositivo_ especificado. O comando é um invólucro simples em torno do ioctl \"del partition\".\n"
1595 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:36
1610 #. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
1611 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
1613 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:6
1616 msgstr "fdformat(8)"
1619 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:16
1620 msgid "fdformat - low-level format a floppy disk"
1621 msgstr "fdformat - formatação de baixo nível de um disquete"
1624 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:20
1626 msgid "*fdformat* [options] _device_\n"
1627 msgstr "*fdformat* [opções] _dispositivo_\n"
1630 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:24
1632 msgid "*fdformat* does a low-level format on a floppy disk. _device_ is usually one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is shown for informational purposes only):\n"
1633 msgstr "*fdformat* faz uma formatação de baixo nível em um disquete. _dispositivo_ é geralmente um dos seguintes (para dispositivos de disquete o principal = 2 e o secundário é mostrado apenas para fins informativos):\n"
1635 #. type: delimited block .
1636 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:35
1639 "/dev/fd0d360 (minor = 4)\n"
1640 "/dev/fd0h1200 (minor = 8)\n"
1641 "/dev/fd0D360 (minor = 12)\n"
1642 "/dev/fd0H360 (minor = 12)\n"
1643 "/dev/fd0D720 (minor = 16)\n"
1644 "/dev/fd0H720 (minor = 16)\n"
1645 "/dev/fd0h360 (minor = 20)\n"
1646 "/dev/fd0h720 (minor = 24)\n"
1647 "/dev/fd0H1440 (minor = 28)\n"
1649 "/dev/fd0d360 (menor = 4)\n"
1650 "/dev/fd0h1200 (menor = 8)\n"
1651 "/dev/fd0D360 (menor = 12)\n"
1652 "/dev/fd0H360 (menor = 12)\n"
1653 "/dev/fd0D720 (menor = 16)\n"
1654 "/dev/fd0H720 (menor = 16)\n"
1655 "/dev/fd0h360 (menor = 20)\n"
1656 "/dev/fd0h720 (menor = 24)\n"
1657 "/dev/fd0H1440 (menor = 28)\n"
1659 #. type: delimited block .
1660 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:46
1663 "/dev/fd1d360 (minor = 5)\n"
1664 "/dev/fd1h1200 (minor = 9)\n"
1665 "/dev/fd1D360 (minor = 13)\n"
1666 "/dev/fd1H360 (minor = 13)\n"
1667 "/dev/fd1D720 (minor = 17)\n"
1668 "/dev/fd1H720 (minor = 17)\n"
1669 "/dev/fd1h360 (minor = 21)\n"
1670 "/dev/fd1h720 (minor = 25)\n"
1671 "/dev/fd1H1440 (minor = 29)\n"
1673 "/dev/fd1d360 (menor = 5)\n"
1674 "/dev/fd1h1200 (menor = 9)\n"
1675 "/dev/fd1D360 (menor = 13)\n"
1676 "/dev/fd1H360 (menor = 13)\n"
1677 "/dev/fd1D720 (menor = 17)\n"
1678 "/dev/fd1H720 (menor = 17)\n"
1679 "/dev/fd1h360 (menor = 21)\n"
1680 "/dev/fd1h720 (menor = 25)\n"
1681 "/dev/fd1H1440 (menor = 29)\n"
1684 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:49
1685 msgid "The generic floppy devices, _/dev/fd0_ and _/dev/fd1_, will fail to work with *fdformat* when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use *setfdprm*(8) to load the disk parameters."
1686 msgstr "Os dispositivos de disquete genéricos, _/dev/fd0_ e _/dev/fd1_, não funcionarão com *fdformat* quando um formato não padrão estiver sendo usado ou se o formato não tiver sido detectado automaticamente antes. Nesse caso, use *setfdprm*(8) para carregar os parâmetros do disco."
1688 #. type: Labeled list
1689 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:52
1691 msgid "*-f*, *--from* _N_"
1692 msgstr "*-f*, *--from* _N_"
1695 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:54
1696 msgid "Start at the track _N_ (default is 0)."
1697 msgstr "Inicia a trilha _N_ (padrão 0)."
1699 #. type: Labeled list
1700 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:55
1702 msgid "*-t*, *--to* _N_"
1703 msgstr "*-t*, *--to* _N_"
1706 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:57
1707 msgid "Stop at the track _N_."
1708 msgstr "Para na trilha _N_."
1710 #. type: Labeled list
1711 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:58
1713 msgid "*-r*, *--repair* _N_"
1714 msgstr "*-r*, *--repair* _N_"
1717 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:60
1718 msgid "Try to repair tracks failed during the verification (max _N_ retries)."
1719 msgstr "Tenta corrigir trilhas falhadas durante a verificação (máximo de _N_ tentativas)."
1721 #. type: Labeled list
1722 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:61
1724 msgid "*-n*, *--no-verify*"
1725 msgstr "*-n*, *--no-verify*"
1728 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:63
1729 msgid "Skip the verification that is normally performed after the formatting."
1730 msgstr "Ignora a verificação que normalmente é realizada após a formatação."
1733 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:81
1734 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:51 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:398
1735 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:112 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:119
1736 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:57 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:133
1737 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:55 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:145
1738 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:94 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:155
1739 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:104 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:131
1740 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:72 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:113
1741 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:101
1742 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:125
1743 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:170 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:67
1744 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:83 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:130
1745 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:114
1746 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:114
1747 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:140
1748 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:64
1749 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:137 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:139
1750 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:77 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:90
1751 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:140
1757 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:73
1758 msgid "This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use *ufiformat*(8) instead."
1759 msgstr "Este utilitário não funciona com unidades de disquete USB. Use *ufiformat*(8) em seu lugar."
1762 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:77
1763 msgid "mailto:almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch[Werner Almesberger]"
1764 msgstr "mailto:almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch[Werner Almesberger]"
1767 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:85
1782 #. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
1783 #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
1784 #. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
1785 #. Copyright (C) 2013 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
1786 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
1788 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:9
1794 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:20
1795 msgid "fdisk - manipulate disk partition table"
1796 msgstr "fdisk - manipula a tabela de partição de disco"
1799 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:24
1801 msgid "*fdisk* [options] _device_\n"
1802 msgstr "*fdisk* [opções] _dispositivo_\n"
1805 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:26
1807 msgid "*fdisk* *-l* [_device_...]\n"
1808 msgstr "*fdisk* *-l* [_dispositivo_...]\n"
1811 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:30
1813 msgid "*fdisk* is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition tables.\n"
1814 msgstr "*fdisk* é um programa orientado por diálogo para criação e manipulação de tabelas de partição. Ele compreende tabelas de partição GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI e BSD.\n"
1817 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:32
1818 msgid "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called _partitions_. This division is recorded in the _partition table_, usually found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk slices' and a `disklabel'.)"
1819 msgstr "Dispositivos de bloco podem ser divididos em um ou mais discos lógicos chamados _partições_. Esta divisão é registrada na _tabela de partição_, geralmente encontrada no setor 0 do disco. (No mundo BSD fala-se sobre \"disk slices\" e um \"disklabel\".)"
1821 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
1823 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:35
1824 msgid "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. *fdisk* is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea to follow *fdisk*'s defaults as the default values (e.g., first and last partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the {plus}/-<size>{M,G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device properties."
1825 msgstr "Todo o particionamento é conduzido pelos limites de E/S do dispositivo (a topologia) por padrão. *fdisk* é capaz de otimizar o layout do disco para um tamanho de setor de 4K e usar uma posição de alinhamento em dispositivos modernos para MBR e GPT. É sempre uma boa ideia seguir os padrões de *fdisk* como os valores padrão (por exemplo, primeiro e último setores de partição) e tamanhos de partição especificados por {plus}/-<tamanho>{M,G,...} as notações estão sempre alinhadas de acordo com as propriedades do dispositivo."
1828 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:37
1829 msgid "CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with *fdisk -S <n> -H <n>* advices for SSD or 4K-sector devices."
1830 msgstr "O endereçamento CHS (Cilindro-Cabeça-Setor) foi descontinuado e não é usado por padrão. Por favor, não siga artigos e recomendações antigos com conselhos de *fdisk -S <n> -H <n>* para dispositivos SSD ou setores de 4K."
1833 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:39
1834 msgid "Note that *partx*(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk layouts, *fdisk* is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in the output of *fdisk* is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should always be backward compatible."
1835 msgstr "Observe que *partx*(8) fornece uma interface rica para scripts para imprimir layouts de disco, *fdisk* é projetado principalmente para humanos. A compatibilidade com versões anteriores na saída de *fdisk* não é garantida. A entrada (os comandos) deve sempre ser compatível com versões anteriores."
1837 #. type: Labeled list
1838 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:42
1840 msgid "*-b*, *--sector-size* _sectorsize_"
1841 msgstr "*-b*, *--sector-size* _tamanho-do-setor_"
1844 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:44
1845 msgid "Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and 4096. (Recent kernels know the sector size. Use this option only on old kernels or to override the kernel's ideas.) Since util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* differentiates between logical and physical sector size. This option changes both sector sizes to _sectorsize_."
1846 msgstr "Especifica o tamanho do setor do disco. Os valores válidos são 512, 1024, 2048 e 4096. (Kernels recentes sabem o tamanho do setor. Use esta opção apenas em kernels antigos ou para substituir as ideias do kernel.) Desde util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* diferencia entre lógico e físico tamanho do setor. Esta opção altera ambos os tamanhos de setor para _tamanho-do-setor_."
1848 #. type: Labeled list
1849 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:45
1851 msgid "*-B*, *--protect-boot*"
1852 msgstr "*-B*, *--protect-boot*"
1855 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:47
1856 msgid "Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new disk label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
1857 msgstr "Não apaga o início do primeiro setor do disco ao criar um novo rótulo de disco. Este recurso é compatível com GPT e MBR."
1859 #. type: Labeled list
1860 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:48
1862 msgid "*-c*, *--compatibility*[=_mode_]"
1863 msgstr "*-c*, *--compatibility*[=_modo_]"
1866 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:50
1867 msgid "Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'. The default is non-DOS mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the _mode_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional _mode_ argument cannot be separated from the *-c* option by a space, the correct form is for example *-c*=_dos_."
1868 msgstr "Especifica o modo de compatibilidade, \"dos\" ou \"nondos\". O padrão é o modo não-DOS. Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, é possível usar a opção sem o argumento _modo_ -- então o padrão é usado. Observe que o argumento opcional _modo_ não pode ser separado da opção *-c* por um espaço, a forma correta é, por exemplo, *-c*=_dos_."
1871 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:53
1872 msgid "Display a help text and exit."
1873 msgstr "Exibe esse texto de ajuda e sai."
1875 #. type: Labeled list
1876 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:75
1877 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:78
1879 msgid "*-L*, *--color*[=_when_]"
1880 msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[=_quando_]"
1883 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:56 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:148
1884 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:119
1885 msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section."
1886 msgstr "Colore a saída. O argumento opcional _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Se o argumento _quando_ for omitido, o padrão será *auto*. As cores podem ser desabilitadas; para o padrão integrado atual, consulte a saída de *--help*. Consulte também a seção *CORES*."
1888 #. type: Labeled list
1889 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:57 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:47
1890 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:76
1891 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:66 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:98
1892 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:37
1894 msgid "*-l*, *--list*"
1895 msgstr "*-l*, *--list*"
1898 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:59
1899 msgid "List the partition tables for the specified devices and then exit."
1900 msgstr "Lista as tabelas de partição para os dispositivos especificados e sai."
1903 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:61
1904 msgid "If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in _/proc/partitions_ (if this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in _/proc/partitions_."
1905 msgstr "Se nenhum dispositivo for fornecido, os dispositivos mencionados em _/proc/partitions_ (se este arquivo existir) serão usados. Os dispositivos são sempre listados na ordem em que são especificados na linha de comando ou pelo kernel listado em _/proc/partitions_."
1907 #. type: Labeled list
1908 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:62
1910 msgid "*-x*, *--list-details*"
1911 msgstr "*-x*, *--list-details*"
1914 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:64
1915 msgid "Like *--list*, but provides more details."
1916 msgstr "Como *--list*, mas com mais detalhes."
1918 #. type: Labeled list
1919 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:68
1921 msgid "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*"
1922 msgstr "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*"
1925 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:70
1926 msgid "Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device. The partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like 'o', 'g', etc.)."
1927 msgstr "Não cria automaticamente uma tabela de partição padrão em dispositivos vazios. A tabela de partição tem que ser criada explicitamente pelo usuário (com um comando como \"o\", \"g\" etc.)."
1929 #. type: Labeled list
1930 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:71 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:69
1931 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:186 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:72
1932 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:37 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:95
1933 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:78 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:48
1934 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:69
1935 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:48
1936 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:39
1937 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:50
1939 msgid "*-o*, *--output* _list_"
1940 msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _lista_"
1943 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:73 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:188
1944 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:58
1945 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:71
1946 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:45
1947 msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
1948 msgstr "Especifica quais colunas de saída exibir. Use *--help* para obter uma lista de todas as colunas suportadas."
1950 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
1952 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:76
1953 msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o {plus}UUID*)."
1954 msgstr "A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)."
1956 #. type: Labeled list
1957 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:77
1959 msgid "*-s*, *--getsz*"
1960 msgstr "*-s*, *--getsz*"
1963 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:79
1964 msgid "Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
1965 msgstr "Exibe o tamanho em setores de 512 bytes de cada dispositivo de bloco dado. Esta opção foi DESCONTINUADA em favor de *blockdev*(8)."
1967 #. type: Labeled list
1968 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:80 ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:29
1969 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:57
1971 msgid "*-t*, *--type* _type_"
1972 msgstr "*-t*, *--type* _tipo_"
1975 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:82
1976 msgid "Enable support only for disklabels of the specified _type_, and disable support for all other types."
1977 msgstr "Habilita o suporte apenas para rótulos de disco do _tipo_ especificado e desabilita o suporte para todos os outros tipos."
1979 #. type: Labeled list
1980 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:83
1982 msgid "*-u*, *--units*[=_unit_]"
1983 msgstr "*-u*, *--units*[=_unidade_]"
1986 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:85
1987 msgid "When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be separated from the *-u* option by a space, the correct form is for example '*-u=*_cylinders_'."
1988 msgstr "Ao listar as tabelas de partição, mostra os tamanhos em setores (\"sectors\") ou em cilindros (\"cylinders\"). O padrão é mostrar tamanhos em setores. Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, é possível usar a opção sem o argumento _unidade_ -- então o padrão é usado. Observe que o argumento opcional _unidade_ não pode ser separado da opção *-u* por um espaço, a forma correta é, por exemplo, \"*-u=*_cylinders_\"."
1990 #. type: Labeled list
1991 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:86
1993 msgid "*-C*, *--cylinders* _number_"
1994 msgstr "*-C*, *--cylinders* _número_"
1997 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:88
1998 msgid "Specify the number of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody would want to do so."
1999 msgstr "Especifica o número de cilindros do disco. Eu faço a mínima ideia por que alguém iria querer fazer isso."
2001 #. type: Labeled list
2002 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:89
2004 msgid "*-H*, *--heads* _number_"
2005 msgstr "*-H*, *--heads* _número_"
2008 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:91
2009 msgid "Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 and 16."
2010 msgstr "Especifica o número de cabeças do disco. (Não o número físico, é claro, mas o número usado para tabelas de partição.) Valores razoáveis são 255 e 16."
2012 #. type: Labeled list
2013 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:92
2015 msgid "*-S*, *--sectors* _number_"
2016 msgstr "*-S*, *--sectors* _número_"
2019 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:94
2020 msgid "Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable value is 63."
2021 msgstr "Especifica o número de setores por trilha do disco. (Não o número físico, é claro, mas o número usado para tabelas de partição.) Um valor razoável é 63."
2023 #. type: Labeled list
2024 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:95 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:204
2026 msgid "*-w*, *--wipe* _when_"
2027 msgstr "*-w*, *--wipe* _quando_"
2030 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:97
2031 msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
2032 msgstr "Limpa o sistema de arquivos, RAID e assinaturas de tabela de partição do dispositivo, a fim de evitar possíveis colisões. O argumento _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quando esta opção não é fornecida, o padrão é *auto*, caso em que as assinaturas são apagadas apenas no modo interativo. Em todos os casos, as assinaturas detectadas são relatadas por mensagens de aviso antes que uma nova tabela de partição seja criada. Consulte também o comando *wipefs*(8)."
2034 #. type: Labeled list
2035 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:98 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:207
2037 msgid "*-W*, *--wipe-partitions* _when_"
2038 msgstr "*-W*, *--wipe-partitions* _quando_"
2041 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:100
2042 msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
2043 msgstr "Limpa o sistema de arquivos, RAID e assinaturas de tabelas de partição de partições recém-criadas, a fim de evitar possíveis colisões. O argumento _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quando esta opção não é fornecida, o padrão é *auto*, caso em que as assinaturas são apagadas apenas no modo interativo e após a confirmação do usuário. Em todos os casos, as assinaturas detectadas são relatadas por mensagens de aviso antes que uma nova partição seja criada. Consulte também o comando *wipefs*(8)."
2046 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:104
2049 msgstr "DISPOSITIVOS"
2052 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:107
2053 msgid "The _device_ is usually _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ or so. A device name refers to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside the Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a difference between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be _/dev/hd*_ (IDE) or _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)."
2054 msgstr "O _dispositivo_ é geralmente _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ e por aí vai. Um nome de dispositivo se refere a todo o disco. Sistemas antigos sem libata (uma biblioteca usada dentro do kernel Linux para suportar controladores e dispositivos hospedeiros ATA) fazem a diferença entre discos IDE e SCSI. Nesses casos, o nome do dispositivo será _/dev/hd*_ (IDE) ou _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)."
2057 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:109
2058 msgid "The _partition_ is a device name followed by a partition number. For example, _/dev/sda1_ is the first partition on the first hard disk in the system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the _Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt_ file)."
2059 msgstr "A _partição_ é um nome de dispositivo seguido por um número de partição. Por exemplo, _/dev/sda1_ é a primeira partição no primeiro disco rígido do sistema. Veja também a documentação do kernel Linux (o arquivo _Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt_)."
2062 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:110
2067 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2069 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:115
2070 msgid "The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of sectors or by {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation."
2071 msgstr "A janela do \"último setor\" aceita o tamanho da partição especificado pelo número de setores ou por notação {plus}/-<tamanho>{K,B,M,G,...}."
2073 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2075 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:119
2076 msgid "If the size is prefixed by '{plus}' then it is interpreted as relative to the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the partition)."
2077 msgstr "Se o tamanho for prefixado por \"{plus}\", então ele é interpretado como relativo ao primeiro setor da partição. Se o tamanho for prefixado por \"-\", ele será interpretado como relativo ao limite superior (último setor disponível para a partição)."
2080 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:121
2081 msgid "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"."
2082 msgstr "No caso de o tamanho ser especificado em bytes, então o número pode ser seguido pelos sufixos multiplicativos KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024 e assim por diante para GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB. O \"iB\" é opcional, por exemplo, \"K\" tem o mesmo significado que \"KiB\"."
2084 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2086 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:125
2087 msgid "The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended."
2088 msgstr "Os tamanhos relativos são sempre alinhados de acordo com os limites de E/S do dispositivo. A notação {plus}/-<tamanho>{K,B,M,G,...} é recomendada."
2091 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:127
2092 msgid "For backward compatibility fdisk also accepts the suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N suffixes are deprecated."
2093 msgstr "Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, o fdisk também aceita os sufixos KB=1000, MB=1000*1000 e assim por diante para GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB e YB. Esses sufixos 10^N foram descontinuados."
2096 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:128
2098 msgid "SCRIPT FILES"
2099 msgstr "ARQUIVOS DE SCRIPT"
2102 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:131
2104 msgid "*fdisk* allows reading (by 'I' command) *sfdisk*(8) compatible script files. The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then it is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to the device.\n"
2105 msgstr "*fdisk* permite a leitura (pelo comando \"I\") de arquivos de scripts compatíveis com *sfdisk*(8). O script é aplicado à tabela de partição na memória e, em seguida, é possível modificar a tabela de partição antes de gravá-la no dispositivo.\n"
2108 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:133
2109 msgid "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to the script file by command 'O'."
2110 msgstr "E vice-versa, é possível gravar o layout atual do disco na memória no arquivo de script pelo comando \"O\"."
2113 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:135
2114 msgid "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
2115 msgstr "Os arquivos de script são compatíveis entre *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* e outros aplicativos libfdisk. Para obter mais detalhes, consulte *sfdisk*(8)."
2118 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:136
2121 msgstr "RÓTULOS DE DISCO"
2123 #. type: Labeled list
2124 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:138
2126 msgid "*GPT (GUID Partition Table)*"
2127 msgstr "*GPT (Tabela de Partição GUID)*"
2130 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:140
2131 msgid "GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)."
2132 msgstr "GPT é um padrão moderno para o layout da tabela de partição. GPT usa endereços de bloco lógico de 64 bits, somas de verificação, UUIDs e nomes para partições e um número ilimitado de partições (embora o número de partições geralmente seja restrito a 128 em muitas ferramentas de particionamento)."
2135 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:142
2136 msgid "Note that the first sector is still reserved for a *protective MBR* in the GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-recognizing and overwriting GPT disks."
2137 msgstr "Observe que o primeiro setor ainda está reservado para um *MBR protetivo* na especificação GPT. Ele impede que as ferramentas de particionamento somente MBR reconheçam erroneamente e substituam os discos GPT."
2140 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:144
2141 msgid "GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a UEFI boot loader."
2142 msgstr "GPT é sempre uma escolha melhor do que MBR, especialmente em hardware moderno com um carregador de inicialização UEFI."
2144 #. type: Labeled list
2145 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:145
2147 msgid "*DOS-type (MBR)*"
2148 msgstr "Tipo DOS (MBR)"
2151 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:147
2152 msgid "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called `primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are numbered starting from 5."
2153 msgstr "Uma tabela de partição do tipo DOS pode descrever um número ilimitado de partições. No setor 0 há espaço para a descrição de 4 partições (chamadas \"primárias\"). Uma delas pode ser uma partição estendida; esta é uma caixa contendo partições lógicas, com descritores encontrados em uma lista vinculada de setores, cada um precedendo as partições lógicas correspondentes. As quatro partições primárias, presentes ou não, recebem os números 1-4. As partições lógicas são numeradas a partir de 5."
2155 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2157 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:150
2158 msgid "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in 32 bits), and as a *Cylinders/Heads/Sectors* triple (given in 10{plus}8{plus}6 bits). The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S. The *C/H/S addressing is deprecated* and may be unsupported in some later *fdisk* version."
2159 msgstr "Em uma tabela de partição do tipo DOS, a posição inicial e o tamanho de cada partição são armazenados de duas maneiras: como um número absoluto de setores (dado em 32 bits), e como o trio C/H/S ou *Cilindros/Cabeças/Setores* (dado em 10{plus}8{plus}6 bits). O primeiro está OK -- com setores de 512 bytes isso funcionará até 2 TB. Este último tem dois problemas. Primeiro, esses campos C/H/S podem ser preenchidos apenas quando o número de cabeças e o número de setores por trilha são conhecidos. E, em segundo lugar, mesmo que saibamos quais devem ser esses números, os 24 bits disponíveis não são suficientes. O DOS usa apenas C/H/S, o Windows usa ambos, o Linux nunca usa C/H/S. O endereçamento *C/H/S foi descontinuado* e pode não ser suportado em alguma versão posterior do *fdisk*."
2162 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:152
2164 msgid "*Please, read the DOS-mode section if you want DOS-compatible partitions.* *fdisk* does not care about cylinder boundaries by default.\n"
2165 msgstr "*Por favor, leia a seção de modo DOS se você quiser partições compatíveis com DOS.* *fdisk* não se preocupa com os limites do cilindro por padrão.\n"
2167 #. type: Labeled list
2168 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:153
2170 msgid "*BSD/Sun-type*"
2171 msgstr "*tipo BSD/Sun*"
2174 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:155
2175 msgid "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy the disklabel. Note that a *BSD label* is usually nested within a DOS partition."
2176 msgstr "Um rótulo de disco BSD/Sun pode descrever 8 partições, a terceira das quais deve ser uma partição de \"disco inteiro\". Não inicie uma partição que realmente usa seu primeiro setor (como uma partição swap) no cilindro 0, pois isso destruirá o rótulo de disco. Observe que um *rótulo BSD* geralmente está aninhado em uma partição DOS."
2178 #. type: Labeled list
2179 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:156
2181 msgid "*IRIX/SGI-type*"
2182 msgstr "*Tipo IRIX/SGI*"
2185 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:158
2186 msgid "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be labeled `volume header'. The volume header will also cover the partition table, i.e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five cylinders. The remaining space in the volume header may be used by header directory entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do not change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux."
2187 msgstr "Um rótulo de disco IRIX/SGI pode descrever 16 partições, a décima primeira das quais deve ser uma partição de \"volume\" inteira, enquanto a nona deve ser rotulada de \"cabeçalho do volume\". O cabeçalho do volume também cobrirá a tabela de partição, ou seja, começa no bloco zero e se estende por padrão em cinco cilindros. O espaço restante no cabeçalho do volume pode ser usado pelas entradas do diretório do cabeçalho. Nenhuma partição pode se sobrepor ao cabeçalho do volume. Também não mude seu tipo ou crie algum sistema de arquivos nele, pois você perderá a tabela de partição. Use este tipo de rótulo apenas ao trabalhar com Linux em máquinas IRIX/SGI ou discos IRIX/SGI em Linux."
2190 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:160
2191 msgid "A sync() and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated."
2192 msgstr "Um sync() e um ioctl(BLKRRPART) (relendo a tabela de partição do disco) são executados antes de sair quando a tabela de partição foi atualizada."
2195 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:161
2197 msgid "DOS mode and DOS 6.x WARNING"
2198 msgstr "Modo DOS e aviso de DOS 6.X"
2201 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:164
2203 msgid "*Note that all this is deprecated. You don't have to care about things like* *geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you really want* *DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS mode and cylinder* *units by using the '-c=dos -u=cylinders' fdisk command-line options.*\n"
2204 msgstr "*Observe que tudo isso foi descontinuado. Você não precisa se preocupar com coisas como* *geometria e cilindros em sistemas operacionais modernos. Se você realmente deseja um particionamento compatível com* *DOS, deve habilitar o modo DOS e unidades* *de cilindro usando as opções de linha de comando \"-c=dos -u=cylinders\" do fdisk.*\n"
2207 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:166
2208 msgid "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U flag is given -- we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
2209 msgstr "O comando FORMAT do DOS 6.x procura algumas informações no primeiro setor da área de dados da partição e trata essas informações como mais confiáveis do que as informações na tabela de partição. O FORMAT do DOS espera que o FDISK do DOS limpe os primeiros 512 bytes da área de dados de uma partição sempre que ocorrer uma alteração de tamanho. O FORMAT do DOS examinará essas informações extras mesmo se o sinalizador /U for fornecido -- consideramos isso um bug no FORMAT e no FDISK do DOS."
2212 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:168
2213 msgid "The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk* to change the size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero the first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS partition table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command *dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
2214 msgstr "O resultado final é que se você usar *fdisk* ou *cfdisk* para alterar o tamanho de uma entrada da tabela de partição DOS, você também deve usar *dd*(1) para *zerar os primeiros 512 bytes* dessa partição antes de usar FORMAT do DOS para formatar a partição. Por exemplo, se você estivesse usando *fdisk* para criar uma entrada na tabela de partição DOS para _/dev/sda1_, então (após sair do *fdisk* e reinicializar o Linux para que as informações da tabela de partição fossem válidas) você usaria o comando *dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* para zerar os primeiros 512 bytes da partição."
2217 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:170
2219 msgid "*fdisk* usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table.\n"
2220 msgstr "*fdisk* geralmente obtém a geometria do disco automaticamente. Esta não é necessariamente a geometria do disco físico (na verdade, os discos modernos não têm nada parecido com uma geometria física, certamente não algo que pode ser descrito na forma simplista de Cilindros/Cabeças/Setores), mas é a geometria do disco que o MS-DOS usa para a tabela de partição.\n"
2223 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:172
2224 msgid "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an *fdisk* from another operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required for good cooperation with other systems."
2225 msgstr "Normalmente, tudo vai bem por padrão e não há problemas se o Linux for o único sistema no disco. No entanto, se o disco tiver que ser compartilhado com outros sistemas operacionais, geralmente é uma boa ideia deixar um *fdisk* de outro sistema operacional criar pelo menos uma partição. Quando o Linux é inicializado, ele examina a tabela de partição e tenta deduzir qual geometria (falsa) é necessária para uma boa cooperação com outros sistemas."
2228 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:174
2229 msgid "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first partition)."
2230 msgstr "Sempre que uma tabela de partição é impressa no modo DOS, uma verificação de consistência é executada nas entradas da tabela de partição. Esta verificação verifica se os pontos inicial e final físicos e lógicos são idênticos e se cada partição começa e termina em um limite de cilindro (exceto para a primeira partição)."
2233 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:176
2234 msgid "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
2235 msgstr "Algumas versões do MS-DOS criam uma primeira partição que não começa no limite do cilindro, mas no setor 2 do primeiro cilindro. As partições que começam no cilindro 1 não podem começar em um limite de cilindro, mas é improvável que isso cause dificuldade, a menos que você tenha OS/2 em sua máquina."
2238 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:178
2239 msgid "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK program and Linux partitions with the Linux *fdisk* or Linux *cfdisk*(8) programs."
2240 msgstr "Para obter os melhores resultados, você deve sempre usar um programa de tabela de partição específico do sistema operacional. Por exemplo, você deve fazer partições DOS com o programa DOS FDISK e partições Linux com os programas *fdisk* ou *cfdisk*(8) do Linux."
2243 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:182
2244 msgid "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors.d/fdisk.disable_."
2245 msgstr "A coloração implícita pode ser desabilitada por um arquivo vazio _/etc/terminal-colors.d/fdisk.disable_."
2248 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:184
2249 msgid "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization configuration. The logical color names supported by *fdisk* are:"
2250 msgstr "Consulte *terminal-colors.d*(5) para obter mais detalhes sobre a configuração da coloração. Os nomes lógicos de cores suportados por *fdisk* são:"
2252 #. type: Labeled list
2253 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:185 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:378
2259 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:187 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:380
2260 msgid "The header of the output tables."
2261 msgstr "O cabeçalho das tabelas de saída."
2263 #. type: Labeled list
2264 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:188
2266 msgid "*help-title*"
2267 msgstr "*help-title*"
2270 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:190
2271 msgid "The help section titles."
2272 msgstr "Os títulos de seção de ajuda."
2274 #. type: Labeled list
2275 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:191 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:380
2276 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:171
2282 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:193 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:382
2283 msgid "The warning messages."
2284 msgstr "As mensagens de aviso."
2286 #. type: Labeled list
2287 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:194 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:382
2293 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:196 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:384
2294 msgid "The welcome message."
2295 msgstr "A mensagem de boas vindas."
2297 #. type: Labeled list
2298 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:199
2300 msgid "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
2301 msgstr "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
2304 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:201
2305 msgid "enables fdisk debug output."
2306 msgstr "habilita a saída de depuração do fdisk."
2309 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:221
2310 msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
2311 msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
2314 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:223
2315 msgid "The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and others."
2316 msgstr "A versão original foi escrita por Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc e outros."
2319 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:230
2332 #. Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o. All Rights Reserved.
2333 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
2335 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:6
2341 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:16
2342 msgid "fsck - check and repair a Linux filesystem"
2343 msgstr "fsck - verifica e repara um sistema de arquivos do Linux"
2346 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:20
2348 msgid "*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_fd_]] [*-C* [_fd_] [*-t* _fstype_] [_filesystem_...] [*--*] [_fs-specific-options_]\n"
2349 msgstr "*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_fd_]] [*-C* [_fd_] [*-t* _tipo_] [_sistemas-de-arquivos_...] [*--*] [_opções-sis.arq._]\n"
2352 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:24
2354 msgid "*fsck* is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux filesystems. _filesystem_ can be a device name (e.g., _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), a mount point (e.g., _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), or an filesystem label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or LABEL=root). Normally, the *fsck* program will try to handle filesystems on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of time needed to check all of them.\n"
2355 msgstr "*fsck* é usado para verificar e, opcionalmente, reparar um ou mais sistemas de arquivos Linux. _sistema-de-arquivos_ pode ser um nome de dispositivo (por exemplo, _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), um ponto de montagem (por exemplo, _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), ou um rótulo de sistema de arquivos ou especificador UUID (por exemplo , UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd ou LABEL=root). Normalmente, o programa *fsck* tentará manipular sistemas de arquivos em diferentes unidades de disco físico em paralelo para reduzir o tempo total necessário para verificar todos eles.\n"
2358 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:26
2359 msgid "If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the *-A* option is not specified, *fsck* will default to checking filesystems in _/etc/fstab_ serially. This is equivalent to the *-As* options."
2360 msgstr "Se nenhum sistema de arquivos for especificado na linha de comando e a opção *-A* não for especificada, *fsck* será o padrão para verificar os sistemas de arquivos em _/etc/fstab_ em série. Isso é equivalente às opções *-As*."
2363 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:28
2364 msgid "The exit status returned by *fsck* is the sum of the following conditions:"
2365 msgstr "O status de saída retornado por *fsck* é a soma das seguintes condições:"
2367 #. type: Labeled list
2368 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:46
2369 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:33
2370 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:73 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:49
2371 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:87
2372 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:63
2373 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:62 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1359
2374 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:99
2375 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:84
2381 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:86
2382 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:84
2384 msgstr "Nenhum erro"
2386 #. type: Labeled list
2387 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:35
2388 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:89
2389 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:66
2390 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1362
2391 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:50 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:86
2397 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:33
2398 msgid "Filesystem errors corrected"
2399 msgstr "Erros de sistema de arquivos corrigidos"
2401 #. type: Labeled list
2402 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:33 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:53
2403 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:66 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:766
2404 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1365 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:102
2410 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:35
2411 msgid "System should be rebooted"
2412 msgstr "O sistema deve ser reiniciado"
2414 #. type: Labeled list
2415 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:35 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:48
2416 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:88 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:69
2417 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1368 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:105
2422 #. type: delimited block _
2423 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:90
2424 msgid "Filesystem errors left uncorrected"
2425 msgstr "Erros de sistema de arquivos não corrigidos"
2427 #. type: Labeled list
2428 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:50
2429 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:92 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:75
2430 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1371 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:108
2436 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:94
2437 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:86
2438 msgid "Operational error"
2439 msgstr "Erro operacional"
2441 #. type: Labeled list
2442 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:52
2443 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1374
2444 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:111
2450 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:96
2451 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:88
2452 msgid "Usage or syntax error"
2453 msgstr "Erro de uso ou de sintaxe"
2455 #. type: Labeled list
2456 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:37
2457 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1377
2458 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:114
2464 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:43
2465 msgid "Checking canceled by user request"
2466 msgstr "Verificação cancelada a pedido do usuário"
2468 #. type: Labeled list
2469 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:43
2475 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:45
2476 msgid "Shared-library error"
2477 msgstr "Erro de biblioteca compartilhada"
2480 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:47
2481 msgid "The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked."
2482 msgstr "O status de saída retornado quando vários sistemas de arquivos são verificados é o OU bit a bit dos status de saída para cada sistema de arquivos que é verificado."
2485 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:49
2486 msgid "In actuality, *fsck* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem checkers (*fsck*._fstype_) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific checker is searched for in the *PATH* environment variable. If the *PATH* is undefined then fallback to _/sbin_."
2487 msgstr "Na verdade, *fsck* é simplesmente um front-end para os vários verificadores de sistema de arquivos (*fsck*._tipo_) disponíveis no Linux. O verificador específico do sistema de arquivos é procurado na variável de ambiente *PATH*. Se o *PATH* for indefinido, retrocede para _/sbin_."
2490 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:51
2491 msgid "Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details."
2492 msgstr "Consulte as páginas de manual do verificador específicas do sistema de arquivos para mais detalhes."
2494 #. type: Labeled list
2495 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:44
2496 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:97
2502 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:56
2503 msgid "Create an exclusive *flock*(2) lock file (_/run/fsck/<diskname>.lock_) for whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only (this means that *-A* and *-l* are mutually exclusive). This option is recommended when more *fsck* instances are executed in the same time. The option is ignored when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. *fsck* does not lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked devices (e.g. MD or DM) - this feature is not implemented yet."
2504 msgstr "Cria um arquivo de trava *flock*(2) exclusivo (_/run/fsck/<nome-do-disco>.lock_) para o dispositivo de disco inteiro. Esta opção pode ser usada apenas com um dispositivo (isso significa que *-A* e *-l* são mutuamente exclusivas). Esta opção é recomendada quando mais instâncias de *fsck* são executadas ao mesmo tempo. A opção é ignorada quando usada para vários dispositivos ou para discos não rotativos. *fsck* não trava dispositivos subjacentes quando executado para verificar dispositivos empilhados (por exemplo, MD ou DM) -- este recurso ainda não foi implementado."
2506 #. type: Labeled list
2507 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:57
2510 msgstr "*-r* [_fd_]"
2513 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:59
2514 msgid "Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck run. For example:"
2515 msgstr "Relata certas estatísticas para cada fsck quando ele for concluído. Essas estatísticas incluem o status de saída, o tamanho máximo do conjunto de execução (em kilobytes), o tempo total decorrido e o tempo de CPU do usuário e do sistema usado pela execução do fsck. Por exemplo:"
2518 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:61
2520 msgid "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n"
2521 msgstr "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n"
2524 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:63
2525 msgid "GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine parsable format. For example:"
2526 msgstr "Os frontends gráficos podem especificar um descritor de arquivo _fd_, caso em que as informações da barra de progresso serão enviadas para esse descritor de arquivo em um formato analisável por máquina. Por exemplo:"
2529 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:65
2531 msgid "*/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186*\n"
2532 msgstr "*/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186*\n"
2534 #. type: Labeled list
2535 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:66 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:59
2536 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:385
2537 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:59
2543 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:68
2544 msgid "Serialize *fsck* operations. This is a good idea if you are checking multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: *e2fsck*(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make *e2fsck*(8) run in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the *-p* or *-a* option, if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the *-n* option if you do not.)"
2545 msgstr "Serializa operações do *fsck*. Esta é uma boa ideia se você estiver verificando vários sistemas de arquivos e os verificadores estiverem em um modo interativo. (Nota: *e2fsck*(8) é executado em um modo interativo por padrão. Para fazer o *e2fsck*(8) executar em um modo não interativo, você deve especificar a opção *-p* ou *-a*, se deseja que os erros sejam corrigidos automaticamente ou a opção *-n* se não desejar.)"
2547 #. type: Labeled list
2548 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:69
2550 msgid "*-t* _fslist_"
2551 msgstr "*-t* _lista-fs_"
2554 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:71
2555 msgid "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the *-A* flag is specified, only filesystems that match _fslist_ are checked. The _fslist_ parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a negation operator '*no*' or '*!*', which requests that only those filesystems not listed in _fslist_ will be checked. If none of the filesystems in _fslist_ is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those listed filesystems will be checked."
2556 msgstr "Especifica o(s) tipo(s) de sistema de arquivos a ser(em) verificado(s). Quando o sinalizador *-A* é especificado, apenas os sistemas de arquivos que correspondem a _lista-fs_ são verificados. O parâmetro _lista-fs_ é uma lista separada por vírgulas de sistemas de arquivos e especificadores de opções. Todos os sistemas de arquivos nesta lista separada por vírgulas podem ser prefixados por um operador de negação \"*no*\" ou \"*!*\", que solicita que apenas os sistemas de arquivos não listados em _lista-fs_ sejam verificados. Se nenhum dos sistemas de arquivos em _lista-fs_ for prefixado por um operador de negação, então apenas os sistemas de arquivos listados serão verificados."
2559 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:73
2560 msgid "Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated _fslist_. They must have the format **opts=**__fs-option__. If an options specifier is present, then only filesystems which contain _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked. If the options specifier is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not have _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked."
2561 msgstr "Especificadores de opções podem ser incluídos na _lista-fs_ separada por vírgulas. Eles devem ter o formato **opts=**__opção-fs__. Se um especificador de opções estiver presente, então apenas os sistemas de arquivos que contêm __opção-fs__ em seu campo de opções de montagem de _/etc/fstab_ serão verificados. Se o especificador de opções é prefixado por um operador de negação, então apenas os sistemas de arquivos que não têm __opção-fs__ em seu campo de opções de montagem de _/etc/fstab_ serão verificados."
2564 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:75
2565 msgid "For example, if *opts=ro* appears in _fslist_, then only filesystems listed in _/etc/fstab_ with the *ro* option will be checked."
2566 msgstr "Por exemplo, se *opts=ro* aparecer em _lista-fs_, então apenas os sistemas de arquivos listados em _/etc/fstab_ com a opção *ro* serão verificados."
2569 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:77
2570 msgid "For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon an unauthorized UI change to the *fsck* program, if a filesystem type of *loop* is found in _fslist_, it is treated as if *opts=loop* were specified as an argument to the *-t* option."
2571 msgstr "Para compatibilidade com distribuições Mandrake cujos scripts de inicialização dependem de uma mudança de IU não autorizada para o programa *fsck*, se um tipo de sistema de arquivos *loop* for encontrado em _lista-fs_, ele será tratado como se *opts=loop* fosse especificado como um argumento para a opção *-t*."
2574 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:79
2575 msgid "Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for _filesys_ in the _/etc/fstab_ file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the *-t* option, *fsck* will use the specified filesystem type. If this type is not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
2576 msgstr "Normalmente, o tipo de sistema de arquivos é deduzido pesquisando por _filesys_ no arquivo _/etc/fstab_ e usando a entrada correspondente. Se o tipo não puder ser deduzido e houver apenas um único sistema de arquivos fornecido como argumento para a opção *-t*, *fsck* usará o tipo de sistema de arquivos especificado. Se este tipo não estiver disponível, o tipo de sistema de arquivos padrão (atualmente ext2) é usado."
2578 #. type: Labeled list
2579 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:80
2585 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:82
2586 msgid "Walk through the _/etc/fstab_ file and try to check all filesystems in one run. This option is typically used from the _/etc/rc_ system initialization file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem."
2587 msgstr "Percorre o arquivo _/etc/fstab_ e tente verificar todos os sistemas de arquivos de uma vez. Esta opção é normalmente usada a partir do arquivo de inicialização do sistema _/etc/rc_, em vez de vários comandos para verificar um único sistema de arquivos."
2590 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:84
2591 msgid "The root filesystem will be checked first unless the *-P* option is specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order specified by the _fs_passno_ (the sixth) field in the _/etc/fstab_ file. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of 0 are skipped and are not checked at all. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of greater than zero will be checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest _fs_passno_ number being checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, *fsck* will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk."
2592 msgstr "O sistema de arquivos raiz será verificado primeiro, a menos que a opção *-P* seja especificada (veja abaixo). Depois disso, os sistemas de arquivos serão verificados na ordem especificada pelo campo _fs_passno_ (o sexto) no arquivo _/etc/fstab_. Os sistemas de arquivos com um valor _fs_passno_ de 0 são ignorados e não são verificados de forma alguma. Os sistemas de arquivos com um valor _fs_passno_ maior que zero serão verificados em ordem, com os sistemas de arquivos com o número _fs_passno_ mais baixo sendo verificado primeiro. Se houver vários sistemas de arquivos com o mesmo número de passagem, *fsck* tentará verificá-los em paralelo, embora evite executar várias verificações de sistema de arquivos no mesmo disco físico."
2595 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:86
2597 msgid "*fsck* does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) in parallel with any other device. See below for *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL* setting. The _/sys_ filesystem is used to determine dependencies between devices.\n"
2598 msgstr "*fsck* não verifica dispositivos empilhados (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) em paralelo com qualquer outro dispositivo. Veja abaixo a configuração *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*. O sistema de arquivos _/sys_ é usado para determinar dependências entre dispositivos.\n"
2601 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:88
2602 msgid "Hence, a very common configuration in _/etc/fstab_ files is to set the root filesystem to have a _fs_passno_ value of 1 and to set all other filesystems to have a _fs_passno_ value of 2. This will allow *fsck* to automatically run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to do so. System administrators might choose not to use this configuration if they need to avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some reason - for example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that excessive paging is a concern."
2603 msgstr "Portanto, uma configuração muito comum em arquivos _/etc/fstab_ é definir o sistema de arquivos raiz para ter um valor _fs_passno_ de 1 e definir todos os outros sistemas de arquivos para ter um valor de _fs_passno_ de 2. Isso permitirá que *fsck* execute automaticamente o sistema de arquivos verificadores em paralelo, se for vantajoso fazê-lo. Os administradores do sistema podem escolher não usar esta configuração se precisarem evitar várias verificações do sistema de arquivos em execução em paralelo por algum motivo -- por exemplo, se a máquina em questão estiver com pouca memória, de modo que a paginação excessiva é uma preocupação."
2606 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:90
2608 msgid "*fsck* normally does not check whether the device actually exists before calling a filesystem specific checker. Therefore non-existing devices may cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option *nofail* may be used to have *fsck* skip non-existing devices. *fsck* also skips non-existing devices that have the special filesystem type *auto*.\n"
2609 msgstr "*fsck* normalmente não verifica se o dispositivo realmente existe antes de chamar um verificador específico do sistema de arquivos. Portanto, dispositivos não existentes podem fazer com que o sistema entre no modo de reparo do sistema de arquivos durante a inicialização se o verificador específico do sistema de arquivos retornar um erro fatal. A opção de montagem *nofail* do _/etc fstab_ pode ser usada para que *fsck* ignore dispositivos não existentes. *fsck* também pula dispositivos não existentes que possuem o tipo de sistema de arquivos especial *auto*.\n"
2611 #. type: Labeled list
2612 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:91
2615 msgstr "*-C* [_fd_]"
2618 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:93
2619 msgid "Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently only for ext[234]) which support them. *fsck* will manage the filesystem checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
2620 msgstr "Exibe barras de conclusão/progresso para os verificadores de sistema de arquivos (atualmente apenas para ext[234]) que aos há suporte. *fsck* gerenciará os verificadores do sistema de arquivos para que apenas um deles exiba uma barra de progresso por vez. Os front-ends da GUI podem especificar um descritor de arquivo _fd_, caso em que as informações da barra de progresso serão enviadas para esse descritor de arquivo."
2622 #. type: Labeled list
2623 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:94 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:67
2629 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:96
2630 msgid "Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted filesystems."
2631 msgstr "Não verifica os sistemas de arquivos montados e retorna um status de saída 0 para sistemas de arquivos montados."
2633 #. type: Labeled list
2634 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:97
2640 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:99
2641 msgid "Don't execute, just show what would be done."
2642 msgstr "Não executa, apenas mostra o que seria feito."
2644 #. type: Labeled list
2645 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:100
2651 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:102
2652 msgid "When the *-A* flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if the root filesystem is in doubt things like the *e2fsck*(8) executable might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who don't want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which is really the right solution)."
2653 msgstr "Quando a opção *-A* é definida, verifica o sistema de arquivos raiz em paralelo com os outros sistemas de arquivos. Esta não é a coisa mais segura do mundo a se fazer, pois se o sistema de arquivos raiz estiver em dúvida, coisas como o executável *e2fsck*(8) podem ser corrompidas! Esta opção é fornecida principalmente para os administradores de sistemas que não desejam reparticionar o sistema de arquivos raiz para que seja pequeno e compacto (o que é realmente a solução certa)."
2655 #. type: Labeled list
2656 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:103
2662 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:105
2663 msgid "When checking all filesystems with the *-A* flag, skip the root filesystem. (This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-write.)"
2664 msgstr "Ao verificar todos os sistemas de arquivos com a opção *-A*, ignora o sistema de arquivos raiz. (Isso é útil caso o sistema de arquivos raiz já tenha sido montado para leitura e escrita.)"
2666 #. type: Labeled list
2667 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:106
2673 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:108
2674 msgid "Don't show the title on startup."
2675 msgstr "Não mostra o título na inicialização."
2677 #. type: Labeled list
2678 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:109
2684 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:111
2685 msgid "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are executed."
2686 msgstr "Produz uma saída detalhada, incluindo todos os comandos específicos do sistema de arquivos que são executados."
2688 #. type: Labeled list
2689 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:112
2691 msgid "*-?*, *--help*"
2692 msgstr "*-?*, *--help*"
2694 #. type: Labeled list
2695 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:115 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:45
2696 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:183 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:157
2699 msgstr "*--version*"
2702 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:118
2704 msgid "FILESYSTEM SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
2705 msgstr "OPÇÕES ESPECÍFICAS DO SISTEMA DE ARQUIVOS"
2708 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:121
2710 msgid "*Options which are not understood by fsck are passed to the filesystem-specific checker!*\n"
2711 msgstr "*As opções que não são compreendidas pelo fsck são passadas para o verificador específico do sistema de arquivos!*\n"
2714 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:123
2715 msgid "These options *must* not take arguments, as there is no way for *fsck* to be able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don't."
2716 msgstr "Essas opções *não devem* aceitar argumentos, pois não há como *fsck* ser capaz de adivinhar corretamente quais opções aceitam argumentos e quais não."
2719 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:125
2720 msgid "Options and arguments which follow the *--* are treated as filesystem-specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker."
2721 msgstr "As opções e argumentos que seguem *-* são tratados como opções específicas do sistema de arquivos a serem passadas para o verificador específico do sistema de arquivos."
2724 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:127
2725 msgid "Please note that *fsck* is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. If you pass *fsck* some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it doesn't do what you expect, *don't bother reporting it as a bug.* You're almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with *fsck*. Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized."
2726 msgstr "Observe que *fsck* não foi projetado para passar opções arbitrariamente complicadas para verificadores específicos do sistema de arquivos. Se você estiver fazendo algo complicado, execute o verificador específico do sistema de arquivos diretamente. Se você passar para *fsck* algumas opções e argumentos terrivelmente complicados, e ele não fizer o que você espera, *não se preocupe em relatar isso como um bug*. Você quase certamente está fazendo algo que não deveria estar fazendo com *fsck*. As opções para diferentes fscks específicos do sistema de arquivos não são padronizadas."
2729 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:131
2730 msgid "The *fsck* program's behavior is affected by the following environment variables:"
2731 msgstr "O comportamento do programa *fsck* é afetado pelas seguintes variáveis de ambiente:"
2733 #. type: Labeled list
2734 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:132
2736 msgid "*FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*"
2737 msgstr "*FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*"
2740 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:134
2741 msgid "If this environment variable is set, *fsck* will attempt to check all of the specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) Note that the _fs_passno_ value is still used."
2742 msgstr "Se esta variável de ambiente for definida, *fsck* tentará verificar todos os sistemas de arquivos especificados em paralelo, independentemente de os sistemas de arquivos parecerem estar no mesmo dispositivo. (Isso é útil para sistemas RAID ou sistemas de armazenamento de ponta, como os vendidos por empresas como IBM ou EMC.) Observe que o valor _fs_passno_ ainda é usado."
2744 #. type: Labeled list
2745 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:135
2747 msgid "*FSCK_MAX_INST*"
2748 msgstr "*FSCK_MAX_INST*"
2751 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:137
2752 msgid "This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which have a large number of disks to avoid *fsck* starting too many filesystem checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of *fsck* may attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run based on gathering accounting data from the operating system."
2753 msgstr "Esta variável de ambiente limitará o número máximo de verificadores do sistema de arquivos que podem ser executados ao mesmo tempo. Isso permite configurações que possuem um grande número de discos para evitar que *fsck* inicie muitos verificadores do sistema de arquivos de uma vez, o que pode sobrecarregar a CPU e os recursos de memória disponíveis no sistema. Se esse valor for zero, um número ilimitado de processos pode ser gerado. Este é o padrão atualmente, mas versões futuras do *fsck* podem tentar determinar automaticamente quantas verificações do sistema de arquivos podem ser executadas com base na coleta de dados contábeis do sistema operacional."
2755 #. type: Labeled list
2756 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:138
2762 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:140
2763 msgid "The *PATH* environment variable is used to find filesystem checkers."
2764 msgstr "A variável de ambiente *PATH* é usada para localizar verificadores de sistema de arquivos."
2766 #. type: Labeled list
2767 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:141
2769 msgid "*FSTAB_FILE*"
2770 msgstr "*FSTAB_FILE*"
2773 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:143
2774 msgid "This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the standard location of the _/etc/fstab_ file. It is also useful for developers who are testing *fsck*."
2775 msgstr "Esta variável de ambiente permite que o administrador do sistema substitua a localização padrão do arquivo _/etc/fstab_. Também é útil para desenvolvedores que estão testando o *fsck*."
2777 #. type: Labeled list
2778 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:144
2780 msgid "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all*"
2781 msgstr "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all*"
2783 #. type: Labeled list
2784 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:147
2786 msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
2787 msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
2790 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:149 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:60
2791 msgid "enables libmount debug output."
2792 msgstr "habilita a saída de depuração do libmount."
2795 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:150 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:134
2796 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:139
2797 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:25 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:113
2798 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:119 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:86
2799 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:48 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:50
2800 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:120
2801 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:359 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:139
2802 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1412 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:60
2803 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:118
2804 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:132 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:59
2805 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:165 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:80
2806 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:300 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:91
2811 #. type: Labeled list
2812 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:153 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:50
2813 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1416 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:137
2814 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:170
2816 msgid "_/etc/fstab_"
2817 msgstr "_/etc/fstab_"
2820 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:158
2821 msgid "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
2822 msgstr "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
2825 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:172
2830 "*fsck.ext2*(8) or *fsck.ext3*(8) or *e2fsck*(8),\n"
2831 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
2834 "*fsck.minix*(8),\n"
2835 "*fsck.msdos*(8),\n"
2842 "*fsck.ext2*(8) or *fsck.ext3*(8) or *e2fsck*(8),\n"
2843 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
2846 "*fsck.minix*(8),\n"
2847 "*fsck.msdos*(8),\n"
2853 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:2
2855 msgid "fsck.cramfs(8)"
2856 msgstr "fsck.cramfs(8)"
2859 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:12
2860 msgid "fsck.cramfs - fsck compressed ROM file system"
2861 msgstr "fsck.cramfs - executa fsck em um sistema de arquivos comprimido de ROM"
2864 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:16
2866 msgid "*fsck.cramfs* [options] _file_\n"
2867 msgstr "*fsck.cramfs* [opções] _arquivo_\n"
2870 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:20
2872 msgid "*fsck.cramfs* is used to check the cramfs file system.\n"
2873 msgstr "*fsck.cramfs* é usado para verificar o sistema de arquivos cramfs.\n"
2875 #. type: Labeled list
2876 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:56
2877 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:96
2878 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:32 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:39
2879 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:28 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:101
2880 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:82 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:49
2881 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:52
2882 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:88 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:64
2883 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:167 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:95
2884 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:429 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:51
2885 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:37
2886 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:89 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:111
2887 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:71
2889 msgid "*-v*, *--verbose*"
2890 msgstr "*-v*, *--verbose*"
2893 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:25 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:37
2894 msgid "Enable verbose messaging."
2895 msgstr "Habilita mensagens mais detalhadas."
2897 #. type: Labeled list
2898 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:26
2900 msgid "*-b*, *--blocksize* _blocksize_"
2901 msgstr "*-b*, *--blocksize* _tamanho_"
2904 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:28
2905 msgid "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at creation time. Only used for *--extract*."
2906 msgstr "Usa este tamanho de bloco, o padrão é o tamanho da página. Deve ser igual ao que foi definido no momento da criação. Usado apenas para *--extrair*."
2908 #. type: Labeled list
2909 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:29
2911 msgid "*--extract*[=_directory_]"
2912 msgstr "*--extract*[=_diretório_]"
2915 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:31
2916 msgid "Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the _file_ to _directory_."
2917 msgstr "Testa para descompactar todo o sistema de arquivos. Opcionalmente, extrai o conteúdo do _arquivo_ para o _diretório_."
2919 #. type: Labeled list
2920 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:32
2926 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:37
2927 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:46
2928 msgid "This option is silently ignored."
2929 msgstr "Esta opção é ignorada silenciosamente."
2931 #. type: Labeled list
2932 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:35
2938 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:80
2939 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:53
2940 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:71 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:78
2941 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:69 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:51
2942 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:108 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:99
2943 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:106 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:147
2944 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:83
2945 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:187 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:124
2946 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:59
2947 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:177
2948 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:97 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:92
2949 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:341
2950 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:87
2951 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1355 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:43
2952 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:95 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:33
2953 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:76 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:80
2954 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:221
2957 msgstr "STATUS DE SAÍDA"
2960 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:48 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:35
2961 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:51
2962 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:89 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:128
2963 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:64
2964 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1361
2965 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:101
2970 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:50
2971 msgid "file system was left uncorrected"
2972 msgstr "sistema de arquivos foi deixado sem correção"
2975 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:77
2976 msgid "operation error, such as unable to allocate memory"
2977 msgstr "erro de operação, como não ter conseguido alocar memória"
2980 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:54
2981 msgid "usage information was printed"
2982 msgstr "a informação de uso foi impressa"
2985 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:59
2989 "*mkfs.cramfs*(8)\n"
2992 "*mkfs.cramfs*(8)\n"
2994 #. Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
2995 #. May be freely distributed.
2997 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:6
2999 msgid "fsck.minix(8)"
3000 msgstr "fsck.minix(8)"
3003 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:16
3004 msgid "fsck.minix - check consistency of Minix filesystem"
3005 msgstr "fsck.minix - verifica a consistência de um sistema de arquivos Minix"
3008 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:20
3010 msgid "*fsck.minix* [options] _device_\n"
3011 msgstr "*fsck.minix* [opções] _dispositivo_\n"
3014 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:24
3016 msgid "*fsck.minix* performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem.\n"
3017 msgstr "*fsck.minix* executa uma verificação de consistência para o sistema de arquivos MINIX do Linux.\n"
3020 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:26
3021 msgid "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. *fsck.minix* should not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files."
3022 msgstr "O programa presume que o sistema de arquivos está quiescente. *fsck.minix* não deve ser usado em um dispositivo montado, a menos que você tenha certeza de que ninguém está escrevendo nele. Lembre-se de que o kernel pode escrever no dispositivo ao procurar por arquivos."
3025 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:28
3026 msgid "The _device_ name will usually have the following form:"
3027 msgstr "O nome do _dispositivo_ geralmente terá o seguinte formato:"
3030 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:36
3033 "|/dev/hda[1-63] |IDE disk 1\n"
3034 "|/dev/hdb[1-63] |IDE disk 2\n"
3035 "|/dev/sda[1-15] |SCSI disk 1\n"
3036 "|/dev/sdb[1-15] |SCSI disk 2\n"
3038 "|/dev/hda[1-63] |IDE disco 1\n"
3039 "|/dev/hdb[1-63] |IDE disco 2\n"
3040 "|/dev/sda[1-15] |SCSI disco 1\n"
3041 "|/dev/sdb[1-15] |SCSI disco 2\n"
3043 #. type: delimited block _
3044 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:40
3045 msgid "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before exiting. There is _no_ need to reboot after check."
3046 msgstr "Se o sistema de arquivos foi alterado, ou seja, reparado, *fsck.minix* imprimirá \"O SISTEMA DE ARQUIVOS FOI ALTERADO\" e sincronizar com *sync*(2) três vezes antes de sair. Não há necessidade de reinicializar após a verificação."
3049 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:31
3050 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:46
3055 #. type: delimited block _
3056 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:44
3058 msgid "*fsck.minix* should *not* be used on a mounted filesystem. Using *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion.\n"
3059 msgstr "*fsck.minix* *não* deve ser usado em um sistema de arquivos montado. Usar *fsck.minix* em um sistema de arquivos montado é muito perigoso, devido à possibilidade de que arquivos excluídos ainda estejam em uso e podem danificar seriamente um sistema de arquivos em perfeito estado! Se você absolutamente tiver que executar *fsck.minix* em um sistema de arquivos montado, como o sistema de arquivos raiz, certifique-se de que nada esteja escrevendo no disco e que nenhum arquivo seja um \"zumbi\" esperando para ser apagado.\n"
3061 #. type: delimited block _
3062 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:49
3063 msgid "List all filenames."
3064 msgstr "Lista todos nomes de arquivos."
3066 #. type: Labeled list
3067 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:50
3069 msgid "*-r*, *--repair*"
3070 msgstr "*-r*, *--repair*"
3072 #. type: delimited block _
3073 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:52
3074 msgid "Perform interactive repairs."
3075 msgstr "Executa reparos interativos."
3077 #. type: Labeled list
3078 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:36
3080 msgid "*-a*, *--auto*"
3081 msgstr "*-a*, *--auto*"
3083 #. type: delimited block _
3084 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:55
3085 msgid "Perform automatic repairs. This option implies *--repair* and serves to answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
3086 msgstr "Executa reparos automáticos. Esta opção implica *--repair* e serve para responder a todas as perguntas feitas com o padrão. Observe que isso pode ser extremamente perigoso no caso de danos extensos ao sistema de arquivos."
3088 #. type: Labeled list
3089 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:59
3091 msgid "*-s*, *--super*"
3092 msgstr "*-s*, *--super*"
3094 #. type: delimited block _
3095 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:61
3096 msgid "Output super-block information."
3097 msgstr "Exibe informação de superbloco."
3099 #. type: Labeled list
3100 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:62
3102 msgid "*-m*, *--uncleared*"
3103 msgstr "*-m*, *--uncleared*"
3105 #. type: delimited block _
3106 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:64
3107 msgid "Activate MINIX-like \"mode not cleared\" warnings."
3108 msgstr "Ativa avisos de \"modo não limpo\" no estilo MINIX."
3110 #. type: Labeled list
3111 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:65 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:44
3112 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:149 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:46
3113 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:95
3114 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:73
3116 msgid "*-f*, *--force*"
3117 msgstr "*-f*, *--force*"
3119 #. type: delimited block _
3120 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:67
3121 msgid "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
3122 msgstr "Força uma verificação do sistema de arquivos, mesmo se o sistema de arquivos foi marcado como válido. A marcação é feita pelo kernel quando o sistema de arquivos é desmontado."
3125 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:74 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:325
3128 msgstr "DIAGNÓSTICOS"
3130 #. type: delimited block _
3131 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:77
3132 msgid "There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most commonly seen in normal usage."
3133 msgstr "Existem inúmeras mensagens de diagnóstico. Os mencionados aqui são os mais comumente vistos em uso normal."
3135 #. type: delimited block _
3136 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:79
3137 msgid "If the device does not exist, *fsck.minix* will print \"unable to read super block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, *fsck.minix* will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
3138 msgstr "Se o dispositivo não existir, *fsck.minix* imprimirá \"não foi possível ler o superbloco\". Se o dispositivo existir, mas não for um sistema de arquivos MINIX, *fsck.minix* imprimirá \"número mágico ruim no superbloco\"."
3140 #. type: delimited block _
3141 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:83
3142 msgid "The exit status returned by *fsck.minix* is the sum of the following:"
3143 msgstr "O status de saída retornado por *fsck.minix* é a soma do seguinte:"
3145 #. type: Labeled list
3146 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:86
3151 #. type: delimited block _
3152 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:88
3153 msgid "Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was mounted"
3154 msgstr "Erros do sistema de arquivos corrigidos, o sistema deve ser reiniciado se o sistema de arquivos foi montado"
3156 #. type: Labeled list
3157 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:90
3162 #. type: delimited block _
3163 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:92
3164 msgid "Combination of exit statuses 3 and 4"
3165 msgstr "Combinação dos status de saída 3 e 4"
3167 #. type: delimited block _
3168 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:101
3169 msgid "mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Exit status values by mailto:faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Added support for filesystem valid flag: mailto:greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. Minix v2 fs support by mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de[Andreas Schwab], updated by mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. Portability patch by mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]."
3170 msgstr "mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Valores de status de saída por mailto:faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Adicionado suporte à opção de validade do sistema de arquivos: mailto:greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Verifica para evitar fsck de sistema de arquivos montados adicionado por mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. Suporte ao sistema de arquivos Minix v2 por mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de[Andreas Schwab], atualizado por mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. Patch de portabilidade por mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]."
3172 #. type: delimited block _
3173 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:110
3180 "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
3187 "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
3191 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:2
3197 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:12
3198 msgid "isosize - output the length of an iso9660 filesystem"
3199 msgstr "isosize - mostra o tamanho de um sistema de arquivos iso9660"
3202 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:16
3204 msgid "*isosize* [options] _iso9660_image_file_\n"
3205 msgstr "*isosize* [opções] _arquivo_imagem_iso9660_\n"
3208 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:20
3209 msgid "This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e.g. _/dev/hdd_ or _/dev/sr0_). In the absence of any options (and errors), it will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be a large number (>> 4 GB)."
3210 msgstr "Este comando produz o comprimento de um sistema de arquivos iso9660 que está contido no arquivo especificado. Este arquivo pode ser um arquivo normal ou um dispositivo de bloco (por exemplo, _/dev/hdd_ ou _/dev/sr0_). Na ausência de quaisquer opções (e erros), ele exibirá o tamanho do sistema de arquivos iso9660 em bytes. Isso agora pode ser um grande número (>> 4 GB)."
3212 #. type: Labeled list
3213 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:23
3215 msgid "*-x*, *--sectors*"
3216 msgstr "*-x*, *--sectors*"
3219 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:25
3220 msgid "Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"."
3221 msgstr "Mostra a contagem e o tamanho do bloco em formato legível. A saída usa o termo \"setores\" para \"blocos\"."
3223 #. type: Labeled list
3224 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:26 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:42
3225 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:53
3227 msgid "*-d*, *--divisor* _number_"
3228 msgstr "*-d*, *--divisor* _número_"
3231 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:28
3232 msgid "Only has an effect when *-x* is not given. The value shown (if no errors) is the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by _number_. So if _number_ is the block size then the shown value will be the block count."
3233 msgstr "Tem efeito apenas quando *-x* não é fornecido. O valor mostrado (se não houver erros) é o tamanho do arquivo iso9660 em bytes dividido por _número_. Portanto, se _número_ for o tamanho do bloco, o valor mostrado será a contagem do bloco."
3236 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:30
3237 msgid "The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the end of an iso9660 image."
3238 msgstr "O tamanho do arquivo (ou dispositivo de bloco) contendo um sistema de arquivos iso9660 pode ser ligeiramente maior do que o tamanho real do sistema de arquivos iso9660. Uma razão para isso é que os gravadores de CD têm permissão para adicionar setores \"esgotados\" no final de uma imagem iso9660."
3241 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:37
3242 msgid "generic failure, such as invalid usage"
3243 msgstr "falha genérica, como uso inválido"
3246 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:76
3248 msgstr "tudo falhou"
3250 #. type: Labeled list
3251 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:39 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:91
3252 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:69
3253 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1380
3254 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:117
3260 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:41
3262 msgstr "alguns falharam"
3265 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:2
3271 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:12
3272 msgid "mkfs - build a Linux filesystem"
3273 msgstr "mkfs - constrói um sistema de arquivos Linux"
3276 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:16
3278 msgid "*mkfs* [options] [*-t* _type_] [_fs-options_] _device_ [_size_]\n"
3279 msgstr "*mkfs* [opções] [-t _tipo_] [_opções-sist.arq._] _dispositivo_ [_tamanho_]\n"
3282 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:20
3284 msgid "*This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs.<type> utils.*\n"
3285 msgstr "*Este front-end de mkfs foi descontinuado em favor dos utilitários mkfs.<tipo> específicos do sistema de arquivos.*\n"
3288 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:22
3290 msgid "*mkfs* is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard disk partition. The _device_ argument is either the device name (e.g., _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), or a regular file that shall contain the filesystem. The _size_ argument is the number of blocks to be used for the filesystem.\n"
3291 msgstr "*mkfs* é usado para construir um sistema de arquivos Linux em um dispositivo, geralmente uma partição do disco rígido. O argumento _dispositivo_ é o nome do dispositivo (por exemplo, _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_) ou um arquivo regular que deve conter o sistema de arquivos. O argumento _tamanho_ é o número de blocos a serem usados para o sistema de arquivos.\n"
3294 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:24
3295 msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
3296 msgstr "O status de saída retornado por *mkfs* é 0 em caso de sucesso e 1 em caso de falha."
3299 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:26
3300 msgid "In actuality, *mkfs* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem builders (**mkfs.**__fstype__) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific builder is searched for via your *PATH* environment setting only. Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details."
3301 msgstr "Na verdade, *mkfs* é simplesmente um front-end para os vários construtores de sistema de arquivos (**mkfs.**__tipo__) disponíveis no Linux. O construtor específico do sistema de arquivos é pesquisado apenas por meio da configuração do ambiente *PATH*. Consulte as páginas de manual do construtor específicas do sistema de arquivos para obter mais detalhes."
3304 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:31
3305 msgid "Specify the _type_ of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
3306 msgstr "Especifica o _tipo_ do sistema de arquivos a ser construído. Se não for especificado, o tipo de sistema de arquivos padrão (atualmente ext2) é usado."
3308 #. type: Labeled list
3309 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:32
3311 msgid "_fs-options_"
3312 msgstr "_opções-sist.arq._"
3315 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:34
3316 msgid "Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder."
3317 msgstr "Opções específicas do sistema de arquivos a serem passadas para o construtor do sistema de arquivos real."
3319 #. type: Labeled list
3320 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:35
3322 msgid "*-V*, *--verbose*"
3323 msgstr "*-V*, *--verbose*"
3326 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:37
3327 msgid "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing."
3328 msgstr "Produz uma saída detalhada, incluindo todos os comandos específicos do sistema de arquivos que são executados. Especificar esta opção mais de uma vez inibe a execução de quaisquer comandos específicos do sistema de arquivos. Isso é realmente útil apenas para teste."
3331 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:40
3332 msgid "Display version information and exit. (Option *-V* will display version information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as *--verbose*.)"
3333 msgstr "Exibe informações da versão e sair. (A opção *-V* exibirá informações de versão apenas quando for o único parâmetro, caso contrário, funcionará como *--verbose*.)"
3336 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:55
3337 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:153 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:71
3338 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:165 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:143
3339 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:78 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:54
3340 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:148
3341 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1438 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:71
3342 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:317 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:160
3343 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:167 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:74
3344 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:149 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:80
3350 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:47
3351 msgid "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically detect the device size and require the _size_ parameter to be specified."
3352 msgstr "Todas as opções genéricas devem ser passadas antes e não ser combinadas com opções específicas do sistema de arquivos. Alguns programas específicos do sistema de arquivos não detectam automaticamente o tamanho do dispositivo e exigem que o parâmetro _tamanho_ seja especificado."
3355 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:53
3356 msgid "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
3357 msgstr "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
3360 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:55
3361 msgid "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the ext2 filesystem."
3362 msgstr "A página de manual foi descaradamente adaptada da versão do Remy Card para o sistema de arquivos ext2."
3365 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:71
3377 "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
3378 "*mkfs.msdos*(8),\n"
3391 "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
3392 "*mkfs.msdos*(8),\n"
3396 #. Copyright 1999 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
3397 #. May be freely distributed.
3399 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:6
3402 msgstr "mkfs.bfs(8)"
3405 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:16
3406 msgid "mkfs.bfs - make an SCO bfs filesystem"
3407 msgstr "mkfs.bfs - faz um sistema de arquivos bfs da SCO"
3410 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:20
3412 msgid "*mkfs.bfs* [options] _device_ [_block-count_]\n"
3413 msgstr "*mkfs.bfs* [opções] _dispositivo_ [_contagem-bloco_]\n"
3416 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:24
3418 msgid "*mkfs.bfs* creates an SCO bfs filesystem on a block device (usually a disk partition or a file accessed via the loop device).\n"
3419 msgstr "*mkfs.bfs* cria um sistema de arquivos SCO bfs em um dispositivo de bloco (geralmente uma partição de disco ou um arquivo acessado por meio do dispositivo de loop).\n"
3422 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:26
3423 msgid "The _block-count_ parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used."
3424 msgstr "O parâmetro _contagem-bloco_ é o tamanho desejado do sistema de arquivos, em blocos. Se nada for especificado, toda a partição será usada."
3426 #. type: Labeled list
3427 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:29
3429 msgid "*-N*, *--inodes* _number_"
3430 msgstr "*-N*, *--inodes* _número_"
3433 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:31
3434 msgid "Specify the desired _number_ of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on the size of the partition."
3435 msgstr "Especifica o _número_ desejado de inodes (no máximo 512). Se nada for especificado, algum número padrão no intervalo 48-512 é escolhido dependendo do tamanho da partição."
3437 #. type: Labeled list
3438 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:32
3440 msgid "*-V*, *--vname* _label_"
3441 msgstr "*-V*, *--vname* _rótulo_"
3444 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:34
3445 msgid "Specify the volume _label_. I have no idea if/where this is used."
3446 msgstr "Especifica o volume _rótulo_. Não tenho ideia se/onde isso é usado."
3448 #. type: Labeled list
3449 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:35
3451 msgid "*-F*, *--fname* _name_"
3452 msgstr "*-F*, *--fname* _nome_"
3455 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:37
3456 msgid "Specify the filesystem _name_. I have no idea if/where this is used."
3457 msgstr "Especifica o sistema de arquivos _nome_. Não tenho ideia se/onde isso é usado."
3460 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:40 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:73
3461 msgid "Explain what is being done."
3462 msgstr "Explica o que está sendo feito."
3464 #. type: Labeled list
3465 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:41 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:39
3471 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:52
3472 msgid "Display version information and exit. Option *-V* only works as *--version* when it is the only option."
3473 msgstr "Exibe informações da versão e sair. A opção *-V* só funciona como *--version* quando é a única opção."
3476 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:56
3477 msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs.bfs* is 0 when all went well, and 1 when something went wrong."
3478 msgstr "O status de saída retornado por *mkfs.bfs* é 0 quando tudo correu bem e 1 quando algo deu errado."
3481 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:60
3484 msgstr "*mkfs*(8)\n"
3487 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:2
3489 msgid "mkfs.cramfs(8)"
3490 msgstr "mkfs.cramfs(8)"
3493 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:12
3494 msgid "mkfs.cramfs - make compressed ROM file system"
3495 msgstr "mkfs.cramfs - cria um sistema de arquivos comprimido de ROM"
3498 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:16
3500 msgid "*mkfs.cramfs* [options] _directory file_\n"
3501 msgstr "*mkfs.cramfs* [opções] _diretório arquivo_\n"
3504 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:20
3505 msgid "Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file systems."
3506 msgstr "Os arquivos em sistemas de arquivos cramfs são compactados com zlib uma página por vez para permitir acesso de leitura aleatório. Os metadados não são compactados, mas são expressos em uma representação concisa que é mais eficiente em termos de espaço do que os sistemas de arquivos convencionais."
3509 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:22
3510 msgid "The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships with a utility (*mkcramfs*(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images."
3511 msgstr "O sistema de arquivos é intencionalmente somente leitura para simplificar seu design; o acesso de escrita aleatório para arquivos compactados é difícil de implementar. cramfs vem com um utilitário (*mkcramfs*(8)) para compactar arquivos em novas imagens cramfs."
3514 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:24
3515 msgid "File sizes are limited to less than 16 MB."
3516 msgstr "Os tamanhos dos arquivos são limitados a menos de 16 MB."
3519 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:26
3520 msgid "Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)"
3521 msgstr "O tamanho máximo do sistema de arquivos é um pouco menos de 272 MB. (O último arquivo no sistema de arquivos deve começar antes do bloco de 256 MB, mas pode se estender além dele.)"
3524 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:27 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:74
3525 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:35 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:35
3526 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:59
3532 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:30
3533 msgid "The _directory_ is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to generate a compressed filesystem out of."
3534 msgstr "O _diretório_ é simplesmente a raiz da árvore de diretórios a partir da qual queremos gerar um sistema de arquivos compactado."
3537 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:32
3538 msgid "The _file_ will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted."
3539 msgstr "O _arquivo_ conterá o sistema de arquivos cram, que mais tarde pode ser montado."
3541 #. type: Labeled list
3542 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:38
3548 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:40
3549 msgid "Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status."
3550 msgstr "Trata todos os avisos como erros, os quais são refletidos como status de saída de comando."
3552 #. type: Labeled list
3553 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:41
3555 msgid "*-b* _blocksize_"
3556 msgstr "*-b* _tamanho-bloco_"
3559 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:43
3560 msgid "Use defined block size, which has to be divisible by page size."
3561 msgstr "Usa o tamanho de bloco definido, o qual deve ser divisível pelo tamanho de páginas."
3563 #. type: Labeled list
3564 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:44
3566 msgid "*-e* _edition_"
3567 msgstr "*-e* _edição_"
3570 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:46
3571 msgid "Use defined file system edition number in superblock."
3572 msgstr "Usa o número de edição do sistema de arquivos definido no superbloco."
3574 #. type: Labeled list
3575 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:47
3577 msgid "*-N* _big, little, host_"
3578 msgstr "*-N* _big, little, host_"
3581 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:49
3582 msgid "Use defined endianness. Value defaults to _host_."
3583 msgstr "Usa o nível de endian (extremidade) definido. O valor tem como padrão _host_."
3585 #. type: Labeled list
3586 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:50
3589 msgstr "*-i* _arquivo_"
3592 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:52
3593 msgid "Insert a _file_ to cramfs file system."
3594 msgstr "Insere um _arquivo_ no sistema de arquivos cramfs."
3596 #. type: Labeled list
3597 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:53
3600 msgstr "*-n* _nome_"
3603 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:55
3604 msgid "Set name of the cramfs file system."
3605 msgstr "Define o nome do sistema de arquivos cramfs."
3607 #. type: Labeled list
3608 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:56 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:39
3614 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:58
3615 msgid "Pad by 512 bytes for boot code."
3616 msgstr "Preenche em 512 bytes para código de inicialização."
3619 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:61
3620 msgid "This option is ignored. Originally the *-s* turned on directory entry sorting."
3621 msgstr "Esta opção é ignorada. Originalmente, a opção *-s* ativava a classificação de entrada de diretórios."
3623 #. type: Labeled list
3624 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:62
3630 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:64
3631 msgid "Make explicit holes."
3632 msgstr "Torna buracos explícitos."
3635 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:82
3638 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
3641 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
3644 #. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
3645 #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
3646 #. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
3647 #. Copyright (C) 2013 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
3648 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
3650 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:9
3652 msgid "mkfs.minix(8)"
3653 msgstr "mkfs.minix(8)"
3656 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:19
3657 msgid "mkfs.minix - make a Minix filesystem"
3658 msgstr "mkfs.minix - cria um sistema de arquivos de Minix"
3661 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:23
3663 msgid "*mkfs.minix* [options] _device_ [_size-in-blocks_]\n"
3664 msgstr "*mkfs.minix* [opções] _dispositivo_ [_tamanho-em-blocos_]\n"
3667 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:27
3669 msgid "*mkfs.minix* creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk partition).\n"
3670 msgstr "*mkfs.minix* cria um sistema de arquivos Linux MINIX em um dispositivo (geralmente uma partição de disco).\n"
3673 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:29
3674 msgid "The _device_ is usually of the following form:"
3675 msgstr "O _dispositivo_ geralmente tem o seguinte formato:"
3677 #. type: delimited block .
3678 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:35
3681 "/dev/hda[1-8] (IDE disk 1)\n"
3682 "/dev/hdb[1-8] (IDE disk 2)\n"
3683 "/dev/sda[1-8] (SCSI disk 1)\n"
3684 "/dev/sdb[1-8] (SCSI disk 2)\n"
3686 "/dev/hda[1-8] (IDE disco 1)\n"
3687 "/dev/hdb[1-8] (IDE disco 2)\n"
3688 "/dev/sda[1-8] (SCSI disco 1)\n"
3689 "/dev/sdb[1-8] (SCSI disco 2)\n"
3692 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:38
3693 msgid "The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)."
3694 msgstr "O dispositivo pode ser um dispositivo de bloco ou um arquivo de imagem de um, mas isso não é obrigatório. Não espere muita diversão em um dispositivo de caracteres :-)."
3697 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:40
3698 msgid "The _size-in-blocks_ parameter is the desired size of the file system, in blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
3699 msgstr "O parâmetro _tamanho-em-blocos_ é o tamanho desejado do sistema de arquivos, em blocos. Ele está presente apenas para compatibilidade com versões anteriores. Se omitido, o tamanho será determinado automaticamente. Somente contagens de blocos estritamente maiores que 10 e estritamente menores que 65536 são permitidas."
3701 #. type: Labeled list
3702 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:41
3704 msgid "*-c*, *--check*"
3705 msgstr "*-c*, *--check*"
3708 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:45
3709 msgid "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are found, the count is printed."
3710 msgstr "Verifica se há blocos defeituosos no dispositivo antes de criar o sistema de arquivos. Se algum for encontrado, a contagem é impressa."
3712 #. type: Labeled list
3713 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:46
3715 msgid "*-n*, *--namelength* _length_"
3716 msgstr "*-n*, *--namelength* _comprimento_"
3719 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:48
3720 msgid "Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only value 60. The default is 30."
3721 msgstr "Especifica o comprimento máximo dos nomes de arquivo. Atualmente, os únicos valores permitidos são 14 e 30 para as versões 1 e 2 do sistema de arquivos. A versão 3 permite apenas o valor 60. O padrão é 30."
3723 #. type: Labeled list
3724 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:52
3726 msgid "*-i*, *--inodes* _number_"
3727 msgstr "*-i*, *--inodes* _número_"
3730 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:54
3731 msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem."
3732 msgstr "Especifica o número de inodes para o sistema de arquivos."
3734 #. type: Labeled list
3735 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:55
3737 msgid "*-l*, *--badblocks* _filename_"
3738 msgstr "*-l*, *--badblocks* _arquivo_"
3741 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:57
3742 msgid "Read the list of bad blocks from _filename_. The file has one bad-block number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed."
3743 msgstr "Lê a lista de blocos inválidos de _arquivo_. O arquivo tem um número de bloco inválido por linha. A contagem de blocos inválidos lidos é impressa."
3745 #. type: Labeled list
3746 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:45
3752 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:60
3753 msgid "Make a Minix version 1 filesystem. This is the default."
3754 msgstr "Cria um sistema de arquivos Minix versão 1. Este é o padrão."
3756 #. type: Labeled list
3757 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:61
3763 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:63
3764 msgid "Make a Minix version 2 filesystem."
3765 msgstr "Cria um sistema de arquivos Minix versão 2."
3767 #. type: Labeled list
3768 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:64
3774 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:66
3775 msgid "Make a Minix version 3 filesystem."
3776 msgstr "Cria um sistema de arquivos Minix versão 3."
3779 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:69
3780 msgid "Display version information and exit. The long option cannot be combined with other options."
3781 msgstr "Exibe informações da versão e sai. A opção longa não pode ser combinada com outras opções."
3783 #. type: Labeled list
3784 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:75 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:78
3785 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:395 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:89
3787 msgid "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=<mode>"
3788 msgstr "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=<modo>"
3791 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:81
3792 msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs.minix* is one of the following:"
3793 msgstr "O status de saída retornado por *mkfs.minix* é um dos seguintes:"
3795 #. type: Labeled list
3796 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:82 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:110
3797 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:70
3798 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:89
3803 #. type: Labeled list
3804 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:84
3809 #. type: Labeled list
3810 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:86
3816 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:94
3827 #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
3828 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
3830 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:6
3836 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:16
3837 msgid "mkswap - set up a Linux swap area"
3838 msgstr "mkswap - prepara uma área de swap Linux"
3841 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:20
3843 msgid "*mkswap* [options] _device_ [_size_]\n"
3844 msgstr "*mkswap* [opções] _dispositivo_ [_tamanho_]\n"
3847 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:24
3849 msgid "*mkswap* sets up a Linux swap area on a device or in a file.\n"
3850 msgstr "*mkswap* prepara uma área de swap Linux em um dispositivo ou em um arquivo.\n"
3853 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:26
3854 msgid "The _device_ argument will usually be a disk partition (something like _/dev/sdb7_) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at partition IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of hex type 82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (*Warning: Solaris also uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions.*)"
3855 msgstr "O argumento _dispositivo_ normalmente será uma partição de disco (algo como _/dev/sdb7_), mas também pode ser um arquivo. O kernel Linux não olha para os IDs de partição, mas muitos scripts de instalação presumirão que as partições hexadecimais tipo 82 (LINUX_SWAP) são partições swap. (*Aviso: Solaris também usa este tipo. Tenha cuidado para não eliminar suas partições Solaris.*)"
3858 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:28
3859 msgid "The _size_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)"
3860 msgstr "O parâmetro _tamanho_ é supérfluo, mas mantido para compatibilidade com versões anteriores. (Ele especifica o tamanho desejado da área de swap em blocos de 1024 bytes. O *mkswap* usará toda a partição ou arquivo se for omitido. Especificá-lo é imprudente -- um erro de digitação pode destruir seu disco.)"
3863 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:30
3864 msgid "After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon* command to start using it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can be taken into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot script."
3865 msgstr "Depois de criar a área de swap, você precisa do comando *swapon* para começar a usá-la. Normalmente, as áreas de swap são listadas em _/etc/fstab_ para que possam ser utilizadas no momento da inicialização por um comando *swapon -a* em algum script de inicialização."
3868 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:34
3869 msgid "The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to use a separate partition for a Linux swap area."
3870 msgstr "O cabeçalho de swap não toca o primeiro bloco. Um carregador de inicialização (bootloader) ou rótulo de disco pode estar lá, mas não é uma configuração recomendada. A configuração recomendada é usar uma partição separada para uma área de swap do Linux."
3873 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:36
3875 msgid "*mkswap*, like many others mkfs-like utils, *erases the first partition block to make any previous filesystem invisible.*\n"
3876 msgstr "*mkswap*, como muitos outros utilitários do tipo mkfs, *apaga o primeiro bloco de partição para tornar qualquer sistema de arquivos anterior invisível.*\n"
3879 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:38
3880 msgid "However, *mkswap* refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk label (SUN, BSD, ...)."
3881 msgstr "No entanto, *mkswap* se recusa a apagar o primeiro bloco em um dispositivo com um rótulo de disco (SUN, BSD, ...)."
3884 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:43
3885 msgid "Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed."
3886 msgstr "Verifica o dispositivo (se for um dispositivo de bloco) por blocos defeituosos antes de criar a área de swap. Se forem encontrados blocos defeituosos, a contagem é impressa."
3889 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:46
3890 msgid "Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap area larger than the file or partition it resides on."
3891 msgstr "Segue em frente, ainda que o comando seja estúpido. Isso permite a criação de uma área de swap maior do que o arquivo ou partição em que reside."
3894 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:48
3895 msgid "Also, without this option, *mkswap* will refuse to erase the first block on a device with a partition table."
3896 msgstr "Além disso, sem esta opção, *mkswap* se recusará a apagar o primeiro bloco em um dispositivo com uma tabela de partição."
3898 #. type: Labeled list
3899 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:49 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:34
3900 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:327
3902 msgid "*-L*, *--label* _label_"
3903 msgstr "*-L*, *--label* _rótulo_"
3906 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:51
3907 msgid "Specify a _label_ for the device, to allow *swapon* by label."
3908 msgstr "Especifica um _rótulo_ para o dispositivo, para permitir *swapon* por um rótulo."
3910 #. type: Labeled list
3911 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:55
3913 msgid "*-p*, *--pagesize* _size_"
3914 msgstr "*-p*, *--pagesize* _tamanho_"
3917 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:57
3918 msgid "Specify the page _size_ (in bytes) to use. This option is usually unnecessary; *mkswap* reads the size from the kernel."
3919 msgstr "Especifica a página _tamanho_ (em bytes) a ser usada. Essa opção geralmente é desnecessária; *mkswap* lê o tamanho do kernel."
3921 #. type: Labeled list
3922 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:58 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:37
3924 msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
3925 msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
3928 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:60
3929 msgid "Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID."
3930 msgstr "Especifica o _UUID_ a ser usado. O padrão é gerar um UUID."
3932 #. type: Labeled list
3933 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:61
3935 msgid "*-v*, *--swapversion 1*"
3936 msgstr "*-v*, *--swapversion 1*"
3939 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:63
3940 msgid "Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the old *-v 0* option has become obsolete and now only *-v 1* is supported. The kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). The new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)"
3941 msgstr "Especifica a versão do espaço de swap. (Esta opção não tem sentido atualmente, já que a antiga opção *-v 0* se tornou obsoleta e agora apenas *-v 1* é suportado. O kernel não tem suporte para o formato de espaço de swap v0 desde 2.5.22 (junho de 2002). a nova versão v1 é compatível desde 2.1.117 (agosto de 1998).)"
3943 #. type: Labeled list
3944 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:64 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:166
3945 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:83
3946 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:58
3949 msgstr "*--verbose*"
3952 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:66
3953 msgid "Verbose execution. With this option *mkswap* will output more details about detected problems during swap area set up."
3954 msgstr "Execução detalhada. Com esta opção, *mkswap* produzirá mais detalhes sobre os problemas detectados durante a configuração da área de swap."
3956 #. type: Labeled list
3957 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:75 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:107
3958 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:391 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:42
3959 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:143
3960 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1406
3961 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:129
3963 msgid "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
3964 msgstr "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
3967 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:84
3968 msgid "The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the kernel version."
3969 msgstr "O tamanho máximo útil de uma área de swap depende da arquitetura e da versão do kernel."
3972 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:86
3973 msgid "The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap device is ignored."
3974 msgstr "O número máximo de páginas que é possível endereçar pelo cabeçalho da área de swap é 4294967295 (int sem sinal de 32 bits). O espaço restante no dispositivo de swap é ignorado."
3977 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:88
3978 msgid "Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the file _/proc/swaps_."
3979 msgstr "Atualmente, o Linux permite 32 áreas de swap. As áreas em uso podem ser vistas no arquivo _/proc/swaps_."
3982 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:90
3984 msgid "*mkswap* refuses areas smaller than 10 pages.\n"
3985 msgstr "*mkswap* recusa áreas menores que 10 páginas.\n"
3988 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:92
3989 msgid "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able to look it up with *cat /proc/cpuinfo* (or you may not - the contents of this file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
3990 msgstr "Se você não sabe o tamanho da página que sua máquina usa, você pode procurá-lo com *cat /proc/cpuinfo* (ou não -- o conteúdo deste arquivo depende da arquitetura e da versão do kernel)."
3993 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:94
3994 msgid "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before initializing it with *mkswap*, e.g. using a command like"
3995 msgstr "Para configurar um arquivo de swap, é necessário criar esse arquivo antes de inicializá-lo com *mkswap*, por exemplo, usando um comando como"
3997 #. type: delimited block .
3998 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:97
4000 msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=swapfile bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n"
4001 msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=swapfile bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n"
4004 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:100
4005 msgid "to create 8GiB swapfile."
4006 msgstr "para criar um swapfile 8GiB."
4009 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:102
4010 msgid "Please read notes from *swapon*(8) about *the swap file use restrictions* (holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)."
4011 msgstr "Leia as notas de *swapon*(8) sobre *as restrições de uso do arquivo de swap* (falhas, pré-alocação e problemas de cópia na gravação)."
4014 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:107
4023 #. partx.8 -- man page for partx
4024 #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
4025 #. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
4026 #. Copyright 2010 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
4027 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
4029 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:9
4035 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:19
4036 msgid "partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions"
4037 msgstr "partx - avisa o kernel sobre a presença e quantidade de partições no disco."
4040 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:23
4042 msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] _disk_\n"
4043 msgstr "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _tipo_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] disco_\n"
4046 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:25
4048 msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] _partition_ [_disk_]\n"
4049 msgstr "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _tipo_] _partição_ [_disco_]\n"
4052 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:29
4053 msgid "Given a device or disk-image, *partx* tries to parse the partition table and list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove partitions from its bookkeeping."
4054 msgstr "Dado um dispositivo ou imagem de disco, *partx* tenta analisar a tabela de partição e listar seu conteúdo. Ele também pode dizer ao kernel para adicionar ou remover partições de sua contabilidade."
4057 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:31
4058 msgid "The _disk_ argument is optional when a _partition_ argument is provided. To force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to list nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For example:"
4059 msgstr "O argumento _disco_ é opcional quando um argumento _partição_ é fornecido. Para forçar a varredura de uma partição como se fosse um disco inteiro (por exemplo, para listar subpartições aninhadas), use o argumento \"-\" (hífen, menos). Por exemplo:"
4061 #. type: delimited block _
4062 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:34
4063 msgid "partx --show - /dev/sda3"
4064 msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sda3"
4067 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:37
4068 msgid "This will see sda3 as a whole-disk rather than as a partition."
4069 msgstr "Isso verá o sda3 como um disco inteiro em vez de uma partição."
4072 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:39
4074 msgid "*partx is not an fdisk program* - adding and removing partitions does not change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions.\n"
4075 msgstr "*partx não é um programa fdisk* - adicionar e remover partições não altera o disco, apenas informa ao kernel sobre a presença e numeração de partições no disco.\n"
4077 #. type: Labeled list
4078 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:42
4080 msgid "*-a*, *--add*"
4081 msgstr "*-a*, *--add*"
4084 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:44
4085 msgid "Add the specified partitions, or read the disk and add all partitions."
4086 msgstr "Adiciona as partições especificadas ou lê o disco e todas as partições."
4088 #. type: Labeled list
4089 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:34
4090 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:40 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:34
4091 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:73
4092 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:36
4094 msgid "*-b*, *--bytes*"
4095 msgstr "*-b*, *--bytes*"
4098 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:47
4099 msgid "Print the SIZE column in bytes rather than in human-readable format."
4100 msgstr "Exibe a coluna SIZE em bytes em vez de um formato legível."
4102 #. type: Labeled list
4103 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:48
4105 msgid "*-d*, *--delete*"
4106 msgstr "*-d*, *--delete*"
4109 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:50
4110 msgid "Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with large *--nr* ranges without care about the current partitions set on the device."
4111 msgstr "Exclui as partições especificadas ou todas as partições. Não é um erro remover partições não existentes, então esta opção é possível usar junto com grandes intervalos *--nr* sem se preocupar com as partições atuais definidas no dispositivo."
4113 #. type: Labeled list
4114 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:51
4116 msgid "*-g*, *--noheadings*"
4117 msgstr "*-g*, *--noheadings*"
4120 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:53
4121 msgid "Do not print a header line with *--show* or *--raw*."
4122 msgstr "Não exibe uma linha de cabeçalho com *--show* ou *--raw*."
4125 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:56
4126 msgid "List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show*. Do not use it in newly written scripts."
4127 msgstr "Lista as partições. Observe que todos os números estão em setores de 512 bytes. Este formato de saída foi DESCONTINUADO em favor de *--show*. Não o use em scripts recém-escritos."
4129 #. type: Labeled list
4130 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:57
4132 msgid "*-n*, *--nr* __M__**:**_N_"
4133 msgstr "*-n*, *--nr* __M__**:**_N_"
4136 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:59
4137 msgid "Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format __M__**-**_N_ is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for example *--nr -1:-1* means the last partition, and *--nr -2:-1* means the last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:"
4138 msgstr "Especifica o intervalo de partições. Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, também o formato __M__**-**_N_ é suportado. O intervalo pode conter números negativos, por exemplo, *--nr -1:-1* significa a última partição, e *--nr -2:-1* significa as duas últimas partições. As especificações de alcance suportadas são:"
4140 #. type: Labeled list
4141 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:60
4147 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:62
4148 msgid "Specifies just one partition (e.g. *--nr 3*)."
4149 msgstr "Especifica uma partição apenas (ex.: *--nr 3*)."
4151 #. type: Labeled list
4152 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:62
4158 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:64
4159 msgid "Specifies the lower limit only (e.g. *--nr 2:*)."
4160 msgstr "Especifica de limite inferior apenas (ex.: *--nr 2:*)."
4162 #. type: Labeled list
4163 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:64
4169 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:66
4170 msgid "Specifies the upper limit only (e.g. *--nr :4*)."
4171 msgstr "Especifica de limite superior apenas (ex.: *--nr :4*)."
4173 #. type: Labeled list
4174 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:66
4176 msgid "__M__**:**_N_"
4177 msgstr "__M__**:**_N_"
4180 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:68
4181 msgid "Specifies the lower and upper limits (e.g. *--nr 2:4*)."
4182 msgstr "Especifica os limites inferiores e superiores (ex.: *--nr 2:4*)."
4185 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:71
4186 msgid "Define the output columns to use for *--show*, *--pairs* and *--raw* output. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get _list_ of all supported columns. This option cannot be combined with the *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* or *--list* options."
4187 msgstr "Define as colunas de saída a serem usadas para a saída *--show*, *--pairs* e *--raw*. Se nenhuma disposição de saída for especificada, um conjunto padrão será usado. Use *--help* para obter _lista_ de todas as colunas suportadas. Esta opção não pode ser combinada com as opções *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* ou *--list*."
4189 #. type: Labeled list
4190 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:72 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:75
4191 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:101 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:54
4192 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:104 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:145
4193 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:48
4194 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:74
4195 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:53
4197 msgid "*--output-all*"
4198 msgstr "*--output-all*"
4201 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:74 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:85
4202 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:106
4203 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:50
4204 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:76
4205 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:55
4206 msgid "Output all available columns."
4207 msgstr "Mostra todas as colunas disponíveis."
4209 #. type: Labeled list
4210 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:104
4211 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:37
4212 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:54
4214 msgid "*-P*, *--pairs*"
4215 msgstr "*-P*, *--pairs*"
4218 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:77
4219 msgid "List the partitions using the KEY=\"value\" format."
4220 msgstr "Lista as partições usando o formato CHAVE=\"valor\"."
4222 #. type: Labeled list
4223 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:78 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:81
4224 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:130
4225 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:92 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:60
4226 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:99
4227 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:57
4228 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:39
4229 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:45
4231 msgid "*-r*, *--raw*"
4232 msgstr "*-r*, *--raw*"
4235 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:80
4236 msgid "List the partitions using the raw output format."
4237 msgstr "Lista o formato de partições usando o formato de saída não tratada."
4239 #. type: Labeled list
4240 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:81
4242 msgid "*-s*, *--show*"
4243 msgstr "*-s*, *--show*"
4246 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:83
4247 msgid "List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with the *--output* option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors."
4248 msgstr "Lista as partições. As colunas de saída podem ser selecionadas e reorganizadas com a opção *--output*. Todos os números (exceto SIZE) estão em setores de 512 bytes."
4251 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:86
4252 msgid "Specify the partition table type."
4253 msgstr "Especifica o tipo de tabela de partição."
4255 #. type: Labeled list
4256 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:87
4258 msgid "*--list-types*"
4259 msgstr "*--list-types*"
4262 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:89
4263 msgid "List supported partition types and exit."
4264 msgstr "Lista os tipos de partição conhecidos e sai."
4266 #. type: Labeled list
4267 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:90
4269 msgid "*-u*, *--update*"
4270 msgstr "*-u*, *--update*"
4273 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:92
4274 msgid "Update the specified partitions."
4275 msgstr "Atualiza as partições especificadas."
4277 #. type: Labeled list
4278 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:93
4280 msgid "*-S*, *--sector-size* _size_"
4281 msgstr "*-S*, *--sector-size* _tamanho_"
4284 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:95
4285 msgid "Overwrite default sector size."
4286 msgstr "Sobrescreve o tamanho do setor."
4289 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:97
4290 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:431 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:60
4291 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:113
4292 msgid "Verbose mode."
4293 msgstr "Modo detalhado."
4296 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:110 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:142
4297 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:71 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:71
4298 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:147 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:41
4299 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:68
4300 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:85
4301 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:189
4306 #. type: Labeled list
4307 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:112
4309 msgid "partx --show /dev/sdb3"
4310 msgstr "partx --show /dev/sdb3"
4312 #. type: Labeled list
4313 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:113
4315 msgid "partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb"
4316 msgstr "partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb"
4318 #. type: Labeled list
4319 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:114
4321 msgid "partx --show /dev/sdb3 /dev/sdb"
4322 msgstr "partx --show /dev/sdb3 /dev/sdb"
4325 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:116
4326 msgid "All three commands list partition 3 of /dev/sdb."
4327 msgstr "Todos os três comandos listam a partição 3 de /dev/sdb."
4329 #. type: Labeled list
4330 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:117
4332 msgid "partx --show - /dev/sdb3"
4333 msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sdb3"
4336 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:119
4337 msgid "Lists all subpartitions on _/dev/sdb3_ (the device is used as whole-disk)."
4338 msgstr "Lista todas as subpartições em _/dev/sdb3_ (o dispositivo é usado como um disco inteiro)."
4340 #. type: Labeled list
4341 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:120
4343 msgid "partx -o START -g --nr 5 /dev/sdb"
4344 msgstr "partx -o START -g --nr 5 /dev/sdb"
4347 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:122
4348 msgid "Prints the start sector of partition 5 on _/dev/sdb_ without header."
4349 msgstr "Exibe o setor inicial da partição 5 em _/dev/sdb_ sem cabeçalho."
4351 #. type: Labeled list
4352 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:123
4354 msgid "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda"
4355 msgstr "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda"
4358 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:125
4359 msgid "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on _/dev/sda_."
4360 msgstr "Lista o comprimento em setores e o tamanho legível por humanos da partição 5 em _/dev/sda_."
4362 #. type: Labeled list
4363 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:126
4365 msgid "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd"
4366 msgstr "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd"
4369 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:128
4370 msgid "Adds all available partitions from 3 to 5 (inclusive) on _/dev/sdd_."
4371 msgstr "Adiciona todas as partições disponíveis de 3 a 5 (inclusive) em _/dev/sdd_."
4373 #. type: Labeled list
4374 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:129
4376 msgid "partx -d --nr :-1 /dev/sdd"
4377 msgstr "partx -d --nr :-1 /dev/sdd"
4380 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:131
4381 msgid "Removes the last partition on _/dev/sdd_."
4382 msgstr "Remove a última partição em _/dev/sdd_."
4385 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:136
4386 msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
4387 msgstr "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
4390 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:138
4391 msgid "The original version was written by mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]"
4392 msgstr "A versão original foi escrita por mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]"
4395 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:146
4411 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:2
4417 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:12
4418 msgid "raw - bind a Linux raw character device"
4419 msgstr "raw - vincula um dispositivo de caracteres não tratado do Linux"
4422 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:16
4424 msgid "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _<major>_ _<minor>_\n"
4425 msgstr "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _<maior>_ _<menor>_\n"
4428 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:18
4430 msgid "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _/dev/<blockdev>_\n"
4431 msgstr "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _/dev/<dispositivo-de-bloco>_\n"
4434 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:20
4436 msgid "*raw* *-q* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_\n"
4437 msgstr "*raw* *-q* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_\n"
4440 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:22
4442 msgid "*raw* *-qa*\n"
4443 msgstr "*raw* *-qa*\n"
4446 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:26
4448 msgid "*raw* is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device. Any block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver does not even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a kernel module later).\n"
4449 msgstr "*raw* é usado para vincular um dispositivo de caracteres não tratado do Linux a um dispositivo de bloco. Qualquer dispositivo de bloco pode ser usado: no momento da vinculação, o driver de dispositivo nem precisa estar acessível (ele pode ser carregado sob demanda como um módulo de kernel posteriormente).\n"
4452 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:28
4454 msgid "*raw* is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it queries existing bindings. When setting a raw device, _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ is the device name of an existing raw device node in the filesystem. The block device to which it is to be bound can be specified either in terms of its _major_ and _minor_ device numbers, or as a path name _/dev/<blockdev>_ to an existing block device file.\n"
4455 msgstr "*raw* é usado em dois modos: ele define vínculos de dispositivos não tratados ou consulta os vínculos existentes. Ao configurar um dispositivo não tratados, _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ é o nome do dispositivo de um nó de dispositivo não tratado existente no sistema de arquivos. O dispositivo de bloco ao qual ele deve ser vinculado pode ser especificado em termos de seus números de dispositivo _maior_ e _menor_ ou como um nome de caminho _/dev/<dispositivo-de-bloco>_ para um arquivo de dispositivo de bloco existente.\n"
4458 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:30
4459 msgid "The bindings already in existence can be queried with the *-q* option, which is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or with the *-a* option to query all bound raw devices."
4460 msgstr "Os vínculos já existentes podem ser consultados com a opção *-q*, que é usada com um nome de arquivo de dispositivo não tratado para consultar aquele dispositivo, ou com a opção *-a* para consultar todos os dispositivos não tratados vinculados."
4463 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:32
4464 msgid "Unbinding can be done by specifying major and minor 0."
4465 msgstr "A desvinculação pode ser feita especificando-se 0 maior e menor."
4468 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:34
4469 msgid "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is done directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/O. If the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data copying at all is required to complete the I/O."
4470 msgstr "Uma vez vinculado a um dispositivo de bloco, um dispositivo não tratado pode ser aberto, lido e escrito, assim como o dispositivo de bloco ao qual está vinculado. No entanto, o dispositivo não tratado não se comporta exatamente como o dispositivo de bloco. Em particular, o acesso ao dispositivo bruto ignora inteiramente o cache de buffer de bloco do kernel: toda E/S é feita diretamente de e para o espaço de endereço do processo que executa a E/S. Se o driver de dispositivo de bloco subjacente puder suportar DMA, nenhuma cópia de dados será necessária para concluir a E/S."
4473 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:36
4474 msgid "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a few extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned in memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must be an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory must also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is 512 bytes for most devices."
4475 msgstr "Como a E/S não tratada envolve acesso direto de hardware à memória de um processo, algumas restrições extras devem ser observadas. Todas as E/Ss devem ser alinhadas corretamente na memória e no disco: eles devem começar em um deslocamento de setor no disco, devem ter um número exato de setores de comprimento e o buffer de dados na memória virtual também deve ser alinhado a um múltiplo de tamanho do setor. O tamanho do setor é de 512 bytes para a maioria dos dispositivos."
4477 #. type: Labeled list
4478 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:39
4480 msgid "*-q*, *--query*"
4481 msgstr "*-q*, *--query*"
4484 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:41
4485 msgid "Set query mode. *raw* will query an existing binding instead of setting a new one."
4486 msgstr "Define o modo de consulta. *raw* irá consultar um vínculo existente em vez de definir um novo."
4488 #. type: Labeled list
4489 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61
4490 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:31 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:40
4491 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:53
4492 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:33
4493 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:301 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:53
4494 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:31
4495 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:54
4497 msgid "*-a*, *--all*"
4498 msgstr "*-a*, *--all*"
4501 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:44
4502 msgid "With *-q*, specify that all bound raw devices should be queried."
4503 msgstr "Com *-q*, especifica que todos os dispositivos não tratados vinculados devem ser consultados."
4506 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:54
4507 msgid "Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer open2 devices, such as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag."
4508 msgstr "Em vez de usar dispositivos não tratados, os aplicativos devem preferir dispositivos open2, como _/dev/sda1_, com o sinalizador *O_DIRECT*."
4511 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:58
4512 msgid "The Linux *dd*(1) command should be used without the *bs=* option, or the blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages (*EINVAL*)."
4513 msgstr "O comando Linux *dd*(1) deve ser usado sem a opção *bs=*, ou o tamanho do bloco precisa ser um múltiplo do tamanho do setor do dispositivo (geralmente 512 bytes), caso contrário, ele falhará com mensagens \"Argumento inválido\" (*EINVAL*)."
4516 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:60
4517 msgid "Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!"
4518 msgstr "Os dispositivos de E/S não tratadas não mantêm a coerência do cache com o cache de buffer do dispositivo de bloco do Linux. Se você usar E/S não tratadas para sobrescrever dados já no cache do buffer, o cache do buffer não corresponderá mais ao conteúdo do dispositivo de armazenamento real por baixo. Isso é proposital, mas é considerado um bug ou um recurso, dependendo de para quem você perguntar!"
4521 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:64
4522 msgid "mailto:sct@redhat.com[Stephen Tweedie]"
4523 msgstr "mailto:sct@redhat.com[Stephen Tweedie]"
4525 #. resizepart.8 -- man page for resizepart
4526 #. Copyright 2012 Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
4527 #. Copyright 2012 Red Hat, Inc.
4528 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
4530 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:8
4532 msgid "resizepart(8)"
4533 msgstr "resizepart(8)"
4536 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:18
4537 msgid "resizepart - tell the kernel about the new size of a partition"
4538 msgstr "resizepart - avisa o kernel sobre o novo tamanho de uma partição."
4541 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:22
4543 msgid "*resizepart* _device partition length_\n"
4544 msgstr "*resizepart* _dispositivo partição comprimento_\n"
4547 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:26
4549 msgid "*resizepart* tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize partition\" ioctl.\n"
4550 msgstr "*resizepart* informa ao kernel Linux sobre o novo tamanho da partição especificada. O comando é um invólucro simples em torno do ioctl \"redimensionar partição\".\n"
4553 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:39
4554 msgid "The new length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
4555 msgstr "O novo comprimento da partição (em setores de 512 setores)."
4558 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:48
4577 #. sfdisk.8 -- man page for sfdisk
4578 #. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
4579 #. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
4580 #. manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
4581 #. preserved on all copies.
4582 #. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
4583 #. manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
4584 #. entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
4585 #. permission notice identical to this one.
4587 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:15
4593 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:27
4594 msgid "sfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
4595 msgstr "sfdisk - exibe ou manipula a tabela de partição de um disco"
4598 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:31
4600 msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _device_ [*-N* _partition-number_]\n"
4601 msgstr "*sfdisk* [opções] _dispositivo_ [*-N* _número-da-partição_]\n"
4604 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:33
4606 msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _command_]\n"
4607 msgstr "*sfdisk* [opções] _comando_]\n"
4610 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:37
4612 msgid "*sfdisk* is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device. It runs in interactive mode if executed on a terminal (stdin refers to a terminal).\n"
4613 msgstr "*sfdisk* é uma ferramenta orientada a script para particionar qualquer dispositivo de bloco. Ele é executado no modo interativo se executado em um terminal (stdin se refere a um terminal).\n"
4616 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:39
4617 msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
4618 msgstr "Desde a versão 2.26, o *sfdisk* tem suporte aos rótulos de disco MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN e SGI, mas não fornece mais nenhuma funcionalidade para endereçamento CHS (Cilindro-Cabeça-Setor). CHS nunca foi importante para o Linux e esse conceito de endereçamento não faz sentido para novos dispositivos."
4621 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:41
4623 msgid "*sfdisk* protects the first disk sector when create a new disk label. The option *--wipe always* disables this protection. Note that *fdisk*(8) and *cfdisk*(8) completely erase this area by default.\n"
4624 msgstr "*sfdisk* protege o primeiro setor do disco ao criar um novo rótulo de disco. A opção *--wipe always* desativa essa proteção. Observe que *fdisk*(8) e *cfdisk*(8) apagam completamente esta área por padrão.\n"
4627 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:43
4629 msgid "*sfdisk* (since version 2.26) *aligns the start and end of partitions* to block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the default values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are used for sizes. It is possible that partition size will be optimized (reduced or enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified exactly in sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative suffixes.\n"
4630 msgstr "*sfdisk* (desde a versão 2.26) *alinha o início e o fim das partições* aos limites de E/S do dispositivo de bloco quando tamanhos relativos são especificados, quando os valores padrão são usados ou quando sufixos multiplicativos (por exemplo, MiB) são usados para tamanhos. É possível que o tamanho da partição seja otimizado (reduzido ou ampliado) devido ao alinhamento se a posição inicial for especificada exatamente em setores e tamanho da partição relativo ou por sufixos multiplicativos.\n"
4633 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:45
4634 msgid "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case *sfdisk* aligns all partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case *sfdisk* entirely follows specified numbers without any optimization."
4635 msgstr "A maneira recomendada é não especificar as posições iniciais e especificar o tamanho da partição em MiB, GiB (ou assim). Nesse caso, o *sfdisk* alinha todas as partições aos limites de E/S do dispositivo de bloco (ou quando os limites de E/S são muito pequenos, então ao limite de megabytes para manter o layout do disco portátil). Se este comportamento padrão for indesejado (geralmente para partições muito pequenas), especifique posições e tamanhos em setores. Nesse caso, *sfdisk* segue inteiramente os números especificados sem nenhuma otimização."
4638 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:47
4640 msgid "*sfdisk* does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN disk labels like *fdisk*(8) does. It is necessary to explicitly create all partitions including whole-disk system partitions.\n"
4641 msgstr "*sfdisk* não cria as partições de sistema padrão para rótulos de disco SGI e SUN como *fdisk*(8) faz. É necessário criar explicitamente todas as partições, incluindo partições de sistema de disco inteiro.\n"
4644 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:49
4646 msgid "*sfdisk* uses *BLKRRPART* (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also *--no-reread*). It's possible that this feature or another *sfdisk* activity races with *udevd*. The recommended way how to avoid possible collisions is to use *--lock* option. The exclusive lock will cause udevd to skip the event handling on the device.\n"
4647 msgstr "*sfdisk* usa *BLKRRPART* (reler tabela de partição) ioctl para se certificar de que o dispositivo não é usado pelo sistema ou outras ferramentas (consulte também *--no-reread*). É possível que este recurso ou outra atividade *sfdisk* seja executada com *udevd*. A maneira recomendada de como evitar possíveis colisões é usar a opção *--lock*. A trava exclusiva fará com que o udevd ignore a manipulação de eventos no dispositivo.\n"
4650 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:51
4651 msgid "The *sfdisk* prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if *-N* not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
4652 msgstr "O prompt *sfdisk* é apenas uma dica para os usuários e um número de partição exibido não significa que a mesma entrada da tabela de partição será criada (se *-N* não for especificado), especialmente para tabelas com lacunas."
4655 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:55
4656 msgid "The commands are mutually exclusive."
4657 msgstr "Os comandos são mutuamente exclusivos."
4659 #. type: Labeled list
4660 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:56
4662 msgid "[*-N* _partition-number_] __device__"
4663 msgstr "[*-N* _número-da-partição_] __dispositivo__"
4666 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:58
4667 msgid "The default *sfdisk* command is to read the specification for the desired partitioning of _device_ from standard input, and then create a partition table according to the specification. See below for the description of the input format. If standard input is a terminal, then *sfdisk* starts an interactive session."
4668 msgstr "O padrão do comando *sfdisk* é ler a especificação para o particionamento desejado de _dispositivo_ da entrada padrão e, em seguida, criar uma tabela de partição de acordo com a especificação. Veja abaixo a descrição do formato de entrada. Se a entrada padrão for um terminal, *sfdisk* iniciará uma sessão interativa."
4671 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:60
4672 msgid "If the option *-N* is specified, then the changes are applied to the partition addressed by _partition-number_. The unspecified fields of the partition are not modified."
4673 msgstr "Se a opção *-N* for especificada, as alterações serão aplicadas à partição endereçada por _número-da-partição_. Os campos não especificados da partição não são modificados."
4676 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:62
4677 msgid "Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with *-N*. For example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used partitions may be smaller. In this case *sfdisk* follows the default values from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused partition given with *-N*. See also *--append*."
4678 msgstr "Observe que é possível endereçar uma partição não utilizada com *-N*. Por exemplo, um MBR sempre contém 4 partições, mas o número de partições usadas pode ser menor. Neste caso, *sfdisk* segue os valores padrão da tabela de partição e não usa padrões embutidos para a partição não usada fornecida com *-N*. Veja também *--append*."
4680 #. type: Labeled list
4681 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:63
4683 msgid "*-A*, *--activate* __device__ [__partition-number__...]"
4684 msgstr "*-A*, *--activate* __dispositivo__ [__número-da-partição__...]"
4687 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:65
4688 msgid "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder '-' may be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the bootable flag on all partitions."
4689 msgstr "Ativa o sinalizador de inicialização para as partições especificadas e desativa o sinalizador de inicialização em todas as partições não especificadas. O espaço reservado especial \"-\" pode ser usado em vez dos números de partição para desativar o sinalizador de inicialização em todas as partições."
4692 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:67
4693 msgid "The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is detected, then *sfdisk* prints warning and automatically enters PMBR."
4694 msgstr "O comando de ativação é compatível apenas com MBR e PMBR. Se um rótulo GPT for detectado, o *sfdisk* exibirá um aviso e entrará automaticamente no PMBR."
4697 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:69
4698 msgid "If no _partition-number_ is specified, then list the partitions with an enabled flag."
4699 msgstr "Se nenhum _número-da-partição_ for especificado, lista as partições com um sinalizador ativado."
4701 #. type: Labeled list
4702 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:70
4704 msgid "*--delete* _device_ [__partition-number__...]"
4705 msgstr "*--delete* _dispositivo_ [__número-da-partição__...]"
4708 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:72
4709 msgid "Delete all or the specified partitions."
4710 msgstr "Exclui todas as partições ou apenas as especificadas."
4712 #. type: Labeled list
4713 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:73
4715 msgid "*-d*, *--dump* _device_"
4716 msgstr "*-d*, *--dump* _dispositivo_"
4719 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:75
4720 msgid "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to *sfdisk*. See the section *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE*."
4721 msgstr "Despeja as partições de um dispositivo em um formato que possa ser usado como entrada para *sfdisk*. Veja a seção *FAZENDO O BACKUP DA TABELA DE PARTIÇÃO*."
4723 #. type: Labeled list
4724 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:76
4726 msgid "*-g*, *--show-geometry* [__device__...]"
4727 msgstr "*-g*, *--show-geometry* [__dispositivo__...]"
4730 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:78
4731 msgid "List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward compatibility the deprecated option *--show-pt-geometry* have the same meaning as this one."
4732 msgstr "Lista a geometria de todos ou dos dispositivos especificados. Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, a opção descontinuada *--show-pt-geometry* tem o mesmo significado que esta."
4734 #. type: Labeled list
4735 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:79
4737 msgid "*-J*, *--json* _device_"
4738 msgstr "*-J*, *--json* _dispositivo_"
4741 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:81
4742 msgid "Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that *sfdisk* is not able to use JSON as input format."
4743 msgstr "Despeja as partições de um dispositivo no formato JSON. Observe que *sfdisk* não pode usar JSON como formato de entrada."
4745 #. type: Labeled list
4746 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:82
4748 msgid "*-l*, *--list* [__device__...]"
4749 msgstr "*-l*, *--list* [__dispositivo__...]"
4752 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:84
4753 msgid "List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be used together with *--verify*."
4754 msgstr "Lista as partições de todos ou dos dispositivos especificados. Este comando pode ser usado junto com *--verify*."
4756 #. type: Labeled list
4757 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:85
4759 msgid "*-F*, *--list-free* [__device__...]"
4760 msgstr "*-F*, *--list-free* [__dispositivo__...]"
4763 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:87
4764 msgid "List the free unpartitioned areas on all or the specified devices."
4765 msgstr "Lista as áreas livres não particionadas em todos ou nos dispositivos especificados."
4767 #. type: Labeled list
4768 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:88
4770 msgid "*--part-attrs* _device partition-number_ [__attributes__]"
4771 msgstr "*--part-attrs* _dispositivo número-da-partição_ [__atributos__]"
4774 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:90
4775 msgid "Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If _attributes_ is not specified, then print the current partition settings. The _attributes_ argument is a comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently supported attribute bits are:"
4776 msgstr "Altera os bits de atributo de partição GPT. Se _atributos_ não for especificado, exibe as configurações de partição atuais. O argumento _atributos_ é uma lista delimitada por vírgulas ou espaços de números de bits ou nomes de bits. Por exemplo, a string \"RequiredPartition, 50,51\" define três bits. Os bits de atributo atualmente suportados são:"
4778 #. type: Labeled list
4779 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:91
4781 msgid "*Bit 0 (RequiredPartition)*"
4782 msgstr "*Bit 0 (RequiredPartition)*"
4785 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:93
4786 msgid "If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system."
4787 msgstr "Se este bit for definido, a partição será necessária para que a plataforma funcione. O criador da partição indica que a exclusão ou modificação do conteúdo pode resultar na perda de recursos da plataforma ou falha na inicialização ou operação da plataforma. O sistema não pode funcionar normalmente se esta partição for removida e deve ser considerada parte do hardware do sistema."
4789 #. type: Labeled list
4790 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:93
4792 msgid "*Bit 1 (NoBlockIOProtocol)*"
4793 msgstr "*Bit 1 (NoBlockIOProtocol)*"
4796 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:95
4797 msgid "EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read from it."
4798 msgstr "Firmware EFI deve ignorar o conteúdo da partição e não tentar lê-la."
4800 #. type: Labeled list
4801 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:95
4803 msgid "*Bit 2 (LegacyBIOSBootable)*"
4804 msgstr "*Bit 2 (LegacyBIOSBootable)*"
4807 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:97
4808 msgid "The partition may be bootable by legacy BIOS firmware."
4809 msgstr "A partição pode ser inicializável por firmware de BIOS legado."
4811 #. type: Labeled list
4812 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:97
4815 msgstr "*Bits 3-47*"
4818 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:99
4819 msgid "Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the UEFI specification."
4820 msgstr "Indefinido e deve ser zero. Reservado para expansão por versões futuras da especificação UEFI."
4822 #. type: Labeled list
4823 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:99
4825 msgid "*Bits 48-63*"
4826 msgstr "*Bits 48-63*"
4829 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:101
4830 msgid "Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, 61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to disable automount."
4831 msgstr "Reservado para uso específico do GUID. O uso desses bits varia de acordo com o tipo de partição. Por exemplo, a Microsoft usa o bit 60 para indicar somente leitura, 61 para cópia de sombra de outra partição, 62 para partições ocultas e 63 para desabilitar a montagem automática."
4833 #. type: Labeled list
4834 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102
4836 msgid "*--part-label* _device partition-number_ [__label__]"
4837 msgstr "*--part-label* _dispositivo número-da-partição_ [__rótulo__]"
4840 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:104
4841 msgid "Change the GPT partition name (label). If _label_ is not specified, then print the current partition label."
4842 msgstr "Altera o nome (rótulo) da partição GPT. Se _rótulo_ não for especificado, exibe o rótulo da partição atual."
4844 #. type: Labeled list
4845 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:105
4847 msgid "*--part-type* _device partition-number_ [__type__]"
4848 msgstr "*--part-type* _dispositivo número-da-partição_ [__tipo__]"
4851 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:107
4852 msgid "Change the partition type. If _type_ is not specified, then print the current partition type."
4853 msgstr "Altera o tipo de partição. Se _tipo_ não for especificado, exibe o tipo de partição atual."
4856 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:109
4857 msgid "The _type_ argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. \"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L'). For backward compatibility the options *-c* and *--id* have the same meaning as this one."
4858 msgstr "O argumento _tipo_ é hexadecimal para MBR, GUID para GPT, apelido de tipo (por exemplo, \"linux\") ou atalho de tipo (por exemplo, \"L\"). Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, as opções *-c* e *--id* têm o mesmo significado que esta."
4860 #. type: Labeled list
4861 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:110
4863 msgid "*--part-uuid* _device partition-number_ [__uuid__]"
4864 msgstr "*--part-uuid* _dispositivo número-da-partição_ [__uuid__]"
4867 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:112
4868 msgid "Change the GPT partition UUID. If _uuid_ is not specified, then print the current partition UUID."
4869 msgstr "Altera o UUID da partição GPT. Se _uuid_ não for especificado, exibe o UUID da partição atual."
4871 #. type: Labeled list
4872 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:113
4874 msgid "*--disk-id* _device_ [__id__]"
4875 msgstr "*--disk-id* _dispositivo_ [__id__]"
4878 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:115
4879 msgid "Change the disk identifier. If _id_ is not specified, then print the current identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for MBR."
4880 msgstr "Altera o identificador do disco. Se _id_ não for especificado, exibe o identificador atual. O identificador é UUID para GPT ou inteiro sem sinal para MBR."
4882 #. type: Labeled list
4883 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:116
4885 msgid "*-r*, *--reorder* _device_"
4886 msgstr "*-r*, *--reorder* _dispositivo_"
4889 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:118
4890 msgid "Renumber the partitions, ordering them by their start offset."
4891 msgstr "Renumera as partições, ordenando-as por sua posição inicial."
4893 #. type: Labeled list
4894 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:119
4896 msgid "*-s*, *--show-size* [__device__...]"
4897 msgstr "*-s*, *--show-size* [__dispositivo__...]"
4900 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:121
4901 msgid "List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. This command is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
4902 msgstr "Lista os tamanhos de todos ou dos dispositivos especificados em unidades de 1024 bytes. Este comando foi DESCONTINUADO em favor de *blockdev*(8)."
4904 #. type: Labeled list
4905 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:122
4907 msgid "*-T*, *--list-types*"
4908 msgstr "*-T*, *--list-types*"
4911 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:124
4912 msgid "Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified by *--label*."
4913 msgstr "Exibe todos os tipos suportados para o rótulo de disco atual ou o rótulo especificado por *--lable*."
4915 #. type: Labeled list
4916 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:125
4918 msgid "*-V*, *--verify* [__device__...]"
4919 msgstr "*-V*, *--verify* [__dispositivo__...]"
4922 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:127
4923 msgid "Test whether the partition table and partitions seem correct."
4924 msgstr "Testa se a tabela de partição e partições parecem estar corretas."
4926 #. type: Labeled list
4927 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:128
4929 msgid "*--relocate* _oper_ _device_"
4930 msgstr "*--relocate* _operador_ _dispositivo_"
4933 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:130
4934 msgid "Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT header only. The argument _oper_ can be:"
4935 msgstr "Realoca o cabeçalho da tabela de partição. Este comando é atualmente compatível apenas com o cabeçalho GPT. O argumento _operador_ pode ser:"
4937 #. type: Labeled list
4938 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:131
4940 msgid "*gpt-bak-std*"
4941 msgstr "*gpt-bak-std*"
4944 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:133
4945 msgid "Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device."
4946 msgstr "Move o cabeçalho de backup GPT para o local padrão no final do dispositivo."
4948 #. type: Labeled list
4949 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:133
4951 msgid "*gpt-bak-mini*"
4952 msgstr "*gpt-bak-mini*"
4955 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:135
4956 msgid "Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard."
4957 msgstr "Move o cabeçalho do backup GPT para trás da última partição. Observe que o padrão UEFI requer o cabeçalho de backup no final do dispositivo e as ferramentas de particionamento podem realocar automaticamente o cabeçalho para seguir o padrão."
4959 #. type: Labeled list
4960 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:138 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:66
4962 msgid "*-a*, *--append*"
4963 msgstr "*-a*, *--append*"
4966 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:140
4967 msgid "Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified partitions."
4968 msgstr "Não cria uma nova tabela de partição, mas apenas anexa as partições especificadas."
4971 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:142
4972 msgid "Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not the last partition in the partition table. See also *-N* to specify entry in the partition table."
4973 msgstr "Observe que a partição não usada pode ser reutilizada neste caso, embora não seja a última partição na tabela de partição. Consulte também *-N* para especificar a entrada na tabela de partição."
4975 #. type: Labeled list
4976 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:143 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:43
4978 msgid "*-b*, *--backup*"
4979 msgstr "*-b*, *--backup*"
4982 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:145
4983 msgid "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>.bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*."
4984 msgstr "Faz backup dos setores da tabela de partição atuais antes de iniciar o particionamento. O nome do arquivo padrão de backup é _~/sfdisk-<dispositivo>-<posição>.bak_; para usar outro nome, veja a opção *-O*, *--backup-file*."
4986 #. type: Labeled list
4987 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:146
4989 msgid "*--color*[**=**__when__]"
4990 msgstr "*--color*[**=**__quando__]"
4993 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:151
4994 msgid "Disable all consistency checking."
4995 msgstr "Desabilita toda verificação de consistência."
4997 #. type: Labeled list
4998 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:152
5004 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:154
5005 msgid "Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux (and other modern operating systems) is the default."
5006 msgstr "Opção descontinuada e ignorada. O particionamento compatível com Linux (e outros sistemas operacionais modernos) é o padrão."
5008 #. type: Labeled list
5009 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:158 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:31
5010 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:64
5012 msgid "*-n*, *--no-act*"
5013 msgstr "*-n*, *--no-act*"
5016 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:160
5017 msgid "Do everything except writing to the device."
5018 msgstr "Faz tudo, exceto gravar no dispositivo."
5020 #. type: Labeled list
5021 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:161
5023 msgid "*--no-reread*"
5024 msgstr "*--no-reread*"
5027 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:163
5028 msgid "Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is in use."
5029 msgstr "Não verifica por meio de ioctl de releitura da tabela de partição se o dispositivo está em uso."
5031 #. type: Labeled list
5032 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:164
5034 msgid "*--no-tell-kernel*"
5035 msgstr "*--no-tell-kernel*"
5038 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:166
5039 msgid "Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is recommended together with *--no-reread* to modify a partition on used disk. The modified partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
5040 msgstr "Não informa o kernel sobre mudanças de partição. Esta opção é recomendada junto com *--no-reread* para modificar uma partição no disco usado. A partição modificada não deve ser usada (por exemplo, montada)."
5042 #. type: Labeled list
5043 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:167
5045 msgid "*-O*, *--backup-file* _path_"
5046 msgstr "*-O*, *--backup-file* _caminho_"
5049 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:169
5050 msgid "Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset are always appended to the file name."
5051 msgstr "Substitui o nome do arquivo padrão de backup. Observe que o nome do dispositivo e a posição são sempre anexados ao nome do arquivo."
5053 #. type: Labeled list
5054 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:170
5056 msgid "*--move-data*[**=**__path__]"
5057 msgstr "*--move-data*[**=**__caminho__]"
5060 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:172
5061 msgid "Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option requires option *-N* in order to be processed on one specific partition only."
5062 msgstr "Move os dados após a realocação da partição, por exemplo, ao mover o início de uma partição para outro local no disco. O tamanho da partição deve permanecer o mesmo, o novo e o antigo local podem se sobrepor. Esta opção requer a opção *-N* para ser processada em apenas uma partição específica."
5065 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:174
5066 msgid "The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word \"@default\" as a _path_ forces sfdisk to use _~/sfdisk-<devname>.move_ for the log. The log is optional since v2.35."
5067 msgstr "O _caminho_ opcional especifica o nome do arquivo de log. O arquivo de log contém informações sobre todas as operações de leitura/gravação nos dados da partição. A palavra \"@default\" como _comando_ força o sfdisk a usar _~/sfdisk-<nome-do-dispositivo>.move_ para o log. O registro é opcional desde a v2.35."
5070 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:176
5071 msgid "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. *Don't forget to backup your data!*"
5072 msgstr "Observe que esta operação é arriscada e não atômica. *Não se esqueça de fazer backup de seus dados!*"
5075 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:178
5076 msgid "See also *--move-use-fsync*."
5077 msgstr "See also *--move-use-fsync*."
5080 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:180
5081 msgid "In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original sdc1 will become sdc2)."
5082 msgstr "No exemplo abaixo, o primeiro comando cria uma área livre de 100 MiB antes da primeira partição e move os dados que ela contém (por exemplo, um sistema de arquivos), o próximo comando cria uma nova partição a partir do espaço livre (na posição 2048), e o último O comando reordena as partições para corresponder à ordem do disco (o sdc1 original se tornará sdc2)."
5085 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:182
5087 msgid "*echo '+100M,' | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1* *echo '2048,' | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append* *sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder*\n"
5088 msgstr "*echo '+100M,' | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1* *echo '2048,' | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append* *sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder*\n"
5090 #. type: Labeled list
5091 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:183
5093 msgid "*--move-use-fsync*"
5094 msgstr "*--move-use-fsync*"
5097 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:185
5098 msgid "Use the *fsync*(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new location by *--move-data*."
5099 msgstr "Use a chamada de sistema *fsync*(2) após cada gravação ao mover dados para um novo local com *--move-data*."
5101 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
5103 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:191
5104 msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o +UUID*)."
5105 msgstr "A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)."
5107 #. type: Labeled list
5108 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:192 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:48
5109 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:35 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:46
5110 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:28
5111 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:99 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:116
5113 msgid "*-q*, *--quiet*"
5114 msgstr "*-q*, *--quiet*"
5117 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:194
5118 msgid "Suppress extra info messages."
5119 msgstr "Suprime mensagens de informação extra."
5121 #. type: Labeled list
5122 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:195
5124 msgid "*-u*, *--unit S*"
5125 msgstr "*-u*, *--unit S*"
5128 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:197
5129 msgid "Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not supported when using the *--show-size* command."
5130 msgstr "Opção descontinuada. Apenas a unidade do setor é suportada. Esta opção não é suportada ao usar o comando *--show-size*."
5132 #. type: Labeled list
5133 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:198
5135 msgid "*-X*, *--label* _type_"
5136 msgstr "*-X*, *--label* _tipo_"
5139 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:200
5140 msgid "Specify the disk label type (e.g., *dos*, *gpt*, ...). If this option is not given, then *sfdisk* defaults to the existing label, but if there is no label on the device yet, then the type defaults to *dos*. The default or the current label may be overwritten by the \"label: <name>\" script header line. The option *--label* does not force *sfdisk* to create empty disk label (see the *EMPTY DISK LABEL* section below)."
5141 msgstr "Especifica o tipo de rótulo do disco (por exemplo, *dos*, *gpt*, ...). Se esta opção não for fornecida, o *sfdisk* padroniza para o rótulo existente, mas se ainda não houver nenhum rótulo no dispositivo, o tipo padrão será *dos*. O rótulo padrão ou o rótulo atual pode ser substituído pela linha de cabeçalho do script \"label: <nome>\". A opção *--label* não força *sfdisk* a criar um rótulo de disco vazio (consulte a seção *RÓTULO DE DISCO VAZIO* abaixo)."
5143 #. type: Labeled list
5144 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:201
5146 msgid "*-Y*, *--label-nested* _type_"
5147 msgstr "*-Y*, *--label-nested* _tipo_"
5150 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:203
5151 msgid "Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on devices with GPT."
5152 msgstr "Força a edição de um rótulo de disco aninhado. O rótulo do disco primário já deve existir. Esta opção permite a edição, por exemplo, de um MBR híbrido/protetor em dispositivos com GPT."
5155 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:206
5156 msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; except the old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before create a new partition-table if the argument _when_ is not *never*. The *auto* mode also does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is necessary to use the *always* mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See also the *wipefs*(8) command."
5157 msgstr "Apaga o sistema de arquivos, RAID e assinaturas de tabela de partição do dispositivo, a fim de evitar possíveis colisões. O argumento _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quando esta opção não é fornecida, o padrão é *auto*, caso em que as assinaturas são apagadas apenas no modo interativo; exceto as antigas assinaturas da tabela de partição que são sempre apagadas antes de criar uma nova tabela de partição se o argumento _quando_ não for *nunca*. O modo *auto* também não apaga o primeiro setor (setor de inicialização), é necessário usar o modo *always* para apagar esta área. Em todos os casos, as assinaturas detectadas são relatadas por mensagens de aviso antes que uma nova tabela de partição seja criada. Veja também o comando *wipefs*(8)."
5160 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:209
5161 msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages after a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
5162 msgstr "Apaga o sistema de arquivos, RAID e assinaturas de tabelas de partição de partições recém-criadas, a fim de evitar possíveis colisões. O argumento _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quando esta opção não é fornecida, o padrão é *auto*, caso em que as assinaturas são apagadas apenas no modo interativo e após a confirmação do usuário. Em todos os casos, as assinaturas detectadas são relatadas por mensagens de aviso após a criação de uma nova partição. Veja também o comando *wipefs*(8)."
5164 #. type: Labeled list
5165 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:210 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:52
5166 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:42
5168 msgid "*-v*, *--version*"
5169 msgstr "*-v*, *--version*"
5172 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:216
5174 msgid "INPUT FORMATS"
5175 msgstr "FORMATOS DE ENTRADA"
5178 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:219
5180 msgid "*sfdisk* supports two input formats and generic header lines.\n"
5181 msgstr "*sfdisk* tem suporte a dois formatos de entrada e linhas de cabeçalho genéricas.\n"
5184 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:220
5186 msgid "Header lines"
5187 msgstr "Linhas de cabeçalho"
5190 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:223
5191 msgid "The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the partition table. The header-line format is:"
5192 msgstr "As linhas de cabeçalho opcionais especificam informações genéricas que se aplicam à tabela de partição. O formato da linha de cabeçalho é:"
5195 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:225
5197 msgid "*<name>: <value>*\n"
5198 msgstr "*<nome>: <valor>*\n"
5201 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:227
5202 msgid "The currently recognized headers are:"
5203 msgstr "Os cabeçalhos atualmente reconhecidos são:"
5205 #. type: Labeled list
5206 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:228
5212 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:230
5213 msgid "Specify the partitioning unit. The only supported unit is *sectors*."
5214 msgstr "Especifica a unidade de particionamento. A única unidade suportada é *sectors*."
5216 #. type: Labeled list
5217 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:230
5223 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:232
5224 msgid "Specify the partition table type. For example *dos* or *gpt*."
5225 msgstr "Especifica o tipo de tabela de partição. Por exemplo, *dos* ou *gpt*."
5227 #. type: Labeled list
5228 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:232
5234 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:234
5235 msgid "Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number (with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT."
5236 msgstr "Especifica o identificador da tabela de partição. Deve ser um número hexadecimal (com um prefixo 0x) para MBR e um UUID para GPT."
5238 #. type: Labeled list
5239 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:234
5242 msgstr "*first-lba*"
5245 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:236
5246 msgid "Specify the first usable sector for GPT partitions."
5247 msgstr "Especifica o primeiro setor utilizável para partições GPT."
5249 #. type: Labeled list
5250 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:236
5256 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:238
5257 msgid "Specify the last usable sector for GPT partitions."
5258 msgstr "Especifica o último setor utilizável para partições GPT."
5260 #. type: Labeled list
5261 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:238
5263 msgid "*table-length*"
5264 msgstr "*table-length*"
5267 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:240
5268 msgid "Specify the maximal number of GPT partitions."
5269 msgstr "Especifica o número máximo de partições GPT."
5271 #. type: Labeled list
5272 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:240
5278 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:242
5279 msgid "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default. Do not modify this variable if you're not sure."
5280 msgstr "Especifica o tamanho mínimo em bytes usado para calcular o alinhamento das partições. O padrão é 1 MiB e é altamente recomendável usar o padrão. Não modifique esta variável se não tiver certeza."
5282 #. type: Labeled list
5283 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:242
5285 msgid "*sector-size*"
5286 msgstr "*sector-size*"
5289 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:244
5290 msgid "Specify sector size. This header is informative only and it is not used when sfdisk creates a new partition table, in this case the real device specific value is always used and sector size from the dump is ignored."
5291 msgstr "Especifica o tamanho do setor. Este cabeçalho é apenas informativo e não é usado quando o sfdisk cria uma nova tabela de partição, neste caso, o valor específico do dispositivo real é sempre usado e o tamanho do setor de despejo é ignorado."
5294 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:246
5295 msgid "Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition is specified in the input."
5296 msgstr "Observe que só é possível usar linhas de cabeçalho antes que a primeira partição seja especificada na entrada."
5299 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:247
5301 msgid "Unnamed-fields format"
5302 msgstr "Formato de campos sem nome"
5304 #. type: delimited block _
5305 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:251
5306 msgid "_start size type bootable_"
5307 msgstr "_início tamanho tipo inicialização_"
5310 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:254
5311 msgid "where each line fills one partition descriptor."
5312 msgstr "onde cada linha preenche um descritor de partição."
5315 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:256
5316 msgid "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma or semicolon possibly followed by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. Numbers can be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a field is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each field is its previous value."
5317 msgstr "Os campos são separados por espaço em branco, vírgula, ou ponto e vírgula, possivelmente seguido por um espaço em branco; os espaços em branco iniciais e finais são ignorados. Os números podem ser octais, decimais ou hexadecimais; decimal é o padrão. Quando um campo está ausente, vazio ou especificado como \"-\", um valor padrão é usado. Mas quando a opção *-N* (alterar uma única partição) é fornecida, o padrão para cada campo é seu valor anterior."
5320 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:258
5321 msgid "The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. The offset may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes."
5322 msgstr "O valor padrão de _início_ é o primeiro setor não atribuído alinhado de acordo com os limites de E/S do dispositivo. A posição inicial padrão para a primeira partição é 1 MiB. A posição pode ser seguida pelos sufixos multiplicativos (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB), então o número é interpretado como posição em bytes."
5324 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
5326 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:261
5327 msgid "The default value of _size_ indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A '{plus}' can be used instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note '{plus}' is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; existing partitions will be resized as required."
5328 msgstr "O valor padrão de _tamanho_ indica \"tanto quanto possível\"; ou seja, até a próxima partição ou fim do dispositivo. Um argumento numérico é, por padrão, interpretado como um número de setores, no entanto, se o tamanho for seguido por um dos sufixos multiplicativos (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB), o número é interpretado como o tamanho da partição em bytes e é então alinhada de acordo com os limites de E/S do dispositivo. Um \"{plus}\" pode ser usado em vez de um número para aumentar a partição tanto quanto possível. Nota \"{plus}\" é equivalente ao comportamento padrão para uma nova partição; as partições existentes serão redimensionadas conforme necessário."
5331 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:263
5332 msgid "The partition _type_ is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's recommended to use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between deprecated shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward compatibility *sfdisk* tries to interpret _type_ as a shortcut as a first possibility in partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. *--part-type* command) it tries shortcuts as the last possibility."
5333 msgstr "O _tipo_ de partição é fornecido em hexadecimal para MBR (DOS) onde o prefixo 0x é opcional; uma string GUID para GPT; um atalho ou apelido. Recomenda-se usar duas letras para códigos hexadecimais MBR para evitar a colisão entre o atalho descontinuado \"E\" e o código hexadecimal MBR \"0E\". Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, *sfdisk* tenta interpretar _tipo_ como um atalho como uma primeira possibilidade em scripts de particionamento, embora em outros lugares (por exemplo, comando *--part-type*) tente atalhos como a última possibilidade."
5336 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:265
5337 msgid "Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")."
5338 msgstr "Desde v2.36 libfdisk suporta apelidos de tipo de partição como extensão para atalhos. O apelido é uma palavra simples legível por humanos (por exemplo, \"linux\")."
5341 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:267
5342 msgid "Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")."
5343 msgstr "Desde v2.37 libfdisk suporta nomes de tipo de partição na entrada, ignorando a caixa dos caracteres e todos os caracteres não alfanuméricos e não dígitos no nome (por exemplo, \"Linux /usr x86\" é o mesmo que \"linux usr-x86\")."
5346 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:269
5347 msgid "Supported shortcuts and aliases:"
5348 msgstr "Apelidos e atalhos suportados:"
5350 #. type: Labeled list
5351 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:270
5353 msgid "*L - alias 'linux'*"
5354 msgstr "*L - apelido \"linux\"*"
5357 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:272
5358 msgid "Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT."
5359 msgstr "Linux; significa 83 para MBR e 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 para GPT."
5361 #. type: Labeled list
5362 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:273
5364 msgid "*S - alias 'swap'*"
5365 msgstr "*S - apelido \"swap\"*"
5368 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:275
5369 msgid "swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT"
5370 msgstr "área de swap; significa 82 para MBR e 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F para GPT"
5372 #. type: Labeled list
5373 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:276
5375 msgid "*Ex - alias 'extended'*"
5376 msgstr "*Ex - apelido \"extended\"*"
5379 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:278
5380 msgid "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut 'E' is deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
5381 msgstr "partição estendida MBR; significa 05 para MBR. O atalho original \"E\" foi descontinuado devido à colisão com o tipo de partição 0x0E do MBR."
5383 #. type: Labeled list
5384 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:279
5386 msgid "*H - alias 'home'*"
5387 msgstr "*H - apelido \"home\"*"
5390 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:281
5391 msgid "home partition; means 933AC7E1-2EB4-4F13-B844-0E14E2AEF915 for GPT"
5392 msgstr "partição home; significa 933AC7E1-2EB4-4F13-B844-0E14E2AEF915 para GPT"
5394 #. type: Labeled list
5395 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:282
5397 msgid "*U - alias 'uefi'*"
5398 msgstr "*U - apelido \"uefi\"*"
5401 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:284
5402 msgid "EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT"
5403 msgstr "partição do sistema EFI, significa EF para MBR e C12A7328-F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B para GPT"
5405 #. type: Labeled list
5406 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:285
5408 msgid "*R - alias 'raid'*"
5409 msgstr "*R - apelido \"raid\"*"
5412 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:287
5413 msgid "Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT"
5414 msgstr "RAID Linux; significa FD para MBR e A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E para GPT"
5416 #. type: Labeled list
5417 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:288
5419 msgid "*V - alias 'lvm'*"
5420 msgstr "*V - apelido para \"lvm\"*"
5423 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:290
5424 msgid "LVM; means 8E for MBR and E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 for GPT"
5425 msgstr "LVM; significa 8E para MBR e E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 para GPT"
5428 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:292
5429 msgid "The default _type_ value is _linux_."
5430 msgstr "O valor padrão de _tipo_ é _linux_."
5433 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:294
5434 msgid "The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in favour of 'Ex'."
5435 msgstr "O atalho \"X\" para partição estendida do Linux (85) foi descontinuado em favor de \"Ex\"."
5437 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
5439 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:297
5440 msgid "_bootable_ is specified as [*{asterisk}*|*-*], with as default not-bootable. The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and for other operating systems."
5441 msgstr "_inicialização_ é especificado como [*{asterisk}*|*-*], sendo o padrão não ser inicializável. O valor deste campo é irrelevante para o Linux -- quando o Linux é executado, ele já foi inicializado --, mas pode desempenhar uma função para certos carregadores de inicialização e outros sistemas operacionais."
5444 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:298
5446 msgid "Named-fields format"
5447 msgstr "Formato de campos nomeados"
5450 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:301
5451 msgid "This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format to keep your scripts more readable."
5452 msgstr "Este formato é mais legível, robusto, extensível e permite especificar informações adicionais (por exemplo, um UUID). Recomenda-se usar este formato para manter seus scripts mais legíveis."
5454 #. type: delimited block _
5455 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:304
5456 msgid "[_device_ *:*] _name_[**=**__value__], ..."
5457 msgstr "[_dispositivo_ *:*] _nome_[**=**__valor__], ..."
5460 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:307
5461 msgid "The _device_ field is optional. *sfdisk* extracts the partition number from the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. This functionality is mostly used by *--dump*. Don't use it if you are not sure."
5462 msgstr "O campo _dispositivo_ é opcional. *sfdisk* extrai o número da partição do nome do dispositivo. Permite especificar as partições em ordem aleatória. Esta funcionalidade é usada principalmente por *--dump*. Não o use se não tiver certeza."
5465 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:309
5466 msgid "The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition name\"). The currently supported fields are:"
5467 msgstr "O _valor_ pode estar entre aspas (por exemplo, nome=\"Este é o nome da partição\"). Os campos atualmente suportados são:"
5469 #. type: Labeled list
5470 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:310
5472 msgid "**start=**__number__"
5473 msgstr "**start=**__número__"
5476 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:312
5477 msgid "The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. The offset may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes."
5478 msgstr "O primeiro setor não atribuído alinhado de acordo com os limites de E/S do dispositivo. A posição inicial padrão para a primeira partição é 1 MiB. A posição pode ser seguida pelos sufixos multiplicativos (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB), então o número é interpretado como posição em bytes."
5480 #. type: Labeled list
5481 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:313
5483 msgid "**size=**__number__"
5484 msgstr "**size=**__número__"
5487 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:315
5488 msgid "Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to device I/O limits."
5489 msgstr "Especifica o tamanho da partição em setores. O número pode ser seguido pelos sufixos multiplicativos (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB), então é interpretado como tamanho em bytes e o tamanho é alinhado de acordo com os limites de E/S do dispositivo."
5491 #. type: Labeled list
5492 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:316
5498 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:318
5499 msgid "Mark the partition as bootable."
5500 msgstr "Marca uma partição como inicializável."
5502 #. type: Labeled list
5503 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:319
5505 msgid "**attrs=**__string__"
5506 msgstr "**attrs=**__string__"
5509 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:321
5510 msgid "Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See *--part-attrs* for more details about the GPT-bits string format."
5511 msgstr "Atributos de partição, geralmente bits de atributo de partição GPT. Consulte *--part-attrs* para obter mais detalhes sobre o formato da string de bits de GPT."
5513 #. type: Labeled list
5514 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:322
5516 msgid "**uuid=**__string__"
5517 msgstr "**uuid=**__string__"
5520 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:324
5521 msgid "GPT partition UUID."
5522 msgstr "UUID de Partição GPT."
5524 #. type: Labeled list
5525 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:325
5527 msgid "**name=**__string__"
5528 msgstr "**name=**__string__"
5531 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:327
5532 msgid "GPT partition name."
5533 msgstr "Nome da partição GPT."
5535 #. type: Labeled list
5536 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:328
5538 msgid "**type=**__code__"
5539 msgstr "**type=**__código__"
5542 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:330
5543 msgid "A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields format for more details. For backward compatibility the *Id=* field has the same meaning."
5544 msgstr "Um número hexadecimal (sem 0x) para uma partição MBR, um GUID para uma partição GPT, um atalho para formato de campos sem nome ou um nome de tipo (por exemplo, type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). Consulte a seção acima sobre o formato dos campos sem nome para obter mais detalhes. Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, o campo *Id=* tem o mesmo significado."
5547 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:331
5549 msgid "EMPTY DISK LABEL"
5550 msgstr "RÓTULO DE DISCO VAZIO"
5553 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:334
5555 msgid "*sfdisk* does not create partition table without partitions by default. The lines with partitions are expected in the script by default. The empty partition table has to be explicitly requested by \"label: <name>\" script header line without any partitions lines. For example:\n"
5556 msgstr "*sfdisk* não cria a tabela de partição sem partições por padrão. As linhas com partições são esperadas no script por padrão. A tabela de partição vazia deve ser solicitada explicitamente pela linha de cabeçalho do script \"label: <nome>\" sem nenhuma linha de partição. Por exemplo:\n"
5558 #. type: delimited block _
5559 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:337
5561 msgid "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n"
5562 msgstr "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n"
5565 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:340
5566 msgid "creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the *--append* disables this feature."
5567 msgstr "cria uma tabela de partição GPT vazia. Observe que o *--append* desativa este recurso."
5570 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:341
5572 msgid "BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE"
5573 msgstr "FAZENDO O BACKUP DA TABELA DE PARTIÇÃO"
5576 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:344
5577 msgid "It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. *sfdisk* supports two ways."
5578 msgstr "Recomenda-se salvar o layout de seus dispositivos. *sfdisk* tem suporte a duas maneiras."
5581 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:346
5582 msgid "Use the *--dump* option to save a description of the device layout to a text file. The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For example:"
5583 msgstr "Use a opção *--dump* para salvar uma descrição do layout do dispositivo em um arquivo de texto. O formato de despejo é adequado para entrada posterior no *sfdisk*. Por exemplo:"
5585 #. type: delimited block _
5586 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:349
5588 msgid "*sfdisk --dump /dev/sda > sda.dump*\n"
5589 msgstr "*sfdisk --dump /dev/sda > sda.dump*\n"
5592 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:352
5593 msgid "This can later be restored by:"
5594 msgstr "Isso pode ser restaurado posteriormente por:"
5596 #. type: delimited block _
5597 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:355
5599 msgid "*sfdisk /dev/sda < sda.dump*\n"
5600 msgstr "*sfdisk /dev/sda < sda.dump*\n"
5603 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:358
5604 msgid "If you want to do a full (binary) backup of all sectors where the partition table is stored, then use the *--backup* option. It writes the sectors to _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>.bak_ files. The default name of the backup file can be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The backup files contain only raw data from the _device_. Note that the same concept of backup files is used by *wipefs*(8). For example:"
5605 msgstr "Se você deseja fazer um backup completo (binário) de todos os setores onde a tabela de partição está armazenada, use a opção *--backup*. Ela grava os setores nos arquivos _~/sfdisk-<dispositivo>-<posição>.bak_. O nome padrão do arquivo de backup pode ser alterado com a opção *--backup-file*. Os arquivos de backup contêm apenas dados não tratados do _dispositivo_. Observe que o mesmo conceito de arquivos de backup é usado por *wipefs*(8). Por exemplo:"
5607 #. type: delimited block _
5608 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:361
5610 msgid "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n"
5611 msgstr "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n"
5614 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:364
5615 msgid "The GPT header can later be restored by:"
5616 msgstr "O cabeçalho GPT pode ser restaurado posteriormente por:"
5618 #. type: delimited block _
5619 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:368
5622 "dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda \\\n"
5623 " seek=$((0x00000200)) bs=1 conv=notrunc\n"
5625 "dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda \\\n"
5626 " seek=$((0x00000200)) bs=1 conv=notrunc\n"
5629 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:371
5630 msgid "Note that *sfdisk* since version 2.26 no longer provides the *-I* option to restore sectors. *dd*(1) provides all necessary functionality."
5631 msgstr "Observe que *sfdisk* desde a versão 2.26 não fornece mais a opção *-I* para restaurar setores. *dd*(1) fornece todas as funcionalidades necessárias."
5634 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:375
5635 msgid "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors.d/sfdisk.disable_."
5636 msgstr "A coloração implícita pode ser desabilitada por um arquivo vazio _/etc/terminal-colors.d/sfdisk.disable_."
5639 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:377
5640 msgid "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization configuration. The logical color names supported by *sfdisk* are:"
5641 msgstr "Veja *terminal-colors.d*(5) para obter mais detalhes sobre a configuração da coloração. Os nomes lógicos de cores suportados por *fdisk* são:"
5643 #. type: Labeled list
5644 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:387
5646 msgid "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"
5647 msgstr "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"
5650 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:389
5651 msgid "enables *sfdisk* debug output."
5652 msgstr "habilita saída de depuração do *sfdisk*."
5654 #. type: Labeled list
5655 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:389
5657 msgid "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
5658 msgstr "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
5660 #. type: Labeled list
5661 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:393 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:183
5662 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:149
5664 msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
5665 msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
5668 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:401
5669 msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* no longer provides the *-R* or *--re-read* option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use *blockdev --rereadpt* instead."
5670 msgstr "Desde a versão 2.26, *sfdisk* não oferece mais a opção *-R* ou *--re-read* para forçar o kernel a reler a tabela de partição. Use *blockdev --rereadpt* em vez disso."
5673 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:403
5674 msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* does not provide the *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer* options."
5675 msgstr "Desde a versão 2.26, *sfdisk* não fornece as opções *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer*."
5678 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:409
5679 msgid "The current *sfdisk* implementation is based on the original *sfdisk* from Andries E. Brouwer."
5680 msgstr "A implementação atual do *sfdisk* é baseada no *sfdisk* original de Andries E. Brouwer."
5683 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:417
5698 #. Copyright 2010 Jason Borden <jborden@bluehost.com>
5699 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
5701 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:6
5703 msgid "swaplabel(8)"
5704 msgstr "swaplabel(8)"
5707 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:16
5708 msgid "swaplabel - print or change the label or UUID of a swap area"
5709 msgstr "swaplabel - exibe ou altera o rótulo ou UUID de uma área de swap"
5712 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:20
5714 msgid "*swaplabel* [*-L* _label_] [*-U* _UUID_] _device_\n"
5715 msgstr "*swaplabel* [*-L* _rótulo_] [*-U* _UUID_] _dispositivo_\n"
5718 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:24
5720 msgid "*swaplabel* will display or change the label or UUID of a swap partition located on _device_ (or regular file).\n"
5721 msgstr "*swaplabel* exibe ou muda o rótulo ou UUID de uma partição swap localizada em _dispositivo_ (ou arquivo normal).\n"
5724 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:26
5725 msgid "If the optional arguments *-L* and *-U* are not given, *swaplabel* will simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of _device_."
5726 msgstr "Se os argumentos opcionais *-L* e *-U* não forem fornecidos, *swaplabel* simplesmente exibirá o rótulo da área de swap atual e o UUID de _dispositivo_."
5729 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:28
5730 msgid "If an optional argument is present, then *swaplabel* will change the appropriate value on _device_. These values can also be set during swap creation using *mkswap*(8). The *swaplabel* utility allows changing the label or UUID on an actively used swap device."
5731 msgstr "Se um argumento opcional estiver presente, então *swaplabel* mudará o valor apropriado no _dispositivo_. Esses valores também podem ser definidos durante a criação de swap usando *mkswap*(8). O utilitário *swaplabel* permite alterar o rótulo ou UUID em um dispositivo de swap usado ativamente."
5734 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:36
5735 msgid "Specify a new _label_ for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most 16 characters long. If _label_ is longer than 16 characters, *swaplabel* will truncate it and print a warning message."
5736 msgstr "Especifica um novo _rótulo_ para o dispositivo. Os rótulos de partição de swap podem ter no máximo 16 caracteres. Se _rótulo_ tiver mais de 16 caracteres, *swaplabel* irá truncá-lo e exibir uma mensagem de aviso."
5739 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:39
5740 msgid "Specify a new _UUID_ for the device. The _UUID_ must be in the standard 8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by *uuidgen*(1)."
5741 msgstr "Especifica um novo _UUID_ para o dispositivo. O _UUID_ deve estar no formato de caractere 8-4-4-4-12 padrão, como a saída de *uuidgen*(1)."
5744 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:48
5746 msgid "*swaplabel* was written by mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n"
5747 msgstr "*swaplabel* foi escrito por mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] e mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n"
5750 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:54
5761 #. terminal-colors.d.5 --
5762 #. Copyright 2014 Ondrej Oprala <ooprala@redhat.com>
5763 #. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
5764 #. Copyright 2014 Red Hat, Inc.
5765 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
5767 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:10
5769 msgid "terminal-colors.d(5)"
5770 msgstr "terminal-colors.d(5)"
5772 #. type: Attribute :man manual:
5773 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:12 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:65
5774 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:38
5776 msgid "File formats"
5777 msgstr "Formatos de arquivo"
5780 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:20
5781 msgid "terminal-colors.d - configure output colorization for various utilities"
5785 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:24
5786 msgid "/etc/terminal-colors.d/_[[name][@term].][type]_"
5790 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:28
5791 msgid "Files in this directory determine the default behavior for utilities when coloring output."
5795 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:30
5796 msgid "The _name_ is a utility name. The name is optional and when none is specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities."
5800 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:32
5801 msgid "The _term_ is a terminal identifier (the TERM environment variable). The terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the file is used for all unspecified terminals."
5805 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:34
5806 msgid "The _type_ is a file type. Supported file types are:"
5809 #. type: Labeled list
5810 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:87
5816 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:37
5817 msgid "Turns off output colorization for all compatible utilities."
5820 #. type: Labeled list
5821 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:38
5827 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:40
5828 msgid "Turns on output colorization; any matching *disable* files are ignored."
5831 #. type: Labeled list
5832 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:41
5838 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:43
5839 msgid "Specifies colors used for output. The file format may be specific to the utility, the default format is described below."
5843 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:45
5844 msgid "If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the more specific filename wins. For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" has less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\". The lowest priority are those files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., \"disable\")."
5848 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:47
5849 msgid "The user-specific _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ or _$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_ overrides the global setting."
5853 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:48
5855 msgid "DEFAULT SCHEME FILES FORMAT"
5856 msgstr "Despeja arquivos UTMP e WTMP em formato não tratado (raw).\n"
5859 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:51
5861 msgid "The following statement is recognized:"
5862 msgstr "sem suporte à entrada padrão a seguir"
5864 #. type: delimited block _
5865 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:54
5867 msgid "*name color-sequence*\n"
5868 msgstr "*name color-sequence*\n"
5871 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:57
5872 msgid "The *name* is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\"). The names are specific to the utilities. For more details always see the COLORS section in the man page for the utility."
5876 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:59
5877 msgid "The *color-sequence* is a color name, ASCII color sequences or escape sequences."
5881 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:60
5884 msgstr "Nomes de cores"
5887 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:63
5888 msgid "black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, and yellow."
5892 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:64
5894 msgid "ANSI color sequences"
5895 msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__quando__]"
5898 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:67
5899 msgid "The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by semicolons. The most common codes are:"
5903 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:91
5906 "|0 |to restore default color\n"
5907 "|1 |for brighter colors\n"
5908 "|4 |for underlined text\n"
5909 "|5 |for flashing text\n"
5910 "|30 |for black foreground\n"
5911 "|31 |for red foreground\n"
5912 "|32 |for green foreground\n"
5913 "|33 |for yellow (or brown) foreground\n"
5914 "|34 |for blue foreground\n"
5915 "|35 |for purple foreground\n"
5916 "|36 |for cyan foreground\n"
5917 "|37 |for white (or gray) foreground\n"
5918 "|40 |for black background\n"
5919 "|41 |for red background\n"
5920 "|42 |for green background\n"
5921 "|43 |for yellow (or brown) background\n"
5922 "|44 |for blue background\n"
5923 "|45 |for purple background\n"
5924 "|46 |for cyan background\n"
5925 "|47 |for white (or gray) background\n"
5929 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:94
5931 msgid "Escape sequences"
5932 msgstr " -r veda o escape para shell\n"
5934 #. type: delimited block _
5935 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:97
5936 msgid "To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style \\-escaped notation can be used:"
5940 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:114
5943 "|*\\a* |Bell (ASCII 7)\n"
5944 "|*\\b* |Backspace (ASCII 8)\n"
5945 "|*\\e* |Escape (ASCII 27)\n"
5946 "|*\\f* |Form feed (ASCII 12)\n"
5947 "|*\\n* |Newline (ASCII 10)\n"
5948 "|*\\r* |Carriage Return (ASCII 13)\n"
5949 "|*\\t* |Tab (ASCII 9)\n"
5950 "|*\\v* |Vertical Tab (ASCII 11)\n"
5951 "|*\\?* |Delete (ASCII 127)\n"
5953 "|*\\\\* |Backslash (\\)\n"
5954 "|*\\^* |Caret (^)\n"
5955 "|*\\#* |Hash mark (#)\n"
5958 #. type: delimited block _
5959 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:118
5960 msgid "Please note that escapes are necessary to enter a space, backslash, caret, or any control character anywhere in the string, as well as a hash mark as the first character."
5963 #. type: delimited block _
5964 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:120
5965 msgid "For example, to use a red background for alert messages in the output of *dmesg*(1), use:"
5969 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:123
5971 msgid "*echo 'alert 37;41' >> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme*\n"
5975 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:125
5980 #. type: delimited block _
5981 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:128
5982 msgid "Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored. Any other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a comment."
5985 #. type: Labeled list
5986 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:131
5988 msgid "TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG=all"
5989 msgstr "TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG=all"
5992 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:114
5993 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:138
5994 msgid "enables debug output."
5995 msgstr "habilita a saída de depuração."
5997 #. type: delimited block _
5998 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:137
5999 msgid "_$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_"
6000 msgstr "_$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_"
6002 #. type: delimited block _
6003 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:139
6004 msgid "_$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_"
6005 msgstr "_$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_"
6007 #. type: delimited block _
6008 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:141
6009 msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_"
6010 msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_"
6012 #. type: delimited block _
6013 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:145
6014 msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utilities:"
6018 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:148 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:160
6020 msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n"
6021 msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n"
6023 #. type: delimited block _
6024 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:151
6025 msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils on a vt100 terminal:"
6029 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:154
6031 msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/@vt100.disable*\n"
6032 msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/@vt100.disable*\n"
6034 #. type: delimited block _
6035 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:157
6036 msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils except *dmesg*(1):"
6040 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:162
6042 msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n"
6043 msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n"
6046 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:164 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:114
6047 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:163
6049 msgid "COMPATIBILITY"
6050 msgstr "COMPATIBILIDADE"
6052 #. type: delimited block _
6053 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:167
6054 msgid "The terminal-colors.d functionality is currently supported by all util-linux utilities which provides colorized output. For more details always see the COLORS section in the man page for the utility."
6057 #. Copyright 2001 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com)
6058 #. This man page was created for libblkid.so.1.0 from e2fsprogs-1.24.
6059 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
6060 #. Created Wed Sep 14 12:02:12 2001, Andreas Dilger
6062 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:8
6065 msgstr "libblkid(3)"
6067 #. type: Attribute :man manual:
6068 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:10 ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:35
6069 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:35
6070 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:37
6071 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:35
6072 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:35
6074 msgid "Programmer's Manual"
6078 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:19
6079 msgid "libblkid - block device identification library"
6083 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:23
6085 msgid "*#include <blkid.h>*\n"
6089 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:25
6091 msgid "*cc* _file.c_ *-lblkid*\n"
6095 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:29
6096 msgid "The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to their content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/serial numbers. A common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags instead of hard-coding specific block device names into configuration files."
6100 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:31
6101 msgid "The low-level part of the library also allows the extraction of information about partitions and block device topology."
6105 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:33
6106 msgid "The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices in a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/id. The standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*."
6110 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:35
6111 msgid "In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you are not able to read the block device directly)."
6115 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:37
6116 msgid "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to evaluate *LABEL/UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or read information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred method by default."
6120 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:39
6121 msgid "If you are dealing with multiple devices, use of the cache is highly recommended (even if empty) as devices will be scanned at most one time and the on-disk cache will be updated if possible."
6125 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:41
6126 msgid "In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the use of the cache file is *required* in this situation."
6130 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:157
6132 msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE"
6136 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:45
6137 msgid "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. For more details about the config file see *blkid*(8) man page."
6141 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:49
6143 msgid "*libblkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for the ext2 filesystem utilities, with input from Ted Ts'o. The library was subsequently heavily modified by Ted Ts'o.\n"
6147 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:51
6148 msgid "The low-level probing code was rewritten by Karel Zak."
6152 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:52
6158 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:55
6160 msgid "*libblkid* is available under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL), version 2 (or at your discretion any later version).\n"
6164 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:60
6176 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
6177 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
6178 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
6180 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
6181 #. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
6182 #. including the disclaimer of warranties.
6183 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
6184 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
6185 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
6186 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
6187 #. products derived from this software without specific prior
6188 #. written permission.
6189 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
6190 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
6191 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
6192 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
6193 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
6194 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
6195 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
6196 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
6197 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
6198 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
6199 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
6201 #. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
6203 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:33
6209 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:44
6210 msgid "uuid - DCE compatible Universally Unique Identifier library"
6214 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:48
6215 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:48
6216 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:50
6217 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:48
6218 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:48
6220 msgid "*#include <uuid.h>*\n"
6224 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:52
6225 msgid "The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility *uuidgen*(1)."
6229 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:54
6230 msgid "The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash."
6234 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:76
6235 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:59
6236 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:230 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:58
6237 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:79 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:86
6238 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:225
6240 msgid "CONFORMING TO"
6241 msgstr "DE ACORDO COM"
6244 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:79
6245 msgid "This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
6249 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:58
6250 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:62
6251 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:83
6252 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:69
6253 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:66
6254 msgid "Theodore Y. Ts'o"
6258 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:73
6261 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
6262 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
6264 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
6265 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
6266 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
6268 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
6274 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
6275 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
6276 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
6278 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
6279 #. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
6280 #. including the disclaimer of warranties.
6281 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
6282 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
6283 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
6284 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
6285 #. products derived from this software without specific prior
6286 #. written permission.
6287 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
6288 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
6289 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
6290 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
6291 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
6292 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
6293 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
6294 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
6295 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
6296 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
6297 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
6299 #. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
6301 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:33
6303 msgid "uuid_clear(3)"
6307 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:44
6308 msgid "uuid_clear - reset value of UUID variable to the NULL value"
6312 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:50
6314 msgid "*void uuid_clear(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
6318 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:54
6319 msgid "The *uuid_clear*() function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable _uu_ to the NULL value."
6323 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:68
6327 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
6329 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
6330 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
6331 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
6332 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
6338 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
6339 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
6340 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
6342 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
6343 #. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
6344 #. including the disclaimer of warranties.
6345 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
6346 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
6347 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
6348 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
6349 #. products derived from this software without specific prior
6350 #. written permission.
6351 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
6352 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
6353 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
6354 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
6355 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
6356 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
6357 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
6358 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
6359 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
6360 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
6361 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
6363 #. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
6365 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:33
6367 msgid "uuid_compare(3)"
6368 msgstr "uuid_compare(3)"
6371 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:44
6372 msgid "uuid_compare - compare whether two UUIDs are the same"
6376 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:50
6378 msgid "*int uuid_compare(uuid_t __uu1__, uuid_t __uu2__)*\n"
6382 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:54
6383 msgid "The *uuid_compare*() function compares the two supplied uuid variables _uu1_ and _uu2_ to each other."
6387 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:55
6388 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:72 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:58
6389 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:55
6391 msgid "RETURN VALUE"
6392 msgstr "VALOR DE RETORNO"
6395 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:58
6396 msgid "Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if _uu1_ is found, respectively, to be lexicographically less than, equal, or greater than _uu2_."
6400 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:72
6404 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
6406 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
6407 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
6408 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
6409 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
6415 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
6416 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
6417 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
6419 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
6420 #. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
6421 #. including the disclaimer of warranties.
6422 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
6423 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
6424 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
6425 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
6426 #. products derived from this software without specific prior
6427 #. written permission.
6428 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
6429 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
6430 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
6431 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
6432 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
6433 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
6434 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
6435 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
6436 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
6437 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
6438 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
6440 #. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
6442 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:33
6444 msgid "uuid_copy(3)"
6445 msgstr "uuid_copy(3)"
6448 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:44
6450 msgid "uuid_copy - copy a UUID value"
6451 msgstr "Cria um novo valor de UUID.\n"
6454 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:50
6456 msgid "*void uuid_copy(uuid_t __dst__, uuid_t __src__;*\n"
6460 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:54
6461 msgid "The *uuid_copy*() function copies the UUID variable _src_ to _dst_."
6465 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:58
6466 msgid "The copied UUID is returned in the location pointed to by _dst_."
6470 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:72
6474 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
6475 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
6476 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
6477 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
6478 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
6479 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
6485 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
6487 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
6488 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
6490 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
6491 #. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
6492 #. including the disclaimer of warranties.
6493 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
6494 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
6495 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
6496 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
6497 #. products derived from this software without specific prior
6498 #. written permission.
6499 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
6500 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
6501 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
6502 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
6503 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
6504 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
6505 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
6506 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
6507 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
6508 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
6509 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
6512 #. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
6514 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:35
6516 msgid "uuid_generate(3)"
6520 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:46
6521 msgid "uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, uuid_generate_time_safe - create a new unique UUID value"
6525 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:57
6528 "*void uuid_generate(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
6529 "*void uuid_generate_random(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
6530 "*void uuid_generate_time(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
6531 "*int uuid_generate_time_safe(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
6532 "*void uuid_generate_md5(uuid_t __out__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*name__, size_t __len__);* +\n"
6533 "*void uuid_generate_sha1(uuid_t __out__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*name__, size_t __len__);*\n"
6537 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:61
6538 msgid "The *uuid_generate*() function creates a new universally unique identifier (UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from *getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_, or _/dev/random_ if available. If it is not available, then *uuid_generate*() will use an alternative algorithm which uses the current time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and random data generated using a pseudo-random generator."
6542 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:63
6543 msgid "The *uuid_generate_random*() function forces the use of the all-random UUID format, even if a high-quality random number generator is not available, in which case a pseudo-random generator will be substituted. Note that the use of a pseudo-random generator may compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs generated in this fashion."
6547 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:65
6548 msgid "The *uuid_generate_time*() function forces the use of the alternative algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause privacy problems in some applications, so the *uuid_generate*() function only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not available. To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by concurrently running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock state counter (if the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to this file) and/or the *uuidd* daemon, if it is running already or can be spawned by the process (if installed and the process has enough permissions to run it). If neither of these two synchronization mechanisms can be used, it is theoretically possible that two concurrently running processes obtain the same UUID(s). To tell whether the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, use *uuid_generate_time_safe*."
6552 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:67
6553 msgid "The *uuid_generate_time_safe*() function is similar to *uuid_generate_time*(), except that it returns a value which denotes whether any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used."
6557 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:69
6558 msgid "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the universe according to Carl Sagan's _Cosmos_). The new UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
6562 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:71
6563 msgid "The *uuid_generate_md5*() and *uuid_generate_sha1*() functions generate an MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID providing the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform to V3 and V5 UUIDs per link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
6567 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:75
6568 msgid "The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by _out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() returns zero if the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise."
6572 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:96
6577 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
6578 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
6580 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
6581 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
6583 "*uuid_unparse*(3),\n"
6590 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
6591 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
6592 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
6594 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
6595 #. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
6596 #. including the disclaimer of warranties.
6597 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
6598 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
6599 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
6600 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
6601 #. products derived from this software without specific prior
6602 #. written permission.
6603 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
6604 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
6605 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
6606 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
6607 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
6608 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
6609 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
6610 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
6611 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
6612 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
6613 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
6615 #. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
6617 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:33
6619 msgid "uuid_is_null(3)"
6620 msgstr "uuid_is_null(3)"
6623 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:44
6624 msgid "uuid_is_null - compare the value of the UUID to the NULL value"
6628 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:50
6630 msgid "*int uuid_is_null(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
6634 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:54
6635 msgid "The *uuid_is_null*() function compares the value of the supplied UUID variable _uu_ to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 is returned, otherwise 0 is returned."
6639 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:69
6643 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
6644 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
6646 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
6648 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
6649 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
6655 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
6656 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
6657 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
6659 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
6660 #. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
6661 #. including the disclaimer of warranties.
6662 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
6663 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
6664 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
6665 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
6666 #. products derived from this software without specific prior
6667 #. written permission.
6668 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
6669 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
6670 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
6671 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
6672 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
6673 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
6674 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
6675 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
6676 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
6677 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
6678 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
6680 #. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
6682 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:33
6684 msgid "uuid_parse(3)"
6688 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:44
6689 msgid "uuid_parse - convert an input UUID string into binary representation"
6693 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:51
6696 "*int uuid_parse(char *__in__, uuid_t __uu__);* +\n"
6697 "*int uuid_parse_range(char *__in_start__, char *__in_end__, uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
6701 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:55
6702 msgid "The *uuid_parse*() function converts the UUID string given by _in_ into the binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in *printf*(3) format \"%08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\0')."
6706 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:57
6707 msgid "The *uuid_parse_range*() function works like *uuid_parse*() but parses only range in string specified by _in_start_ and _in_end_ pointers."
6711 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:61
6712 msgid "Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is stored in the location pointed to by _uu_, otherwise -1 is returned."
6716 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:65
6717 msgid "This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
6721 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:80
6725 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
6726 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
6728 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
6729 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
6731 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
6737 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
6738 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
6739 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
6741 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
6742 #. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
6743 #. including the disclaimer of warranties.
6744 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
6745 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
6746 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
6747 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
6748 #. products derived from this software without specific prior
6749 #. written permission.
6750 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
6751 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
6752 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
6753 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
6754 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
6755 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
6756 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
6757 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
6758 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
6759 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
6760 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
6762 #. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
6764 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:33
6766 msgid "uuid_time(3)"
6770 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:44
6771 msgid "uuid_time - extract the time at which the UUID was created"
6775 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:50
6777 msgid "*time_t uuid_time(uuid_t __uu__, struct timeval *__ret_tv__)*\n"
6781 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:54
6782 msgid "The *uuid_time*() function extracts the time at which the supplied time-based UUID _uu_ was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only encoded within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the *uuid_generate_time*(3) and *uuid_generate_time_safe*(3) functions. It may or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms."
6786 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:58
6787 msgid "The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT (the epoch), is returned (see *time*(2)). The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the location pointed to by _ret_tv_ (see *gettimeofday*(2))."
6791 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:73
6795 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
6796 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
6798 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
6799 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
6800 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
6801 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
6807 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
6808 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
6809 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
6811 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
6812 #. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
6813 #. including the disclaimer of warranties.
6814 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
6815 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
6816 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
6817 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
6818 #. products derived from this software without specific prior
6819 #. written permission.
6820 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
6821 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
6822 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
6823 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
6824 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
6825 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
6826 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
6827 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
6828 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
6829 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
6830 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
6832 #. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
6834 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:33
6836 msgid "uuid_unparse(3)"
6837 msgstr "uuid_unparse(3)"
6840 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:44
6841 msgid "uuid_unparse - convert a UUID from binary representation to a string"
6845 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:52
6848 "*void uuid_unparse(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
6849 "*void uuid_unparse_upper(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
6850 "*void uuid_unparse_lower(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);*\n"
6854 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:56
6855 msgid "The *uuid_unparse*() function converts the supplied UUID _uu_ from the binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\0') of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the character string pointed to by _out_. The case of the hex digits returned by *uuid_unparse*() may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the system-dependent local default."
6859 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:58
6860 msgid "If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions *uuid_unparse_upper*() and *uuid_unparse_lower*() may be used."
6864 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:62
6865 msgid "This library unparses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1."
6869 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:77
6873 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
6874 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
6876 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
6878 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
6883 #. chfn.1 -- change your finger information
6884 #. (c) 1994 by salvatore valente <svalente@athena.mit.edu>
6885 #. This program is free software. You can redistribute it and
6886 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
6887 #. There is no warranty.
6889 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:10
6894 #. type: Attribute :man manual:
6895 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:12 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:12
6896 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:8
6897 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:6 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:6
6898 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:4 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:4
6899 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:41
6900 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:4
6901 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:10 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:9
6902 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:38
6903 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:6 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:4
6904 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:6 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:8
6905 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:6 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:38
6906 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:28 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:4
6907 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:26 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:28
6908 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:8
6909 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:12 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:4
6910 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:8
6911 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:8
6912 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:4
6913 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:4
6914 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:4
6915 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:9
6916 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:4
6917 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:6 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:4
6918 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:38 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:38
6919 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:4 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:4
6920 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:11 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:39
6921 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:41 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:41
6922 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:38 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:38
6923 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:38 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:38
6924 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:5 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:41
6925 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:5 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:38
6926 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:38
6928 msgid "User Commands"
6929 msgstr "Comandos de usuário"
6932 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:20
6934 msgid "chfn - change your finger information"
6935 msgstr "Altere sua informação de finger.\n"
6938 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:24
6940 msgid "*chfn* [*-f* _full-name_] [*-o* _office_] [*-p* _office-phone_] [*-h* _home-phone_] [*-u*] [*-v*] [_username_]\n"
6944 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:28
6946 msgid "*chfn* is used to change your finger information. This information is stored in the _/etc/passwd_ file, and is displayed by the *finger* program. The Linux *finger* command will display four pieces of information that can be changed by *chfn*: your real name, your work room and phone, and your home phone.\n"
6950 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:30
6951 msgid "Any of the four pieces of information can be specified on the command line. If no information is given on the command line, *chfn* enters interactive mode."
6955 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:32
6956 msgid "In interactive mode, *chfn* will prompt for each field. At a prompt, you can enter the new information, or just press return to leave the field unchanged. Enter the keyword \"none\" to make the field blank."
6960 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:34
6962 msgid "*chfn* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchfn*(1), *lchfn*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries.\n"
6965 #. type: Labeled list
6966 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:37
6968 msgid "*-f*, *--full-name* _full-name_"
6969 msgstr " -f, --full-name <nome-completo> nome real\n"
6972 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:39
6974 msgid "Specify your real name."
6975 msgstr "não foi possível localizar o nome de seu tty"
6977 #. type: Labeled list
6978 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:40
6980 msgid "*-o*, *--office* _office_"
6981 msgstr " -o, --office <escritório> número do escritório\n"
6984 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:42
6985 msgid "Specify your office room number."
6988 #. type: Labeled list
6989 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:43
6991 msgid "*-p*, *--office-phone* _office-phone_"
6992 msgstr " -p, --office-phone <telefone> número do telefone comercial\n"
6995 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:45
6997 msgid "Specify your office phone number."
6998 msgstr " -p, --office-phone <telefone> número do telefone comercial\n"
7000 #. type: Labeled list
7001 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:46
7003 msgid "*-h*, *--home-phone* _home-phone_"
7004 msgstr " -h, --home-phone <telefone> número do telefone residencial\n"
7007 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:48
7009 msgid "Specify your home phone number."
7010 msgstr " -h, --home-phone <telefone> número do telefone residencial\n"
7012 #. type: Labeled list
7013 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:49
7015 msgid "*-u*, *--help*"
7016 msgstr "*-?*, *--help*"
7019 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:59
7021 msgid "CONFIG FILE ITEMS"
7022 msgstr "ONIE config"
7025 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:58
7027 msgid "*chfn* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (e.g., shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *chfn*:\n"
7030 #. type: Labeled list
7031 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:59
7033 msgid "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _string_"
7037 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:62
7038 msgid "Indicate which fields are changeable by *chfn*."
7042 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:64
7043 msgid "The boolean setting *\"yes\"* means that only the Office, Office Phone and Home Phone fields are changeable, and boolean setting *\"no\"* means that also the Full Name is changeable."
7047 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:66
7048 msgid "Another way to specify changeable fields is by abbreviations: f = Full Name, r = Office (room), w = Office (work) Phone, h = Home Phone. For example, *CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* allows changing work and home phone numbers."
7052 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:68
7053 msgid "If *CHFN_RESTRICT* is undefined, then all finger information is read-only. This is the default."
7057 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:72 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:54
7058 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:100
7059 msgid "Returns 0 if operation was successful, 1 if operation failed or command syntax was not valid."
7063 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:76 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:58
7064 msgid "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente]"
7068 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:83
7073 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
7078 #. chsh.1 -- change your login shell
7079 #. (c) 1994 by salvatore valente <svalente@athena.mit.edu>
7080 #. This program is free software. You can redistribute it and
7081 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
7082 #. There is no warranty.
7084 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:10
7090 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:20
7092 msgid "chsh - change your login shell"
7093 msgstr "Altere seu shell de login.\n"
7096 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:24
7098 msgid "*chsh* [*-s* _shell_] [*-l*] [*-h*] [*-v*] [_username_]\n"
7102 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:28
7104 msgid "*chsh* is used to change your login shell. If a shell is not given on the command line, *chsh* prompts for one.\n"
7108 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:30
7110 msgid "*chsh* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchsh*(1), *lchsh*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries.\n"
7113 #. type: Labeled list
7114 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:33 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:54
7116 msgid "*-s*, *--shell* _shell_"
7117 msgstr " -s, --shell <shell> executa <shell> se /etc/shells permitir\n"
7120 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:35
7122 msgid "Specify your login shell."
7123 msgstr "Altere seu shell de login.\n"
7125 #. type: Labeled list
7126 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:36
7128 msgid "*-l*, *--list-shells*"
7129 msgstr " -l, --list-shells exibe uma lista de shells e sai\n"
7132 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:38
7134 msgid "Print the list of shells listed in _/etc/shells_ and exit."
7135 msgstr " -l, --list-shells exibe uma lista de shells e sai\n"
7138 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:45
7140 msgid "VALID SHELLS"
7141 msgstr "%s não é um dispositivo de bloco válido"
7144 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:48
7146 msgid "*chsh* will accept the full pathname of any executable file on the system.\n"
7150 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:50
7151 msgid "The default behavior for non-root users is to accept only shells listed in the _/etc/shells_ file, and issue a warning for root user. It can also be configured at compile-time to only issue a warning for all users."
7155 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:65
7159 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
7167 #. Copyright (C) 1998-2004 Miquel van Smoorenburg.
7168 #. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7169 #. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
7170 #. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
7171 #. (at your option) any later version.
7172 #. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
7173 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
7174 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
7175 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
7176 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
7177 #. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
7178 #. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
7180 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:19
7186 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:29
7188 msgid "last, lastb - show a listing of last logged in users"
7189 msgstr "Mostra uma listagem dos últimos usuários autenticados.\n"
7192 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:33
7194 msgid "*last* [options] [_username_...] [_tty_...]\n"
7195 msgstr " %s [opções] [<usuário>...] [<tty>...]\n"
7198 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:35
7200 msgid "*lastb* [options] [_username_...] [_tty_...]\n"
7201 msgstr " %s [opções] [<usuário>...] [<tty>...]\n"
7204 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:39
7206 msgid "*last* searches back through the _/var/log/wtmp_ file (or the file designated by the *-f* option) and displays a list of all users logged in (and out) since that file was created. One or more _usernames_ and/or _ttys_ can be given, in which case *last* will show only the entries matching those arguments. Names of _ttys_ can be abbreviated, thus *last 0* is the same as *last tty0*.\n"
7210 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:41
7211 msgid "When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually control-C) or a SIGQUIT signal, *last* will show how far it has searched through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then terminate."
7215 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:43
7216 msgid "The pseudo user *reboot* logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus *last reboot* will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was created."
7220 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:45
7222 msgid "*lastb* is the same as *last*, except that by default it shows a log of the _/var/log/btmp_ file, which contains all the bad login attempts.\n"
7225 #. type: Labeled list
7226 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:48
7228 msgid "*-a*, *--hostlast*"
7229 msgstr "*-a*, *--hostlast*"
7232 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:50
7233 msgid "Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the *--dns* option."
7236 #. type: Labeled list
7237 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:51
7239 msgid "*-d*, *--dns*"
7240 msgstr " -d, --dns traduz o número de IP para um nome de máquina\n"
7243 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:53
7244 msgid "For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number back into a hostname."
7247 #. type: Labeled list
7248 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:67
7249 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:31
7251 msgid "*-f*, *--file* _file_"
7252 msgstr " -f, --file <arquivo> usa um arquivo específico em vez de %s\n"
7255 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:56
7256 msgid "Tell *last* to use a specific _file_ instead of _/var/log/wtmp_. The *--file* option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified files will be processed."
7259 #. type: Labeled list
7260 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:57
7262 msgid "*-F*, *--fulltimes*"
7263 msgstr " -F, --fulltimes mostra horários e datas completos de login e logout\n"
7266 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:59
7268 msgid "Print full login and logout times and dates."
7269 msgstr " -F, --fulltimes mostra horários e datas completos de login e logout\n"
7271 #. type: Labeled list
7272 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:60
7274 msgid "*-i*, *--ip*"
7275 msgstr " -i, --ip exibe números de IP na anotação números-e-pontos\n"
7278 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:62
7279 msgid "Like *--dns ,* but displays the host's IP number instead of the name."
7282 #. type: Labeled list
7283 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:63
7285 msgid "**-**__number__; *-n*, *--limit* _number_"
7286 msgstr "*-N*, *--inodes* _número_"
7289 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:65
7291 msgid "Tell *last* how many lines to show."
7292 msgstr " -<número> quantidade de linhas para mostrar\n"
7294 #. type: Labeled list
7295 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:66
7297 msgid "*-p*, *--present* _time_"
7298 msgstr " -p, --present <hora> exibe quem estava presente no horário especificado\n"
7301 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:68
7302 msgid "Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like using the options *--since* and *--until* together with the same _time_."
7305 #. type: Labeled list
7306 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:69
7308 msgid "*-R*, *--nohostname*"
7309 msgstr " -R, --nohostname não exibe o campo de nome de máquina\n"
7312 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:71
7314 msgid "Suppresses the display of the hostname field."
7315 msgstr " -R, --nohostname não exibe o campo de nome de máquina\n"
7317 #. type: Labeled list
7318 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:72
7320 msgid "*-s*, *--since* _time_"
7321 msgstr " -s, --since <hora> exibe as linhas desde o horário especificado\n"
7324 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:74
7325 msgid "Display the state of logins since the specified _time_. This is useful, e.g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The option is often combined with *--until*."
7328 #. type: Labeled list
7329 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:75
7331 msgid "*-t*, *--until* _time_"
7332 msgstr " -t, --until <hora> exibe as linhas até o horário especificado\n"
7335 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:77
7337 msgid "Display the state of logins until the specified _time_."
7338 msgstr " --until <hora> exibe as linhas até o horário especificado\n"
7340 #. type: Labeled list
7341 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:124
7343 msgid "*--time-format* _format_"
7345 " --time-format <formato> mostra marca de tempo usando o formato fornecido:\n"
7346 " [delta|reltime|ctime|notime|iso]\n"
7347 "Suspender/resumir tornará as marcas de tempo de ctime e iso imprecisas.\n"
7350 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:80
7351 msgid "Define the output timestamp _format_ to be one of _notime_, _short_, _full_, or _iso_. The _notime_ variant will not print any timestamps at all, _short_ is the default, and _full_ is the same as the *--fulltimes* option. The _iso_ variant will display the timestamp in ISO-8601 format. The ISO format contains timezone information, making it preferable when printouts are investigated outside of the system."
7354 #. type: Labeled list
7355 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:81
7357 msgid "*-w*, *--fullnames*"
7358 msgstr " -w, --fullnames exibe os nomes de domínio e usuário completos\n"
7361 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:83
7363 msgid "Display full user names and domain names in the output."
7364 msgstr " -w, --fullnames exibe os nomes de domínio e usuário completos\n"
7366 #. type: Labeled list
7367 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:84
7369 msgid "*-x*, *--system*"
7371 " -x, --system exibe entradas de desligamento do sistema e alterações\n"
7372 " no nível de execução\n"
7375 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:86
7377 msgid "Display the system shutdown entries and run level changes."
7379 " -x, --system exibe entradas de desligamento do sistema e alterações\n"
7380 " no nível de execução\n"
7383 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:87
7385 msgid "TIME FORMATS"
7386 msgstr "Formatos de arquivo"
7389 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:90
7390 msgid "The options that take the _time_ argument understand the following formats:"
7394 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:105
7397 "|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n"
7398 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n"
7399 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(seconds will be set to 00)\n"
7400 "|YYYY-MM-DD |(time will be set to 00:00:00)\n"
7401 "|hh:mm:ss |(date will be set to today)\n"
7402 "|hh:mm |(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)\n"
7404 "|yesterday |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
7405 "|today |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
7406 "|tomorrow |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
7412 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:111
7413 msgid "_/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/btmp_"
7417 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:115
7418 msgid "The files _wtmp_ and _btmp_ might not be found. The system only logs information in these files if they are present. This is a local configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created with a simple *touch*(1) command (for example, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)."
7422 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:119
7423 msgid "mailto:miquels@cistron.nl[Miquel van Smoorenburg]"
7427 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:126
7436 #. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
7437 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
7439 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:6
7442 msgstr " -E, --remote usa -r <máquina> para login(1)\n"
7445 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:16
7447 msgid "login - begin session on the system"
7448 msgstr "Inicia uma sessão no sistema.\n"
7451 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:20
7453 msgid "*login* [*-p*] [*-h* _host_] [*-H*] [*-f* _username_|_username_]\n"
7454 msgstr " %s [-p] [-h <máquina>] [-H] [-f] <usuário>]\n"
7457 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:24
7459 msgid "*login* is used when signing onto a system. If no argument is given, *login* prompts for the username.\n"
7463 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:26
7464 msgid "The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a number of password failures are permitted before *login* exits and the communications link is severed. See *LOGIN_RETRIES* in CONFIG FILE ITEMS section."
7468 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:28
7469 msgid "If password aging has been enabled for the account, the user may be prompted for a new password before proceeding. In such case old password must be provided and the new password entered before continuing. Please refer to *passwd*(1) for more information."
7473 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:30
7474 msgid "The user and group ID will be set according to their values in the _/etc/passwd_ file. There is one exception if the user ID is zero. In this case, only the primary group ID of the account is set. This should allow the system administrator to login even in case of network problems. The environment variable values for *$HOME*, *$USER*, *$SHELL*, *$PATH*, *$LOGNAME*, and *$MAIL* are set according to the appropriate fields in the password entry. *$PATH* defaults to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for normal users, and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_ for root, if not otherwise configured."
7478 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:32
7479 msgid "The environment variable *$TERM* will be preserved, if it exists, else it will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty. Other environment variables are preserved if the *-p* option is given."
7483 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:34
7484 msgid "Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user in _/etc/passwd_, then _/bin/sh_ is used. If there is no home directory specified in _/etc/passwd_, then _/_ is used, followed by _.hushlogin_ check as described below."
7488 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:36
7489 msgid "If the file _.hushlogin_ exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed. This disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and message of the day. Otherwise, if _/var/log/lastlog_ exists, the last login time is printed, and the current login is recorded."
7493 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:41
7494 msgid "Used by *getty*(8) to tell *login* to preserve the environment."
7497 #. type: Labeled list
7498 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:94
7499 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:45
7502 msgstr " -f, --fast passa -f para o shell (para csh ou tcsh)\n"
7505 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:44
7506 msgid "Used to skip a login authentication. This option is usually used by the *getty*(8) autologin feature."
7509 #. type: Labeled list
7510 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:45
7516 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:47
7517 msgid "Used by other servers (such as *telnetd*(8) to pass the name of the remote host to *login* so that it can be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the superuser is allowed use this option."
7521 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:49
7522 msgid "Note that the *-h* option has an impact on the *PAM service* *name*. The standard service name is _login_, but with the *-h* option, the name is _remote_. It is necessary to create proper PAM config files (for example, _/etc/pam.d/login_ and _/etc/pam.d/remote_)."
7525 #. type: Labeled list
7526 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:50
7532 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:52
7533 msgid "Used by other servers (for example, *telnetd*(8)) to tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. See also *LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* below."
7536 #. type: Labeled list
7537 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:42
7538 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:186 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:160
7539 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:95
7547 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:62
7549 msgid "*login* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see login.defs(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (usually shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *login*:\n"
7552 #. type: Labeled list
7553 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:63
7555 msgid "*MOTD_FILE* (string)"
7556 msgstr " %s [opções] <texto> [<arquivo>...]\n"
7559 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:65
7560 msgid "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of \"message of the day\" files and directories to be displayed upon login. If the specified path is a directory then displays all files with .motd file extension in version-sort order from the directory."
7564 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:67
7565 msgid "The default value is _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. If the *MOTD_FILE* item is empty or a quiet login is enabled, then the message of the day is not displayed. Note that the same functionality is also provided by the *pam_motd*(8) PAM module."
7569 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:69
7570 msgid "The directories in the *MOTD_FILE* are supported since version 2.36."
7574 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:71
7575 msgid "Note that *login* does not implement any filenames overriding behavior like pam_motd (see also *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*), but all content from all files is displayed. It is recommended to keep extra logic in content generators and use _/run/motd.d_ rather than rely on overriding behavior hardcoded in system tools."
7578 #. type: Labeled list
7579 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:72
7581 msgid "*MOTD_FIRSTONLY* (boolean)"
7585 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:75
7586 msgid "Forces *login* to stop display content specified by *MOTD_FILE* after the first accessible item in the list. Note that a directory is one item in this case. This option allows *login* semantics to be configured to be more compatible with pam_motd. The default value is _no_."
7589 #. type: Labeled list
7590 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:76
7592 msgid "*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* (boolean)"
7593 msgstr " -n, --skip-login não pergunta pelo nome para inciar sessão\n"
7596 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:79
7597 msgid "Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. The default value is _no_."
7600 #. type: Labeled list
7601 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:80
7603 msgid "*LOGIN_TIMEOUT* (number)"
7607 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:83
7608 msgid "Maximum time in seconds for login. The default value is _60_."
7611 #. type: Labeled list
7612 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:84
7614 msgid "*LOGIN_RETRIES* (number)"
7615 msgstr " --nice <número> executa o login com essa prioridade\n"
7618 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:87
7619 msgid "Maximum number of login retries in case of a bad password. The default value is _3_."
7622 #. type: Labeled list
7623 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:88
7625 msgid "*LOGIN_KEEP_USERNAME* (boolean)"
7629 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:91
7630 msgid "Tell *login* to only re-prompt for the password if authentication failed, but the username is valid. The default value is _no_."
7633 #. type: Labeled list
7634 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:92 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:91
7636 msgid "*FAIL_DELAY* (number)"
7637 msgstr "*FAIL_DELAY* (número)"
7640 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:95
7641 msgid "Delay in seconds before being allowed another three tries after a login failure. The default value is _5_."
7644 #. type: Labeled list
7645 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:96
7647 msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
7648 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)"
7651 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:99
7652 msgid "The terminal permissions. The default value is _0600_ or _0620_ if tty group is used."
7655 #. type: Labeled list
7656 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:100
7658 msgid "*TTYGROUP* (string)"
7659 msgstr "*TTYGROUP* (string)"
7662 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:103
7663 msgid "The login tty will be owned by the *TTYGROUP*. The default value is _tty_. If the *TTYGROUP* does not exist, then the ownership of the terminal is set to the user's primary group."
7667 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:105
7668 msgid "The *TTYGROUP* can be either the name of a group or a numeric group identifier."
7671 #. type: Labeled list
7672 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:106
7674 msgid "*HUSHLOGIN_FILE* (string)"
7675 msgstr " %s [opções] <texto> [<arquivo>...]\n"
7678 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:109
7679 msgid "If defined, this file can inhibit all the usual chatter during the login sequence. If a full pathname (for example, _/etc/hushlogins_) is specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the user's name or shell are found in the file. If this global hush login file is empty then the hushed mode will be enabled for all users."
7683 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:111
7684 msgid "If a full pathname is not specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the file exists in the user's home directory."
7688 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:113
7689 msgid "The default is to check _/etc/hushlogins_ and if it does not exist then _~/.hushlogin_."
7693 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:115
7694 msgid "If the *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* item is empty, then all the checks are disabled."
7697 #. type: Labeled list
7698 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:116
7700 msgid "*DEFAULT_HOME* (boolean)"
7701 msgstr "Fazendo login com home = \"/\".\n"
7704 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:119
7705 msgid "Indicate if login is allowed if we cannot change directory to the home directory. If set to _yes_, the user will login in the root (/) directory if it is not possible to change directory to their home. The default value is _yes_."
7708 #. type: Labeled list
7709 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:120
7711 msgid "*LASTLOG_UID_MAX* (unsigned number)"
7715 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:123
7716 msgid "Highest user ID number for which the _lastlog_ entries should be updated. As higher user IDs are usually tracked by remote user identity and authentication services there is no need to create a huge sparse _lastlog_ file for them. No LASTLOG_UID_MAX option present in the configuration means that there is no user ID limit for writing _lastlog_ entries. The default value is _ULONG_MAX_."
7719 #. type: Labeled list
7720 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:124
7722 msgid "*LOG_UNKFAIL_ENAB* (boolean)"
7726 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:127
7727 msgid "Enable display of unknown usernames when login failures are recorded. The default value is _no_."
7731 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:129
7732 msgid "Note that logging unknown usernames may be a security issue if a user enters their password instead of their login name."
7735 #. type: Labeled list
7736 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:130 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:87
7737 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:94
7739 msgid "*ENV_PATH* (string)"
7740 msgstr "*ENV_PATH* (string)"
7743 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:133
7744 msgid "If set, it will be used to define the *PATH* environment variable when a regular user logs in. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
7747 #. type: Labeled list
7748 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:134 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:90
7749 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:97
7751 msgid "*ENV_ROOTPATH* (string)"
7752 msgstr "*ENV_ROOTPATH* (string)"
7754 #. type: Labeled list
7755 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:135 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:91
7756 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:98
7758 msgid "*ENV_SUPATH* (string)"
7759 msgstr "*ENV_SUPATH* (string)"
7762 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:138
7763 msgid "If set, it will be used to define the PATH environment variable when the superuser logs in. *ENV_ROOTPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
7767 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:152
7768 msgid "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
7772 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:156
7773 msgid "The undocumented BSD *-r* option is not supported. This may be required by some *rlogind*(8) programs."
7777 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:158
7778 msgid "A recursive login, as used to be possible in the good old days, no longer works; for most purposes *su*(1) is a satisfactory substitute. Indeed, for security reasons, *login* does a *vhangup*(2) system call to remove any possible listening processes on the tty. This is to avoid password sniffing. If one uses the command *login*, then the surrounding shell gets killed by *vhangup*(2) because it's no longer the true owner of the tty. This can be avoided by using *exec login* in a top-level shell or xterm."
7782 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:162
7783 msgid "Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] for HP-UX. Ported to Linux 0.12: mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. Rewritten to a PAM-only version by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
7787 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:174
7801 #. Copyright 2014 Ondrej Oprala (ondrej.oprala@gmail.com)
7802 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
7804 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:4
7810 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:14
7812 msgid "lslogins - display information about known users in the system"
7813 msgstr "Exibe informação sobre usuários conhecidos no sistema.\n"
7816 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:18
7818 msgid "*lslogins* [options] [*-s*|*-u*[=_UID_]] [*-g* _groups_] [*-l* _logins_] [_username_]\n"
7822 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:22
7823 msgid "Examine the wtmp and btmp logs, _/etc/shadow_ (if necessary) and _/passwd_ and output the desired data."
7827 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:24
7828 msgid "The optional argument _username_ forces *lslogins* to print all available details about the specified user only. In this case the output format is different than in case of *-l* or *-g* and unknown is _username_ reported as an error."
7832 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:26
7833 msgid "The default action is to list info about all the users in the system."
7837 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:30
7838 msgid "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too."
7839 msgstr "Argumentos obrigatórios para opções longas também o são para opções curtas."
7841 #. type: Labeled list
7842 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:31
7844 msgid "*-a*, *--acc-expiration*"
7845 msgstr "*-a*, *--acc-expiration*"
7848 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:33
7849 msgid "Display data about the date of last password change and the account expiration date (see *shadow*(5) for more info). (Requires root privileges.)"
7852 #. type: Labeled list
7853 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:34
7855 msgid "*--btmp-file* _path_"
7856 msgstr "*--btmp-file* _caminho_"
7859 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:36
7861 msgid "Alternate path for btmp."
7863 " --btmp-file <caminho>\n"
7864 " define um caminho alternativo para btmp\n"
7866 #. type: Labeled list
7867 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:37
7869 msgid "*-c*, *--colon-separate*"
7870 msgstr "*-c*, *--colon-separate*"
7873 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:39
7874 msgid "Separate info about each user with a colon instead of a newline."
7877 #. type: Labeled list
7878 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:51
7880 msgid "*-e*, *--export*"
7881 msgstr " -e, --export exibe em um formato de saída exportável\n"
7884 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:42
7886 msgid "Output data in the format of NAME=VALUE."
7887 msgstr " -P, --pairs usa o formato de saída chave=\"valor\"\n"
7889 #. type: Labeled list
7890 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:43
7892 msgid "*-f*, *--failed*"
7893 msgstr " -f, --failed exibe dados das últimas falhas de login do usuário\n"
7896 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:45
7898 msgid "Display data about the users' last failed login attempts."
7899 msgstr " -f, --failed exibe dados das últimas falhas de login do usuário\n"
7901 #. type: Labeled list
7902 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:46
7904 msgid "*-G*, *--supp-groups*"
7905 msgstr " -G, --supp-groups exibe informação sobre grupos\n"
7908 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:48
7910 msgid "Show information about supplementary groups."
7911 msgstr " -G, --supp-groups exibe informação sobre grupos\n"
7913 #. type: Labeled list
7914 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:49
7916 msgid "*-g*, **--groups**=_groups_"
7917 msgstr " -g, --groups=<grupos> exibe usuários pertencentes a um grupo em <grupos>\n"
7920 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:51
7921 msgid "Only show data of users belonging to _groups_. More than one group may be specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown group names are ignored."
7925 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:53
7926 msgid "Note that relation between user and group may be invisible for primary group if the user is not explicitly specify as group member (e.g., in _/etc/group_). If the command *lslogins* scans for groups than it uses groups database only, and user database with primary GID is not used at all."
7930 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:56
7932 msgid "Display help information and exit."
7933 msgstr "Exibe informação da versão e sai."
7935 #. type: Labeled list
7936 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:57
7938 msgid "*-L*, *--last*"
7940 " -L, --last mostra informações sobre sessões do último login\n"
7944 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:59
7945 msgid "Display data containing information about the users' last login sessions."
7948 #. type: Labeled list
7949 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:60
7951 msgid "*-l*, **--logins**=_logins_"
7952 msgstr " -l, --logins=<logins> exibe apenas usuários de <logins>\n"
7955 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:62
7956 msgid "Only show data of users with a login specified in _logins_ (user names or user IDS). More than one login may be specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown login names are ignored."
7959 #. type: Labeled list
7960 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:60
7962 msgid "*-n*, *--newline*"
7963 msgstr " -n, --newline exibe cada pedaço de informação em uma nova linha\n"
7966 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:62
7968 msgid "Display each piece of information on a separate line."
7969 msgstr " -n, --newline exibe cada pedaço de informação em uma nova linha\n"
7971 #. type: Labeled list
7972 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:66 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:63
7973 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:77
7975 msgid "*--noheadings*"
7976 msgstr " -n, --noheadings não exibe os cabeçalhos\n"
7979 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:68 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:90
7980 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:77 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:47
7981 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:55 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:60
7982 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:47
7983 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:48
7984 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:32
7986 msgid "Do not print a header line."
7987 msgstr " --nohints não mostra dicas\n"
7989 #. type: Labeled list
7990 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:69 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:66
7992 msgid "*--notruncate*"
7993 msgstr " -u, --notruncate não trunca texto em colunas\n"
7996 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:71 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:68
7998 msgid "Don't truncate output."
7999 msgstr " --notruncate não trunca a saída\n"
8002 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:74
8003 msgid "Specify which output columns to print. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_."
8007 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:77
8009 msgid "Output all available columns. *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
8010 msgstr "Especifica quais colunas de saída exibir. Use *--help* para obter uma lista de todas as colunas suportadas."
8012 #. type: Labeled list
8013 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:78
8015 msgid "*-p*, *--pwd*"
8016 msgstr " -p, --pwd exibe informação relacionada a login por senha.\n"
8019 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:80
8020 msgid "Display information related to login by password (see also *-afL).*"
8024 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:83 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:77
8025 msgid "Raw output (no columnation)."
8028 #. type: Labeled list
8029 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:84
8031 msgid "*-s*, *--system-accs*"
8032 msgstr " -s, --system-accs exibe contas de sistema\n"
8035 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:86
8036 msgid "Show system accounts. These are by default all accounts with a UID between 101 and 999 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). This hardcoded default may be overwritten by parameters SYS_UID_MIN and SYS_UID_MAX in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
8039 #. type: Labeled list
8040 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:87 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:81
8042 msgid "*--time-format* _type_"
8043 msgstr " --time-format=<tipo> exibe datas no formato, curto, completo ou iso\n"
8046 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:89 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:83
8047 msgid "Display dates in short, full or iso format. The default is short, this time format is designed to be space efficient and human readable."
8050 #. type: Labeled list
8051 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:90
8053 msgid "*-u*, *--user-accs*"
8054 msgstr " -u, --user-accs exibe contas de usuários\n"
8057 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:92
8058 msgid "Show user accounts. These are by default all accounts with UID above 1000 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). This hardcoded default maybe overwritten by parameters UID_MIN and UID_MAX in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
8061 #. type: Labeled list
8062 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:96
8064 msgid "*--wtmp-file* _path_"
8065 msgstr "*--wtmp-file* _caminho_"
8068 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:98
8070 msgid "Alternate path for wtmp."
8072 " --wtmp-file <caminho>\n"
8073 " define um caminho alternativo para wtmp\n"
8075 #. type: Labeled list
8076 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:99
8078 msgid "*--lastlog* _path_"
8079 msgstr " --lastlog <caminho> define um caminho alternativo para lastlog\n"
8082 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:101
8084 msgid "Alternate path for *lastlog*(8)."
8085 msgstr " --lastlog <caminho> define um caminho alternativo para lastlog\n"
8087 #. type: Labeled list
8088 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:102
8090 msgid "*-Z*, *--context*"
8091 msgstr " -Z, --context exibe contextos SELinux\n"
8094 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:104
8096 msgid "Display the users' security context."
8097 msgstr "o contexto de segurança do usuário"
8099 #. type: Labeled list
8100 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:105
8102 msgid "*-z*, *--print0*"
8103 msgstr " -z, --print0 delimita entradas de usuários com um caractere nulo\n"
8106 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:107
8108 msgid "Delimit user entries with a nul character, instead of a newline."
8109 msgstr " -z, --print0 delimita entradas de usuários com um caractere nulo\n"
8112 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:112 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:91
8116 #. type: Labeled list
8117 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:113 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:105
8118 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:112 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:129
8119 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:289
8120 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:92
8126 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:115 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:94
8128 msgid "if incorrect arguments specified,"
8129 msgstr "Valor incorreto."
8131 #. type: Labeled list
8132 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:116 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:292
8133 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:95
8139 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:118
8140 msgid "if a serious error occurs (e.g., a corrupt log)."
8144 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:122
8145 msgid "The default UID thresholds are read from _/etc/login.defs_."
8149 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:123 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:63
8150 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:127 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:141
8151 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:64 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:161
8152 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:131
8153 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1434
8154 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:122
8155 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:164 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:176
8156 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:95 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:156
8157 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:81 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:80
8158 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:123 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:70
8159 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:67 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:145
8160 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:184 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:76
8166 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:126
8167 msgid "The *lslogins* utility is inspired by the *logins* utility, which first appeared in FreeBSD 4.10."
8171 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:106
8172 msgid "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
8176 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:138
8185 #. Original author unknown. This man page is in the public domain.
8186 #. Modified Sat Oct 9 17:46:48 1993 by faith@cs.unc.edu
8188 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:4
8194 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:14
8196 msgid "newgrp - log in to a new group"
8197 msgstr "Acessa um novo grupo.\n"
8200 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:18
8202 msgid "newgrp [_group_]"
8203 msgstr "grupo inexistente"
8206 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:22
8208 msgid "*newgrp* changes the group identification of its caller, analogously to *login*(1). The same person remains logged in, and the current directory is unchanged, but calculations of access permissions to files are performed with respect to the new group ID.\n"
8212 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:24
8213 msgid "If no group is specified, the GID is changed to the login GID."
8217 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:29
8218 msgid "_/etc/group_, _/etc/passwd_"
8219 msgstr "_/etc/group_, _/etc/passwd_"
8222 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:33
8223 msgid "Originally by Michael Haardt. Currently maintained by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]."
8227 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:38
8235 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:2
8238 msgstr "login desabilitado por nologin(8) ou pam_nologin(8)"
8241 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:12
8243 msgid "nologin - politely refuse a login"
8244 msgstr "Recursar educadamente um login.\n"
8247 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:16
8249 msgid "*nologin* [*-V*] [*-h*]\n"
8250 msgstr "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n"
8253 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:20
8255 msgid "*nologin* displays a message that an account is not available and exits non-zero. It is intended as a replacement shell field to deny login access to an account.\n"
8259 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:22
8260 msgid "If the file _/etc/nologin.txt_ exists, *nologin* displays its contents to the user instead of the default message."
8264 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:24
8266 msgid "The exit status returned by *nologin* is always 1."
8267 msgstr "O status de saída retornado por *mkfs* é 0 em caso de sucesso e 1 em caso de falha."
8270 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:28
8272 msgid "*-c*, *--command* _command_\n"
8273 msgstr "*-c*, *--command* _comando_\n"
8276 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:30
8278 msgid "*--init-file*\n"
8279 msgstr "*--init-file*\n"
8282 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:32
8284 msgid "*-i* *--interactive*\n"
8285 msgstr " -i, --interactive pede confirmação antes de sobrescrever\n"
8288 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:34
8290 msgid "*--init-file* _file_\n"
8291 msgstr "tamanho do arquivo"
8294 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:36
8296 msgid "*-i*, *--interactive*\n"
8297 msgstr " -i, --interactive pede confirmação antes de sobrescrever\n"
8300 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:38
8302 msgid "*-l*, *--login*\n"
8304 " -l, --login-program <arquivo>\n"
8305 " especifica o programa usado para iniciar sessão\n"
8308 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:40
8310 msgid "*--noprofile*\n"
8314 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:42
8320 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:44
8323 msgstr " -x, --posix usa posix_fallocate(3) em vez de fallocate(2)\n"
8326 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:46
8328 msgid "*--rcfile* _file_\n"
8329 msgstr "tamanho do arquivo"
8332 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:48
8334 msgid "*-r*, *--restricted*\n"
8335 msgstr "*-r*, *--restricted*\n"
8338 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:50
8339 msgid "These shell command-line options are ignored to avoid *nologin* error."
8343 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:60
8345 msgid "*nologin* is a per-account way to disable login (usually used for system accounts like http or ftp). *nologin* uses _/etc/nologin.txt_ as an optional source for a non-default message, the login access is always refused independently of the file.\n"
8349 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:62
8351 msgid "*pam_nologin*(8) PAM module usually prevents all non-root users from logging into the system. *pam_nologin*(8) functionality is controlled by _/var/run/nologin_ or the _/etc/nologin_ file.\n"
8355 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:66
8356 msgid "The *nologin* command appeared in 4.4BSD."
8360 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:76
8365 "*pam_nologin*(8)\n"
8369 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:2
8375 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:12
8376 msgid "runuser - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
8380 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:16
8382 msgid "*runuser* [options] *-u* _user_ [[--] _command_ [_argument_...]]\n"
8386 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:18
8388 msgid "*runuser* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
8389 msgstr " %s [opções] [-] [<usuário> [<argumento>...]]\n"
8392 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:22
8394 msgid "*runuser* can be used to run commands with a substitute user and group ID. If the option *-u* is not given, *runuser* falls back to *su*-compatible semantics and a shell is executed. The difference between the commands *runuser* and *su* is that *runuser* does not ask for a password (because it may be executed by the root user only) and it uses a different PAM configuration. The command *runuser* does not have to be installed with set-user-ID permissions.\n"
8398 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:24
8399 msgid "If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to use the *setpriv*(1) command."
8403 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:26
8404 msgid "When called without arguments, *runuser* defaults to running an interactive shell as _root_."
8408 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:28
8409 msgid "For backward compatibility, *runuser* defaults to not changing the current directory and to setting only the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). This version of *runuser* uses PAM for session management."
8413 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:30
8414 msgid "Note that *runuser* in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the final environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
8417 #. type: Labeled list
8418 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:33
8420 msgid "*-c*, *--command*=_command_"
8421 msgstr "*-c*, *--command*=_comando_"
8424 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:35 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:35
8425 msgid "Pass _command_ to the shell with the *-c* option."
8428 #. type: Labeled list
8429 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:36 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:36
8431 msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
8432 msgstr " -f, --fast passa -f para o shell (para csh ou tcsh)\n"
8435 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:38
8436 msgid "Pass *-f* to the shell, which may or may not be useful, depending on the shell."
8439 #. type: Labeled list
8440 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:39
8442 msgid "*-g*, *--group*=_group_"
8443 msgstr " -g, --group <grupo> só envia mensagem ao grupo\n"
8446 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:41
8447 msgid "The primary group to be used. This option is allowed for the root user only."
8450 #. type: Labeled list
8451 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:42
8453 msgid "*-G*, *--supp-group*=_group_"
8454 msgstr " -G, --supp-group <grupo> especifica um grupo suplementar\n"
8457 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:44 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:44
8458 msgid "Specify a supplementary group. This option is available to the root user only. The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary group if the option *--group* is not specified."
8461 #. type: Labeled list
8462 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:45 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:45
8464 msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
8466 " -l, --login-program <arquivo>\n"
8467 " especifica o programa usado para iniciar sessão\n"
8470 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:47 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:47
8471 msgid "Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login:"
8475 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:49
8476 msgid "clears all the environment variables except for *TERM* and variables specified by *--whitelist-environment*"
8480 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:50 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:50
8481 msgid "initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*"
8485 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:51 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:51
8486 msgid "changes to the target user's home directory"
8490 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:52 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:52
8491 msgid "sets argv[0] of the shell to '*-*' in order to make the shell a login shell"
8494 #. type: Labeled list
8495 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:53 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:56
8497 msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
8498 msgstr " -P, --pty cria um novo pseudoterminal\n"
8501 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:55
8502 msgid "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --pty -u username -- command &*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *runuser* works as a proxy between the sessions (copy stdin and stdout)."
8506 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:57
8507 msgid "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | runuser --pty -u user*), then the ECHO flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid messy output."
8510 #. type: Labeled list
8511 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:58 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:53
8513 msgid "*-m*, *-p*, *--preserve-environment*"
8514 msgstr " -m, -p, --preserve-environment não restaura as variáveis de ambiente\n"
8517 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:60
8518 msgid "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or *LOGNAME*. The option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
8521 #. type: Labeled list
8522 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:61
8524 msgid "*-s*, *--shell*=_shell_"
8525 msgstr " -s, --shell <shell> executa <shell> se /etc/shells permitir\n"
8528 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:63 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:63
8529 msgid "Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. The shell to run is selected according to the following rules, in order:"
8533 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:65 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:65
8535 msgid "the shell specified with *--shell*"
8536 msgstr "nenhum shell"
8539 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:66
8540 msgid "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL* if the *--preserve-environment* option is used"
8544 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:67 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:67
8545 msgid "the shell listed in the passwd entry of the target user"
8549 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:68 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:68
8554 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:70
8555 msgid "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/shells_), then the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is root."
8558 #. type: Labeled list
8559 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:71 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:71
8561 msgid "**--session-command=**__command__"
8563 " --session-command <comando> passa um comando para o shell com -c\n"
8564 " e não cria uma nova sessão\n"
8567 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:73 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:73
8568 msgid "Same as *-c*, but do not create a new session. (Discouraged.)"
8571 #. type: Labeled list
8572 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:74
8574 msgid "*-w*, *--whitelist-environment*=_list_"
8575 msgstr " -w, --whitelist-environment <lista> não restaura as variáveis especificadas\n"
8578 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:76 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:76
8579 msgid "Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated _list_ when clearing the environment for *--login*. The whitelist is ignored for the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*."
8583 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:83 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:87
8585 msgid "CONFIG FILES"
8586 msgstr "ONIE config"
8589 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:86
8591 msgid "*runuser* reads the _/etc/default/runuser_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *runuser*:\n"
8595 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:89
8596 msgid "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
8600 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:93 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:100
8601 msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for root. *ENV_SUPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
8604 #. type: Labeled list
8605 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:94 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:101
8607 msgid "*ALWAYS_SET_PATH* (boolean)"
8608 msgstr "falha ao definir a variável de ambiente PATH"
8611 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:96
8612 msgid "If set to _yes_ and --login and --preserve-environment were not specified *runuser* initializes *PATH*."
8616 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:98 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:105
8617 msgid "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and _/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_; this variable is also affected by the *--login* command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., *pam_env*(8))."
8621 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:102
8623 msgid "*runuser* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *runuser* returns the number of the signal plus 128.\n"
8627 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:104
8628 msgid "Exit status generated by *runuser* itself:"
8632 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:114
8633 msgid "Generic error before executing the requested command"
8636 #. type: Labeled list
8637 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:114
8643 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:109 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:116
8644 msgid "The requested command could not be executed"
8647 #. type: Labeled list
8648 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:109 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:116
8654 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:111 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:118
8656 msgid "The requested command was not found"
8657 msgstr "%s: não encontrado"
8659 #. type: Labeled list
8660 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:115
8662 msgid "_/etc/pam.d/runuser_"
8663 msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/runuser_"
8666 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:117 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:123
8668 msgid "default PAM configuration file"
8670 " -p, --profile <arquivo-perfil>\n"
8671 " (padrão: \"%s\")\n"
8673 #. type: Labeled list
8674 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:118
8676 msgid "_/etc/pam.d/runuser-l_"
8677 msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/runuser-l_"
8680 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:120 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:126
8681 msgid "PAM configuration file if *--login* is specified"
8684 #. type: Labeled list
8685 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:121
8687 msgid "_/etc/default/runuser_"
8688 msgstr "_/etc/default/runuser_"
8691 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:123
8692 msgid "runuser specific logindef config file"
8695 #. type: Labeled list
8696 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:124 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:130
8698 msgid "_/etc/login.defs_"
8699 msgstr "Erro na leitura de login.defs: %s"
8702 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:126 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:132
8703 msgid "global logindef config file"
8707 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:130
8708 msgid "This *runuser* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora *runuser* command by Dan Walsh."
8712 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:138
8717 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
8723 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:2
8727 "Executa <comando> com o id de usuário e id de grupo do <usuário>. Se -u não\n"
8728 "for passado, usa-se semântica compatível com su(1) e o shell é executada\n"
8729 "As opções -c, -f, -l e -s são mutuamente exclusivas para -u.\n"
8732 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:12
8733 msgid "su - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
8737 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:16
8739 msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
8740 msgstr " %s [opções] [-] [<usuário> [<argumento>...]]\n"
8743 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:20
8745 msgid "*su* allows commands to be run with a substitute user and group ID.\n"
8749 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:22
8750 msgid "When called with no _user_ specified, *su* defaults to running an interactive shell as _root_. When _user_ is specified, additional __argument__s can be supplied, in which case they are passed to the shell."
8754 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:24
8755 msgid "For backward compatibility, *su* defaults to not change the current directory and to only set the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). It is recommended to always use the *--login* option (instead of its shortcut *-*) to avoid side effects caused by mixing environments."
8759 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:26
8760 msgid "This version of *su* uses PAM for authentication, account and session management. Some configuration options found in other *su* implementations, such as support for a wheel group, have to be configured via PAM."
8764 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:28
8766 msgid "*su* is mostly designed for unprivileged users, the recommended solution for privileged users (e.g., scripts executed by root) is to use non-set-user-ID command *runuser*(1) that does not require authentication and provides separate PAM configuration. If the PAM session is not required at all then the recommended solution is to use command *setpriv*(1).\n"
8770 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:30
8771 msgid "Note that *su* in all cases uses PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) to do the final environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
8774 #. type: Labeled list
8775 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:33
8777 msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
8778 msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__comando__"
8780 #. type: Labeled list
8781 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:39
8783 msgid "*-g*, **--group**=__group__"
8784 msgstr " -g, --group <grupo> só envia mensagem ao grupo\n"
8787 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:41
8788 msgid "Specify the primary group. This option is available to the root user only."
8791 #. type: Labeled list
8792 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:42
8794 msgid "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__group__"
8795 msgstr " -G, --supp-group <grupo> especifica um grupo suplementar\n"
8798 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:49
8799 msgid "clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified by *--whitelist-environment*"
8803 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:55
8804 msgid "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or *LOGNAME*. This option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
8808 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:58
8809 msgid "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., \"su --pty - username -c application &\"). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *su* works as a proxy between the sessions (copy stdin and stdout)."
8813 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:60
8814 msgid "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., echo \"date\" | su --pty), then the ECHO flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid messy output."
8817 #. type: Labeled list
8818 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:61
8820 msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
8821 msgstr " -s, --shell <shell> executa <shell> se /etc/shells permitir\n"
8824 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:66
8825 msgid "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL*, if the *--preserve-environment* option is used"
8829 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:70
8830 msgid "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in /etc/shells), the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is root."
8833 #. type: Labeled list
8834 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:74
8836 msgid "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__list__"
8837 msgstr " -w, --whitelist-environment <lista> não restaura as variáveis especificadas\n"
8840 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:83 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:128
8846 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:86
8847 msgid "Upon receiving either *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* or *SIGTERM*, *su* terminates its child and afterwards terminates itself with the received signal. The child is terminated by *SIGTERM*, after unsuccessful attempt and 2 seconds of delay the child is killed by *SIGKILL*."
8851 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:90
8853 msgid "*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *su:*\n"
8857 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:93
8858 msgid "Delay in seconds in case of an authentication failure. The number must be a non-negative integer."
8862 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:96
8863 msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
8867 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:103
8868 msgid "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not specified *su* initializes *PATH*."
8872 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:109
8874 msgid "*su* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *su* returns the number of the signal plus 128.\n"
8878 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:111
8879 msgid "Exit status generated by *su* itself:"
8882 #. type: Labeled list
8883 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:121
8885 msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su_"
8886 msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su_"
8888 #. type: Labeled list
8889 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:124
8891 msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su-l_"
8892 msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su-l_"
8894 #. type: Labeled list
8895 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:127
8897 msgid "_/etc/default/su_"
8898 msgstr "_/etc/default/su_"
8901 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:129
8902 msgid "command specific logindef config file"
8906 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:136
8907 msgid "For security reasons, *su* always logs failed log-in attempts to the btmp file, but it does not write to the _lastlog_ file at all. This solution can be used to control *su* behavior by PAM configuration. If you want to use the *pam_lastlog*(8) module to print warning message about failed log-in attempts then *pam_lastlog*(8) has to be configured to update the _lastlog_ file as well. For example by:"
8910 #. type: delimited block _
8911 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:139
8912 msgid "session required pam_lastlog.so nowtmp"
8916 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:144
8917 msgid "This *su* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an implementation by David MacKenzie. The util-linux version has been refactored by Karel Zak."
8921 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:152
8925 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
8934 #. Copyright (C) 1998-2006 Miquel van Smoorenburg.
8935 #. Copyright (C) 2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
8936 #. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8937 #. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8938 #. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
8939 #. (at your option) any later version.
8940 #. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
8941 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
8942 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
8943 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
8944 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
8945 #. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
8946 #. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
8948 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:20
8953 "Não foi possível abrir acesso ao console, a conta root está travada.\n"
8954 "Veja a página man do sulogin(8) para mais detalhes.\n"
8956 "Pressione Enter para continuar.\n"
8959 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:31
8961 msgid "sulogin - single-user login"
8962 msgstr "Login como um usuário único.\n"
8965 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:35
8967 msgid "*sulogin* [options] [_tty_]\n"
8968 msgstr " %s [opções] [dispositivo tty]\n"
8971 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:39
8973 msgid "*sulogin* is invoked by *init* when the system goes into single-user mode.\n"
8977 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:41
8979 msgid "The user is prompted:"
8980 msgstr "Comandos de usuário"
8983 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:43
8984 msgid "Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal startup):"
8988 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:45
8989 msgid "If the root account is locked and *--force* is specified, no password is required."
8993 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:47
8995 msgid "*sulogin* will be connected to the current terminal, or to the optional _tty_ device that can be specified on the command line (typically _/dev/console_).\n"
8999 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:49
9000 msgid "When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the prompt, the system will continue to boot."
9003 #. type: Labeled list
9004 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:52
9006 msgid "*-e*, *--force*"
9008 " -p, --login-shell inicia um shell de login\n"
9009 " -t, --timeout <segundos> tempo máximo de espera por uma senha\n"
9010 " (padrão: sem limite)\n"
9011 " -e, --force examina arquivos de senha diretamente, se\n"
9012 " getpwnam(3) falhar\n"
9014 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
9016 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:55
9017 msgid "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via *getpwnam*(3) fails, then examine _/etc/passwd_ and _/etc/shadow_ to get the password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root account is locked by '!' or '{asterisk}' at the begin of the password then *sulogin* will *start a root shell without asking for a password*."
9021 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:57
9022 msgid "Only use the *-e* option if you are sure the console is physically protected against unauthorized access."
9025 #. type: Labeled list
9026 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:58
9028 msgid "*-p*, *--login-shell*"
9030 " -p, --login-shell inicia um shell de login\n"
9031 " -t, --timeout <segundos> tempo máximo de espera por uma senha\n"
9032 " (padrão: sem limite)\n"
9033 " -e, --force examina arquivos de senha diretamente, se\n"
9034 " getpwnam(3) falhar\n"
9037 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:60
9038 msgid "Specifying this option causes *sulogin* to start the shell process as a login shell."
9041 #. type: Labeled list
9042 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:61
9044 msgid "*-t*, *--timeout* _seconds_"
9046 " -p, --login-shell inicia um shell de login\n"
9047 " -t, --timeout <segundos> tempo máximo de espera por uma senha\n"
9048 " (padrão: sem limite)\n"
9049 " -e, --force examina arquivos de senha diretamente, se\n"
9050 " getpwnam(3) falhar\n"
9053 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:63
9054 msgid "Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, *sulogin* will wait forever."
9058 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:73
9060 msgid "*sulogin* looks for the environment variable *SUSHELL* or *sushell* to determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it will try to execute root's shell from _/etc/passwd_. If that fails, it will fall back to _/bin/sh_.\n"
9064 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:77
9066 msgid "*sulogin* was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg for sysvinit and later ported to util-linux by Dave Reisner and Karel Zak.\n"
9072 #. Copyright (C) 2010 Michael Krapp
9073 #. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9074 #. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9075 #. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
9076 #. (at your option) any later version.
9077 #. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
9078 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
9079 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
9080 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
9081 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
9082 #. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
9083 #. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
9085 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:19
9091 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:29
9093 msgid "utmpdump - dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format"
9094 msgstr "Despeja arquivos UTMP e WTMP em formato não tratado (raw).\n"
9097 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:33
9099 msgid "*utmpdump* [options] _filename_\n"
9100 msgstr " %s [opções] [nome-arquivo]\n"
9103 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:37
9105 msgid "*utmpdump* is a simple program to dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format, so they can be examined. *utmpdump* reads from stdin unless a _filename_ is passed.\n"
9108 #. type: Labeled list
9109 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:40
9111 msgid "*-f*, *--follow*"
9112 msgstr " -f, --follow exibe dados apensados na medida que cresce\n"
9115 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:42
9117 msgid "Output appended data as the file grows."
9118 msgstr " -f, --follow exibe dados apensados na medida que cresce\n"
9120 #. type: Labeled list
9121 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:43
9123 msgid "*-o*, *--output* _file_"
9125 " -o, --output <arquivo>\n"
9126 " escreve no arquivo em vez da saída padrão\n"
9129 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:45
9131 msgid "Write command output to _file_ instead of standard output."
9133 " -o, --output <arquivo>\n"
9134 " escreve no arquivo em vez da saída padrão\n"
9136 #. type: Labeled list
9137 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:46
9139 msgid "*-r*, *--reverse*"
9140 msgstr " -r, --reverse escreve dados despejados no arquivo utmp\n"
9143 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:48
9144 msgid "Undump, write back edited login information into the utmp or wtmp files."
9148 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:58
9150 msgid "*utmpdump* can be useful in cases of corrupted utmp or wtmp entries. It can dump out utmp/wtmp to an ASCII file, which can then be edited to remove bogus entries, and reintegrated using:\n"
9153 #. type: delimited block _
9154 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:61
9156 msgid "*utmpdump -r < ascii_file > wtmp*\n"
9160 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:64
9161 msgid "But be warned, *utmpdump* was written for debugging purposes only."
9165 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:68
9166 msgid "Only the binary version of the *utmp*(5) is standardised. Textual dumps may become incompatible in future."
9170 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:70
9171 msgid "The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using *ctime*(3) timestamp format. Newer dumps use millisecond precision ISO-8601 timestamp format in UTC-0 timezone. Conversion from former timestamp format can be made to binary, although attempt to do so can lead the timestamps to drift amount of timezone offset."
9175 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:74
9176 msgid "You may *not* use the *-r* option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp files strongly depends on the input format. This tool was *not* written for normal use, but for debugging only."
9180 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:78
9181 msgid "Michael Krapp"
9185 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:85
9197 #. Copyright (c) 1983, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
9198 #. All rights reserved.
9199 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
9200 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
9202 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9203 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
9204 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
9205 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
9206 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
9207 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
9208 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
9209 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
9210 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
9211 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
9212 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
9213 #. without specific prior written permission.
9214 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
9215 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
9216 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
9217 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
9218 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
9219 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
9220 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
9221 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
9222 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
9223 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
9225 #. @(#)vipw.8 6.7 (Berkeley) 3/16/91
9227 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:36
9233 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:46
9235 msgid "vipw, vigr - edit the password or group file"
9236 msgstr "Edita o arquivo de grupos ou de senhas.\n"
9239 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:50
9241 msgid "*vipw* [options]\n"
9247 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:52
9249 msgid "*vigr* [options]\n"
9255 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:56
9257 msgid "*vipw* edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, and does any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked. If the password file is already locked for editing by another user, *vipw* will ask you to try again later. The default editor for *vipw* and *vigr* is *vi*(1). *vigr* edits the group file in the same manner as *vipw* does the passwd file.\n"
9261 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:60
9262 msgid "If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by *vipw* and *vigr*:"
9265 #. type: Labeled list
9266 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:61 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:181
9272 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:63
9273 msgid "The editor specified by the string *EDITOR* will be invoked instead of the default editor *vi*(1)."
9277 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:67
9278 msgid "The *vipw* command appeared in 4.0BSD. The *vigr* command appeared in Util-Linux 2.6."
9282 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:74
9292 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:77
9293 msgid "The *vigr* and *vipw* commands are part of the util-linux package and are available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]"
9296 #. Copyright 2000 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com)
9297 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
9299 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:4
9305 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:15
9306 msgid "blkid - locate/print block device attributes"
9310 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:19
9312 msgid "*blkid* *--label* _label_ | *--uuid* _uuid_\n"
9314 " %s --label <rótulo> | --uuid <uuid>\n"
9318 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:21
9320 msgid "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _file_] [*--output* _format_][*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* _NAME=value_] [_device_...]\n"
9324 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:23
9326 msgid "*blkid* *--probe* [*--offset* _offset_] [*--output* _format_] [*--size* _size_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-types* _list_] [*--usages* _list_] [*--no-part-details*] _device_...\n"
9330 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:25
9332 msgid "*blkid* *--info* [*--output format*] [*--match-tag* _tag_] _device_...\n"
9336 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:29
9337 msgid "The *blkid* program is the command-line interface to working with the *libblkid*(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes (tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID fields)."
9341 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:31
9343 msgid "*It is recommended to use* *lsblk*(8) *command to get information about block devices, or lsblk --fs to get an overview of filesystems, or* *findmnt*(8) *to search in already mounted filesystems.*\n"
9346 #. type: delimited block _
9347 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:34
9349 msgid "*lsblk*(8) provides more information, better control on output formatting, easy to use in scripts and it does not require root permissions to get actual information. *blkid* reads information directly from devices and for non-root users it returns cached unverified information. *blkid* is mostly designed for system services and to test *libblkid*(3) functionality.\n"
9353 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:37
9354 msgid "When _device_ is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It is possible to specify multiple _device_ arguments on the command line. If none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ are shown, if they are recognized."
9358 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:39
9360 msgid "*blkid* has two main forms of operation: either searching for a device with a specific NAME=value pair, or displaying NAME=value pairs for one or more specified devices.\n"
9364 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:41
9365 msgid "For security reasons *blkid* silently ignores all devices where the probing result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-level probing mode (*-p*) provides more information and extra exit status in this case. It's recommended to use *wipefs*(8) to get a detailed overview and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device."
9369 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:45
9370 msgid "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
9373 #. type: Labeled list
9374 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:46
9376 msgid "*-c*, *--cache-file* _cachefile_"
9380 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:48
9381 msgid "Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see the CONFIGURATION FILE section for more details). If you want to start with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_."
9384 #. type: Labeled list
9385 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:49
9387 msgid "*-d*, *--no-encoding*"
9388 msgstr " -d, --no-encoding não codifica caracteres não imprimíveis\n"
9391 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:51
9392 msgid "Don't encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the *--output udev* output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
9395 #. type: Labeled list
9396 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:52
9398 msgid "*-D*, *--no-part-details*"
9399 msgstr " -D, --no-part-details não exibe informações da tabela de partição\n"
9402 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:54
9403 msgid "Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-level probing mode."
9406 #. type: Labeled list
9407 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:55
9409 msgid "*-g*, *--garbage-collect*"
9410 msgstr " -g, --garbage-collect coleta de lixo no cache de blkid\n"
9413 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:57
9414 msgid "Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which no longer exist."
9418 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:60
9420 msgid "Display a usage message and exit."
9421 msgstr "Exibe informação da versão e sai."
9423 #. type: Labeled list
9424 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:33
9426 msgid "*-i*, *--info*"
9427 msgstr " -i, --info junta informações sobre limites E/S\n"
9430 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:63
9431 msgid "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The 'export' output format is automatically enabled. This option can be used together with the *--probe* option."
9434 #. type: Labeled list
9435 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:64
9437 msgid "*-k*, *--list-filesystems*"
9439 " -k, --list-filesystems lista todos sistemas de arquivos/RAIDs conhecidos\n"
9443 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:66
9445 msgid "List all known filesystems and RAIDs and exit."
9447 " -k, --list-filesystems lista todos sistemas de arquivos/RAIDs conhecidos\n"
9450 #. type: Labeled list
9451 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:67
9453 msgid "*-l*, *--list-one*"
9455 " -l, --list-one procura apenas o primeiro dispositivo com o token\n"
9456 " especificado por -t\n"
9459 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:69
9460 msgid "Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the *--match-token* option. If there are multiple devices that match the specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is not specified, *blkid* will print all of the devices that match the search parameter."
9464 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:71
9465 msgid "This option forces *blkid* to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens in *--match-token*. The goal is to provide output consistent with other utils (like *mount*(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for multiple devices."
9469 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:74
9470 msgid "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _label_; this is equal to **--list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=**__label__. This lookup method is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a setting in _/etc/blkid.conf_). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The *--label* option works on systems with and without udev."
9474 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:76
9475 msgid "Unfortunately, the original *blkid*(8) from e2fsprogs uses the *-L* option as a synonym for *-o list*. For better portability, use **-l -o device -t LABEL=**__label__ and *-o list* in your scripts rather than the *-L* option."
9478 #. type: Labeled list
9479 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:77
9481 msgid "*-n*, *--match-types* _list_"
9483 " -n, --match-types <lista> filtra por tipo de sistema de arquivos\n"
9484 " (ex.: -n vfat,ext3)\n"
9487 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:79
9488 msgid "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the types which should be ignored. For example:"
9492 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:81
9494 msgid "*blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1*\n"
9498 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:83
9499 msgid "probes for vfat, ext3 and ext4 filesystems, and"
9503 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:85
9505 msgid "*blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1*\n"
9509 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:87
9510 msgid "probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is only useful together with *--probe*."
9513 #. type: Labeled list
9514 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:88
9516 msgid "*-o*, *--output* _format_"
9518 " -o, --output <formato> formato de saída; pode ser um dentre:\n"
9519 " value, device, export ou full; (padrão: full)\n"
9522 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:90
9523 msgid "Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and devices is not fixed. See also option *-s*. The _format_ parameter may be:"
9526 #. type: Labeled list
9527 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:91
9533 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:93
9535 msgid "print all tags (the default)"
9536 msgstr " -a, --all todos (padrão)\n"
9538 #. type: Labeled list
9539 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:93
9545 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:95
9547 msgid "print the value of the tags"
9548 msgstr "Número excessivo de tags especificadas"
9550 #. type: Labeled list
9551 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:95
9557 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:97
9558 msgid "print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is unsupported for low-level probing (*--probe* or *--info*)."
9562 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:99
9563 msgid "This output format is *DEPRECATED* in favour of the *lsblk*(8) command."
9566 #. type: Labeled list
9567 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:99
9573 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:101
9574 msgid "print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the *--label* and *--uuid* options"
9577 #. type: Labeled list
9578 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:101
9583 #. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {underscore} untranslated.
9585 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:104
9586 msgid "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with '{underscore}'. The keys with __ENC_ postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe chars."
9590 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:106
9591 msgid "The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions including empty partitions."
9595 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:108
9596 msgid "This output format is *DEPRECATED*."
9597 msgstr "Este formato de saída foi *DESCONTINUADO*."
9599 #. type: Labeled list
9600 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:108
9606 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:110
9607 msgid "print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (*--info* option) are requested."
9611 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:112
9612 msgid "The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all potentially unsafe characters are escaped."
9615 #. type: Labeled list
9616 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:113
9618 msgid "*-O*, *--offset* _offset_"
9619 msgstr " -O, --offset <posição> sonda na posição dada\n"
9622 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:115
9623 msgid "Probe at the given _offset_ (only useful with *--probe*). This option can be used together with the *--info* option."
9626 #. type: Labeled list
9627 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:116
9629 msgid "*-p*, *--probe*"
9630 msgstr "*-p*, *--probe*"
9633 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:118
9634 msgid "Switch to low-level superblock probing mode (bypassing the cache)."
9638 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:120
9639 msgid "Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it may be different than when executed without *--probe* (for example PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also *--no-part-details*."
9642 #. type: Labeled list
9643 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:121
9645 msgid "*-s*, *--match-tag* _tag_"
9646 msgstr "*-s*, *--match-tag* _tag_"
9649 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:123
9650 msgid "For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match _tag_. It is possible to specify multiple *--match-tag* options. If no tag is specified, then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use *--match-tag none* with no other options."
9653 #. type: Labeled list
9654 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:124 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:155
9656 msgid "*-S*, *--size* _size_"
9657 msgstr "*-S*, *--size* _tamanho_"
9660 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:126
9661 msgid "Override the size of device/file (only useful with *--probe*)."
9664 #. type: Labeled list
9665 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:127
9667 msgid "*-t*, *--match-token* _NAME=value_"
9671 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:129
9672 msgid "Search for block devices with tokens named _NAME_ that have the value _value_, and display any devices which are found. Common values for _NAME_ include *TYPE*, *LABEL*, and *UUID*. If there are no devices specified on the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the specified devices are searched."
9675 #. type: Labeled list
9676 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:130
9678 msgid "*-u*, *--usages* _list_"
9679 msgstr "*-u*, *--usages* _lista_"
9682 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:132
9683 msgid "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of \"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types which should be ignored. For example:"
9687 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:134
9689 msgid "*blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1*\n"
9693 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:136
9694 msgid "probes for all filesystem and other (e.g., swap) formats, and"
9698 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:138
9700 msgid "*blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1*\n"
9701 msgstr "*blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1*\n"
9704 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:140
9705 msgid "probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful together with *--probe*."
9708 #. type: Labeled list
9709 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:141 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:426
9711 msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _uuid_"
9712 msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _uuid_"
9715 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:143
9716 msgid "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _uuid_. For more details see the *--label* option."
9720 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:146
9722 msgid "Display version number and exit."
9723 msgstr "Exibe informação da versão e sai."
9726 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:150
9727 msgid "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option *--match-token*) was found and it's possible to gather any information about the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option *--match-tag* filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status."
9731 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:152
9732 msgid "If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned."
9736 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:154
9737 msgid "For usage or other errors, an exit status of 4 is returned."
9741 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:156
9742 msgid "If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (*-p*), an exit status of 8 is returned."
9746 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:160
9747 msgid "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden by the environment variable BLKID_CONF. The following options control the libblkid library:"
9750 #. type: Labeled list
9751 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:161
9753 msgid "_SEND_UEVENT=<yes|not>_"
9754 msgstr "_SEND_UEVENT=<yes|not>_"
9757 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:163
9758 msgid "Sends uevent when _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/_ symlink does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. Default is \"yes\"."
9761 #. type: Labeled list
9762 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:164
9764 msgid "_CACHE_FILE=<path>_"
9765 msgstr "_CACHE_FILE=<caminho>_"
9768 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:166
9769 msgid "Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*. Default is _/run/blkid/blkid.tab_, or _/etc/blkid.tab_ on systems without a _/run_ directory."
9772 #. type: Labeled list
9773 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:167
9775 msgid "_EVALUATE=<methods>_"
9776 msgstr "_EVALUATE=<métodos>_"
9779 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:169
9780 msgid "Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" method uses udev _/dev/disk/by-*_ symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans all block devices from the _/proc/partitions_ file."
9784 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:173
9785 msgid "Setting _LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all_ enables debug output."
9789 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:177
9791 msgid "*blkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by Theodore Ts'o and Karel Zak.\n"
9795 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:184
9812 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
9813 #. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
9814 #. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
9816 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
9817 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
9819 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9820 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
9821 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
9822 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
9823 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
9824 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
9825 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
9826 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
9827 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
9828 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
9829 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
9830 #. without specific prior written permission.
9831 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
9832 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
9833 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
9834 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
9835 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
9836 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
9837 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
9838 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
9839 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
9840 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
9842 #. @(#)cal.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
9844 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:39
9850 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:50
9852 msgid "cal - display a calendar"
9853 msgstr "Exibe um calendário ou alguma parte dele.\n"
9856 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:54
9858 msgid "*cal* [options] [[[_day_] _month_] _year_]\n"
9859 msgstr " %s [opções] [[[dia] mês] ano]\n"
9862 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:56
9864 msgid "*cal* [options] [_timestamp_|_monthname_]\n"
9865 msgstr " %s [opções] <marca-de-tempo|nome-mês>\n"
9868 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:60
9870 msgid "*cal* displays a simple calendar. If no arguments are specified, the current month is displayed.\n"
9874 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:62
9875 msgid "The _month_ may be specified as a number (1-12), as a month name or as an abbreviated month name according to the current locales."
9879 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:64
9880 msgid "Two different calendar systems are used, Gregorian and Julian. These are nearly identical systems with Gregorian making a small adjustment to the frequency of leap years; this facilitates improved synchronization with solar events like the equinoxes. The Gregorian calendar reform was introduced in 1582, but its adoption continued up to 1923. By default *cal* uses the adoption date of 3 Sept 1752. From that date forward the Gregorian calendar is displayed; previous dates use the Julian calendar system. 11 days were removed at the time of adoption to bring the calendar in sync with solar events. So Sept 1752 has a mix of Julian and Gregorian dates by which the 2nd is followed by the 14th (the 3rd through the 13th are absent)."
9884 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:66
9885 msgid "Optionally, either the proleptic Gregorian calendar or the Julian calendar may be used exclusively. See *--reform* below."
9888 #. type: Labeled list
9889 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:69
9891 msgid "*-1*, *--one*"
9892 msgstr "*-1*, *--one*"
9895 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:71
9897 msgid "Display single month output. (This is the default.)"
9898 msgstr " -1, --one mostra apenas um único mês (padrão)\n"
9900 #. type: Labeled list
9901 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:72
9903 msgid "*-3*, *--three*"
9904 msgstr "*-3*, *--three*"
9907 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:74
9909 msgid "Display three months spanning the date."
9910 msgstr " -3, --three mostra três meses abrangendo a data\n"
9912 #. type: Labeled list
9913 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:75
9915 msgid "*-n , --months* _number_"
9916 msgstr "*-n , --months* _número_"
9919 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:77
9920 msgid "Display _number_ of months, starting from the month containing the date."
9923 #. type: Labeled list
9924 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:78
9926 msgid "*-S, --span*"
9927 msgstr "*-S, --span*"
9930 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:80
9931 msgid "Display months spanning the date."
9934 #. type: Labeled list
9935 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:81
9937 msgid "*-s*, *--sunday*"
9938 msgstr "*-s*, *--sunday*"
9941 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:83
9943 msgid "Display Sunday as the first day of the week."
9944 msgstr " -s, --sunday domingo como primeiro dia da semana\n"
9946 #. type: Labeled list
9947 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:84
9949 msgid "*-m*, *--monday*"
9950 msgstr "*-m*, *--monday*"
9953 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:86
9955 msgid "Display Monday as the first day of the week."
9956 msgstr " -m, --monday segunda-feira como primeiro dia da semana\n"
9958 #. type: Labeled list
9959 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:87 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:53
9961 msgid "*-v*, *--vertical*"
9962 msgstr "*-v*, *--vertical*"
9965 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:89
9966 msgid "Display using a vertical layout (aka *ncal*(1) mode)."
9969 #. type: Labeled list
9970 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:90
9976 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:92
9977 msgid "Display the proleptic Gregorian calendar exclusively. This option does not affect week numbers and the first day of the week. See *--reform* below."
9980 #. type: Labeled list
9981 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:93
9983 msgid "*-j*, *--julian*"
9984 msgstr "*-j*, *--julian*"
9987 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:95
9988 msgid "Use day-of-year numbering for all calendars. These are also called ordinal days. Ordinal days range from 1 to 366. This option does not switch from the Gregorian to the Julian calendar system, that is controlled by the *--reform* option."
9992 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:97
9993 msgid "Sometimes Gregorian calendars using ordinal dates are referred to as Julian calendars. This can be confusing due to the many date related conventions that use Julian in their name: (ordinal) julian date, julian (calendar) date, (astronomical) julian date, (modified) julian date, and more. This option is named julian, because ordinal days are identified as julian by the POSIX standard. However, be aware that *cal* also uses the Julian calendar system. See *DESCRIPTION* above."
9996 #. type: Labeled list
9997 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:98
9999 msgid "*--reform* _val_"
10000 msgstr "*--reform* _val_"
10002 #. type: Plain text
10003 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:100
10004 msgid "This option sets the adoption date of the Gregorian calendar reform. Calendar dates previous to reform use the Julian calendar system. Calendar dates after reform use the Gregorian calendar system. The argument _val_ can be:"
10007 #. type: Plain text
10008 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:102
10009 msgid "_1752_ - sets 3 September 1752 as the reform date (default). This is when the Gregorian calendar reform was adopted by the British Empire."
10012 #. type: Plain text
10013 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:103
10014 msgid "_gregorian_ - display Gregorian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder sets the reform date below the smallest year that *cal* can use; meaning all calendar output uses the Gregorian calendar system. This is called the proleptic Gregorian calendar, because dates prior to the calendar system's creation use extrapolated values."
10017 #. type: Plain text
10018 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:104
10019 msgid "_iso_ - alias of _gregorian_. The ISO 8601 standard for the representation of dates and times in information interchange requires using the proleptic Gregorian calendar."
10022 #. type: Plain text
10023 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:105
10024 msgid "_julian_ - display Julian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder sets the reform date above the largest year that *cal* can use; meaning all calendar output uses the Julian calendar system."
10027 #. type: Plain text
10028 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:107
10029 msgid "See *DESCRIPTION* above."
10030 msgstr "Veja *DESCRIÇÃO* acima."
10032 #. type: Labeled list
10033 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:108
10035 msgid "*-y*, *--year*"
10036 msgstr "*-y*, *--year*"
10038 #. type: Plain text
10039 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:110
10041 msgid "Display a calendar for the whole year."
10042 msgstr "Exibe um calendário ou alguma parte dele.\n"
10044 #. type: Labeled list
10045 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:111
10047 msgid "*-Y, --twelve*"
10048 msgstr "*-Y, --twelve*"
10050 #. type: Plain text
10051 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:113
10053 msgid "Display a calendar for the next twelve months."
10054 msgstr " -Y, --twelve mostra os próximos doze meses\n"
10056 #. type: Labeled list
10057 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:114
10059 msgid "*-w*, *--week*[=_number_]"
10060 msgstr "*-w*, *--week*[=_número_]"
10062 #. type: Plain text
10063 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:116
10064 msgid "Display week numbers in the calendar (US or ISO-8601). See NOTES section for more details."
10067 #. type: Labeled list
10068 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:117
10070 msgid "*--color*[=_when_]"
10071 msgstr "*--color*[=_quando_]"
10073 #. type: Labeled list
10074 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:128
10076 msgid "*Single digits-only parameter (e.g., 'cal 2020')*"
10079 #. type: Plain text
10080 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:130
10081 msgid "Specifies the _year_ to be displayed; note the year must be fully specified: *cal 89* will not display a calendar for 1989."
10084 #. type: Labeled list
10085 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:131
10087 msgid "*Single string parameter (e.g., 'cal tomorrow' or 'cal August')*"
10090 #. type: Plain text
10091 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:133
10092 msgid "Specifies _timestamp_ or a _month name_ (or abbreviated name) according to the current locales."
10095 #. type: Plain text
10096 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:135
10097 msgid "The special placeholders are accepted when parsing timestamp, \"now\" may be used to refer to the current time, \"today\", \"yesterday\", \"tomorrow\" refer to of the current day, the day before or the next day, respectively."
10100 #. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {plus} untranslated.
10101 #. type: Plain text
10102 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:138
10103 msgid "The relative date specifications are also accepted, in this case \"{plus}\" is evaluated to the current time plus the specified time span. Correspondingly, a time span that is prefixed with \"-\" is evaluated to the current time minus the specified time span, for example '{plus}2days'. Instead of prefixing the time span with \"{plus}\" or \"-\", it may also be suffixed with a space and the word \"left\" or \"ago\" (for example '1 week ago')."
10106 #. type: Labeled list
10107 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:139
10109 msgid "*Two parameters (e.g., 'cal 11 2020')*"
10112 #. type: Plain text
10113 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:141
10114 msgid "Denote the _month_ (1 - 12) and _year_."
10117 #. type: Labeled list
10118 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:142
10120 msgid "*Three parameters (e.g., 'cal 25 11 2020')*"
10123 #. type: Plain text
10124 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:144
10125 msgid "Denote the _day_ (1-31), _month and year_, and the day will be highlighted if the calendar is displayed on a terminal. If no parameters are specified, the current month's calendar is displayed."
10128 #. type: Plain text
10129 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:148
10130 msgid "A year starts on January 1. The first day of the week is determined by the locale or the *--sunday* and *--monday* options."
10133 #. type: Plain text
10134 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:150
10135 msgid "The week numbering depends on the choice of the first day of the week. If it is Sunday then the customary North American numbering is used, where 1 January is in week number 1. If it is Monday (*-m*) then the ISO 8601 standard week numbering is used, where the first Thursday is in week number 1."
10138 #. type: Plain text
10139 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:154
10140 msgid "Implicit coloring can be disabled as follows:"
10143 #. type: delimited block _
10144 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:157
10146 msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/cal.disable*\n"
10149 #. type: Plain text
10150 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:164
10151 msgid "A *cal* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
10154 #. type: Plain text
10155 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:168
10156 msgid "The default *cal* output uses 3 September 1752 as the Gregorian calendar reform date. The historical reform dates for the other locales, including its introduction in October 1582, are not implemented."
10159 #. type: Plain text
10160 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:170
10161 msgid "Alternative calendars, such as the Umm al-Qura, the Solar Hijri, the Ge'ez, or the lunisolar Hindu, are not supported."
10165 #. Copyright 2017 Red Hat, Inc.
10166 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
10168 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:7
10171 msgstr "fincore(1)"
10173 #. type: Plain text
10174 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:18
10175 msgid "fincore - count pages of file contents in core"
10178 #. type: Plain text
10179 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:22
10181 msgid "*fincore* [options] _file_...\n"
10182 msgstr "Uso: %s [opções] [arquivo ...]\n"
10184 #. type: Plain text
10185 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:26
10187 msgid "*fincore* counts pages of file contents being resident in memory (in core), and reports the numbers. If an error occurs during counting, then an error message is printed to the stderr and *fincore* continues processing the rest of files listed in a command line.\n"
10190 #. type: Plain text
10191 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:28
10192 msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required."
10195 #. type: Labeled list
10196 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:31 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:88
10197 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:45
10198 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:107
10199 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:45
10200 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:30
10201 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:47
10203 msgid "*-n*, *--noheadings*"
10204 msgstr "*-n*, *--noheadings*"
10206 #. type: Plain text
10207 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:49
10208 msgid "Do not print a header line in status output."
10211 #. type: Plain text
10212 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:36 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:36
10213 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:38
10215 msgid "Print the SIZE column in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
10216 msgstr " -b, --bytes exibe SIZE em bytes em vez de um formato legível\n"
10218 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
10219 #. type: Plain text
10220 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:40
10221 msgid "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the currently supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_."
10224 #. type: Plain text
10225 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:59
10226 msgid "Produce output in raw format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
10229 #. type: Labeled list
10230 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:70
10231 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:63 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:42
10232 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:52
10233 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:113 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:119
10234 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:34
10235 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:34
10236 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:27
10238 msgid "*-J*, *--json*"
10239 msgstr "*-J*, *--json*"
10241 #. type: Plain text
10242 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:46 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:72
10243 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:52
10244 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:36
10245 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:36
10246 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:29
10247 msgid "Use JSON output format."
10248 msgstr "usa o formato de saída JSON."
10250 #. type: Plain text
10251 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:56
10252 msgid "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO]"
10253 msgstr "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO]"
10255 #. type: Plain text
10256 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:62
10260 "*getpagesize*(2),\n"
10264 "*getpagesize*(2),\n"
10267 #. Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o. All Rights Reserved.
10268 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
10270 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:4
10275 #. type: Plain text
10276 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:14
10278 msgid "findfs - find a filesystem by label or UUID"
10279 msgstr "Localiza um sistema de arquivos pelo rótulo ou UUID.\n"
10281 #. type: Plain text
10282 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:18
10284 msgid "*findfs* *NAME*=_value_\n"
10285 msgstr "-t precisa de um par NOME=valor"
10287 #. type: Plain text
10288 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:22
10290 msgid "*findfs* will search the block devices in the system looking for a filesystem or partition with specified tag. The currently supported tags are:\n"
10293 #. type: Labeled list
10294 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:23
10296 msgid "*LABEL*=_<label>_"
10297 msgstr "*LABEL*=_<rótulo>_"
10299 #. type: Plain text
10300 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:25
10302 msgid "Specifies filesystem label."
10303 msgstr "LABEL do sistema de arquivos:"
10305 #. type: Labeled list
10306 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:26
10308 msgid "*UUID*=_<uuid>_"
10309 msgstr "*UUID*=_<uuid>_"
10311 #. type: Plain text
10312 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:28
10314 msgid "Specifies filesystem UUID."
10315 msgstr "UUID do sistema de arquivos:"
10317 #. type: Labeled list
10318 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:29
10320 msgid "*PARTUUID*=_<uuid>_"
10321 msgstr "*PARTUUID*=_<uuid>_"
10323 #. type: Plain text
10324 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:31
10325 msgid "Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables."
10328 #. type: Labeled list
10329 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:32
10331 msgid "*PARTLABEL*=_<label>_"
10332 msgstr "*PARTLABEL*=_<rótulo>_"
10334 #. type: Plain text
10335 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:34
10336 msgid "Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables."
10339 #. type: Plain text
10340 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:36
10341 msgid "If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on stdout."
10344 #. type: Plain text
10345 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:38
10346 msgid "The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for example by"
10349 #. type: delimited block _
10350 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:41
10352 msgid "*lsblk --fs*\n"
10353 msgstr "*lsblk --fs*\n"
10355 #. type: delimited block _
10356 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:43
10358 msgid "*partx --show <disk>*\n"
10359 msgstr "*partx --show <disco>*\n"
10361 #. type: delimited block _
10362 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:45
10367 #. type: Plain text
10368 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:53
10370 msgid "label or uuid cannot be found"
10371 msgstr "driver de rótulo de DOS não encontrado"
10373 #. type: Plain text
10374 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:55
10375 msgid "usage error, wrong number of arguments or unknown option"
10378 #. type: Plain text
10379 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:64
10381 msgid "*findfs* was originally written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o] and re-written for the util-linux package by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n"
10384 #. type: Plain text
10385 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:70
10397 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:2
10400 msgstr "findmnt(8)"
10402 #. type: Plain text
10403 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:13
10405 msgid "findmnt - find a filesystem"
10406 msgstr "Localiza um sistema de arquivos (montado).\n"
10408 #. type: Plain text
10409 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:17
10411 msgid "*findmnt* [options]\n"
10416 #. type: Plain text
10417 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:19
10419 msgid "*findmnt* [options] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
10420 msgstr " %s [opções] [<dispositivo>|<ponto-montagem>]\n"
10422 #. type: Plain text
10423 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:21
10425 msgid "*findmnt* [options] [*--source*] _device_ [*--target* _path_|*--mountpoint* _mountpoint_]\n"
10428 #. type: Plain text
10429 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:25
10431 msgid "*findmnt* will list all mounted filesystems or search for a filesystem. The *findmnt* command is able to search in _/etc/fstab_, _/etc/mtab_ or _/proc/self/mountinfo_. If _device_ or _mountpoint_ is not given, all filesystems are shown.\n"
10434 #. type: Plain text
10435 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:27
10436 msgid "The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that *findmnt* follows *mount*(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint (and vice versa) if the *--target*, *--mountpoint* or *--source* options are not specified."
10439 #. type: Plain text
10440 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:29
10441 msgid "The command-line option *--target* accepts any file or directory and then *findmnt* displays the filesystem for the given path."
10444 #. type: Plain text
10445 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:31
10446 msgid "The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by default."
10449 #. type: Labeled list
10450 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:34
10452 msgid "*-A*, *--all*"
10453 msgstr "*-A*, *--all*"
10455 #. type: Plain text
10456 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:36
10458 msgid "Disable all built-in filters and print all filesystems."
10460 " -a, --all desabilita todos os filtros embarcados, exibe todos\n"
10461 " os sistemas de arquivos\n"
10463 #. type: Labeled list
10464 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:37
10466 msgid "*-a*, *--ascii*"
10467 msgstr "*-a*, *--ascii*"
10469 #. type: Plain text
10470 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:39
10472 msgid "Use ascii characters for tree formatting."
10473 msgstr " -a, --ascii usa caracteres ASCII para formatação da árvore\n"
10475 #. type: Plain text
10476 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:42
10477 msgid "Print the SIZE, USED and AVAIL columns in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
10480 #. type: Labeled list
10481 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:43
10483 msgid "*-C*, *--nocanonicalize*"
10484 msgstr "*-C*, *--nocanonicalize*"
10486 #. type: Plain text
10487 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:45
10488 msgid "Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
10491 #. type: Labeled list
10492 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:46
10494 msgid "*-c*, *--canonicalize*"
10495 msgstr "*-c*, *--canonicalize*"
10497 #. type: Plain text
10498 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:48
10500 msgid "Canonicalize all printed paths."
10501 msgstr " -c, --canonicalize canoniza caminhos exibidos\n"
10503 #. type: Labeled list
10504 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:49
10506 msgid "*-D*, *--df*"
10507 msgstr "*-D*, *--df*"
10509 #. type: Plain text
10510 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:51
10511 msgid "Imitate the output of df1. This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use *--all* to print all filesystems."
10514 #. type: Labeled list
10515 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:52
10517 msgid "*-d*, *--direction* _word_"
10519 " -d, --direction <palavra>\n"
10520 " direção da pesquisa, \"forward\" ou \"backward\"\n"
10522 #. type: Plain text
10523 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:54
10525 msgid "The search direction, either *forward* or *backward*."
10527 " -d, --direction <palavra>\n"
10528 " direção da pesquisa, \"forward\" ou \"backward\"\n"
10530 #. type: Labeled list
10531 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:55
10533 msgid "*-e*, *--evaluate*"
10534 msgstr "*-e*, *--evaluate*"
10536 #. type: Plain text
10537 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:57
10539 msgid "Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding device names."
10541 " -e, --evaluate converte rótulos (LABEL,UUID,PARTUUID,PARTLABEL)\n"
10542 " para nomes de dispositivos\n"
10544 #. type: Labeled list
10545 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:58
10547 msgid "*-F*, *--tab-file* _path_"
10549 " -F, --tab-file <caminho>\n"
10550 " arquivo alternativo para opções -s, -m ou -k\n"
10552 #. type: Plain text
10553 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:60
10554 msgid "Search in an alternative file. If used with *--fstab*, *--mtab* or *--kernel*, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option)."
10557 #. type: Labeled list
10558 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:61
10560 msgid "*-f*, *--first-only*"
10561 msgstr "*-f*, *--first-only*"
10563 #. type: Plain text
10564 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:63
10565 msgid "Print the first matching filesystem only."
10568 #. type: Labeled list
10569 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:67
10571 msgid "*-i*, *--invert*"
10572 msgstr "*-i*, *--invert*"
10574 #. type: Plain text
10575 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:69
10577 msgid "Invert the sense of matching."
10578 msgstr " -i, --invert inverte o sentido das ocorrências\n"
10580 #. type: Labeled list
10581 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:73 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:72
10583 msgid "*-k*, *--kernel*"
10584 msgstr "*-k*, *--kernel*"
10586 #. type: Plain text
10587 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:75
10588 msgid "Search in _/proc/self/mountinfo_. The output is in the tree-like format. This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by kernel (see also *--mtab)*."
10591 #. type: Plain text
10592 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:78
10593 msgid "Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if the output is restricted by the *-t*, *-O*, *-S* or *-T* option and the option *--submounts* is not used or if more that one source file (the option *-F*) is specified."
10596 #. type: Labeled list
10597 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:79
10599 msgid "*-M*, *--mountpoint* _path_"
10600 msgstr " -M, --mountpoint <dir> o diretório do ponto de montagem\n"
10602 #. type: Plain text
10603 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:81
10604 msgid "Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also *--target*."
10607 #. type: Labeled list
10608 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:82
10610 msgid "*-m*, *--mtab*"
10611 msgstr "*-m*, *--mtab*"
10613 #. type: Plain text
10614 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:84
10615 msgid "Search in _/etc/mtab_. The output is in the list format by default (see *--tree*). The output may include user space mount options."
10618 #. type: Labeled list
10619 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:85
10621 msgid "*-N*, *--task* _tid_"
10623 " -N, --task <tid> usa espaço de nomes alternativos\n"
10624 " (arquivo /proc/<tid>/mountinfo)\n"
10626 #. type: Plain text
10627 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:87
10628 msgid "Use alternative namespace _/proc/<tid>/mountinfo_ rather than the default _/proc/self/mountinfo_. If the option is specified more than once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option). See also the *unshare*(1) command."
10631 #. type: Labeled list
10632 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:91
10634 msgid "*-O*, *--options* _list_"
10635 msgstr " -o, --options <lista> limita separada por vírgula de opções de swap\n"
10637 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
10638 #. type: Plain text
10639 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:94
10640 msgid "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect. It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading _no_ at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can be disabled by \"{plus}\" prefix."
10643 #. type: Plain text
10644 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:97
10645 msgid "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the currently supported columns. The *TARGET* column contains tree formatting if the *--list* or *--raw* options are not specified."
10648 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
10649 #. type: Plain text
10650 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:100
10652 msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)."
10653 msgstr "A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)."
10655 #. type: Plain text
10656 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:103
10657 msgid "Output almost all available columns. The columns that require *--poll* are not included."
10660 #. type: Plain text
10661 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:106
10662 msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). The key (variable name) will be modified to contain only characters allowed for a shell variable identifiers, for example, FS_OPTIONS and USE_PCT instead of FS-OPTIONS and USE%."
10665 #. type: Labeled list
10666 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:107
10668 msgid "*-p*, *--poll*[_=list_]"
10669 msgstr "*-p*, *--poll*[_=lista_]"
10671 #. type: Plain text
10672 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:109
10673 msgid "Monitor changes in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file. Supported actions are: mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default."
10676 #. type: Plain text
10677 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:111
10678 msgid "The time for which *--poll* will block can be restricted with the *--timeout* or *--first-only* options."
10681 #. type: Plain text
10682 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:113
10683 msgid "The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original information cached by *findmnt*. The poll mode allows using extra columns:"
10686 #. type: Labeled list
10687 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:114
10690 msgstr "ação desconhecida: %s"
10692 #. type: Plain text
10693 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:116
10694 msgid "mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default"
10697 #. type: Labeled list
10698 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:116
10700 msgid "*OLD-TARGET*"
10701 msgstr "o alvo está ocupado"
10703 #. type: Plain text
10704 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:118
10705 msgid "available for umount and move actions"
10708 #. type: Labeled list
10709 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:118
10711 msgid "*OLD-OPTIONS*"
10712 msgstr "opções de montagem antiga salvas por --poll"
10714 #. type: Plain text
10715 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:120
10716 msgid "available for umount and remount actions"
10719 #. type: Labeled list
10720 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:121
10723 msgstr "*--pseudo*"
10725 #. type: Plain text
10726 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:123
10728 msgid "Print only pseudo filesystems."
10729 msgstr " --pseudo mostra apenas pseudo-sistemas de arquivos\n"
10731 #. type: Labeled list
10732 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:124
10735 msgstr "*--shadow*"
10737 #. type: Plain text
10738 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:126
10740 msgid "Print only filesystems over-mounted by another filesystem."
10741 msgstr " --shadowed mostra apenas sistemas de arquivos montados sobre outro\n"
10743 #. type: Labeled list
10744 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:127
10746 msgid "*-R*, *--submounts*"
10747 msgstr "*-R*, *--submounts*"
10749 #. type: Plain text
10750 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:129
10751 msgid "Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The restrictions defined by options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-T* and *--direction* are not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in tree-like order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. This option has no effect for *--mtab* or *--fstab*."
10754 #. type: Plain text
10755 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:132
10756 msgid "Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
10759 #. type: Labeled list
10760 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:133
10765 #. type: Plain text
10766 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:135
10768 msgid "Print only real filesystems."
10769 msgstr " --real mostra apenas sistemas de arquivos reais\n"
10771 #. type: Labeled list
10772 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:136
10774 msgid "*-S*, *--source* _spec_"
10775 msgstr "fonte não definida (fs_spec)"
10777 #. type: Plain text
10778 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:138
10779 msgid "Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are _device_, __maj__**:**_min_, **LABEL=**__label__, **UUID=**__uuid__, **PARTLABEL=**__label__ and **PARTUUID=**__uuid__."
10782 #. type: Labeled list
10783 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:139
10785 msgid "*-s*, *--fstab*"
10786 msgstr "*-s*, *--fstab*"
10788 #. type: Plain text
10789 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:141
10790 msgid "Search in _/etc/fstab_. The output is in the list format (see *--list*)."
10793 #. type: Labeled list
10794 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:142
10796 msgid "*-T*, *--target* _path_"
10797 msgstr "*-T*, *--target* _caminho_"
10799 #. type: Plain text
10800 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:144
10801 msgid "Define the mount target. If _path_ is not a mountpoint file or directory, then *findmnt* checks the _path_ elements in reverse order to get the mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files and unsupported for *--fstab*). It's recommended to use the option *--mountpoint* when checks of _path_ elements are unwanted and _path_ is a strictly specified mountpoint."
10804 #. type: Labeled list
10805 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:145 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:78
10807 msgid "*-t*, *--types* _list_"
10808 msgstr "*-t*, *--types* _lista_"
10810 #. type: Plain text
10811 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:147
10812 msgid "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. For more details see *mount*(8)."
10815 #. type: Labeled list
10816 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:148
10821 #. type: Plain text
10822 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:150
10823 msgid "Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., fstab)."
10826 #. type: Labeled list
10827 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:151
10829 msgid "*-U*, *--uniq*"
10830 msgstr "*-U*, *--uniq*"
10832 #. type: Plain text
10833 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:153
10834 msgid "Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping over-mounted mount points."
10837 #. type: Labeled list
10838 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:154 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:63
10839 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:60
10841 msgid "*-u*, *--notruncate*"
10842 msgstr "*-u*, *--notruncate*"
10844 #. type: Plain text
10845 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:156
10846 msgid "Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the *TARGET*, *SOURCE*, *UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* columns. This option disables text truncation also in all other columns."
10849 #. type: Labeled list
10850 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:157
10852 msgid "*-v*, *--nofsroot*"
10853 msgstr "*-v*, *--nofsroot*"
10855 #. type: Plain text
10856 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:159
10857 msgid "Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs subvolumes."
10860 #. type: Labeled list
10861 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:160
10863 msgid "*-w*, *--timeout* _milliseconds_"
10864 msgstr "*-w*, *--timeout* _milissegundos_"
10866 #. type: Plain text
10867 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:162
10868 msgid "Specify an upper limit on the time for which *--poll* will block, in milliseconds."
10871 #. type: Labeled list
10872 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:163
10874 msgid "*-x*, *--verify*"
10875 msgstr "*-x*, *--verify*"
10877 #. type: Plain text
10878 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:165
10879 msgid "Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ parsability and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--tab-file*. It's possible to specify source (device) or target (mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option *--verbose* forces findmnt to print more details."
10882 #. type: Plain text
10883 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:168
10884 msgid "Force findmnt to print more information (*--verify* only for now)."
10887 #. type: Labeled list
10888 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:169
10890 msgid "*--vfs-all*"
10891 msgstr "*--vfs-all*"
10893 #. type: Plain text
10894 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:171
10895 msgid "When used with *VFS-OPTIONS* column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS kernel mount options which are normally not listed."
10898 #. type: Labeled list
10899 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:174 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1397
10900 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:156
10902 msgid "LIBMOUNT_FSTAB=<path>"
10903 msgstr "LIBMOUNT_FSTAB=<caminho>"
10905 #. type: Plain text
10906 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:176
10907 msgid "overrides the default location of the fstab file"
10910 #. type: Labeled list
10911 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:177 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1400
10912 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:159
10914 msgid "LIBMOUNT_MTAB=<path>"
10915 msgstr "LIBMOUNT_MTAB=<caminho>"
10917 #. type: Plain text
10918 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:179
10919 msgid "overrides the default location of the mtab file"
10922 #. type: Labeled list
10923 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:180 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:146
10924 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1403 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:58
10925 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:162
10927 msgid "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"
10928 msgstr "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"
10930 #. type: Plain text
10931 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:182 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1405
10932 msgid "enables libmount debug output"
10933 msgstr "habilita a saída de depuração do libmount"
10935 #. type: Plain text
10936 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:185
10937 msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output"
10938 msgstr "habilita saída de depuração do libsmartcols"
10940 #. type: Labeled list
10941 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:186 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:152
10943 msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"
10944 msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"
10946 #. type: Plain text
10947 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:188 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:154
10948 msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG."
10949 msgstr "usa caracteres de preenchimento visíveis. Requer LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG habilitado."
10952 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:189 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:130
10953 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:234 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:98
10954 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:62
10955 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:115 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:92
10956 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:76 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:98
10957 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:90
10958 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:104 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:141
10959 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:54 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:71
10960 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:87 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:173
10961 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:229
10966 #. type: Labeled list
10967 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:191
10969 msgid "*findmnt --fstab -t nfs*"
10970 msgstr "*findmnt --fstab -t nfs*"
10972 #. type: Plain text
10973 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:193
10974 msgid "Prints all NFS filesystems defined in _/etc/fstab_."
10977 #. type: Labeled list
10978 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:194
10980 msgid "*findmnt --fstab /mnt/foo*"
10983 #. type: Plain text
10984 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:196
10985 msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/foo_. It also prints bind mounts where _/mnt/foo_ is a source."
10988 #. type: Labeled list
10989 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:197
10991 msgid "*findmnt --fstab --target /mnt/foo*"
10994 #. type: Plain text
10995 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:199
10996 msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/foo_."
10999 #. type: Labeled list
11000 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:200
11002 msgid "*findmnt --fstab --evaluate*"
11003 msgstr "*findmnt --fstab --evaluate*"
11005 #. type: Plain text
11006 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:202
11007 msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to the real device names."
11010 #. type: Labeled list
11011 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:203
11013 msgid "*findmnt -n --raw --evaluate --output=target LABEL=/boot*"
11016 #. type: Plain text
11017 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:205
11018 msgid "Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is mounted."
11021 #. type: Labeled list
11022 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:206
11024 msgid "*findmnt --poll --mountpoint /mnt/foo*"
11027 #. type: Plain text
11028 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:208
11029 msgid "Monitors mount, unmount, remount and move on _/mnt/foo_."
11032 #. type: Labeled list
11033 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:209
11035 msgid "*findmnt --poll=umount --first-only --mountpoint /mnt/foo*"
11038 #. type: Plain text
11039 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:211
11040 msgid "Waits for _/mnt/foo_ unmount."
11043 #. type: Labeled list
11044 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:212
11046 msgid "*findmnt --poll=remount -t ext3 -O ro*"
11049 #. type: Plain text
11050 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:214
11051 msgid "Monitors remounts to read-only mode on all ext3 filesystems."
11054 #. type: Plain text
11055 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:223
11065 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:2
11068 msgstr " -T, --test teste a versão do getopt(1)\n"
11070 #. type: Plain text
11071 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:13
11073 msgid "getopt - parse command options (enhanced)"
11074 msgstr "Analisa opções de comando.\n"
11076 #. type: Plain text
11077 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:19
11080 "*getopt* _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
11081 "*getopt* [options] [*--*] _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
11082 "*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _optstring_ [options] [*--*] _parameters_\n"
11085 #. type: Plain text
11086 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:23
11088 msgid "*getopt* is used to break up (_parse_) options in command lines for easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options. It uses the GNU *getopt*(3) routines to do this.\n"
11091 #. type: Plain text
11092 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:25
11093 msgid "The parameters *getopt* is called with can be divided into two parts: options which modify the way *getopt* will do the parsing (the _options_ and the _optstring_ in the *SYNOPSIS*), and the parameters which are to be parsed (_parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The second part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the first occurrence of '*--*'. If no '*-o*' or '*--options*' option is found in the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short options string."
11096 #. type: Plain text
11097 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:27
11098 msgid "If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first _parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first format in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is compatible with that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section *COMPATIBILITY* for more information)."
11101 #. type: Plain text
11102 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:29
11103 msgid "Traditional implementations of *getopt*(1) are unable to cope with whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments and non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation can generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the shell (usually by using the *eval* command). This has the effect of preserving those characters, but you must call *getopt* in a way that is no longer compatible with other versions (the second or third format in the *SYNOPSIS*). To determine whether this enhanced version of *getopt*(1) is installed, a special test option (*-T*) can be used."
11106 #. type: Labeled list
11107 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:32 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:59
11109 msgid "*-a*, *--alternative*"
11110 msgstr "*-a*, *--alternative*"
11112 #. type: Plain text
11113 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:34
11115 msgid "Allow long options to start with a single '*-*'."
11116 msgstr " -a, --alternative permite opções longas iniciando com um único -\n"
11118 #. type: Plain text
11119 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:37
11120 msgid "Display help text and exit. No other output is generated."
11123 #. type: Labeled list
11124 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:38
11126 msgid "*-l*, *--longoptions* _longopts_"
11128 " -l, --longoptions <opções-longas>\n"
11129 " opções longas a serem reconhecidas\n"
11131 #. type: Plain text
11132 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:40
11133 msgid "The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one option name may be specified at once, by separating the names with commas. This option may be given more than once, the _longopts_ are cumulative. Each long option name in _longopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument."
11136 #. type: Labeled list
11137 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:41
11139 msgid "*-n*, *--name* _progname_"
11140 msgstr " -n, --name <nome-programa> o nome sob o qual erros são relatados\n"
11142 #. type: Plain text
11143 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:43
11144 msgid "The name that will be used by the *getopt*(3) routines when it reports errors. Note that errors of *getopt*(1) are still reported as coming from getopt."
11147 #. type: Labeled list
11148 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:44
11150 msgid "*-o*, *--options* _shortopts_"
11153 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
11154 #. type: Plain text
11155 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:47
11156 msgid "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' or '*-*' to influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see section *SCANNING MODES* for details)."
11159 #. type: Plain text
11160 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:50
11162 msgid "Disable error reporting by *getopt*(3)."
11163 msgstr " -q, --quiet desabilita relatos de erros por getopt(3)\n"
11165 #. type: Labeled list
11166 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:51
11168 msgid "*-Q*, *--quiet-output*"
11169 msgstr " -Q, --quiet-output sem saída normal\n"
11171 #. type: Plain text
11172 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:53
11173 msgid "Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by *getopt*(3), unless you also use *-q*."
11176 #. type: Plain text
11177 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:56
11178 msgid "Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not given, the BASH conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently '*sh*' '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'."
11181 #. type: Labeled list
11182 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:57
11184 msgid "*-T*, *--test*"
11185 msgstr "*-T*, *--test*"
11187 #. type: Plain text
11188 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:59
11189 msgid "Test if your *getopt*(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations of *getopt*(1), and this version if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, will return '*--*' and error status 0."
11192 #. type: Labeled list
11193 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:60
11195 msgid "*-u*, *--unquoted*"
11196 msgstr " -u, --unquoted não põe a saída entre aspas\n"
11198 #. type: Plain text
11199 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:62
11200 msgid "Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-dependent) characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with other *getopt*(1) implementations)."
11203 #. type: Plain text
11204 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:65
11205 msgid "Display version information and exit. No other output is generated."
11209 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:66
11212 msgstr "análise de tamanho de página falhou"
11214 #. type: Plain text
11215 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:69
11216 msgid "This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of *getopt* (the _parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The next section (*OUTPUT*) describes the output that is generated. These parameters were typically the parameters a shell function was called with. Care must be taken that each parameter the shell function was called with corresponds to exactly one parameter in the parameter list of *getopt* (see the *EXAMPLES*). All parsing is done by the GNU *getopt*(3) routines."
11219 #. type: Plain text
11220 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:71
11221 msgid "The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is classified as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or a non-option parameter."
11224 #. type: Plain text
11225 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:73
11226 msgid "A simple short option is a '*-*' followed by a short option character. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the option character if present."
11229 #. type: Plain text
11230 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:75
11231 msgid "It is possible to specify several short options after one '*-*', as long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments."
11234 #. type: Plain text
11235 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:77
11236 msgid "A long option normally begins with '*--*' followed by the long option name. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the long option name, separated by '*=*', or as the next argument (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated by '*=*', if present (if you add the '*=*' but nothing behind it, it is interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the *BUGS*). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not ambiguous."
11239 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
11240 #. type: Plain text
11241 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:80
11242 msgid "Each parameter not starting with a '*-*', and not a required argument of a previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a '*--*' parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, or if the short option string started with a '*{plus}*', all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found."
11246 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:81 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:72
11247 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:23
11252 #. type: Plain text
11253 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:84
11254 msgid "Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the input, except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in _compatible_ (_unquoted_) mode, or in such way that whitespace and other special characters within arguments and non-option parameters are preserved (see *QUOTING*). When the output is processed in the shell script, it will seem to be composed of distinct elements that can be processed one by one (by using the shift command in most shell languages). This is imperfect in unquoted mode, as elements can be split at unexpected places if they contain whitespace or special characters."
11257 #. type: Plain text
11258 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:86
11259 msgid "If there are problems parsing the parameters, for example because a required argument is not found or an option is not recognized, an error will be reported on stderr, there will be no output for the offending element, and a non-zero error status is returned."
11262 #. type: Plain text
11263 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:88
11264 msgid "For a short option, a single '*-*' and the option character are generated as one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many other *getopt*(1) implementations do not support optional arguments."
11267 #. type: Plain text
11268 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:90
11269 msgid "If several short options were specified after a single '*-*', each will be present in the output as a separate parameter."
11272 #. type: Plain text
11273 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:92
11274 msgid "For a long option, '*--*' and the full option name are generated as one parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or specified with a single '*-*' in the input. Arguments are handled as with short options."
11277 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
11278 #. type: Plain text
11279 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:95
11280 msgid "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and their arguments have been generated. Then '*--*' is generated as a single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the short options string was a '*-*', non-option parameter output is generated at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first format of the *SYNOPSIS* is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of '*-*' and '*{plus}*' are ignored)."
11284 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:96
11289 #. type: Plain text
11290 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:99
11291 msgid "In compatibility mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the shell (usually by a shell *eval* command), it is split correctly into separate parameters."
11294 #. type: Plain text
11295 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:101
11296 msgid "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, if the first form of the *SYNOPSIS* is used, or if the option '*-u*' is found."
11299 #. type: Plain text
11300 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:103
11301 msgid "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the '*-s*' option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently supported: '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*' and '*tcsh*'. Actually, only two 'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script language, one of these flavors can still be used."
11305 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:104
11307 msgid "SCANNING MODES"
11310 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
11311 #. type: Plain text
11312 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:108
11313 msgid "The first character of the short options string may be a '*-*' or a '*{plus}*' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the *SYNOPSIS* is used they are ignored; the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is still examined, though."
11316 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
11317 #. type: Plain text
11318 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:111
11319 msgid "If the first character is '*{plus}*', or if the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a '*-*') is found that is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as non-option parameters."
11322 #. type: Plain text
11323 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:113
11324 msgid "If the first character is a '*-*', non-option parameters are outputted at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected at the end of output after a '*--*' parameter has been generated. Note that this '*--*' parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last parameter in this mode."
11327 #. type: Plain text
11328 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:117
11329 msgid "This version of *getopt*(1) is written to be as compatible as possible to other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version without any modifications, and with some advantages."
11332 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
11333 #. type: Plain text
11334 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:120
11335 msgid "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a '*-*', *getopt* goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, in which case, *getopt* will prepend a '*{plus}*' before short options automatically."
11338 #. type: Plain text
11339 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:122
11340 msgid "The environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* forces *getopt* into compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and *POSIXLY_CORRECT* offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. Usually, though, neither is needed."
11343 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
11344 #. type: Plain text
11345 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:125
11346 msgid "In compatibility mode, leading '*-*' and '*{plus}*' characters in the short options string are ignored."
11350 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:126
11352 msgid "RETURN CODES"
11353 msgstr "VALOR DE RETORNO"
11355 #. type: Plain text
11356 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:129
11358 msgid "*getopt* returns error code *0* for successful parsing, *1* if *getopt*(3) returns errors, *2* if it does not understand its own parameters, *3* if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and *4* if it is called with *-T*.\n"
11361 #. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{docdir}_.
11362 #. type: Plain text
11363 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:134
11364 msgid "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) distribution, and are installed in _{docdir}_ directory."
11367 #. type: Labeled list
11368 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:137
11370 msgid "*POSIXLY_CORRECT*"
11373 #. type: Plain text
11374 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:139
11375 msgid "This environment variable is examined by the *getopt*(3) routines. If it is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with a '*-*'."
11378 #. type: Labeled list
11379 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:140
11381 msgid "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE*"
11382 msgstr "Modo compatível com DOS está obsoleto."
11384 #. type: Plain text
11385 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:142
11386 msgid "Forces *getopt* to use the first calling format as specified in the *SYNOPSIS*."
11389 #. type: Plain text
11390 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:146
11392 msgid "*getopt*(3) can parse long options with optional arguments that are given an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options). This *getopt*(1) treats optional arguments that are empty as if they were not present.\n"
11395 #. type: Plain text
11396 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:148
11397 msgid "The syntax if you do not want any short option variables at all is not very intuitive (you have to set them explicitly to the empty string)."
11401 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:149 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:84
11402 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:81
11407 #. type: Plain text
11408 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:152
11409 msgid "mailto:frodo@frodo.looijaard.name[Frodo Looijaard]"
11412 #. type: Plain text
11413 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:158
11422 #. SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
11423 #. Copyright (C) 2008 - 2012 Julian Andres Klode. See hardlink.c for license.
11424 #. Copyright (C) 2021 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
11426 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:8
11428 msgid "hardlink(1)"
11431 #. type: Plain text
11432 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:18
11433 msgid "hardlink - link multiple copies of a file"
11436 #. type: Plain text
11437 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:22
11439 msgid "*hardlink* [options] [_directory_|_file_]...\n"
11440 msgstr "*mkfs.cramfs* [opções] _diretório arquivo_\n"
11442 #. type: Plain text
11443 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:26
11445 msgid "*hardlink* is a tool which replaces copies of a file with hardlinks, therefore saving space.\n"
11448 #. type: Plain text
11449 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:31
11450 msgid "print quick usage details to the screen."
11453 #. type: Plain text
11454 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:34
11455 msgid "More verbose output. If specified once, every hardlinked file is displayed, if specified twice, it also shows every comparison."
11458 #. type: Plain text
11459 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:37
11461 msgid "Quiet mode, don't print anything."
11462 msgstr " -q, --quiet modo silencioso - não mostra nada\n"
11464 #. type: Labeled list
11465 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:93
11467 msgid "*-n*, *--dry-run*"
11468 msgstr " -n, --dry-run faz tudo, menos descartar\n"
11470 #. type: Plain text
11471 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:40
11472 msgid "Do not act, just print what would happen."
11475 #. type: Labeled list
11476 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:41
11478 msgid "*-f*, *--respect-name*"
11479 msgstr " -f, --respect-name nomes de arquivos devem ser idênticos\n"
11481 #. type: Plain text
11482 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:43
11483 msgid "Only try to link files with the same (basename). It's strongly recommended to use long options rather than *-f* which is interpreted in a different way by others *hardlink* implementations."
11486 #. type: Labeled list
11487 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:44
11489 msgid "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*"
11490 msgstr "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*"
11492 #. type: Plain text
11493 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:46
11494 msgid "Link/compare files even if their mode is different. This may be a bit unpredictable."
11497 #. type: Labeled list
11498 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:47
11500 msgid "*-o*, *--ignore-owner*"
11501 msgstr " -o, --ignore-owner ignora alterações de proprietário\n"
11503 #. type: Plain text
11504 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:49
11505 msgid "Link/compare files even if their owner (user and group) is different. It is not predictable."
11508 #. type: Labeled list
11509 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:50
11511 msgid "*-t*, *--ignore-time*"
11512 msgstr " -t, --ignore-time ignora marcas de tempo (ao testar por igualdade)\n"
11514 #. type: Plain text
11515 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:52
11516 msgid "Link/compare files even if their time of modification is different. You almost always want this."
11519 #. type: Labeled list
11520 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:53
11522 msgid "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
11523 msgstr " -X, --respect-xattrs respeita atributos estendidos\n"
11525 #. type: Plain text
11526 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:55
11527 msgid "Only try to link files with the same extended attributes."
11530 #. type: Labeled list
11531 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:56
11533 msgid "*-m*, *--maximize*"
11535 " -m, --maximize maximiza a contagem de links físicos, remove o\n"
11536 " arquivo com a menor contagem de links físicos\n"
11538 #. type: Plain text
11539 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:58
11540 msgid "Among equal files, keep the file with the highest link count."
11543 #. type: Labeled list
11544 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:59
11546 msgid "*-M*, *--minimize*"
11547 msgstr " -M, --minimize inverte o significado de -m\n"
11549 #. type: Plain text
11550 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:61
11551 msgid "Among equal files, keep the file with the lowest link count."
11554 #. type: Labeled list
11555 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:62
11557 msgid "*-O*, *--keep-oldest*"
11559 " -O, --keep-oldest mantém o arquivo mais antigo dentre vários\n"
11560 " arquivos iguais (menor precedência do que\n"
11561 " minimizar/maximizar)\n"
11563 #. type: Plain text
11564 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:64
11565 msgid "Among equal files, keep the oldest file (least recent modification time). By default, the newest file is kept. If *--maximize* or *--minimize* is specified, the link count has a higher precedence than the time of modification."
11568 #. type: Labeled list
11569 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:65
11571 msgid "*-x*, *--exclude* _regex_"
11572 msgstr " -x, --exclude <regex> expressão regular para excluir arquivos\n"
11574 #. type: Plain text
11575 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:67
11576 msgid "A regular expression which excludes files from being compared and linked."
11579 #. type: Labeled list
11580 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:68
11582 msgid "*-i*, *--include* _regex_"
11583 msgstr " -i, --include <regex> expressão regular para incluir arquivos/dirs\n"
11585 #. type: Plain text
11586 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:70
11587 msgid "A regular expression to include files. If the option *--exclude* has been given, this option re-includes files which would otherwise be excluded. If the option is used without *--exclude*, only files matched by the pattern are included."
11590 #. type: Labeled list
11591 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:71
11593 msgid "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _size_"
11595 " -s, --minimum-size <tamanho>\n"
11596 " tamanho mínimo para arquivos.\n"
11598 #. type: Plain text
11599 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:73
11600 msgid "The minimum size to consider. By default this is 1, so empty files will not be linked. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
11603 #. type: Plain text
11604 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:77
11606 msgid "*hardlink* takes one or more directories which will be searched for files to be linked.\n"
11609 #. type: Plain text
11610 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:81
11611 msgid "The original *hardlink* implementation uses the option *-f* to force hardlinks creation between filesystem. This very rarely usable feature is no more supported by the current hardlink."
11614 #. type: Plain text
11615 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:83
11617 msgid "*hardlink* assumes that the trees it operates on do not change during operation. If a tree does change, the result is undefined and potentially dangerous. For example, if a regular file is replaced by a device, hardlink may start reading from the device. If a component of a path is replaced by a symbolic link or file permissions change, security may be compromised. Do not run hardlink on a changing tree or on a tree controlled by another user.\n"
11620 #. type: Plain text
11621 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:87
11622 msgid "There are multiple *hardlink* implementations. The very first implementation is from Jakub Jelinek for Fedora distribution, this implementation has been used in util-linux between versions v2.34 to v2.36. The current implementations is based on Debian version from Julian Andres Klode."
11625 #. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu)
11626 #. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
11627 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
11629 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:7
11634 #. type: Plain text
11635 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:17
11637 msgid "kill - terminate a process"
11638 msgstr "Termina forçadamente um processo.\n"
11640 #. type: Plain text
11641 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:21
11643 msgid "*kill* [-signal|*-s* _signal_|*-p*] [*-q* _value_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* _milliseconds_ _signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_name_...\n"
11646 #. type: Plain text
11647 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:23
11649 msgid "*kill* *-l* [_number_] | *-L*\n"
11650 msgstr " -l, --length <núm> o número de bytes para descartar\n"
11652 #. type: Plain text
11653 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:28
11654 msgid "The command *kill* sends the specified _signal_ to the specified processes or process groups."
11657 #. type: Plain text
11658 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:30
11659 msgid "If no signal is specified, the TERM signal is sent. The default action for this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used in preference to the KILL signal (number 9), since a process may install a handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after a TERM signal has been sent, then the KILL signal may be used; be aware that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating."
11662 #. type: Plain text
11663 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:32
11664 msgid "Most modern shells have a builtin *kill* command, with a usage rather similar to that of the command described here. The *--all*, *--pid*, and *--queue* options, and the possibility to specify processes by command name, are local extensions."
11667 #. type: Plain text
11668 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:34
11669 msgid "If _signal_ is 0, then no actual signal is sent, but error checking is still performed."
11672 #. type: Plain text
11673 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:38
11674 msgid "The list of processes to be signaled can be a mixture of names and PIDs."
11677 #. type: Labeled list
11678 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:39
11683 #. type: Plain text
11684 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:41
11685 msgid "Each _pid_ can be expressed in one of the following ways:"
11688 #. type: Labeled list
11689 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:41
11694 #. type: Plain text
11695 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:43
11696 msgid "where _n_ is larger than 0. The process with PID _n_ is signaled."
11699 #. type: Plain text
11700 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:45
11701 msgid "All processes in the current process group are signaled."
11704 #. type: Plain text
11705 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:47
11706 msgid "All processes with a PID larger than 1 are signaled."
11709 #. type: Labeled list
11710 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:47
11715 #. type: Plain text
11716 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:49
11717 msgid "where _n_ is larger than 1. All processes in process group _n_ are signaled. When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant to denote a process group, either a signal must be specified first, or the argument must be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be taken as the signal to send."
11720 #. type: Labeled list
11721 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:50
11726 #. type: Plain text
11727 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:52
11728 msgid "All processes invoked using this _name_ will be signaled."
11731 #. type: Labeled list
11732 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:55
11734 msgid "*-s*, *--signal* _signal_"
11735 msgstr " -s, --signal <sinal> envia este <sinal> ao invés de SIGTERM\n"
11737 #. type: Plain text
11738 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:57
11739 msgid "The signal to send. It may be given as a name or a number."
11742 #. type: Labeled list
11743 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:57
11745 msgid "*-l*, *--list* [_number_]"
11746 msgstr "*-l*, *--list*"
11748 #. type: Plain text
11749 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59
11750 msgid "Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a name. The signals can be found in _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_."
11753 #. type: Labeled list
11754 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59
11756 msgid "*-L*, *--table*"
11757 msgstr " -l, --table-columns-limit <núm> número máximo de colunas de entrada\n"
11759 #. type: Plain text
11760 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61
11761 msgid "Similar to *-l*, but it will print signal names and their corresponding numbers."
11764 #. type: Plain text
11765 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63
11767 msgid "Do not restrict the command-name-to-PID conversion to processes with the same UID as the present process."
11769 " -a, --all não restringe a conversão nome-para-pid a processos\n"
11770 " com a mesma uid que o presente processo\n"
11772 #. type: Labeled list
11773 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:98
11774 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:77 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:73
11775 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:63
11777 msgid "*-p*, *--pid*"
11778 msgstr " -p, --pid <num> ID de processo\n"
11780 #. type: Plain text
11781 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65
11782 msgid "Only print the process ID (PID) of the named processes, do not send any signals."
11785 #. type: Plain text
11786 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:67
11787 msgid "Print PID(s) that will be signaled with *kill* along with the signal."
11790 #. type: Labeled list
11791 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:67
11793 msgid "*-q*, *--queue* _value_"
11795 " -q, --queue <valor> usa sigqueue(2), e não kill(2), e passa <valor>\n"
11798 #. type: Plain text
11799 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:69
11800 msgid "Send the signal using *sigqueue*(3) rather than *kill*(2). The _value_ argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal. If the receiving process has installed a handler for this signal using the *SA_SIGINFO* flag to *sigaction*(2), then it can obtain this data via the _si_sigval_ field of the _siginfo_t_ structure."
11803 #. type: Labeled list
11804 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:69
11806 msgid "*--timeout* _milliseconds signal_"
11809 #. type: Plain text
11810 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:71
11811 msgid "Send a signal defined in the usual way to a process, followed by an additional signal after a specified delay. The *--timeout* option causes *kill* to wait for a period defined in _milliseconds_ before sending a follow-up _signal_ to the process. This feature is implemented using the Linux kernel PID file descriptor feature in order to guarantee that the follow-up signal is sent to the same process or not sent if the process no longer exists."
11814 #. type: Plain text
11815 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:73
11816 msgid "Note that the operating system may re-use PIDs and implementing an equivalent feature in a shell using *kill* and *sleep* would be subject to races whereby the follow-up signal might be sent to a different process that used a recycled PID."
11819 #. type: Plain text
11820 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:75
11821 msgid "The *--timeout* option can be specified multiple times: the signals are sent sequentially with the specified timeouts. The *--timeout* option can be combined with the *--queue* option."
11824 #. type: Plain text
11825 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:77
11826 msgid "As an example, the following command sends the signals QUIT, TERM and KILL in sequence and waits for 1000 milliseconds between sending the signals:"
11829 #. type: delimited block .
11830 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:81
11833 "kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL \\\n"
11834 " --signal QUIT 12345\n"
11837 #. type: Plain text
11838 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:86
11840 msgid "*kill* has the following exit status values:\n"
11843 #. type: Plain text
11844 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:91 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:131
11845 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:67
11846 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:74
11849 msgstr "falha de PAM; abortando: %s"
11851 #. type: Plain text
11852 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:93
11853 msgid "partial success (when more than one process specified)"
11856 #. type: Plain text
11857 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:97
11858 msgid "Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see *gettid*(2)) of one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of *kill*, the signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the entire thread group). In other words, it is not possible to send a signal to an explicitly selected thread in a multithreaded process. The signal will be delivered to an arbitrarily selected thread in the target process that is not blocking the signal. For more details, see *signal*(7) and the description of *CLONE_THREAD* in *clone*(2)."
11861 #. type: Plain text
11862 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:99
11863 msgid "Various shells provide a builtin *kill* command that is preferred in relation to the *kill*(1) executable described by this manual. The easiest way to ensure one is executing the command described in this page is to use the full path when calling the command, for example: */bin/kill --version*"
11866 #. type: Plain text
11867 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:104
11868 msgid "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
11871 #. type: Plain text
11872 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:106
11873 msgid "The original version was taken from BSD 4.4."
11876 #. type: Plain text
11877 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:115
11882 "*sigaction*(2),\n"
11891 #. Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993
11892 #. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
11893 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
11894 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
11896 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
11897 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
11898 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
11899 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
11900 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
11901 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
11902 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
11903 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
11904 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
11905 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
11906 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
11907 #. without specific prior written permission.
11908 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
11909 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
11910 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
11911 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
11912 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
11913 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
11914 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
11915 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
11916 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
11917 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
11919 #. @(#)logger.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
11921 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:36
11926 #. type: Plain text
11927 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:46
11929 msgid "logger - enter messages into the system log"
11930 msgstr "Insere mensagens no sistema de registro de logs.\n"
11932 #. type: Plain text
11933 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:50
11935 msgid "*logger* [options] _message_\n"
11936 msgstr " %s [opções] [<mensagem>]\n"
11938 #. type: Plain text
11939 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:54
11941 msgid "*logger* makes entries in the system log.\n"
11944 #. type: Plain text
11945 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:56
11946 msgid "When the optional _message_ argument is present, it is written to the log. If it is not present, and the *-f* option is not given either, then standard input is logged."
11949 #. type: Labeled list
11950 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:59
11952 msgid "*-d*, *--udp*"
11953 msgstr " -d, --udp usa apenas UDP\n"
11955 #. type: Plain text
11956 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:61
11957 msgid "Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the syslog port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often 514."
11960 #. type: Plain text
11961 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:63 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:171
11962 msgid "See also *--server* and *--socket* to specify where to connect."
11965 #. type: Labeled list
11966 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:64
11968 msgid "*-e*, *--skip-empty*"
11969 msgstr " -e, --skip-empty não registra linhas vazias ao processar arquivos\n"
11971 #. type: Plain text
11972 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:66
11973 msgid "Ignore empty lines when processing files. An empty line is defined to be a line without any characters. Thus a line consisting only of whitespace is NOT considered empty. Note that when the *--prio-prefix* option is specified, the priority is not part of the line. Thus an empty line in this mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority prefix (e.g., *<13>*)."
11976 #. type: Plain text
11977 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:69
11978 msgid "Log the contents of the specified _file_. This option cannot be combined with a command-line message."
11981 #. type: Labeled list
11982 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:70
11985 msgstr "*-i*, *--inodes* _número_"
11987 #. type: Plain text
11988 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:72
11989 msgid "Log the PID of the logger process with each line."
11992 #. type: Labeled list
11993 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:73
11995 msgid "*--id*[**=**__id__]"
11996 msgstr " -m, --shmem-id <id> remove segmento de memória compartilhada pelo id\n"
11998 #. type: Plain text
11999 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:75
12000 msgid "Log the PID of the logger process with each line. When the optional argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the logger command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that send several messages."
12003 #. type: Plain text
12004 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:77
12005 msgid "Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example *systemd* when listening on _/dev/log_) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite the PID specified in the message. *logger*(1) is able to set those socket credentials to the given _id_, but only if you have root permissions and a process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the socket credentials are not modified and the problem is silently ignored."
12008 #. type: Labeled list
12009 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:78
12011 msgid "*--journald*[**=**__file__]"
12012 msgstr "*--journald*[**=**__arquivo__]"
12014 #. type: Plain text
12015 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:80
12016 msgid "Write a systemd journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with a field that is accepted by journald; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it makes finding entries easy. Examples:"
12019 #. type: delimited block _
12020 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:88
12023 " logger --journald <<end\n"
12024 " MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
12025 " MESSAGE=The dogs bark, but the caravan goes on.\n"
12027 " CARAVAN=goes on\n"
12031 #. type: delimited block _
12032 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:90
12034 msgid " logger --journald=entry.txt\n"
12036 " --journald[=<arquivo>]\n"
12037 " escreve entrada journald\n"
12039 #. type: Plain text
12040 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:92
12041 msgid "Notice that *--journald* will ignore values of other options, such as priority. If priority is needed it must be within input, and use PRIORITY field. The simple execution of *journalctl*(1) will display MESSAGE field. Use *journalctl --output json-pretty* to see rest of the fields."
12044 #. type: Plain text
12045 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:94
12046 msgid "To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the journal if they appear multiple times."
12049 #. type: Labeled list
12050 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:95
12052 msgid "*--msgid* _msgid_"
12053 msgstr "*--msgid* _msgid_"
12055 #. type: Plain text
12056 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:97
12057 msgid "Sets the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] MSGID field. Note that the space character is not permitted inside of _msgid_. This option is only used if *--rfc5424* is specified as well; otherwise, it is silently ignored."
12060 #. type: Labeled list
12061 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:98
12063 msgid "*-n*, *--server* _server_"
12066 #. type: Plain text
12067 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:100
12068 msgid "Write to the specified remote syslog _server_ instead of to the system log socket. Unless *--udp* or *--tcp* is specified, *logger* will first try to use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted."
12071 #. type: Labeled list
12072 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:101
12075 msgstr " -s, --symlink age no alvo de links simbólicos\n"
12077 #. type: Plain text
12078 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:103
12079 msgid "Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the system log, and removing the connection or the journal. This option can be used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes."
12082 #. type: Labeled list
12083 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:104
12085 msgid "*--octet-count*"
12086 msgstr "*--octet-count*"
12088 #. type: Plain text
12089 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:106
12090 msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] octet counting framing method for sending messages. When this option is not used, the default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also known as octet stuffing) on TCP."
12093 #. type: Labeled list
12094 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:107
12096 msgid "*-P*, *--port* _port_"
12097 msgstr " -P, --port <porta> usa esta porta para conexão UDP ou TCP\n"
12099 #. type: Plain text
12100 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:109
12101 msgid "Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port defaults to syslog for udp and to syslog-conn for tcp connections."
12104 #. type: Labeled list
12105 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:65
12107 msgid "*-p*, *--priority* _priority_"
12108 msgstr "*-p*, *--priority* _prioridade_"
12110 #. type: Plain text
12111 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:112
12112 msgid "Enter the message into the log with the specified _priority_. The priority may be specified numerically or as a _facility_._level_ pair. For example, *-p local3.info* logs the message as informational in the local3 facility. The default is *user.notice*."
12115 #. type: Labeled list
12116 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:113
12118 msgid "*--prio-prefix*"
12119 msgstr " --prio-prefix procura por prefixo em cada linha lida da entrada\n"
12121 #. type: Plain text
12122 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:115
12123 msgid "Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input. This prefix is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the facility and the level. The number is constructed by multiplying the facility by 8 and then adding the level. For example, *local0.info*, meaning facility=16 and level=6, becomes *<134>*."
12126 #. type: Plain text
12127 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:117
12128 msgid "If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is specified by the *-p* option. Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the line is logged using the _priority_ given with *-p*."
12131 #. type: Plain text
12132 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:119
12133 msgid "This option doesn't affect a command-line message."
12136 #. type: Labeled list
12137 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:120
12139 msgid "*--rfc3164*"
12140 msgstr "*--rfc3164*"
12142 #. type: Plain text
12143 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:122
12144 msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164[RFC 3164] BSD syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server."
12147 #. type: Labeled list
12148 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:123
12150 msgid "*--rfc5424*[**=**__without__]"
12151 msgstr "sai sem salvar as alterações"
12153 #. type: Plain text
12154 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:125
12155 msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server. The optional _without_ argument can be a comma-separated list of the following values: *notq*, *notime*, *nohost*."
12158 #. type: Plain text
12159 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:127
12160 msgid "The *notq* value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the submitted message. The time-quality information shows whether the local clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the timestamp might be off. The time quality is also automatically suppressed when *--sd-id timeQuality* is specified."
12163 #. type: Plain text
12164 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:129
12165 msgid "The *notime* value (which implies *notq*) suppresses the complete sender timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and timezone."
12168 #. type: Plain text
12169 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:131
12170 msgid "The *nohost* value suppresses *gethostname*(2) information from the message header."
12173 #. type: Plain text
12174 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:133
12175 msgid "The RFC 5424 protocol has been the default for *logger* since version 2.26."
12178 #. type: Labeled list
12179 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:134
12181 msgid "*-s*, *--stderr*"
12182 msgstr " -s, --stderr mostra mensagem para a saída de erro também\n"
12184 #. type: Plain text
12185 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:136
12187 msgid "Output the message to standard error as well as to the system log."
12188 msgstr " -s, --stderr mostra mensagem para a saída de erro também\n"
12190 #. type: Labeled list
12191 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:137
12193 msgid "*--sd-id* _name_[**@**__digits__]"
12194 msgstr "--sd-id não foi especificado para --sd-param %s"
12196 #. type: Plain text
12197 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:139
12198 msgid "Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header. The option has to be used before *--sd-param* to introduce a new element. The number of structured data elements is unlimited. The ID (_name_ plus possibly **@**__digits__) is case-sensitive and uniquely identifies the type and purpose of the element. The same ID must not exist more than once in a message. The **@**__digits__ part is required for user-defined non-standardized IDs."
12201 #. type: Plain text
12202 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:141
12204 msgid "*logger* currently generates the *timeQuality* standardized element only. RFC 5424 also describes the elements *origin* (with parameters ip, enterpriseId, software and swVersion) and *meta* (with parameters sequenceId, sysUpTime and language). These element IDs may be specified without the **@**__digits__ suffix.\n"
12207 #. type: Labeled list
12208 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:142
12210 msgid "*--sd-param* _name_=_value_"
12213 #. type: Plain text
12214 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:144
12215 msgid "Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are required and must be escaped on the command line. +"
12218 #. type: delimited block .
12219 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:151
12222 " logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123 \\\n"
12223 " --sd-param tiger=\"hungry\" \\\n"
12224 " --sd-param zebra=\"running\" \\\n"
12225 " --sd-id manager@123 \n"
12226 " --sd-param onMeeting=\"yes\" \n"
12227 " \"this is message\"\n"
12230 #. type: Plain text
12231 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:154
12232 msgid "produces: + *<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message*"
12235 #. type: Plain text
12236 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:157
12237 msgid "Sets the maximum permitted message size to _size_. The default is 1KiB characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC 3164. With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible. A good assumption is that RFC 5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages."
12240 #. type: Plain text
12241 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:159
12242 msgid "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects logger in all cases (not only when *--rfc5424* was used)."
12245 #. type: Plain text
12246 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:161
12247 msgid "Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including the syslog header. Header sizes vary depending on the selected options and the hostname length. As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not longer than 50 to 80 characters. When selecting a maximum message size, it is important to ensure that the receiver supports the max size as well, otherwise messages may become truncated. Again, as a rule of thumb two to four KiB message size should generally be OK, whereas anything larger should be verified to work."
12250 #. type: Labeled list
12251 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:162
12253 msgid "*--socket-errors*[**=**__mode__]"
12254 msgstr "Nenhum erro"
12256 #. type: Plain text
12257 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:164
12258 msgid "Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be a value of *off*, *on*, or *auto*. When the mode is auto logger will detect if the init process is systemd, and if so assumption is made _/dev/log_ can be used early at boot. Other init systems lack of _/dev/log_ will not cause errors that is identical with messaging using *openlog*(3) system call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used openlog, and hence was unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix sockets."
12261 #. type: Plain text
12262 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:166
12263 msgid "The default mode is *auto*. When errors are not enabled lost messages are not communicated and will result to successful exit status of *logger*(1) invocation."
12266 #. type: Labeled list
12267 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:167
12269 msgid "*-T*, *--tcp*"
12270 msgstr " -T, --tcp usa apenas TCP\n"
12272 #. type: Plain text
12273 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:169
12274 msgid "Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the _syslog-conn_ port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often _601_."
12277 #. type: Labeled list
12278 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:172
12280 msgid "*-t*, *--tag* _tag_"
12281 msgstr " -t, --tag <tag> marca cada linha com esta tag\n"
12283 #. type: Plain text
12284 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:174
12285 msgid "Mark every line to be logged with the specified _tag_. The default tag is the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based on effective user ID)."
12288 #. type: Labeled list
12289 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:175
12291 msgid "*-u*, *--socket* _socket_"
12292 msgstr " -u, --socket <soquete> grava neste soquete Unix\n"
12294 #. type: Plain text
12295 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:177
12296 msgid "Write to the specified _socket_ instead of to the system log socket."
12299 #. type: Labeled list
12300 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:178
12305 #. type: Plain text
12306 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:180
12307 msgid "End the argument list. This allows the _message_ to start with a hyphen (-)."
12310 #. type: Plain text
12311 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:190
12312 msgid "The *logger* utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs."
12316 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:191
12318 msgid "FACILITIES AND LEVELS"
12321 "Recursos de log:\n"
12323 #. type: Plain text
12324 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:194
12326 msgid "Valid facility names are:"
12327 msgstr "nome de recurso desconhecido: %s"
12329 #. type: Plain text
12330 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:198
12334 "*authpriv* for security information of a sensitive nature +\n"
12338 #. type: Plain text
12339 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:202
12344 "*kern* cannot be generated from userspace process, automatically converted to *user* +\n"
12347 #. type: Plain text
12348 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:213
12360 "*security* deprecated synonym for *auth*\n"
12363 #. type: Plain text
12364 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:215
12366 msgid "Valid level names are:"
12367 msgstr "nível do cache"
12369 #. type: Plain text
12370 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:227
12381 "*panic* deprecated synonym for *emerg* +\n"
12382 "*error* deprecated synonym for *err* +\n"
12383 "*warn* deprecated synonym for *warning* +\n"
12386 #. type: Plain text
12387 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:229
12388 msgid "For the priority order and intended purposes of these facilities and levels, see *syslog*(3)."
12391 #. type: Plain text
12392 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:233
12393 msgid "The *logger* command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") compatible."
12396 #. type: Plain text
12397 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:237
12399 msgid "*logger System rebooted* *logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/idmc* *logger -n loghost.example.com System rebooted*\n"
12402 #. type: Plain text
12403 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:241
12404 msgid "The *logger* command was originally written by University of California in 1983-1993 and later rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], and mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]."
12407 #. type: Plain text
12408 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:247
12411 "*journalctl*(1),\n"
12413 "*systemd.journal-fields*(7)\n"
12419 #. Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
12420 #. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
12421 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
12422 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
12424 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
12425 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
12426 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
12427 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
12428 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
12429 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
12430 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
12431 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
12432 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
12433 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
12434 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
12435 #. without specific prior written permission.
12436 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
12437 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
12438 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
12439 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
12440 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
12441 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
12442 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
12443 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
12444 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
12445 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
12447 #. @(#)look.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/14/93
12449 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:36
12454 #. type: Plain text
12455 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:46
12457 msgid "look - display lines beginning with a given string"
12458 msgstr "Exibe linhas iniciando com um texto especificado.\n"
12460 #. type: Plain text
12461 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:50
12463 msgid "*look* [options] _string_ [_file_]\n"
12464 msgstr " %s [opções] <texto> [<arquivo>...]\n"
12466 #. type: Plain text
12467 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:54
12468 msgid "The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_. As *look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be sorted (where *sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that *look* is invoked with)."
12471 #. type: Plain text
12472 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:56
12473 msgid "If _file_ is not specified, the file _/usr/share/dict/words_ is used, only alphanumeric characters are compared and the case of alphabetic characters is ignored."
12476 #. type: Plain text
12477 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:61
12479 msgid "Use the alternative dictionary file."
12480 msgstr " -a, --alternative usa o dicionário alternativo\n"
12482 #. type: Labeled list
12483 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:62
12485 msgid "*-d*, *--alphanum*"
12486 msgstr "*-d*, *--alphanum*"
12488 #. type: Plain text
12489 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:64
12490 msgid "Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file is specified."
12493 #. type: Plain text
12494 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:66
12495 msgid "Note that blanks have been added to dictionary character set for compatibility with *sort -d* command since version 2.28."
12498 #. type: Labeled list
12499 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:67
12501 msgid "*-f*, *--ignore-case*"
12502 msgstr " -f, --ignore-case não diferencia maiúsculo/minúsculo na comparação\n"
12504 #. type: Plain text
12505 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:69
12506 msgid "Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no file is specified."
12509 #. type: Labeled list
12510 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:70
12512 msgid "*-t*, *--terminate* _character_"
12515 #. type: Plain text
12516 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:72
12517 msgid "Specify a string termination character, i.e., only the characters in _string_ up to and including the first occurrence of _character_ are compared."
12520 #. type: Plain text
12521 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:80
12522 msgid "The *look* utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, 1 if no lines were found, and >1 if an error occurred."
12525 #. type: Labeled list
12526 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:83
12531 #. type: Plain text
12532 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:85
12533 msgid "Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority than the dictionary path defined in FILES segment."
12536 #. type: Labeled list
12537 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:88
12539 msgid "_/usr/share/dict/words_"
12542 #. type: Plain text
12543 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:90
12545 msgid "the dictionary"
12546 msgstr " -a, --alternative usa o dicionário alternativo\n"
12548 #. type: Labeled list
12549 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:91
12551 msgid "_/usr/share/dict/web2_"
12552 msgstr "criação de memória compartilhada falhou"
12554 #. type: Plain text
12555 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:93
12557 msgid "the alternative dictionary"
12558 msgstr " -a, --alternative usa o dicionário alternativo\n"
12560 #. type: Plain text
12561 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:97
12562 msgid "The *look* utility appeared in Version 7 AT&T Unix."
12565 #. type: delimited block .
12566 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:103
12569 "sort -d /etc/passwd -o /tmp/look.dict\n"
12570 "look -t: root:foobar /tmp/look.dict\n"
12573 #. type: Plain text
12574 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:109
12582 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:2
12587 #. type: Plain text
12588 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:12
12590 msgid "lsblk - list block devices"
12591 msgstr "Lista informação sobre dispositivos de bloco.\n"
12593 #. type: Plain text
12594 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:16
12596 msgid "*lsblk* [options] [_device_...]\n"
12599 #. type: Plain text
12600 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:20
12602 msgid "*lsblk* lists information about all available or the specified block devices. The *lsblk* command reads the *sysfs* filesystem and *udev db* to gather information. If the udev db is not available or *lsblk* is compiled without udev support, then it tries to read LABELs, UUIDs and filesystem types from the block device. In this case root permissions are necessary.\n"
12605 #. type: Plain text
12606 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:22
12607 msgid "The command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like format by default. Use *lsblk --help* to get a list of all available columns."
12610 #. type: Plain text
12611 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:24
12612 msgid "The default output, as well as the default output from options like *--fs* and *--topology*, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ and *--list* in environments where a stable output is required."
12615 #. type: Plain text
12616 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:26
12617 msgid "Note that *lsblk* might be executed in time when *udev* does not have all information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is recommended to use *udevadm settle* before *lsblk* to synchronize with udev."
12620 #. type: Plain text
12621 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:28
12622 msgid "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why *lsblk* provides MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points associated with the device."
12625 #. type: Plain text
12626 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:33
12627 msgid "Also list empty devices and RAM disk devices."
12630 #. type: Labeled list
12631 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:37
12633 msgid "*-D*, *--discard*"
12635 " -d, --discard[=<política>]\n"
12636 " habilita descarte de swap, se houver suporte\n"
12638 #. type: Plain text
12639 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:39
12640 msgid "Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each device."
12643 #. type: Labeled list
12644 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:40
12646 msgid "*-d*, *--nodeps*"
12647 msgstr " -d, --nodeps não exibe dispositivos escravos ou mantenedores\n"
12649 #. type: Plain text
12650 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:42
12651 msgid "Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, *lsblk --nodeps /dev/sda* prints information about the sda device only."
12654 #. type: Labeled list
12655 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:43
12657 msgid "*-E*, *--dedup* _column_"
12658 msgstr " -E, --dedup <coluna> desduplica a saída por <coluna>\n"
12660 #. type: Plain text
12661 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:45
12662 msgid "Use _column_ as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the key is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and parental whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always printed."
12665 #. type: Plain text
12666 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:47
12667 msgid "The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, for example by *-E WWN*."
12670 #. type: Labeled list
12671 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:48
12673 msgid "-e*, *--exclude* _list_"
12675 " -e, --exclude <lista>\n"
12676 " exclui dispositivos pelo número maior\n"
12677 " (padrão: discos RAM)\n"
12679 #. type: Plain text
12680 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:50
12681 msgid "Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if *--all* is not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not obvious."
12684 #. type: Labeled list
12685 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:51
12687 msgid "*-f*, *--fs*"
12688 msgstr " -f, --fs exibe informação sobre os sistemas de arquivos\n"
12690 #. type: Plain text
12691 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:53
12692 msgid "Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,FSTYPE,FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. The authoritative information about filesystems and raids is provided by the *blkid*(8) command."
12695 #. type: Labeled list
12696 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:57
12698 msgid "*-I*, *--include* _list_"
12700 " -I, --include <lista>\n"
12701 " mostra apenas os dispositivos com números maiores\n"
12704 #. type: Plain text
12705 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:59
12706 msgid "Include devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not obvious."
12709 #. type: Labeled list
12710 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:60
12712 msgid "*-i*, *--ascii*"
12713 msgstr " -i, --ascii usa apenas caracteres ascii\n"
12715 #. type: Plain text
12716 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:62
12718 msgid "Use ASCII characters for tree formatting."
12719 msgstr " -a, --ascii usa caracteres ASCII para formatação da árvore\n"
12721 #. type: Plain text
12722 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:65
12723 msgid "Use JSON output format. It's strongly recommended to use *--output* and also *--tree* if necessary."
12726 #. type: Plain text
12727 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:68
12728 msgid "Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every device is printed only once if *--pairs* or *--raw* not specified (the parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)."
12731 #. type: Labeled list
12732 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:69
12734 msgid "*-M*, *--merge*"
12735 msgstr " -M, --merge agrupa pais de sub-árvores (usável por RAIDs, multipath)\n"
12737 #. type: Plain text
12738 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:71
12739 msgid "Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required."
12742 #. type: Labeled list
12743 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:72
12745 msgid "*-m*, *--perms*"
12746 msgstr " -m, --perms exibe informação sobre permissões\n"
12748 #. type: Plain text
12749 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:74
12750 msgid "Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*."
12753 #. type: Plain text
12754 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:80
12755 msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also *--tree*)."
12758 #. type: Plain text
12759 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:82
12761 msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
12762 msgstr "A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)."
12764 #. type: Labeled list
12765 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:83
12767 msgid "*-O*, *--output-all*"
12768 msgstr " -O, --output-all mostra todas as colunas\n"
12770 #. type: Plain text
12771 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:88
12772 msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). The key (variable name) will be modified to contain only characters allowed for a shell variable identifiers, for example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-IO and FSUSE%."
12775 #. type: Labeled list
12776 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:89
12778 msgid "*-p*, *--paths*"
12779 msgstr " -p, --paths exibe o caminho completo do dispositivo\n"
12781 #. type: Plain text
12782 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:91
12784 msgid "Print full device paths."
12785 msgstr " -p, --paths exibe o caminho completo do dispositivo\n"
12787 #. type: Plain text
12788 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:94
12789 msgid "Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>) in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT columns."
12792 #. type: Labeled list
12793 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:95
12795 msgid "*-S*, *--scsi*"
12796 msgstr " -S, --scsi exibe informação sobre dispositivos SCSI\n"
12798 #. type: Plain text
12799 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:97
12800 msgid "Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder devices are ignored."
12803 #. type: Labeled list
12804 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:98
12806 msgid "*-s*, *--inverse*"
12807 msgstr " -s, --inverse dependências inversas\n"
12809 #. type: Plain text
12810 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:100
12811 msgid "Print dependencies in inverse order. If the *--list* output is requested then the lines are still ordered by dependencies."
12814 #. type: Labeled list
12815 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:101
12817 msgid "*-T*, *--tree*[**=**__column__]"
12818 msgstr " -T, --tree[=<coluna>] usa árvore no formato de lista\n"
12820 #. type: Plain text
12821 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:103
12822 msgid "Force tree-like output format. If _column_ is specified, then a tree is printed in the column. The default is NAME column."
12825 #. type: Labeled list
12826 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:104
12828 msgid "*-t*, *--topology*"
12829 msgstr " -t, --topology exibe informação sobre a topologia\n"
12831 #. type: Plain text
12832 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:106
12833 msgid "Output info about block-device topology. This option is equivalent to"
12836 #. type: Plain text
12837 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:108
12838 msgid "NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME*."
12841 #. type: Labeled list
12842 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:112
12844 msgid "*-w*, *--width* _number_"
12847 #. type: Plain text
12848 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:114
12849 msgid "Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces *lsblk* to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not allowed. The expected use-case is for example when *lsblk* is used by the *watch*(1) command."
12852 #. type: Labeled list
12853 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:115
12855 msgid "*-x*, *--sort* _column_"
12856 msgstr " -x, --sort <coluna> ordena a saída por <coluna>\n"
12858 #. type: Plain text
12859 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:117
12860 msgid "Sort output lines by _column_. This option enables *--list* output format by default. It is possible to use the option *--tree* to force tree-like output and than the tree branches are sorted by the _column_."
12863 #. type: Labeled list
12864 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:118
12866 msgid "*-z*, *--zoned*"
12867 msgstr " -z, --zoned exibe modelo de zona\n"
12869 #. type: Plain text
12870 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:120
12872 msgid "Print the zone model for each device."
12873 msgstr " -z, --zoned exibe modelo de zona\n"
12875 #. type: Labeled list
12876 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:121
12878 msgid "*--sysroot* _directory_"
12881 #. type: Plain text
12882 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:123
12883 msgid "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lsblk* command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
12886 #. type: Labeled list
12887 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:132 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:74
12892 #. type: Plain text
12893 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:134
12895 msgid "none of specified devices found"
12896 msgstr "Lista as tabelas de partição para os dispositivos especificados e sai."
12898 #. type: Labeled list
12899 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:135 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:76
12904 #. type: Plain text
12905 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:137
12906 msgid "some specified devices found, some not found"
12909 #. type: Labeled list
12910 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:140
12912 msgid "LSBLK_DEBUG=all"
12913 msgstr "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
12915 #. type: Plain text
12916 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:142
12918 msgid "enables *lsblk* debug output."
12919 msgstr "habilita saída de depuração do libfdisk."
12921 #. type: Plain text
12922 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:145 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:131
12924 msgid "enables *libblkid* debug output."
12925 msgstr "habilita saída de depuração do libblkid."
12927 #. type: Plain text
12928 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:148 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:128
12930 msgid "enables *libmount* debug output."
12931 msgstr "habilita a saída de depuração do libmount."
12933 #. type: Plain text
12934 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:151
12936 msgid "enables *libsmartcols* debug output."
12937 msgstr "habilita saída de depuração do libsmartcols."
12939 #. type: Plain text
12940 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:158
12941 msgid "For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from the parent device."
12944 #. type: Plain text
12945 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:160
12946 msgid "The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs block directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with a new enough kernel, check that CONFIG_SYSFS was enabled at the time of the kernel build."
12949 #. type: Plain text
12950 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:165
12951 msgid "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
12954 #. type: Plain text
12955 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:171
12963 #. Man page for the lslocks command.
12964 #. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
12965 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
12966 #. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu)
12967 #. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
12968 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
12970 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:12
12973 msgstr "lslocks(8)"
12975 #. type: Plain text
12976 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:23
12978 msgid "lslocks - list local system locks"
12979 msgstr "Lista travas do sistema local.\n"
12981 #. type: Plain text
12982 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:27
12984 msgid "*lslocks* [options]\n"
12989 #. type: Plain text
12990 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:31
12992 msgid "*lslocks* lists information about all the currently held file locks in a Linux system.\n"
12995 #. type: Plain text
12996 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:33
12997 msgid "Note that lslocks also lists OFD (Open File Description) locks, these locks are not associated with any process (PID is -1). OFD locks are associated with the open file description on which they are acquired. This lock type is available since Linux 3.15, see *fcntl*(2) for more details."
13000 #. type: Labeled list
13001 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:39
13003 msgid "*-i*, *--noinaccessible*"
13004 msgstr " -i, --noinaccessible ignora travas sem permissão de leitura\n"
13006 #. type: Plain text
13007 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:41
13008 msgid "Ignore lock files which are inaccessible for the current user."
13011 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
13012 #. type: Plain text
13013 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:53
13015 msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)."
13016 msgstr "A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)."
13018 #. type: Labeled list
13019 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:25
13021 msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pid_"
13022 msgstr " -p, --pid <pid> exibe apenas travas mantidas por este processo\n"
13024 #. type: Plain text
13025 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:59
13027 msgid "Display only the locks held by the process with this _pid_."
13028 msgstr " -p, --pid <pid> exibe apenas travas mantidas por este processo\n"
13030 #. type: Plain text
13031 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:62 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:61
13032 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:57
13033 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:47
13035 msgid "Use the raw output format."
13036 msgstr " -r, --raw usa formato de saída não tratado (raw)"
13038 #. type: Plain text
13039 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:62
13041 msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
13042 msgstr " -u, --notruncate não trunca texto em colunas\n"
13044 #. type: Labeled list
13045 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:74
13050 #. type: Plain text
13051 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:76
13053 msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
13054 msgstr "comando do processo mantendo a trava"
13056 #. type: Labeled list
13057 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:77
13062 #. type: Plain text
13063 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:79
13064 msgid "The process ID of the process which holds the lock or -1 for OFDLCK."
13067 #. type: Labeled list
13068 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:80
13073 #. type: Plain text
13074 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:82
13075 msgid "The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with *flock*(2)), POSIX (created with *fcntl*(2) and *lockf*(3)) or OFDLCK (created with *fcntl*(2))."
13078 #. type: Labeled list
13079 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:83
13084 #. type: Plain text
13085 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:85
13087 msgid "Size of the locked file."
13088 msgstr "caminho do arquivo travado"
13090 #. type: Labeled list
13091 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:86
13096 #. type: Plain text
13097 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:88
13098 msgid "The lock's access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked and waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an '*' (asterisk)."
13101 #. type: Labeled list
13102 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:89
13107 #. type: Plain text
13108 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:91
13109 msgid "Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only advisory), 1 means yes. (See *fcntl*(2).)"
13112 #. type: Labeled list
13113 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:92
13118 #. type: Plain text
13119 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:94
13121 msgid "Relative byte offset of the lock."
13122 msgstr "posição relativa de byte da trava"
13124 #. type: Labeled list
13125 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:95
13130 #. type: Plain text
13131 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:97
13133 msgid "Ending offset of the lock."
13134 msgstr "posição final da trava"
13136 #. type: Labeled list
13137 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:98
13142 #. type: Plain text
13143 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:100
13144 msgid "Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" is appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use *--notruncate* to get the full path."
13147 #. type: Labeled list
13148 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:101
13153 #. type: Plain text
13154 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:103
13156 msgid "The PID of the process which blocks the lock."
13157 msgstr "PID do processo bloqueando a trava"
13159 #. type: Plain text
13160 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:107
13161 msgid "The *lslocks* command is meant to replace the *lslk*(8) command, originally written by mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] and unmaintained since 2001."
13164 #. type: Plain text
13165 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:111
13167 msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
13168 msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
13170 #. type: Plain text
13171 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:117
13180 #. Public Domain 1995 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
13182 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:4
13187 #. type: Plain text
13188 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:14
13190 msgid "mcookie - generate magic cookies for xauth"
13191 msgstr "Gera cookies mágicos para xauth.\n"
13193 #. type: Plain text
13194 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:18
13196 msgid "*mcookie* [options]\n"
13201 #. type: Plain text
13202 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:22
13204 msgid "*mcookie* generates a 128-bit random hexadecimal number for use with the X authority system. Typical usage:\n"
13207 #. type: delimited block _
13208 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:25
13210 msgid "*xauth add :0 . `mcookie`*\n"
13213 #. type: Plain text
13214 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:28
13215 msgid "The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of random information coming from one of the sources *getrandom*(2) system call, _/dev/urandom_, _/dev/random_, or the _libc pseudo-random functions_, in this preference order. See also the option *--file*."
13218 #. type: Plain text
13219 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:33
13220 msgid "Use this _file_ as an additional source of randomness (for example _/dev/urandom_). When _file_ is '-', characters are read from standard input."
13223 #. type: Labeled list
13224 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:34
13226 msgid "*-m*, *--max-size* _number_"
13227 msgstr "Número máximo de segmentos = %ju\n"
13229 #. type: Plain text
13230 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:36
13231 msgid "Read from _file_ only this _number_ of bytes. This option is meant to be used when reading additional randomness from a file or device."
13234 #. type: Plain text
13235 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:38
13236 msgid "The _number_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
13239 #. type: Plain text
13240 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:41
13241 msgid "Inform where randomness originated, with amount of entropy read from each source."
13244 #. type: Plain text
13245 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:51
13246 msgid "_/dev/urandom_"
13247 msgstr "_/dev/urandom_"
13249 #. type: Plain text
13250 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:53
13251 msgid "_/dev/random_"
13252 msgstr "_/dev/random_"
13254 #. type: Plain text
13255 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:57
13256 msgid "It is assumed that none of the randomness sources will block."
13259 #. type: Plain text
13260 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:64
13270 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:2
13275 #. type: Plain text
13276 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:12
13278 msgid "namei - follow a pathname until a terminal point is found"
13279 msgstr "Segue um caminho até um ponto de terminação ser encontrado.\n"
13281 #. type: Plain text
13282 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:16
13284 msgid "*namei* [options] _pathname_...\n"
13285 msgstr " %s [opções] <caminhos>...\n"
13287 #. type: Plain text
13288 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:20
13290 msgid "*namei* interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file (symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). *namei* then follows each pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, etc). If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts following it, indenting the output to show the context.\n"
13293 #. type: Plain text
13294 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:22
13295 msgid "This program is useful for finding \"too many levels of symbolic links\" problems."
13298 #. type: Plain text
13299 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:24
13300 msgid "For each line of output, *namei* uses the following characters to identify the file type found:"
13303 #. type: delimited block .
13304 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:35
13307 " f: = the pathname currently being resolved\n"
13309 " l = symbolic link (both the link and its contents are output)\n"
13311 " b = block device\n"
13312 " c = character device\n"
13313 " p = FIFO (named pipe)\n"
13314 " - = regular file\n"
13315 " ? = an error of some kind\n"
13318 #. type: Plain text
13319 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:38
13321 msgid "*namei* prints an informative message when the maximum number of symbolic links this system can have has been exceeded.\n"
13324 #. type: Labeled list
13325 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:41
13327 msgid "*-l*, *--long*"
13329 " -x, --mountpoints mostra diretórios de ponto de montagem com um \"D\"\n"
13330 " -m, --modes mostra os bits de modo de cada arquivo\n"
13331 " -o, --owners mostra o nome do dono e do grupo de cada arquivo\n"
13332 " -l, --long usa um formato longo de listagem (-m -o -v)\n"
13333 " -n, --nosymlinks não segue links simbólicos\n"
13334 " -v, --vertical alinhamento vertical de modos e donos\n"
13336 #. type: Plain text
13337 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:43
13338 msgid "Use the long listing format (same as *-m -o -v*)."
13341 #. type: Labeled list
13342 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:44
13344 msgid "*-m*, *--modes*"
13346 " -x, --mountpoints mostra diretórios de ponto de montagem com um \"D\"\n"
13347 " -m, --modes mostra os bits de modo de cada arquivo\n"
13348 " -o, --owners mostra o nome do dono e do grupo de cada arquivo\n"
13349 " -l, --long usa um formato longo de listagem (-m -o -v)\n"
13350 " -n, --nosymlinks não segue links simbólicos\n"
13351 " -v, --vertical alinhamento vertical de modos e donos\n"
13353 #. type: Plain text
13354 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:46
13355 msgid "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of *ls*(1), for example 'rwxr-xr-x'."
13358 #. type: Labeled list
13359 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:47
13361 msgid "*-n*, *--nosymlinks*"
13363 " -x, --mountpoints mostra diretórios de ponto de montagem com um \"D\"\n"
13364 " -m, --modes mostra os bits de modo de cada arquivo\n"
13365 " -o, --owners mostra o nome do dono e do grupo de cada arquivo\n"
13366 " -l, --long usa um formato longo de listagem (-m -o -v)\n"
13367 " -n, --nosymlinks não segue links simbólicos\n"
13368 " -v, --vertical alinhamento vertical de modos e donos\n"
13370 #. type: Plain text
13371 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:49
13373 msgid "Don't follow symlinks."
13375 " -x, --mountpoints mostra diretórios de ponto de montagem com um \"D\"\n"
13376 " -m, --modes mostra os bits de modo de cada arquivo\n"
13377 " -o, --owners mostra o nome do dono e do grupo de cada arquivo\n"
13378 " -l, --long usa um formato longo de listagem (-m -o -v)\n"
13379 " -n, --nosymlinks não segue links simbólicos\n"
13380 " -v, --vertical alinhamento vertical de modos e donos\n"
13382 #. type: Labeled list
13383 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:50
13385 msgid "*-o*, *--owners*"
13387 " -x, --mountpoints mostra diretórios de ponto de montagem com um \"D\"\n"
13388 " -m, --modes mostra os bits de modo de cada arquivo\n"
13389 " -o, --owners mostra o nome do dono e do grupo de cada arquivo\n"
13390 " -l, --long usa um formato longo de listagem (-m -o -v)\n"
13391 " -n, --nosymlinks não segue links simbólicos\n"
13392 " -v, --vertical alinhamento vertical de modos e donos\n"
13394 #. type: Plain text
13395 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:52
13397 msgid "Show owner and group name of each file."
13399 " -x, --mountpoints mostra diretórios de ponto de montagem com um \"D\"\n"
13400 " -m, --modes mostra os bits de modo de cada arquivo\n"
13401 " -o, --owners mostra o nome do dono e do grupo de cada arquivo\n"
13402 " -l, --long usa um formato longo de listagem (-m -o -v)\n"
13403 " -n, --nosymlinks não segue links simbólicos\n"
13404 " -v, --vertical alinhamento vertical de modos e donos\n"
13406 #. type: Plain text
13407 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:55
13408 msgid "Vertically align the modes and owners."
13411 #. type: Labeled list
13412 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:56
13414 msgid "*-x*, *--mountpoints*"
13416 " -x, --mountpoints mostra diretórios de ponto de montagem com um \"D\"\n"
13417 " -m, --modes mostra os bits de modo de cada arquivo\n"
13418 " -o, --owners mostra o nome do dono e do grupo de cada arquivo\n"
13419 " -l, --long usa um formato longo de listagem (-m -o -v)\n"
13420 " -n, --nosymlinks não segue links simbólicos\n"
13421 " -v, --vertical alinhamento vertical de modos e donos\n"
13423 #. type: Plain text
13424 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:58
13425 msgid "Show mountpoint directories with a 'D' rather than a 'd'."
13428 #. type: Plain text
13429 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:68
13430 msgid "To be discovered."
13433 #. type: Plain text
13434 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:72
13435 msgid "The original *namei* program was written by mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek.com[Roger Southwick]."
13438 #. type: Plain text
13439 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:74
13441 msgid "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
13442 msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
13444 #. type: Plain text
13445 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:80
13453 #. Written by Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
13454 #. Placed in the public domain
13456 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:4
13461 #. type: Plain text
13462 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:14
13463 msgid "rename - rename files"
13464 msgstr "rename - renomeia arquivos"
13466 #. type: Plain text
13467 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:18
13469 msgid "*rename* [options] _expression replacement file_...\n"
13470 msgstr " %s [opções] <expressão> <substituição> <arquivo>...\n"
13472 #. type: Plain text
13473 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:22
13475 msgid "*rename* will rename the specified files by replacing the first occurrence of _expression_ in their name by _replacement_.\n"
13478 #. type: Labeled list
13479 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:25
13481 msgid "*-s*, *--symlink*"
13482 msgstr " -s, --symlink age no alvo de links simbólicos\n"
13484 #. type: Plain text
13485 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:27
13486 msgid "Do not rename a symlink but its target."
13489 #. type: Plain text
13490 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:30
13491 msgid "Show which files were renamed, if any."
13494 #. type: Plain text
13495 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:33
13496 msgid "Do not make any changes; add *--verbose* to see what would be made."
13499 #. type: Labeled list
13500 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:34
13502 msgid "*-o*, *--no-overwrite*"
13503 msgstr " -o, --no-overwrite não sobrescreve arquivos existentes\n"
13505 #. type: Plain text
13506 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:36
13507 msgid "Do not overwrite existing files. When *--symlink* is active, do not overwrite symlinks pointing to existing targets."
13510 #. type: Labeled list
13511 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:37
13513 msgid "*-i*, *--interactive*"
13514 msgstr " -i, --interactive pede confirmação antes de sobrescrever\n"
13516 #. type: Plain text
13517 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:39
13518 msgid "Ask before overwriting existing files."
13521 #. type: Plain text
13522 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:49
13523 msgid "The renaming has no safeguards by default or without any one of the options *--no-overwrite*, *--interactive* or *--no-act*. If the user has permission to rewrite file names, the command will perform the action without any questions. For example, the result can be quite drastic when the command is run as root in the _/lib_ directory. Always make a backup before running the command, unless you truly know what you are doing."
13527 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:50
13529 msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE"
13530 msgstr "Serializa operações do *fsck*. Esta é uma boa ideia se você estiver verificando vários sistemas de arquivos e os verificadores estiverem em um modo interativo. (Nota: *e2fsck*(8) é executado em um modo interativo por padrão. Para fazer o *e2fsck*(8) executar em um modo não interativo, você deve especificar a opção *-p* ou *-a*, se deseja que os erros sejam corrigidos automaticamente ou a opção *-n* se não desejar.)"
13532 #. type: Plain text
13533 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:53
13534 msgid "As most standard utilities rename can be used with a terminal device (tty in short) in canonical mode, where the line is buffered by the tty and you press ENTER to validate the user input. If you put your tty in cbreak mode however, rename requires only a single key press to answer the prompt. To set cbreak mode, run for example:"
13537 #. type: delimited block .
13538 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:56
13540 msgid "sh -c 'stty -icanon min 1; \"$0\" \"$@\"; stty icanon' rename -i from to files\n"
13543 #. type: Plain text
13544 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:62
13545 msgid "all requested rename operations were successful"
13548 #. type: Plain text
13549 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:65
13551 msgid "all rename operations failed"
13552 msgstr "%s: renomear para %s falhou"
13554 #. type: Plain text
13555 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:68
13557 msgid "some rename operations failed"
13558 msgstr "alguns falharam"
13560 #. type: Plain text
13561 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:71
13563 msgid "nothing was renamed"
13564 msgstr "Modo de teste: nada foi alterado."
13566 #. type: Plain text
13567 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:74
13569 msgid "unanticipated error occurred"
13570 msgstr "Ocorreu um erro."
13572 #. type: Plain text
13573 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:78
13574 msgid "Given the files _foo1_, ..., _foo9_, _foo10_, ..., _foo278_, the commands"
13577 #. type: delimited block .
13578 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:82
13581 "rename foo foo00 foo?\n"
13582 "rename foo foo0 foo??\n"
13585 #. type: Plain text
13586 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:85
13587 msgid "will turn them into _foo001_, ..., _foo009_, _foo010_, ..., _foo278_. And"
13590 #. type: delimited block .
13591 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:88
13593 msgid "rename .htm .html *.htm\n"
13596 #. type: Plain text
13597 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:91
13598 msgid "will fix the extension of your html files. Provide an empty string for shortening:"
13601 #. type: delimited block .
13602 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:94
13604 msgid "rename '_with_long_name' '' file_with_long_name.*\n"
13605 msgstr "nome de soquete muito longo: %s"
13607 #. type: Plain text
13608 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:97
13610 msgid "will remove the substring in the filenames."
13611 msgstr "Lista todos nomes de arquivos."
13613 #. type: Plain text
13614 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:101
13619 #. Copyright 2007 by Theodore Ts'o. All Rights Reserved.
13620 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
13622 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:6
13627 #. type: Plain text
13628 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:16
13630 msgid "uuidd - UUID generation daemon"
13631 msgstr "erro na chamada do daemon uuidd (%s)"
13633 #. type: Plain text
13634 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:20
13636 msgid "*uuidd* [options]\n"
13637 msgstr "*uuidd* [opções]\n"
13639 #. type: Plain text
13640 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:24
13641 msgid "The *uuidd* daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs."
13644 #. type: Labeled list
13645 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:88
13647 msgid "*-d*, *--debug*"
13648 msgstr "*-d*, *--debug*"
13650 #. type: Plain text
13651 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:29
13652 msgid "Run uuidd in debugging mode. This prevents uuidd from running as a daemon."
13655 #. type: Labeled list
13656 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:30 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:62
13657 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:121
13659 msgid "*-F*, *--no-fork*"
13660 msgstr " -F, --no-fork executa o comando sem fork duplo\n"
13662 #. type: Plain text
13663 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:32
13665 msgid "Do not daemonize using a double-fork."
13666 msgstr " -F, --no-fork não faz daemon usando fork duplo\n"
13668 #. type: Labeled list
13669 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:33
13671 msgid "*-k*, *--kill*"
13672 msgstr " -k, --kill mata todos os daemon em execução\n"
13674 #. type: Plain text
13675 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:35
13677 msgid "If currently a uuidd daemon is running, kill it."
13678 msgstr " -k, --kill mata todos os daemon em execução\n"
13680 #. type: Labeled list
13681 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:36
13683 msgid "*-n*, *--uuids* _number_"
13686 #. type: Plain text
13687 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:38
13688 msgid "When issuing a test request to a running *uuidd*, request a bulk response of _number_ UUIDs."
13691 #. type: Labeled list
13692 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:39
13694 msgid "*-P*, *--no-pid*"
13695 msgstr " -p, --pid <pid> exibe apenas travas mantidas por este processo\n"
13697 #. type: Plain text
13698 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:41
13700 msgid "Do not create a pid file."
13701 msgstr " -P, --no-pid não cria arquivo pid\n"
13703 #. type: Labeled list
13704 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:42
13706 msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _path_"
13707 msgstr " -p, --pid <path> caminho para o arquivo pid\n"
13709 #. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_.
13710 #. type: Plain text
13711 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:45
13712 msgid "Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the pid file is written to _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_."
13715 #. type: Plain text
13716 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:48
13718 msgid "Suppress some failure messages."
13719 msgstr " -q, --quiet suprime mensagens de informação extra\n"
13721 #. type: Labeled list
13722 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:49 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:31
13724 msgid "*-r*, *--random*"
13725 msgstr " -r, --random gera uuid aleatoriamente\n"
13727 #. type: Plain text
13728 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:51
13729 msgid "Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to return a random-based UUID."
13732 #. type: Labeled list
13733 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:52
13735 msgid "*-S*, *--socket-activation*"
13736 msgstr " -S, --socket-activation não cria soquete de escuta\n"
13738 #. type: Plain text
13739 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:54
13740 msgid "Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling process. This implies *--no-fork* and *--no-pid*. This option is intended to be used only with *systemd*(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure option."
13743 #. type: Labeled list
13744 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:55
13746 msgid "*-s*, *--socket* _path_"
13747 msgstr " -s, --socket <caminho> caminho do soquete\n"
13749 #. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_.
13750 #. type: Plain text
13751 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:58
13752 msgid "Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the pathname used is _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. This option is primarily for debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the *libuuid* library."
13755 #. type: Labeled list
13756 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:59
13758 msgid "*-T*, *--timeout* _number_"
13759 msgstr " -t, --timeout <número> tempo limite do processo de início de sessão\n"
13761 #. type: Plain text
13762 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:61
13763 msgid "Make *uuidd* exit after _number_ seconds of inactivity."
13766 #. type: Labeled list
13767 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:62 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:34
13768 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:78
13770 msgid "*-t*, *--time*"
13771 msgstr " -t, --time testa geração baseada em tempo\n"
13773 #. type: Plain text
13774 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:64
13775 msgid "Test *uuidd* by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to return a time-based UUID."
13778 #. type: Plain text
13779 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:67
13780 msgid "Output version information and exit."
13781 msgstr "Exibe informação da versão e sai."
13783 #. type: Plain text
13784 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:70
13786 msgid "Display help screen and exit."
13787 msgstr "Exibe esse texto de ajuda e sai."
13789 #. type: Plain text
13790 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:74
13791 msgid "Start up a daemon, print 42 random keys, and then stop the daemon:"
13794 #. type: delimited block .
13795 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:79
13798 "uuidd -p /tmp/uuidd.pid -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
13799 "uuidd -d -r -n 42 -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
13800 "uuidd -d -k -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
13803 #. type: Plain text
13804 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:84
13805 msgid "The *uuidd* daemon was written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
13808 #. type: Plain text
13809 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:89
13816 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
13817 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
13819 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:6
13824 #. type: Plain text
13825 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:16
13827 msgid "uuidgen - create a new UUID value"
13828 msgstr "Cria um novo valor de UUID.\n"
13830 #. type: Plain text
13831 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:20
13833 msgid "*uuidgen* [options]\n"
13838 #. type: Plain text
13839 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:24
13840 msgid "The *uuidgen* program creates (and prints) a new universally unique identifier (UUID) using the *libuuid*(3) library. The new UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
13843 #. type: Plain text
13844 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:26
13845 msgid "There are three types of UUIDs which *uuidgen* can generate: time-based UUIDs, random-based UUIDs, and hash-based UUIDs. By default *uuidgen* will generate a random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is present. Otherwise, it will choose a time-based UUID. It is possible to force the generation of one of these first two UUID types by using the *--random* or *--time* options."
13848 #. type: Plain text
13849 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:28
13850 msgid "The third type of UUID is generated with the *--md5* or *--sha1* options, followed by *--namespace* _namespace_ and *--name* _name_. The _namespace_ may either be a well-known UUID, or else an alias to one of the well-known UUIDs defined in RFC 4122, that is *@dns*, *@url*, *@oid*, or *@x500*. The _name_ is an arbitrary string value. The generated UUID is the digest of the concatenation of the namespace UUID and the name value, hashed with the MD5 or SHA1 algorithms. It is, therefore, a predictable value which may be useful when UUIDs are being used as handles or nonces for more complex values or values which shouldn't be disclosed directly. See the RFC for more information."
13853 #. type: Plain text
13854 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:33
13855 msgid "Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly of random bits. It requires that the operating system has a high quality random number generator, such as _/dev/random_."
13858 #. type: Plain text
13859 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:36
13860 msgid "Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present."
13863 #. type: Labeled list
13864 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:43
13866 msgid "*-m*, *--md5*"
13867 msgstr " -m, --md5 gera hash de md5\n"
13869 #. type: Plain text
13870 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:45
13872 msgid "Use MD5 as the hash algorithm."
13873 msgstr " -m, --md5 gera hash de md5\n"
13875 #. type: Labeled list
13876 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:46
13878 msgid "*-s*, *--sha1*"
13879 msgstr " -s, --sha1 gera hash de sha1\n"
13881 #. type: Plain text
13882 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:48
13884 msgid "Use SHA1 as the hash algorithm."
13885 msgstr " -s, --sha1 gera hash de sha1\n"
13887 #. type: Labeled list
13888 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:49
13890 msgid "*-n*, *--namespace* _namespace_"
13891 msgstr "tipo de espaço de nome"
13893 #. type: Plain text
13894 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:51
13895 msgid "Generate the hash with the _namespace_ prefix. The _namespace_ is UUID, or '@ns' where \"ns\" is well-known predefined UUID addressed by namespace name (see above)."
13898 #. type: Labeled list
13899 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:52
13901 msgid "*-N*, *--name* _name_"
13902 msgstr " -N, --name nome gera uuid baseado em hash deste nome\n"
13904 #. type: Plain text
13905 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:54
13907 msgid "Generate the hash of the _name_."
13908 msgstr " -m, --md5 gera hash de md5\n"
13910 #. type: Labeled list
13911 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:134
13913 msgid "*-x*, *--hex*"
13914 msgstr " -x, --hex exibe máscaras hexadecimais em vez de listas de CPUs\n"
13916 #. type: Plain text
13917 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:57
13919 msgid "Interpret name _name_ as a hexadecimal string."
13920 msgstr " -x, --hex interpreta nome como string hex\n"
13922 #. type: Plain text
13923 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:61
13924 msgid "OSF DCE 1.1"
13927 #. type: Plain text
13928 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:65
13929 msgid "uuidgen --sha1 --namespace @dns --name \"www.example.com\""
13932 #. type: Plain text
13933 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:69
13935 msgid "*uuidgen* was written by Andreas Dilger for *libuuid*(3).\n"
13938 #. type: Plain text
13939 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:74
13943 "link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
13946 #. Copyright (c) 2017 Sami Kerola
13947 #. The 3-Clause BSD License
13949 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:4
13951 msgid "uuidparse(1)"
13954 #. type: Plain text
13955 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:14
13956 msgid "uuidparse - a utility to parse unique identifiers"
13959 #. type: Plain text
13960 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:18
13962 msgid "*uuidparse* [options] _uuid_\n"
13963 msgstr " %s [opções] <uuid> ...>\n"
13965 #. type: Plain text
13966 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:22
13967 msgid "This command will parse unique identifier inputs from either command line arguments or standard input. The inputs are white-space separated."
13971 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:25
13977 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:33
13980 "|NCS |Network Computing System identifier. These were the original UUIDs.\n"
13981 "|DCE |The Open Software Foundation's (OSF) Distributed Computing Environment UUIDs.\n"
13982 "|Microsoft |Microsoft Windows platform globally unique identifier (GUID).\n"
13983 "|other |Unknown variant. Usually invalid input data.\n"
13987 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:35
13993 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:46
13996 "|nil |Special type for zero in type file.\n"
13997 "|time-based |The DCE time based.\n"
13998 "|DCE |The DCE time and MAC Address.\n"
13999 "|name-based |RFC 4122 md5sum hash.\n"
14000 "|random |RFC 4122 random.\n"
14001 "|sha1-based |RFC 4122 sha-1 hash.\n"
14002 "|unknown |Unknown type. Usually invalid input data.\n"
14005 #. type: Labeled list
14006 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:33
14008 msgid "*-o*, *--output*"
14009 msgstr " -o, --output <lista> mostra colunas\n"
14011 #. type: Plain text
14012 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:71
14013 msgid "mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]"
14016 #. type: Plain text
14017 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:77
14022 "https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
14028 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
14029 #. All rights reserved.
14030 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
14031 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
14033 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
14034 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
14035 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
14036 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
14037 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
14038 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
14039 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
14040 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
14041 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
14042 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
14043 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
14044 #. without specific prior written permission.
14045 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
14046 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
14047 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
14048 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
14049 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
14050 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
14051 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
14052 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
14053 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
14054 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
14056 #. @(#)whereis.1 from UCB 4.2
14058 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:36
14063 #. type: Plain text
14064 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:46
14066 msgid "whereis - locate the binary, source, and manual page files for a command"
14067 msgstr "Localiza os arquivos de página de manual, fonte e executáveis de um comando.\n"
14069 #. type: Plain text
14070 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:50
14072 msgid "*whereis* [options] [*-BMS* _directory_... *-f*] _name_...\n"
14073 msgstr " %s [opções] [-BMS <dir>... -f] <nome>\n"
14075 #. type: Plain text
14076 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:54
14078 msgid "*whereis* locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified command names. The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname components. Prefixes of *s.* resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with. *whereis* then attempts to locate the desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified by *$PATH* and *$MANPATH*.\n"
14081 #. type: Plain text
14082 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:56
14083 msgid "The search restrictions (options *-b*, *-m* and *-s*) are cumulative and apply to the subsequent _name_ patterns on the command line. Any new search restriction resets the search mask. For example,"
14086 #. type: delimited block _
14087 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:59
14089 msgid "*whereis -bm ls tr -m gcc*\n"
14092 #. type: Plain text
14093 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:62
14094 msgid "searches for \"ls\" and \"tr\" binaries and man pages, and for \"gcc\" man pages only."
14097 #. type: Plain text
14098 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:64
14099 msgid "The options *-B*, *-M* and *-S* reset search paths for the subsequent _name_ patterns. For example,"
14102 #. type: delimited block _
14103 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:67
14105 msgid "*whereis -m ls -M /usr/share/man/man1 -f cal*\n"
14108 #. type: Plain text
14109 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:70
14110 msgid "searches for \"*ls*\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in the _/usr/share/man/man1_ directory only."
14113 #. type: Labeled list
14114 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:73
14119 #. type: Plain text
14120 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:75
14122 msgid "Search for binaries."
14123 msgstr " -b pesquisa apenas por executáveis\n"
14125 #. type: Labeled list
14126 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:76 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:64
14131 #. type: Plain text
14132 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:78
14134 msgid "Search for manuals."
14135 msgstr " -m pesquisa apenas por manuais e infos\n"
14137 #. type: Plain text
14138 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:81
14140 msgid "Search for sources."
14141 msgstr " -s pesquisa apenas por fontes\n"
14143 #. type: Labeled list
14144 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:82
14149 #. type: Plain text
14150 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:84
14151 msgid "Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said to be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly requested type. Thus '*whereis -m -u **' asks for those files in the current directory which have no documentation file, or more than one."
14154 #. type: Labeled list
14155 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:85
14157 msgid "*-B* _list_"
14160 #. type: Plain text
14161 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:87
14162 msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for binaries, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
14165 #. type: Labeled list
14166 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:88
14168 msgid "*-M* _list_"
14171 #. type: Plain text
14172 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:90
14173 msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for manuals and documentation in Info format, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
14176 #. type: Labeled list
14177 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:91
14179 msgid "*-S* _list_"
14180 msgstr "Lista de CPU(s) off-line:"
14182 #. type: Plain text
14183 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:93
14184 msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for sources, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
14187 #. type: Plain text
14188 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:96
14189 msgid "Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It _must_ be used when any of the *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* options is used."
14192 #. type: Plain text
14193 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:99
14194 msgid "Output the list of effective lookup paths that *whereis* is using. When none of *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* is specified, the option will output the hard-coded paths that the command was able to find on the system."
14198 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:106
14200 msgid "FILE SEARCH PATHS"
14201 msgstr " -b pesquisa apenas por executáveis\n"
14203 #. type: Plain text
14204 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:109
14205 msgid "By default *whereis* tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which are defined with glob patterns. The command attempts to use the contents of *$PATH* and *$MANPATH* environment variables as default search path. The easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the *-l* listing option. Effects of the *-B*, *-M*, and *-S* are displayed with *-l*."
14208 #. type: Labeled list
14209 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:112
14211 msgid "WHEREIS_DEBUG=all"
14212 msgstr "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
14214 #. type: Plain text
14215 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:118
14216 msgid "To find all files in _/usr/bin_ which are not documented in _/usr/man/man1_ or have no source in _/usr/src_:"
14219 #. type: Plain text
14220 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:120
14222 msgid "*cd /usr/bin* *whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f **\n"
14225 #. Copyright 2009 by Karel Zak. All Rights Reserved.
14226 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
14228 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:4
14231 msgstr "mais sistemas de arquivos detectados em %s; use -t <tipo> ou wipefs(8)"
14233 #. type: Plain text
14234 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:14
14236 msgid "wipefs - wipe a signature from a device"
14237 msgstr "Apaga assinaturas de um dispositivo."
14239 #. type: Plain text
14240 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:18
14242 msgid "*wipefs* [options] _device_...\n"
14243 msgstr " %s [opções] <ldisc> <dispositivo>\n"
14245 #. type: Plain text
14246 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:20
14248 msgid "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-o* _offset device_...\n"
14251 #. type: Plain text
14252 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:22
14254 msgid "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-a* _device_...\n"
14255 msgstr "A tabela GPT backup não está no fim do dispositivo."
14257 #. type: Plain text
14258 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:27
14260 msgid "*wipefs* can erase filesystem, raid or partition-table signatures (magic strings) from the specified _device_ to make the signatures invisible for libblkid. *wipefs* does not erase the filesystem itself nor any other data from the device.\n"
14263 #. type: Plain text
14264 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:29
14265 msgid "When used without any options, *wipefs* lists all visible filesystems and the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required."
14268 #. type: Plain text
14269 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:31
14271 msgid "*wipefs* calls the BLKRRPART ioctl when it has erased a partition-table signature to inform the kernel about the change. The ioctl is called as the last step and when all specified signatures from all specified devices are already erased. This feature can be used to wipe content on partitions devices as well as partition table on a disk device, for example by *wipefs -a /dev/sdc1 /dev/sdc2 /dev/sdc*.\n"
14274 #. type: Plain text
14275 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:33
14276 msgid "Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The *wipefs* command (since v2.31) lists all the offset where a magic strings have been detected."
14279 #. type: Plain text
14280 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:35
14281 msgid "When option *-a* is used, all magic strings that are visible for *libblkid*(3) are erased. In this case the *wipefs* scans the device again after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found."
14284 #. type: Plain text
14285 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:37
14286 msgid "Note that by default *wipefs* does not erase nested partition tables on non-whole disk devices. For this the option *--force* is required."
14289 #. type: Plain text
14290 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:42
14291 msgid "Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be restricted with the *-t* option."
14294 #. type: Plain text
14295 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:45
14296 msgid "Create a signature backup to the file _$HOME/wipefs-<devname>-<offset>.bak_. For more details see the *EXAMPLE* section."
14299 #. type: Plain text
14300 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:48
14301 msgid "Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order to erase a partition-table signature on a block device."
14304 #. type: Labeled list
14305 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:58
14307 msgid "*-i*, *--noheadings*"
14308 msgstr " -i, --noheadings não exibe os cabeçalhos"
14310 #. type: Labeled list
14311 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:61
14313 msgid "*-O*, *--output* _list_"
14314 msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _lista_"
14316 #. type: Plain text
14317 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:66
14318 msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the *write*(2) call."
14321 #. type: Labeled list
14322 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:34
14323 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:74
14325 msgid "*-o*, *--offset* _offset_"
14326 msgstr " -O, --offset <posição> sonda na posição dada\n"
14328 #. type: Plain text
14329 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:69
14330 msgid "Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from the device. The _offset_ number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the number will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify multiple *-o* options."
14333 #. type: Plain text
14334 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:71
14335 msgid "The _offset_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
14338 #. type: Labeled list
14339 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:72
14341 msgid "*-p*, *--parsable*"
14342 msgstr " -p, --parsable exibe em formato analisável ao invés de imprimível"
14344 #. type: Plain text
14345 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:74
14346 msgid "Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by '\\x'."
14349 #. type: Plain text
14350 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:77
14351 msgid "Suppress any messages after a successful signature wipe."
14354 #. type: Plain text
14355 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:80
14356 msgid "Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be prefixed with 'no' to specify the types on which no action should be taken. For more details see *mount*(8)."
14359 #. type: Plain text
14360 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:88
14362 msgid "enables *libblkid*(3) debug output."
14363 msgstr "habilita saída de depuração do libblkid."
14365 #. type: Labeled list
14366 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:94
14368 msgid "*wipefs /dev/sda**"
14371 #. type: Plain text
14372 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:96
14373 msgid "Prints information about sda and all partitions on sda."
14376 #. type: Labeled list
14377 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:97
14379 msgid "*wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb*"
14382 #. type: Plain text
14383 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:99
14384 msgid "Erases all signatures from the device _/dev/sdb_ and creates a signature backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-<offset>.bak_ for each signature."
14387 #. type: Labeled list
14388 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:100
14390 msgid "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"
14393 #. type: Plain text
14394 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:102
14395 msgid "Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak_."
14398 #. type: Plain text
14399 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:111
14414 #. Copyright (C) 2004 Robert Love
14415 #. Copyright (C) 2015 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
14416 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
14417 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
14418 #. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
14419 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
14420 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
14421 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
14422 #. intermediate and printed output.
14423 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14424 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14425 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14426 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
14427 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
14428 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
14429 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
14431 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:26
14436 #. type: Plain text
14437 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:37
14439 msgid "chrt - manipulate the real-time attributes of a process"
14440 msgstr "Mostra ou altera os atributos de tempo-real de agendamento de um processo.\n"
14442 #. type: Plain text
14443 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:41
14445 msgid "*chrt* [options] _priority command argument_ ...\n"
14448 #. type: Plain text
14449 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:43
14451 msgid "*chrt* [options] *-p* [_priority_] _PID_\n"
14453 "Obter política:\n"
14454 " chrt [opções] -p <pid>\n"
14456 #. type: Plain text
14457 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:47
14459 msgid "*chrt* sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes.\n"
14463 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:48
14468 #. type: Labeled list
14469 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:50
14471 msgid "*-o*, *--other*"
14472 msgstr " -o, --other define a política para SCHED_OTHER\n"
14474 #. type: Plain text
14475 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:52
14476 msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_OTHER* (time-sharing scheduling). This is the default Linux scheduling policy."
14479 #. type: Labeled list
14480 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:53
14482 msgid "*-f*, *--fifo*"
14483 msgstr " -f, --fifo define a política para SCHED_FIFO\n"
14485 #. type: Plain text
14486 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:55
14487 msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_FIFO* (first in-first out)."
14490 #. type: Labeled list
14491 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:56
14493 msgid "*-r*, *--rr*"
14494 msgstr " -r, --rr define a política para SCHED_RR (padrão)\n"
14496 #. type: Plain text
14497 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:58
14498 msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_RR* (round-robin scheduling). When no policy is defined, the *SCHED_RR* is used as the default."
14501 #. type: Labeled list
14502 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:59
14504 msgid "*-b*, *--batch*"
14505 msgstr "*-b*, *--batch*"
14507 #. type: Plain text
14508 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:61
14509 msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_BATCH* (scheduling batch processes). Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.16. The priority argument has to be set to zero."
14512 #. type: Labeled list
14513 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:62
14515 msgid "*-i*, *--idle*"
14516 msgstr " -ni, --idle define a política para SCHED_IDLE\n"
14518 #. type: Plain text
14519 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:64
14520 msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_IDLE* (scheduling very low priority jobs). Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.23. The priority argument has to be set to zero."
14523 #. type: Labeled list
14524 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:65
14526 msgid "*-d*, *--deadline*"
14527 msgstr "*-d*, *--deadline*"
14529 #. type: Plain text
14530 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:67
14531 msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_DEADLINE* (sporadic task model deadline scheduling). Linux-specific, supported since 3.14. The priority argument has to be set to zero. See also *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-deadline* and *--sched-period*. The relation between the options required by the kernel is runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copies _period_ to _deadline_ if *--sched-deadline* is not specified and _deadline_ to _runtime_ if *--sched-runtime* is not specified. It means that at least *--sched-period* has to be specified. See *sched*(7) for more details."
14535 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:68
14537 msgid "SCHEDULING OPTIONS"
14538 msgstr "Opções de agendamento:\n"
14540 #. type: Labeled list
14541 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:70
14543 msgid "*-T*, *--sched-runtime* _nanoseconds_"
14546 #. type: Plain text
14547 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:72
14548 msgid "Specifies runtime parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
14551 #. type: Labeled list
14552 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:73
14554 msgid "*-P*, *--sched-period* _nanoseconds_"
14557 #. type: Plain text
14558 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:75
14559 msgid "Specifies period parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
14562 #. type: Labeled list
14563 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:76
14565 msgid "*-D*, *--sched-deadline* _nanoseconds_"
14566 msgstr " -d, --deadline define a política para SCHED_DEADLINE\n"
14568 #. type: Plain text
14569 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:78
14570 msgid "Specifies deadline parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
14573 #. type: Labeled list
14574 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:79 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:79
14576 msgid "*-R*, *--reset-on-fork*"
14577 msgstr " -R, --reset-on-fork define o sinalizador reset-on-fork\n"
14579 #. type: Plain text
14580 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:81
14581 msgid "Use *SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK* or *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag. Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.31."
14584 #. type: Plain text
14585 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:83
14586 msgid "Each thread has a _reset-on-fork_ scheduling flag. When this flag is set, children created by *fork*(2) do not inherit privileged scheduling policies. After the _reset-on-fork_ flag has been enabled, it can be reset only if the thread has the *CAP_SYS_NICE* capability. This flag is disabled in child processes created by *fork*(2)."
14589 #. type: Plain text
14590 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:85
14591 msgid "More precisely, if the _reset-on-fork_ flag is set, the following rules apply for subsequently created children:"
14594 #. type: Plain text
14595 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:87
14596 msgid "If the calling thread has a scheduling policy of *SCHED_FIFO* or *SCHED_RR*, the policy is reset to *SCHED_OTHER* in child processes."
14599 #. type: Plain text
14600 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:89
14601 msgid "If the calling process has a negative nice value, the nice value is reset to zero in child processes."
14604 #. type: Labeled list
14605 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:92 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:71
14606 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:70
14608 msgid "*-a*, *--all-tasks*"
14609 msgstr "*-a*, *--all-tasks*"
14611 #. type: Plain text
14612 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:94
14613 msgid "Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
14616 #. type: Labeled list
14617 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:95
14619 msgid "*-m*, *--max*"
14620 msgstr " -m, --max-size <núm> limita quanto é lido de arquivos semente\n"
14622 #. type: Plain text
14623 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:97
14624 msgid "Show minimum and maximum valid priorities, then exit."
14627 #. type: Plain text
14628 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:100 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:79
14629 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:75
14630 msgid "Operate on an existing PID and do not launch a new task."
14633 #. type: Plain text
14634 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:103 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:84
14636 msgid "Show status information."
14637 msgstr "Mostra informações sobre facilidades IPC.\n"
14640 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:110 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:86
14641 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:91
14646 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
14647 #. type: Labeled list
14648 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:113 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:94
14650 msgid "The default behavior is to run a new command{colon}"
14653 #. type: Plain text
14654 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:116
14656 msgid "*chrt* _priority_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
14659 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated
14660 #. type: Labeled list
14661 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:118
14663 msgid "You can also retrieve the real-time attributes of an existing task{colon}"
14666 #. type: Plain text
14667 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:121
14669 msgid "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
14671 "Obter política:\n"
14672 " chrt [opções] -p <pid>\n"
14674 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
14675 #. type: Labeled list
14676 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:123 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:102
14678 msgid "Or set them{colon}"
14681 #. type: Plain text
14682 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:126
14684 msgid "*chrt -r -p* _priority PID_\n"
14686 "Obter política:\n"
14687 " chrt [opções] -p <pid>\n"
14690 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:127 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:100
14691 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:109
14693 msgid "PERMISSIONS"
14694 msgstr "Permissões"
14696 #. type: Plain text
14697 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:130 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:112
14698 msgid "A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the scheduling attributes of a process. Any user can retrieve the scheduling information."
14701 #. type: Plain text
14702 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:134
14703 msgid "Only *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_RR* are part of POSIX 1003.1b Process Scheduling. The other scheduling attributes may be ignored on some systems."
14706 #. type: Plain text
14707 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:136
14708 msgid "Linux' default scheduling policy is *SCHED_OTHER*."
14711 #. type: Plain text
14712 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:141
14713 msgid "mailto:rml@tech9.net[Robert Love], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
14716 #. type: Plain text
14717 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:148 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:135
14726 #. type: Plain text
14727 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:150
14728 msgid "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
14732 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:2
14737 #. type: Plain text
14738 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:13
14739 msgid "ionice - set or get process I/O scheduling class and priority"
14742 #. type: Plain text
14743 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:17
14745 msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-p* _PID_\n"
14748 #. type: Plain text
14749 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:19
14751 msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-P* _PGID_\n"
14754 #. type: Plain text
14755 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:21
14757 msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-u* _UID_\n"
14760 #. type: Plain text
14761 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:23
14763 msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] _command_ [argument] ...\n"
14766 #. type: Plain text
14767 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:27
14768 msgid "This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a program. If no arguments or just *-p* is given, *ionice* will query the current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process."
14771 #. type: Plain text
14772 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:29
14773 msgid "When _command_ is given, *ionice* will run this command with the given arguments. If no _class_ is specified, then _command_ will be executed with the \"best-effort\" scheduling class. The default priority level is 4."
14776 #. type: Plain text
14777 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:31
14778 msgid "As of this writing, a process can be in one of three scheduling classes:"
14781 #. type: Labeled list
14782 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:32
14785 msgstr "ignorando dados de classe dados para classe \"idle\""
14787 #. type: Plain text
14788 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:34
14789 msgid "A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period. The impact of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero. This scheduling class does not take a priority argument. Presently, this scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)."
14792 #. type: Labeled list
14793 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:35
14795 msgid "*Best-effort*"
14797 " -c, --class <classe> nome ou número da classe de agendamento,\n"
14798 " 0: none, 1: realtime, 2: best-effort, 3: idle\n"
14800 #. type: Plain text
14801 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:37
14802 msgid "This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked for a specific I/O priority. This class takes a priority argument from _0-7_, with a lower number being higher priority. Programs running at the same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion."
14805 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
14806 #. type: Plain text
14807 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:40
14808 msgid "Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O priority formally uses \"*none*\" as scheduling class, but the I/O scheduler will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort class. The priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically derived from the CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice {plus} 20) / 5."
14811 #. type: Plain text
14812 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:42
14813 msgid "For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has not asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class. The I/O priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as before kernel 2.6.26)."
14816 #. type: Labeled list
14817 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:43
14821 " -c, --class <classe> nome ou número da classe de agendamento,\n"
14822 " 0: none, 1: realtime, 2: best-effort, 3: idle\n"
14824 #. type: Plain text
14825 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:45
14826 msgid "The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of what else is going on in the system. Thus the RT class needs to be used with some care, as it can starve other processes. As with the best-effort class, 8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice a given process will receive on each scheduling window. This scheduling class is not permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user."
14829 #. type: Labeled list
14830 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:48
14832 msgid "*-c*, *--class* _class_"
14833 msgstr "*-c*, *--class* _classe_"
14835 #. type: Plain text
14836 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:50
14838 msgid "Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; `0` for none, `1` for realtime, `2` for best-effort, `3` for idle."
14840 " -c, --class <classe> nome ou número da classe de agendamento,\n"
14841 " 0: none, 1: realtime, 2: best-effort, 3: idle\n"
14843 #. type: Labeled list
14844 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:51
14846 msgid "*-n*, *--classdata* _level_"
14849 #. type: Plain text
14850 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:53
14851 msgid "Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, _0-7_ are valid data (priority levels), and `0` represents the highest priority level."
14854 #. type: Labeled list
14855 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:54
14857 msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_..."
14858 msgstr " -p, --pid <pid> exibe apenas travas mantidas por este processo\n"
14860 #. type: Plain text
14861 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:56
14862 msgid "Specify the process IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters."
14865 #. type: Labeled list
14866 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:57
14868 msgid "*-P*, *--pgid* _PGID_..."
14869 msgstr "*-P*, *--pgid* _PGID_..."
14871 #. type: Plain text
14872 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:59
14873 msgid "Specify the process group IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters."
14876 #. type: Labeled list
14877 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:60
14879 msgid "*-t*, *--ignore*"
14880 msgstr " -t, --ignore ignora falhas\n"
14882 #. type: Plain text
14883 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:62
14884 msgid "Ignore failure to set the requested priority. If _command_ was specified, run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired scheduling priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or an old kernel version."
14887 #. type: Labeled list
14888 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:66
14890 msgid "*-u*, *--uid* _UID_..."
14891 msgstr " -u, --uid <uid>... age em processos já em execução desses usuários\n"
14893 #. type: Plain text
14894 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:68
14895 msgid "Specify the user IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters."
14898 #. type: Plain text
14899 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:75
14900 msgid "Linux supports I/O scheduling priorities and classes since 2.6.13 with the CFQ I/O scheduler."
14903 #. type: Plain text
14904 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:79
14905 msgid "# *ionice* -c 3 -p 89"
14908 #. type: Plain text
14909 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:81
14910 msgid "Sets process with PID 89 as an idle I/O process."
14913 #. type: Plain text
14914 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:83
14915 msgid "# *ionice* -c 2 -n 0 bash"
14918 #. type: Plain text
14919 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:85
14920 msgid "Runs 'bash' as a best-effort program with highest priority."
14923 #. type: Plain text
14924 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:87
14925 msgid "# *ionice* -p 89 91"
14928 #. type: Plain text
14929 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:89
14930 msgid "Prints the class and priority of the processes with PID 89 and 91."
14933 #. type: Plain text
14934 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:94
14935 msgid "mailto:jens@axboe.dk[Jens Axboe], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
14938 #. type: Plain text
14939 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:98
14941 msgid "*ioprio_set*(2)\n"
14942 msgstr "ioprio_set falhou"
14948 #. taskset(1) manpage
14949 #. Copyright (C) 2004 Robert Love
14950 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
14951 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
14952 #. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
14953 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
14954 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
14955 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
14956 #. intermediate and printed output.
14957 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14958 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14959 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14960 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
14961 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
14962 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
14963 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
14965 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:24
14970 #. type: Plain text
14971 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:36
14972 msgid "taskset - set or retrieve a process's CPU affinity"
14975 #. type: Plain text
14976 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:40
14978 msgid "*taskset* [options] _mask command_ [_argument_...]\n"
14981 #. type: Plain text
14982 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:42
14984 msgid "*taskset* [options] *-p* [_mask_] _pid_\n"
14985 msgstr " %s [opções] [-p PID]\n"
14987 #. type: Plain text
14988 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:46
14989 msgid "The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful only in certain applications."
14992 #. type: Plain text
14993 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:48
14994 msgid "The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit corresponding to the last logical CPU. Not all CPUs may exist on a given system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present. A retrieved mask will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the system. If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no valid CPUs on the current system) an error is returned. The masks may be specified in hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU list with the *--cpu-list* option. For example,"
14997 #. type: Labeled list
14998 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:49
15000 msgid "*0x00000001*"
15001 msgstr "*0x00000001*"
15003 #. type: Plain text
15004 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:51
15006 msgid "is processor #0,"
15009 #. type: Labeled list
15010 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:52
15012 msgid "*0x00000003*"
15013 msgstr "*0x00000003*"
15015 #. type: Plain text
15016 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:54
15018 msgid "is processors #0 and #1,"
15021 #. type: Labeled list
15022 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:55
15024 msgid "*0xFFFFFFFF*"
15025 msgstr "*0xFFFFFFFF*"
15027 #. type: Plain text
15028 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:57
15029 msgid "is processors #0 through #31,"
15032 #. type: Plain text
15033 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:60
15034 msgid "is processors #1, #4, and #5,"
15037 #. type: Labeled list
15038 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:61
15040 msgid "*--cpu-list 0-2,6*"
15041 msgstr "Lista de CPU(s) on-line:"
15043 #. type: Plain text
15044 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:63
15045 msgid "is processors #0, #1, #2, and #6."
15048 #. type: Labeled list
15049 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:64
15051 msgid "*--cpu-list 0-10:2*"
15052 msgstr "número de CPU inválido na lista de CPUs: %s"
15054 #. type: Plain text
15055 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:66
15056 msgid "is processors #0, #2, #4, #6, #8 and #10. The suffix \":N\" specifies stride in the range, for example 0-10:3 is interpreted as 0,3,6,9 list."
15059 #. type: Plain text
15060 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:68
15061 msgid "When *taskset* returns, it is guaranteed that the given program has been scheduled to a legal CPU."
15064 #. type: Plain text
15065 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:73
15066 msgid "Set or retrieve the CPU affinity of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
15069 #. type: Labeled list
15070 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:74
15072 msgid "*-c*, *--cpu-list*"
15073 msgstr "*-c*, *--cpu-list*"
15075 #. type: Plain text
15076 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:76
15077 msgid "Interpret _mask_ as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask. Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges. For example: *0,5,8-11*."
15080 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
15081 #. type: Labeled list
15082 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:89
15084 msgid "The default behavior is to run a new command with a given affinity mask{colon}"
15087 #. type: Plain text
15088 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:91
15090 msgid "*taskset* _mask_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
15093 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
15094 #. type: Labeled list
15095 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:93
15097 msgid "You can also retrieve the CPU affinity of an existing task{colon}"
15100 #. type: Plain text
15101 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:95
15103 msgid "*taskset -p* _pid_\n"
15104 msgstr " %s [opções] [-p PID]\n"
15106 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
15107 #. type: Labeled list
15108 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:97
15110 msgid "Or set it{colon}"
15111 msgstr "Configurar"
15113 #. type: Plain text
15114 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:99
15116 msgid "*taskset -p* _mask pid_\n"
15117 msgstr " %s [opções] [-p PID]\n"
15119 #. type: Plain text
15120 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:103
15121 msgid "A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same user. A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to another user. A user can retrieve the affinity mask of any process."
15124 #. type: Plain text
15125 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:107
15126 msgid "Written by Robert M. Love."
15130 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:76
15131 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:124 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:130
15132 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:70 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:87
15135 msgstr "DIREITOS AUTORAIS"
15137 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
15138 #. type: Plain text
15139 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:112
15140 msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
15143 #. type: Plain text
15144 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:120
15150 "*sched_getaffinity*(2),\n"
15151 "*sched_setaffinity*(2)\n"
15154 #. type: Plain text
15155 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:122
15156 msgid "See *sched*(7) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
15164 #. uclampset(1) manpage
15165 #. Copyright (C) 2020-2021 Qais Yousef <qais.yousef@arm.com>
15166 #. Copyright (C) 2020-2021 Arm Ltd
15167 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
15168 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
15169 #. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
15170 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
15171 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
15172 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
15173 #. intermediate and printed output.
15174 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15175 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15176 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15177 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
15178 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
15179 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
15180 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
15182 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:26
15184 msgid "uclampset(1)"
15187 #. type: Plain text
15188 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:37
15189 msgid "uclampset - manipulate the utilization clamping attributes of the system or a process"
15192 #. type: Plain text
15193 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:41
15195 msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max] _command argument_\n"
15198 #. type: Plain text
15199 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:43
15201 msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max_] *-p* _PID_\n"
15204 #. type: Plain text
15205 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:47
15207 msgid "*uclampset* sets or retrieves the utilization clamping attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes.\n"
15210 #. type: Plain text
15211 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:49
15212 msgid "Utilization clamping is a new feature added in v5.3. It gives a hint to the scheduler about the allowed range of utilization the task should be operating at."
15215 #. type: Plain text
15216 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:51
15217 msgid "The utilization of the task affects frequency selection and task placement. Only schedutil cpufreq governor understands handling util clamp hints at the time of writing. Consult your kernel docs for further info about other cpufreq governors support."
15220 #. type: Plain text
15221 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:53
15222 msgid "If you're running on asymmetric heterogeneous system like Arm's big.LITTLE. Utilization clamping can help bias task placement. If the task is boosted such that _util_min_ value is higher than the little cores' capacity, then the scheduler will do its best to place it on a big core."
15225 #. type: Plain text
15226 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:55
15227 msgid "Similarly, if _util_max_ is smaller than or equal the capacity of the little cores, then the scheduler can still choose to place it there even if the actual utilization of the task is at max."
15230 #. type: Plain text
15231 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:57
15232 msgid "Setting a task's _uclamp_min_ to a none zero value will effectively boost the task as when it runs it'll always start from this utilization value."
15235 #. type: Plain text
15236 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:59
15237 msgid "By setting a task's _uclamp_max_ below 1024, this will effectively cap the task as when it runs it'll never be able to go above this utilization value."
15240 #. type: Plain text
15241 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:61
15243 msgid "The full utilization range is: [0:1024]. The special value -1 is used to reset to system's default."
15244 msgstr "O intervalo do valor de utilização é [0:1024]. Use o valor -1 especial para redefinir para o padrão do sistema.\n"
15246 #. type: Plain text
15247 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:66
15249 msgid "Set _util_min_ value."
15250 msgstr " -m <valor> valor de util_min para definir\n"
15252 #. type: Plain text
15253 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:69
15255 msgid "Set _util_max_ value."
15256 msgstr " -M <valor> valor de util_max para definir\n"
15258 #. type: Plain text
15259 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:72
15260 msgid "Set or retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
15263 #. type: Labeled list
15264 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:76
15266 msgid "*-s*, *--system*"
15267 msgstr " -s, --system-accs exibe contas de sistema\n"
15269 #. type: Plain text
15270 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:78
15271 msgid "Set or retrieve the system-wide utilization clamping attributes."
15274 #. type: Plain text
15275 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:81
15277 msgid "Set *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag."
15278 msgstr " -R, --reset-on-fork define o sinalizador reset-on-fork\n"
15280 #. type: Plain text
15281 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:96
15283 msgid "*uclampset* _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
15286 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
15287 #. type: Labeled list
15288 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:98
15290 msgid "You can also retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of an existing task{colon}"
15293 #. type: Plain text
15294 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:100
15296 msgid "*uclampset -p* _PID_\n"
15297 msgstr " %s [opções] [-p PID]\n"
15299 #. type: Plain text
15300 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:104
15302 msgid "*uclampset -p* _PID_ _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_\n"
15305 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
15306 #. type: Labeled list
15307 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:106
15309 msgid "Or control the system-wide attributes{colon}"
15312 #. type: Plain text
15313 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:108
15315 msgid "*uclampset -s* _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_\n"
15318 #. type: Plain text
15319 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:116
15320 msgid "The system wide utilization clamp attributes are there to control the _allowed_ range the tasks can use. By default both _uclamp_min_ and _uclamp_max_ are set to 1024. This means users can set the utilization clamp values for their task across the full range [0:1024]."
15323 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
15324 #. type: Labeled list
15325 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:118
15327 msgid "For example{colon}"
15328 msgstr "Por exemplo:"
15330 #. type: Plain text
15331 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:120
15333 msgid "*uclampset -s* `-m 512` `-M 700`\n"
15336 #. type: Plain text
15337 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:122
15338 msgid "will prevent any task from being boosted higher than 512. And all tasks in the systems are capped to a utilization of 700. Effectively rendering the maximum performance of the system to 700."
15341 #. type: Plain text
15342 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:124
15343 msgid "Consult your kernel docs for the exact expected behavior on that kernel."
15346 #. type: Plain text
15347 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:128
15348 msgid "mailto:qais.yousef@arm.com[Qais Yousef]"
15351 #. type: Plain text
15352 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:137
15353 msgid "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) and *sched_setattr*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
15357 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:2
15359 msgid "adjtime_config(5)"
15360 msgstr "adjtime_config(5)"
15362 #. type: Plain text
15363 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:12
15364 msgid "adjtime_config - information about hardware clock setting and drift factor"
15367 #. type: Plain text
15368 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:16 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:53
15369 msgid "_/etc/adjtime_"
15370 msgstr "_/etc/adjtime_"
15372 #. type: Plain text
15373 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:20
15374 msgid "The file _/etc/adjtime_ contains descriptive information about the hardware mode clock setting and clock drift factor. The file is read and write by *hwclock*(8); and read by programs like rtcwake to get RTC time mode."
15377 #. type: Plain text
15378 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:22
15379 msgid "The file is usually located in _/etc_, but tools like *hwclock*(8) or *rtcwake*(8) can use alternative location by command line options if write access to _/etc_ is unwanted. The default clock mode is \"UTC\" if the file is missing."
15382 #. type: Plain text
15383 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:24
15384 msgid "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. The util *hwclock*(8) keeps the file _/etc/adjtime_, that keeps some historical information. For more details see \"*The Adjust Function*\" and \"*The Adjtime File*\" sections from *hwclock*(8) man page."
15387 #. type: Plain text
15388 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:26
15389 msgid "The format of the adjtime file is, in ASCII."
15393 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:27
15396 msgstr "além da primeira linha"
15398 #. type: Plain text
15399 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:30
15400 msgid "Three numbers, separated by blanks:"
15403 #. type: Labeled list
15404 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:31
15406 msgid "*drift factor*"
15407 msgstr "O fator de variação não está sendo ajustado porque a opção --update-drift não foi usada.\n"
15409 #. type: Plain text
15410 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:33
15411 msgid "the systematic drift rate in seconds per day (floating point decimal)"
15414 #. type: Labeled list
15415 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:34
15417 msgid "*last adjust time*"
15418 msgstr "Horário da última mensagem enviada"
15420 #. type: Plain text
15421 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:36
15422 msgid "the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration (decimal integer)"
15425 #. type: Labeled list
15426 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:37
15428 msgid "*adjustment status*"
15431 #. type: Plain text
15432 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:39
15433 msgid "zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal"
15437 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:40
15439 msgid "Second line"
15442 #. type: Labeled list
15443 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:42
15445 msgid "*last calibration time*"
15447 "O fator de variação não está sendo ajustado porque a data de sua última calibração é zero,\n"
15448 "então o histórico é inválido e é necessário reiniciar a calibração.\n"
15450 #. type: Plain text
15451 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:44
15452 msgid "The resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal integer."
15456 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:45
15460 "Aviso: a terceira linha do arquivo adjtime não foi reconhecida\n"
15461 "(Esperava: \"UTC\" ou \"LOCAL\" ou nada.)"
15463 #. type: Labeled list
15464 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:47
15466 msgid "*clock mode*"
15467 msgstr " -a, --auto lê o modo do relógio do arquivo de ajuste (padrão)\n"
15469 #. type: Plain text
15470 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:49
15471 msgid "Supported values are *UTC* or *LOCAL*. Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value with options on the *hwclock*(8) command line."
15474 #. type: Plain text
15475 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:58
15485 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:2
15487 msgid "blkdiscard(8)"
15488 msgstr "blkdiscard(8)"
15490 #. type: Plain text
15491 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:12
15493 msgid "blkdiscard - discard sectors on a device"
15494 msgstr "Descarta o conteúdo de setores em um dispositivo.\n"
15496 #. type: Plain text
15497 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:16
15499 msgid "*blkdiscard* [options] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _device_\n"
15502 #. type: Plain text
15503 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:20
15505 msgid "*blkdiscard* is used to discard device sectors. This is useful for solid-state drivers (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage. Unlike *fstrim*(8), this command is used directly on the block device.\n"
15508 #. type: Plain text
15509 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:22
15510 msgid "By default, *blkdiscard* will discard all blocks on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below."
15513 #. type: Plain text
15514 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:24 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:22
15516 msgid "The _device_ argument is the pathname of the block device."
15517 msgstr "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<modo>"
15519 #. type: Plain text
15520 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:26
15522 msgid "*WARNING: All data in the discarded region on the device will be lost!*\n"
15525 #. type: Plain text
15526 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:30
15527 msgid "The _offset_ and _length_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
15530 #. type: Plain text
15531 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:33
15532 msgid "Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode (O_EXCL) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive access mode."
15535 #. type: Plain text
15536 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:36
15537 msgid "Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero."
15540 #. type: Labeled list
15541 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:50
15543 msgid "*-l*, *--length* _length_"
15544 msgstr " -l, --length <núm> quantidade de bytes para descartar a partir posição\n"
15546 #. type: Plain text
15547 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:39
15548 msgid "The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified value extends past the end of the device, *blkdiscard* will stop at the device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device."
15551 #. type: Labeled list
15552 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:40
15554 msgid "*-p*, *--step* _length_"
15555 msgstr "_comprimento_"
15557 #. type: Plain text
15558 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:42
15559 msgid "The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to discard all by one ioctl call."
15562 #. type: Labeled list
15563 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:43
15565 msgid "*-s*, *--secure*"
15566 msgstr " -s, --secure executa descarte seguro\n"
15568 #. type: Plain text
15569 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:45
15570 msgid "Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the device."
15573 #. type: Labeled list
15574 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:46
15576 msgid "*-z*, *--zeroout*"
15577 msgstr " -z, --zeroout preenche com zero, ao invés de descartar\n"
15579 #. type: Plain text
15580 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:48
15582 msgid "Zero-fill rather than discard."
15583 msgstr " -z, --zeroout preenche com zero, ao invés de descartar\n"
15585 #. type: Plain text
15586 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:51
15587 msgid "Display the aligned values of _offset_ and _length_. If the *--step* option is specified, it prints the discard progress every second."
15590 #. type: Plain text
15591 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:61
15592 msgid "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner]"
15595 #. type: Plain text
15596 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:65
15598 msgid "*fstrim*(8)\n"
15599 msgstr "*fstrim*(8)\n"
15602 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:2
15605 msgstr "blkzone(8)"
15607 #. type: Plain text
15608 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:12
15610 msgid "blkzone - run zone command on a device"
15611 msgstr "Executa comando de zona no dispositivo de bloco dado.\n"
15613 #. type: Plain text
15614 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:16
15616 msgid "*blkzone* _command_ [options] _device_\n"
15617 msgstr " %s <comando> [opções] <dispositivo>\n"
15619 #. type: Plain text
15620 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:20
15622 msgid "*blkzone* is used to run zone command on device that support the Zoned Block Commands (ZBC) or Zoned-device ATA Commands (ZAC). The zones to operate on can be specified using the offset, count and length options.\n"
15626 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:25
15629 msgstr "*--report*"
15631 #. type: Plain text
15632 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:28
15633 msgid "The command *blkzone report* is used to report device zone information."
15636 #. type: Plain text
15637 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:30
15638 msgid "By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
15641 #. type: Plain text
15642 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:32
15644 msgid "Report output:"
15645 msgstr "*--report*"
15648 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:42
15651 "|start |Zone start sector\n"
15652 "|len |Zone length in number of sectors\n"
15653 "|cap |Zone capacity in number of sectors\n"
15654 "|wptr |Zone write pointer position\n"
15655 "|reset |Reset write pointer recommended\n"
15656 "|non-seq |Non-sequential write resources active\n"
15657 "|cond |Zone condition\n"
15658 "|type |Zone type\n"
15661 #. type: Plain text
15662 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:45
15664 msgid "Zone conditions:"
15665 msgstr "condições de erro"
15668 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:56
15672 "|nw |Not write pointer\n"
15675 "|oe |Explicitly opened\n"
15676 "|oi |Implicitly opened\n"
15679 "|x? |Reserved conditions (should not be reported)\n"
15683 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:58
15687 " -c, --set-capacity <dispositivo-loop>\n"
15688 " redimensiona o dispositivo\n"
15690 #. type: Plain text
15691 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:61
15692 msgid "The command *blkzone capacity* is used to report device capacity information."
15695 #. type: Plain text
15696 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:63
15697 msgid "By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
15701 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:64
15704 msgstr "redefinição falhou"
15706 #. type: Plain text
15707 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:67
15708 msgid "The command *blkzone reset* is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike *sg_reset_wp*(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset a range of zones."
15712 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:68
15715 msgstr "não foi possível abrir %s"
15717 #. type: Plain text
15718 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:71
15719 msgid "The command *blkzone open* is used to explicitly open one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), open action, this command operates from the block layer and can open a range of zones."
15723 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:72
15728 #. type: Plain text
15729 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:75
15730 msgid "The command *blkzone close* is used to close one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and can close a range of zones."
15734 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:76
15739 #. type: Plain text
15740 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:79
15741 msgid "The command *blkzone finish* is used to finish (transition to full condition) one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), finish action, this command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones."
15744 #. type: Plain text
15745 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:81
15746 msgid "By default, the reset, open, close and finish commands will operate from the zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options may be used to modify this behavior as explained below."
15749 #. type: Plain text
15750 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:85
15751 msgid "The _offset_ and _length_ option arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to specify _offset_ and _length_ in hex."
15754 #. type: Labeled list
15755 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:86
15757 msgid "*-o*, *--offset* _sector_"
15759 " -o, --offset <setor> setor inicial da zona para agir (em setores de\n"
15762 #. type: Plain text
15763 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:88
15764 msgid "The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value is zero."
15767 #. type: Labeled list
15768 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:89
15770 msgid "*-l*, *--length* _sectors_"
15771 msgstr " -l, --length <setores> máximo de setores para agir (em setores de 512 bytes)\n"
15773 #. type: Plain text
15774 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:91
15775 msgid "The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default value is the number of sectors remaining after _offset_. This option cannot be used together with the option *--count*."
15778 #. type: Labeled list
15779 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:92
15781 msgid "*-c*, *--count* _count_"
15782 msgstr "quantidade de leitura"
15784 #. type: Plain text
15785 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:94
15786 msgid "The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value is the number of zones starting from _offset_. This option cannot be used together with the option *--length*."
15789 #. type: Plain text
15790 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:97
15791 msgid "Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system."
15794 #. type: Plain text
15795 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:100
15796 msgid "Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors reset."
15799 #. type: Plain text
15800 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:111
15801 msgid "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
15804 #. type: Plain text
15805 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:115
15807 msgid "*sg_rep_zones*(8)\n"
15811 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:2
15816 #. type: Plain text
15817 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:12
15819 msgid "chcpu - configure CPUs"
15820 msgstr "Configura CPUs em um sistema multiprocessado.\n"
15822 #. type: Plain text
15823 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:16
15825 msgid "*chcpu* *-c*|*-d*|*-e*|*-g* _cpu-list_\n"
15828 #. type: Plain text
15829 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:18
15831 msgid "*chcpu* *-p* _mode_\n"
15832 msgstr "*chcpu* *-p* _modo_\n"
15834 #. type: Plain text
15835 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:20
15837 msgid "*chcpu* *-r*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
15838 msgstr "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n"
15840 #. type: Plain text
15841 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:24
15843 msgid "*chcpu* can modify the state of CPUs. It can enable or disable CPUs, scan for new CPUs, change the CPU dispatching _mode_ of the underlying hypervisor, and request CPUs from the hypervisor (configure) or return CPUs to the hypervisor (deconfigure).\n"
15846 #. type: Plain text
15847 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:26
15848 msgid "Some options have a _cpu-list_ argument. Use this argument to specify a comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses or ranges of addresses. For example, *0,5,7,9-11* makes the command applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11."
15851 #. type: Labeled list
15852 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:29
15854 msgid "*-c*, *--configure* _cpu-list_"
15856 " -e, --enable <lista-cpu> habilita cpus\n"
15857 " -d, --disable <lista-cpu> desabilita cpus\n"
15858 " -c, --configure <lista-cpu> configura cpus\n"
15859 " -g, --deconfigure <lista-cpu> desconfigura cpus\n"
15860 " -p, --dispatch <modo> define modo de despacho\n"
15861 " -r, --rescan inicia vasculha de cpus\n"
15863 #. type: Plain text
15864 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:31
15865 msgid "Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on which your kernel runs."
15868 #. type: Labeled list
15869 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:32
15871 msgid "*-d*, *--disable* _cpu-list_"
15873 " -e, --enable <lista-cpu> habilita cpus\n"
15874 " -d, --disable <lista-cpu> desabilita cpus\n"
15875 " -c, --configure <lista-cpu> configura cpus\n"
15876 " -g, --deconfigure <lista-cpu> desconfigura cpus\n"
15877 " -p, --dispatch <modo> define modo de despacho\n"
15878 " -r, --rescan inicia vasculha de cpus\n"
15880 #. type: Plain text
15881 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:34
15882 msgid "Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it offline."
15885 #. type: Labeled list
15886 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:35
15888 msgid "*-e*, *--enable* _cpu-list_"
15890 " -e, --enable <lista-cpu> habilita cpus\n"
15891 " -d, --disable <lista-cpu> desabilita cpus\n"
15892 " -c, --configure <lista-cpu> configura cpus\n"
15893 " -g, --deconfigure <lista-cpu> desconfigura cpus\n"
15894 " -p, --dispatch <modo> define modo de despacho\n"
15895 " -r, --rescan inicia vasculha de cpus\n"
15897 #. type: Plain text
15898 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:37
15899 msgid "Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it online. A CPU must be configured, see *-c*, before it can be enabled."
15902 #. type: Labeled list
15903 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:38
15905 msgid "*-g*, *--deconfigure* _cpu-list_"
15907 " -e, --enable <lista-cpu> habilita cpus\n"
15908 " -d, --disable <lista-cpu> desabilita cpus\n"
15909 " -c, --configure <lista-cpu> configura cpus\n"
15910 " -g, --deconfigure <lista-cpu> desconfigura cpus\n"
15911 " -p, --dispatch <modo> define modo de despacho\n"
15912 " -r, --rescan inicia vasculha de cpus\n"
15914 #. type: Plain text
15915 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:40
15916 msgid "Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see *-d*, before it can be deconfigured."
15919 #. type: Labeled list
15920 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:41
15922 msgid "*-p*, *--dispatch* _mode_"
15924 " -e, --enable <lista-cpu> habilita cpus\n"
15925 " -d, --disable <lista-cpu> desabilita cpus\n"
15926 " -c, --configure <lista-cpu> configura cpus\n"
15927 " -g, --deconfigure <lista-cpu> desconfigura cpus\n"
15928 " -p, --dispatch <modo> define modo de despacho\n"
15929 " -r, --rescan inicia vasculha de cpus\n"
15931 #. type: Plain text
15932 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:43
15933 msgid "Set the CPU dispatching _mode_ (polarization). This option has an effect only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. Available _modes_ are:"
15936 #. type: Labeled list
15937 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:71
15939 msgid "*horizontal*"
15940 msgstr "horizontal"
15942 #. type: Plain text
15943 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:73
15944 msgid "The workload is spread across all available CPUs."
15947 #. type: Labeled list
15948 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:73
15953 #. type: Plain text
15954 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:75
15955 msgid "The workload is concentrated on few CPUs."
15958 #. type: Labeled list
15959 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:50
15961 msgid "*-r*, *--rescan*"
15963 " -e, --enable <lista-cpu> habilita cpus\n"
15964 " -d, --disable <lista-cpu> desabilita cpus\n"
15965 " -c, --configure <lista-cpu> configura cpus\n"
15966 " -g, --deconfigure <lista-cpu> desconfigura cpus\n"
15967 " -p, --dispatch <modo> define modo de despacho\n"
15968 " -r, --rescan inicia vasculha de cpus\n"
15970 #. type: Plain text
15971 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:52
15972 msgid "Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly attached CPUs."
15975 #. type: Plain text
15976 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:62
15978 msgid "*chcpu* has the following exit status values:\n"
15981 #. type: Plain text
15982 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:71 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:70
15984 msgid "partial success"
15987 #. type: Plain text
15988 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:75
15989 msgid "mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
15992 #. type: Plain text
15993 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:79
15994 msgid "Copyright IBM Corp. 2011"
15997 #. type: Plain text
15998 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:83
16000 msgid "*lscpu*(1)\n"
16004 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:2
16009 #. type: Plain text
16010 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:12
16012 msgid "chmem - configure memory"
16013 msgstr "CPU %u falhou ao configurar"
16015 #. type: Plain text
16016 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:16
16018 msgid "*chmem* [*-h] [*-V*] [*-v*] [*-e*|*-d*] [_SIZE_|_RANGE_ *-b* _BLOCKRANGE_] [*-z* _ZONE_]\n"
16021 #. type: Plain text
16022 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:20
16023 msgid "The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or offline."
16026 #. type: Plain text
16027 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:22
16028 msgid "Specify _SIZE_ as <size>[m|M|g|G]. With m or M, <size> specifies the memory size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, <size> specifies the memory size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). The default unit is MiB."
16031 #. type: Plain text
16032 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:24
16033 msgid "Specify _RANGE_ in the form 0x<start>-0x<end> as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command. <start> is the hexadecimal address of the first byte and <end> is the hexadecimal address of the last byte in the memory range."
16036 #. type: Plain text
16037 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:26
16038 msgid "Specify _BLOCKRANGE_ in the form <first>-<last> or <block> as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command. <first> is the number of the first memory block and <last> is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. Alternatively a single block can be specified. _BLOCKRANGE_ requires the *--blocks* option."
16041 #. type: Plain text
16042 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:28
16043 msgid "Specify _ZONE_ as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the *lsmem -o +ZONES* command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range currently belongs to the first zone. By default, *chmem* will set memory online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default can be changed by specifying the *--zone* option with another valid zone. For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page cache pages). Use the *--help* option to see all available zones."
16046 #. type: Plain text
16047 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:30
16048 msgid "_SIZE_ and _RANGE_ must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command."
16051 #. type: Plain text
16052 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:32
16053 msgid "Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or offline instead of the requested amount."
16056 #. type: Plain text
16057 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:34
16058 msgid "When setting memory online *chmem* starts with the lowest memory block numbers. When setting memory offline *chmem* starts with the highest memory block numbers."
16061 #. type: Labeled list
16062 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:37
16064 msgid "*-b*, *--blocks*"
16065 msgstr "*-b*, *--blocks*"
16067 #. type: Plain text
16068 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:39
16069 msgid "Use a _BLOCKRANGE_ parameter instead of _RANGE_ or _SIZE_ for the *--enable* and *--disable* options."
16072 #. type: Labeled list
16073 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:40
16075 msgid "*-d*, *--disable*"
16076 msgstr " -d, --disable desabilita memória\n"
16078 #. type: Plain text
16079 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:42
16081 msgid "Set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory offline."
16082 msgstr "Define um tamanho em particular ou intervalo de memória online e offline.\n"
16084 #. type: Labeled list
16085 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:43
16087 msgid "*-e*, *--enable*"
16088 msgstr " -e, --enable habilita memória\n"
16090 #. type: Plain text
16091 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:45
16093 msgid "Set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online."
16094 msgstr "Define um tamanho em particular ou intervalo de memória online e offline.\n"
16096 #. type: Labeled list
16097 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:46
16099 msgid "*-z*, *--zone*"
16100 msgstr " -z, --zone <nome> seleciona zona da memória (veja abaixo)\n"
16102 #. type: Plain text
16103 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:48
16104 msgid "Select the memory _ZONE_ where to set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set online to the zone Movable, if possible."
16107 #. type: Plain text
16108 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:51
16110 msgid "Print a short help text, then exit."
16111 msgstr "Exibe esse texto de ajuda e sai."
16113 #. type: Plain text
16114 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:54
16115 msgid "Verbose mode. Causes *chmem* to print debugging messages about it's progress."
16118 #. type: Plain text
16119 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:57
16121 msgid "Print the version number, then exit."
16122 msgstr "Imprime a versão e sai."
16124 #. type: Plain text
16125 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:61
16127 msgid "*chmem* has the following exit status values:\n"
16130 #. type: Labeled list
16131 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:73
16133 msgid "*chmem --enable 1024*"
16134 msgstr " -e, --enable habilita memória\n"
16136 #. type: Plain text
16137 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:75
16138 msgid "This command requests 1024 MiB of memory to be set online."
16141 #. type: Labeled list
16142 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:76
16144 msgid "*chmem -e 2g*"
16147 #. type: Plain text
16148 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:78
16149 msgid "This command requests 2 GiB of memory to be set online."
16152 #. type: Labeled list
16153 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:79
16155 msgid "*chmem --disable 0x00000000e4000000-0x00000000f3ffffff*"
16156 msgstr " -d, --disable desabilita memória\n"
16158 #. type: Plain text
16159 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:81
16160 msgid "This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline."
16163 #. type: Labeled list
16164 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:82
16166 msgid "*chmem -b -d 10*"
16169 #. type: Plain text
16170 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:84
16171 msgid "This command requests the memory block number 10 to be set offline."
16174 #. type: Plain text
16175 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:88
16177 msgid "*lsmem*(1)\n"
16181 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:2
16186 #. type: Plain text
16187 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:12
16189 msgid "choom - display and adjust OOM-killer score."
16190 msgstr "Exibe e ajusta a pontuação de matador OOM (OOM-killer).\n"
16192 #. type: Plain text
16193 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:14
16195 msgid "*choom* *-p* _PID_\n"
16196 msgstr " %s [opções] [-p PID]\n"
16198 #. type: Plain text
16199 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:16
16201 msgid "*choom* *-p* _PID_ *-n* _number_\n"
16204 #. type: Plain text
16205 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:18
16207 msgid "*choom* *-n* _number_ [--] _command_ [_argument_ ...]\n"
16210 #. type: Plain text
16211 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:22
16212 msgid "The *choom* command displays and adjusts Out-Of-Memory killer score setting."
16215 #. type: Plain text
16216 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:27
16218 msgid "Specifies process ID."
16219 msgstr "ID do grupo do processo"
16221 #. type: Labeled list
16222 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:28
16224 msgid "*-n*, *--adjust* _value_"
16227 #. type: Plain text
16228 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:30
16230 msgid "Specify the adjust score value."
16231 msgstr " -n, --adjust <núm> especifica o valor de ajuste de pontuação\n"
16233 #. type: Plain text
16234 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:40
16235 msgid "Linux kernel uses the badness heuristic to select which process gets killed in out of memory conditions."
16238 #. type: Plain text
16239 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:42
16240 msgid "The badness heuristic assigns a value to each candidate task ranging from 0 (never kill) to 1000 (always kill) to determine which process is targeted. The units are roughly a proportion along that range of allowed memory the process may allocate from based on an estimation of its current memory and swap use. For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness score will be 1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score will be 500."
16243 #. type: Plain text
16244 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:44
16245 msgid "There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current memory and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes."
16248 #. type: Plain text
16249 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:46
16250 msgid "The amount of \"allowed\" memory depends on the context in which the oom killer was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating task's cpuset being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mems assigned to that cpuset. If it is due to a mempolicy's node(s) being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mempolicy nodes. If it is due to a memory limit (or swap limit) being reached, the allowed memory is that configured limit. Finally, if it is due to the entire system being out of memory, the allowed memory represents all allocatable resources."
16253 #. type: Plain text
16254 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:48
16255 msgid "The adjust score value is added to the badness score before it is used to determine which task to kill. Acceptable values range from -1000 to +1000. This allows userspace to polarize the preference for oom killing either by always preferring a certain task or completely disabling it. The lowest possible value, -1000, is equivalent to disabling oom killing entirely for that task since it will always report a badness score of 0."
16258 #. type: Plain text
16259 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:50
16260 msgid "Setting an adjust score value of +500, for example, is roughly equivalent to allowing the remainder of tasks sharing the same system, cpuset, mempolicy, or memory controller resources to use at least 50% more memory. A value of -500, on the other hand, would be roughly equivalent to discounting 50% of the task's allowed memory from being considered as scoring against the task."
16263 #. type: Plain text
16264 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:58
16266 msgid "*proc*(5)\n"
16267 msgstr "*proc*(5)\n"
16269 #. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
16270 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
16272 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:6
16274 msgid "ctrlaltdel(8)"
16275 msgstr "ctrlaltdel(8)"
16277 #. type: Plain text
16278 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:16
16280 msgid "ctrlaltdel - set the function of the Ctrl-Alt-Del combination"
16281 msgstr "Configura a função da combinação Ctrl-Alt-Del.\n"
16283 #. type: Plain text
16284 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:20
16286 msgid "*ctrlaltdel* *hard*|*soft*\n"
16287 msgstr " %s hard|soft\n"
16289 #. type: Plain text
16290 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:24
16291 msgid "Based on examination of the _linux/kernel/reboot.c_ code, it is clear that there are two supported functions that the <Ctrl-Alt-Del> sequence can perform."
16294 #. type: Labeled list
16295 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:25
16298 msgstr "o limite soft de %s não pode exceder o limite hard"
16300 #. type: Plain text
16301 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:27
16302 msgid "Immediately reboot the computer without calling *sync*(2) and without any other preparation. This is the default."
16305 #. type: Labeled list
16306 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:28
16309 msgstr " %s hard|soft\n"
16311 #. type: Plain text
16312 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:30
16313 msgid "Make the kernel send the *SIGINT* (interrupt) signal to the *init* process (this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the *init*(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several *init*(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation for the version that you are currently using."
16316 #. type: Plain text
16317 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:32
16318 msgid "When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current setting."
16321 #. type: Plain text
16322 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:34
16323 msgid "The function of *ctrlaltdel* is usually set in the _/etc/rc.local_ file."
16326 #. type: Plain text
16327 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:46
16328 msgid "_/etc/rc.local_"
16329 msgstr "_/etc/rc.local_"
16331 #. type: Plain text
16332 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:50
16333 msgid "mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]"
16336 #. type: Plain text
16337 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:55
16344 #. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
16345 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
16347 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:6
16352 #. type: Plain text
16353 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:16
16355 msgid "dmesg - print or control the kernel ring buffer"
16356 msgstr "Exibe ou controla o buffer do kernel.\n"
16358 #. type: Plain text
16359 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:20
16361 msgid "*dmesg* [options]\n"
16366 #. type: Plain text
16367 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:22
16369 msgid "*dmesg* *--clear*\n"
16372 #. type: Plain text
16373 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:24
16375 msgid "*dmesg* *--read-clear* [options]\n"
16378 #. type: Plain text
16379 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:26
16381 msgid "*dmesg* *--console-level* _level_\n"
16382 msgstr " --msglevel <0-8> nível de log de console de kernel\n"
16384 #. type: Plain text
16385 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:28
16387 msgid "*dmesg* *--console-on*\n"
16388 msgstr "não foi possível abrir o console"
16390 #. type: Plain text
16391 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:30
16393 msgid "*dmesg* *--console-off*\n"
16396 #. type: Plain text
16397 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:34
16399 msgid "*dmesg* is used to examine or control the kernel ring buffer.\n"
16402 #. type: Plain text
16403 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:36
16404 msgid "The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer."
16407 #. type: Plain text
16408 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:40
16409 msgid "The *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off*, and *--console-level* options are mutually exclusive."
16412 #. type: Labeled list
16413 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:41
16415 msgid "*-C*, *--clear*"
16416 msgstr "*-C*, *--clear*"
16418 #. type: Plain text
16419 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:43
16421 msgid "Clear the ring buffer."
16422 msgstr " -C, --clear limpa o buffer do kernel\n"
16424 #. type: Labeled list
16425 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:44
16427 msgid "*-c*, *--read-clear*"
16428 msgstr "*-c*, *--read-clear*"
16430 #. type: Plain text
16431 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:46
16432 msgid "Clear the ring buffer after first printing its contents."
16435 #. type: Labeled list
16436 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:47
16438 msgid "*-D*, *--console-off*"
16439 msgstr "*-D*, *--console-off*"
16441 #. type: Plain text
16442 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:49
16444 msgid "Disable the printing of messages to the console."
16445 msgstr " -E, --console-on habilita impressão de mensagens para o console\n"
16447 #. type: Labeled list
16448 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:50
16450 msgid "*-d*, *--show-delta*"
16452 " -d, --show-delta mostra diferença de tempo entre as mensagens\n"
16455 #. type: Plain text
16456 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:52
16457 msgid "Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages. If used together with *--notime* then only the time delta without the timestamp is printed."
16460 #. type: Labeled list
16461 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:53
16463 msgid "*-E*, *--console-on*"
16464 msgstr " -E, --console-on habilita impressão de mensagens para o console\n"
16466 #. type: Plain text
16467 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:55
16469 msgid "Enable printing messages to the console."
16470 msgstr " -E, --console-on habilita impressão de mensagens para o console\n"
16472 #. type: Labeled list
16473 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:56
16475 msgid "*-e*, *--reltime*"
16477 " -e, --reltime mostra o horário local e diferença de tempo em\n"
16478 " formato legível\n"
16480 #. type: Plain text
16481 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:58
16482 msgid "Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format. Be aware that conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see *-T* for more details)."
16485 #. type: Labeled list
16486 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:59
16488 msgid "*-F*, *--file* _file_"
16489 msgstr " -f, --file <arquivo> usa um arquivo específico em vez de %s\n"
16491 #. type: Plain text
16492 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:61
16493 msgid "Read the syslog messages from the given _file_. Note that *-F* does not support messages in kmsg format. The old syslog format is supported only."
16496 #. type: Labeled list
16497 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:62
16499 msgid "*-f*, *--facility* _list_"
16500 msgstr " -f, --facility <lista> restringe a saída a recursos definidos\n"
16502 #. type: Plain text
16503 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:64
16504 msgid "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of facilities. For example:"
16507 #. type: Plain text
16508 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:66
16510 msgid "*dmesg --facility=daemon*\n"
16511 msgstr "nome de recurso desconhecido: %s"
16513 #. type: Plain text
16514 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:68
16515 msgid "will print messages from system daemons only. For all supported facilities see the *--help* output."
16518 #. type: Labeled list
16519 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:69
16521 msgid "*-H*, *--human*"
16522 msgstr " -H, --human saída legível por humanos\n"
16524 #. type: Plain text
16525 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:71
16526 msgid "Enable human-readable output. See also *--color*, *--reltime* and *--nopager*."
16529 #. type: Plain text
16530 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:74
16532 msgid "Print kernel messages."
16533 msgstr " -k, --kernel exibe mensagens de kernel\n"
16535 #. type: Plain text
16536 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:77
16538 msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section below."
16539 msgstr "Colore a saída. O argumento opcional _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Se o argumento _quando_ for omitido, o padrão será *auto*. As cores podem ser desabilitadas; para o padrão integrado atual, consulte a saída de *--help*. Consulte também a seção *CORES*."
16541 #. type: Labeled list
16542 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:78
16544 msgid "*-l*, *--level* _list_"
16545 msgstr " -l, --level <lista> restringe saída para níveis definidos\n"
16547 #. type: Plain text
16548 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:80
16549 msgid "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of levels. For example:"
16552 #. type: Plain text
16553 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:82
16555 msgid "*dmesg --level=err,warn*\n"
16558 #. type: Plain text
16559 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:84
16560 msgid "will print error and warning messages only. For all supported levels see the *--help* output."
16563 #. type: Labeled list
16564 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:85
16566 msgid "*-n*, *--console-level* _level_"
16567 msgstr " -n, --console-level <nível> define o nível das mensagens exibidas no console\n"
16569 #. type: Plain text
16570 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:87
16571 msgid "Set the _level_ at which printing of messages is done to the console. The _level_ is a level number or abbreviation of the level name. For all supported levels see the *--help* output."
16574 #. type: Plain text
16575 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:89
16576 msgid "For example, *-n 1* or *-n emerg* prevents all messages, except emergency (panic) messages, from appearing on the console. All levels of messages are still written to _/proc/kmsg_, so *syslogd*(8) can still be used to control exactly where kernel messages appear. When the *-n* option is used, *dmesg* will _not_ print or clear the kernel ring buffer."
16579 #. type: Labeled list
16580 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:90
16582 msgid "*--noescape*"
16583 msgstr "*--noescape*"
16585 #. type: Plain text
16586 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:92
16587 msgid "The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-byte sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format \\x<hex> for security reason by default. This option disables this feature at all. It's usable for example for debugging purpose together with *--raw*. Be careful and don't use it by default."
16590 #. type: Labeled list
16591 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:93
16593 msgid "*-P*, *--nopager*"
16594 msgstr " -P, --nopager não redireciona a saída para um paginador\n"
16596 #. type: Plain text
16597 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:95
16598 msgid "Do not pipe output into a pager. A pager is enabled by default for *--human* output."
16601 #. type: Labeled list
16602 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:96
16604 msgid "*-p*, *--force-prefix*"
16606 " -p, --force-prefix força saída de marca de tempo em cada linha de\n"
16607 " mensagens multilinha\n"
16609 #. type: Plain text
16610 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:98
16611 msgid "Add facility, level or timestamp information to each line of a multi-line message."
16614 #. type: Plain text
16615 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:101
16616 msgid "Print the raw message buffer, i.e., do not strip the log-level prefixes, but all unprintable characters are still escaped (see also *--noescape*)."
16619 #. type: Plain text
16620 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:103
16621 msgid "Note that the real raw format depends on the method how *dmesg* reads kernel messages. The _/dev/kmsg_ device uses a different format than *syslog*(2). For backward compatibility, *dmesg* returns data always in the *syslog*(2) format. It is possible to read the real raw data from _/dev/kmsg_ by, for example, the command 'dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock'."
16624 #. type: Labeled list
16625 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:104
16627 msgid "*-S*, *--syslog*"
16628 msgstr " -S, --syslog força o uso do syslog(2) em vez do /dev/kmsg\n"
16630 #. type: Plain text
16631 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:106
16632 msgid "Force *dmesg* to use the *syslog*(2) kernel interface to read kernel messages. The default is to use _/dev/kmsg_ rather than *syslog*(2) since kernel 3.5.0."
16635 #. type: Labeled list
16636 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:107
16638 msgid "*-s*, *--buffer-size* _size_"
16639 msgstr " -s, --buffer-size <tamanho> tamanho do buffer de consulta de buffer do kernel\n"
16641 #. type: Plain text
16642 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:109
16643 msgid "Use a buffer of _size_ to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 16392 by default. (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, 8192 since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.) If you have set the kernel buffer to be larger than the default, then this option can be used to view the entire buffer."
16646 #. type: Labeled list
16647 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:110
16649 msgid "*-T*, *--ctime*"
16651 " -T, --ctime mostra marca de tempo legível para humanos\n"
16652 " (pode ser impreciso!)\n"
16654 #. type: Plain text
16655 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:112
16657 msgid "Print human-readable timestamps."
16658 msgstr " -H, --human saída legível por humanos\n"
16660 #. type: Plain text
16661 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:114
16663 msgid "*Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate!* The *time* source used for the logs is *not updated after* system *SUSPEND*/*RESUME*. Timestamps are adjusted according to current delta between boottime and monotonic clocks, this works only for messages printed after last resume.\n"
16666 #. type: Labeled list
16667 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:115
16669 msgid "*--since* _time_"
16670 msgstr " -s, --since <hora> exibe as linhas desde o horário especificado\n"
16672 #. type: Plain text
16673 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:117
16674 msgid "Display record since the specified time. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
16677 #. type: Labeled list
16678 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:118
16680 msgid "*--until* _time_"
16681 msgstr " -t, --until <hora> exibe as linhas até o horário especificado\n"
16683 #. type: Plain text
16684 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:120
16685 msgid "Display record until the specified time. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
16688 #. type: Labeled list
16689 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:121
16691 msgid "*-t*, *--notime*"
16692 msgstr " -t, --notime não mostra marcas de tempo com mensagens\n"
16694 #. type: Plain text
16695 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:123
16697 msgid "Do not print kernel's timestamps."
16698 msgstr " --nohints não mostra dicas\n"
16700 #. type: Plain text
16701 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:126
16702 msgid "Print timestamps using the given _format_, which can be *ctime*, *reltime*, *delta* or *iso*. The first three formats are aliases of the time-format-specific options. The *iso* format is a *dmesg* implementation of the ISO-8601 timestamp format. The purpose of this format is to make the comparing of timestamps between two systems, and any other parsing, easy. The definition of the *iso* timestamp is: YYYY-MM-DD<T>HH:MM:SS,<microseconds><-+><timezone offset from UTC>."
16705 #. type: Plain text
16706 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:128
16707 msgid "The *iso* format has the same issue as *ctime*: the time may be inaccurate when a system is suspended and resumed."
16710 #. type: Labeled list
16711 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:129
16713 msgid "*-u*, *--userspace*"
16714 msgstr " -u, --userspace exibe mensagens do espaço de usuário\n"
16716 #. type: Plain text
16717 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:131
16719 msgid "Print userspace messages."
16720 msgstr " -u, --userspace exibe mensagens do espaço de usuário\n"
16722 #. type: Labeled list
16723 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:132
16725 msgid "*-w*, *--follow*"
16726 msgstr " -w, --follow-new espera e imprime apenas novas mensagens\n"
16728 #. type: Plain text
16729 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:134
16730 msgid "Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a readable _/dev/kmsg_ (since kernel 3.5.0)."
16733 #. type: Labeled list
16734 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:135
16736 msgid "*-W*, *--follow-new*"
16737 msgstr " -w, --follow-new espera e imprime apenas novas mensagens\n"
16739 #. type: Plain text
16740 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:137
16742 msgid "Wait and print only new messages."
16743 msgstr " -w, --follow-new espera e imprime apenas novas mensagens\n"
16745 #. type: Labeled list
16746 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:138
16748 msgid "*-x*, *--decode*"
16749 msgstr " -x, --decode decodifica o recurso e nível para texto legível\n"
16751 #. type: Plain text
16752 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:140
16753 msgid "Decode facility and level (priority) numbers to human-readable prefixes."
16756 #. type: Plain text
16757 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:150
16758 msgid "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.disable_. See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization configuration."
16761 #. type: Plain text
16762 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:152
16763 msgid "The logical color names supported by *dmesg* are:"
16766 #. type: Labeled list
16767 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:153
16772 #. type: Plain text
16773 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:155
16774 msgid "The message sub-system prefix (e.g., \"ACPI:\")."
16777 #. type: Labeled list
16778 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:156
16781 msgstr "baseada em tempo"
16783 #. type: Plain text
16784 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:158
16786 msgid "The message timestamp."
16787 msgstr "marca de tempo"
16789 #. type: Labeled list
16790 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:159
16792 msgid "*timebreak*"
16795 #. type: Plain text
16796 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:161
16797 msgid "The message timestamp in short ctime format in *--reltime* or *--human* output."
16800 #. type: Labeled list
16801 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:162
16806 #. type: Plain text
16807 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:164
16808 msgid "The text of the message with the alert log priority."
16811 #. type: Labeled list
16812 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:165
16817 #. type: Plain text
16818 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:167
16819 msgid "The text of the message with the critical log priority."
16822 #. type: Labeled list
16823 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:168
16828 #. type: Plain text
16829 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:170
16830 msgid "The text of the message with the error log priority."
16833 #. type: Plain text
16834 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:173
16835 msgid "The text of the message with the warning log priority."
16838 #. type: Labeled list
16839 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:174
16844 #. type: Plain text
16845 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:176
16846 msgid "The text of the message that inform about segmentation fault."
16849 #. type: Plain text
16850 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:180
16852 msgid "*dmesg* can fail reporting permission denied error. This is usually caused by *dmesg_restrict* kernel setting, please see *syslog*(2) for more details.\n"
16855 #. type: Plain text
16856 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:186
16858 msgid "*dmesg* was originally written by mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o].\n"
16861 #. type: Plain text
16862 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:191
16865 "*terminal-colors.d*(5),\n"
16870 #. Copyright (C) 1994-2005 Jeff Tranter (tranter@pobox.com)
16871 #. Copyright (C) 2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>.
16872 #. It may be distributed under the GNU Public License, version 2, or
16873 #. any higher version. See section COPYING of the GNU Public license
16874 #. for conditions under which this file may be redistributed.
16876 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:10
16881 #. type: Plain text
16882 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:20
16884 msgid "eject - eject removable media"
16885 msgstr "Ejeta médias removíveis.\n"
16887 #. type: Plain text
16888 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:22
16890 msgid "*eject* [options] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
16891 msgstr " %s [opções] [<dispositivo>|<ponto-montagem>]\n"
16893 #. type: Plain text
16894 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:26
16896 msgid "*eject* allows removable media (typically a CD-ROM, floppy disk, tape, JAZ, ZIP or USB disk) to be ejected under software control. The command can also control some multi-disc CD-ROM changers, the auto-eject feature supported by some devices, and close the disc tray of some CD-ROM drives.\n"
16899 #. type: Plain text
16900 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:28
16901 msgid "The device corresponding to _device_ or _mountpoint_ is ejected. If no name is specified, the default name */dev/cdrom* is used. The device may be addressed by device name (e.g., 'sda'), device path (e.g., '/dev/sda'), UUID=__uuid__ or LABEL=__label__ tags."
16904 #. type: Plain text
16905 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:30
16906 msgid "There are four different methods of ejecting, depending on whether the device is a CD-ROM, SCSI device, removable floppy, or tape. By default *eject* tries all four methods in order until it succeeds."
16909 #. type: Plain text
16910 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:32
16911 msgid "If a device partition is specified, the whole-disk device is used."
16914 #. type: Plain text
16915 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:34
16916 msgid "If the device or a device partition is currently mounted, it is unmounted before ejecting. The eject is processed on exclusive open block device file descriptor if *--no-unmount* or *--force* are not specified."
16919 #. type: Labeled list
16920 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:37
16922 msgid "*-a*, **--auto on**|*off*"
16923 msgstr "*-a*, **--auto on**|*off*"
16925 #. type: Plain text
16926 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:39
16927 msgid "This option controls the auto-eject mode, supported by some devices. When enabled, the drive automatically ejects when the device is closed."
16930 #. type: Labeled list
16931 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:40
16933 msgid "*-c*, *--changerslot* _slot_"
16935 " -a, --auto <on|off> ativa ou desativa recurso de autoejetar\n"
16936 " -c, --changerslot <slot> alterna discos em um alternador de CD-ROMs\n"
16937 " -d, --default exibe o dispositivo padrão\n"
16938 " -f, --floppy ejeta um disquete\n"
16939 " -F, --force ignora o tipo de dispositivo\n"
16940 " -i, --manualeject <on|off> ativa ou desativa proteção de ejeção manual\n"
16941 " -m, --no-unmount não desmonta dispositivo mesmo se montado\n"
16942 " -M, --no-partitions-unmount não desmonta outras partições\n"
16943 " -n, --noop não ejeta, apenas exibe o dispositivo encontrado\n"
16944 " -p, --proc usa /proc/mounts em vez do /etc/mtab\n"
16945 " -q, --tape ejeta fita\n"
16946 " -r, --cdrom ejeta CD-ROM\n"
16947 " -s, --scsi ejeta dispositivo SCSI\n"
16948 " -t, --trayclose fecha a bandeja\n"
16949 " -T, --traytoggle abre a bandeja\n"
16950 " -v, --verbose habilita mensagens detalhadas\n"
16951 " -x, --cdspeed <velocidade> define a velocidade máxima do CD-ROM\n"
16952 " -X, --listspeed lista as velocidades disponíveis do CD-ROM\n"
16954 #. type: Plain text
16955 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:42
16956 msgid "With this option a CD slot can be selected from an ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM changer. The CD-ROM drive cannot be in use (mounted data CD or playing a music CD) for a change request to work. Please also note that the first slot of the changer is referred to as 0, not 1."
16959 #. type: Labeled list
16960 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:43
16962 msgid "*-d*, *--default*"
16963 msgstr "*-d*, *--default*"
16965 #. type: Plain text
16966 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:45
16968 msgid "List the default device name."
16969 msgstr "dispositivo padrão: \"%s\""
16971 #. type: Labeled list
16972 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:46
16974 msgid "*-F*, *--force*"
16975 msgstr "*-f*, *--force*"
16977 #. type: Plain text
16978 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:48
16979 msgid "Force eject, don't check device type, don't open device with exclusive lock. The successful result may be false positive on non hot-pluggable devices."
16982 #. type: Labeled list
16983 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:49
16985 msgid "*-f*, *--floppy*"
16986 msgstr "*-f*, *--floppy*"
16988 #. type: Plain text
16989 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:51
16990 msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a removable floppy disk eject command."
16993 #. type: Labeled list
16994 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:55
16996 msgid "*-i*, **--manualeject on**|*off*"
16997 msgstr "*-i*, **--manualeject on**|*off*"
16999 #. type: Plain text
17000 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:57
17001 msgid "This option controls locking of the hardware eject button. When enabled, the drive will not be ejected when the button is pressed. This is useful when you are carrying a laptop in a bag or case and don't want it to eject if the button is inadvertently pressed."
17004 #. type: Labeled list
17005 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:58
17007 msgid "*-M*, *--no-partitions-unmount*"
17008 msgstr "*-M*, *--no-partitions-unmount*"
17010 #. type: Plain text
17011 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:60
17012 msgid "The option tells eject to not try to unmount other partitions on partitioned devices. If another partition is still mounted, the program will not attempt to eject the media. It will attempt to unmount only the device or mountpoint given on the command line."
17015 #. type: Labeled list
17016 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:61
17018 msgid "*-m*, *--no-unmount*"
17019 msgstr "*-m*, *--no-unmount*"
17021 #. type: Plain text
17022 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:63
17023 msgid "The option tells eject to not try to unmount at all. If this option is not specified than *eject* opens the device with *O_EXCL* flag to be sure that the device is not used (since v2.35)."
17026 #. type: Labeled list
17027 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:64
17029 msgid "*-n*, *--noop*"
17030 msgstr "*-n*, *--noop*"
17032 #. type: Plain text
17033 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:66
17034 msgid "With this option the selected device is displayed but no action is performed."
17037 #. type: Labeled list
17038 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:67
17040 msgid "*-p*, *--proc*"
17041 msgstr "*-p*, *--proc*"
17043 #. type: Plain text
17044 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:69
17045 msgid "This option allows you to use _/proc/mounts_ instead _/etc/mtab_. It also passes the *-n* option to *umount*(8)."
17048 #. type: Labeled list
17049 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:70
17051 msgid "*-q*, *--tape*"
17052 msgstr "*-q*, *--tape*"
17054 #. type: Plain text
17055 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:72
17056 msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a tape drive offline command."
17059 #. type: Labeled list
17060 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:73
17062 msgid "*-r*, *--cdrom*"
17063 msgstr "*-r*, *--cdrom*"
17065 #. type: Plain text
17066 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:75
17067 msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a CDROM eject command."
17070 #. type: Labeled list
17071 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:76
17073 msgid "*-s*, *--scsi*"
17074 msgstr " -S, --scsi exibe informação sobre dispositivos SCSI\n"
17076 #. type: Plain text
17077 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:78
17078 msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using SCSI commands."
17081 #. type: Labeled list
17082 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:79
17084 msgid "*-T*, *--traytoggle*"
17085 msgstr "*-T*, *--traytoggle*"
17087 #. type: Plain text
17088 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:81
17089 msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command if it's opened, and a CD-ROM tray eject command if it's closed. Not all devices support this command, because it uses the above CD-ROM tray close command."
17092 #. type: Labeled list
17093 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:82
17095 msgid "*-t*, *--trayclose*"
17096 msgstr "*-t*, *--trayclose*"
17098 #. type: Plain text
17099 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:84
17100 msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command. Not all devices support this command."
17103 #. type: Plain text
17104 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:90
17105 msgid "Run in verbose mode; more information is displayed about what the command is doing."
17108 #. type: Labeled list
17109 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:91
17111 msgid "*-X*, *--listspeed*"
17112 msgstr "*-X*, *--listspeed*"
17114 #. type: Plain text
17115 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:93
17116 msgid "With this option the CD-ROM drive will be probed to detect the available speeds. The output is a list of speeds which can be used as an argument of the *-x* option. This only works with Linux 2.6.13 or higher, on previous versions solely the maximum speed will be reported. Also note that some drives may not correctly report the speed and therefore this option does not work with them."
17119 #. type: Labeled list
17120 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:94
17122 msgid "*-x*, *--cdspeed* _speed_"
17124 " -a, --auto <on|off> ativa ou desativa recurso de autoejetar\n"
17125 " -c, --changerslot <slot> alterna discos em um alternador de CD-ROMs\n"
17126 " -d, --default exibe o dispositivo padrão\n"
17127 " -f, --floppy ejeta um disquete\n"
17128 " -F, --force ignora o tipo de dispositivo\n"
17129 " -i, --manualeject <on|off> ativa ou desativa proteção de ejeção manual\n"
17130 " -m, --no-unmount não desmonta dispositivo mesmo se montado\n"
17131 " -M, --no-partitions-unmount não desmonta outras partições\n"
17132 " -n, --noop não ejeta, apenas exibe o dispositivo encontrado\n"
17133 " -p, --proc usa /proc/mounts em vez do /etc/mtab\n"
17134 " -q, --tape ejeta fita\n"
17135 " -r, --cdrom ejeta CD-ROM\n"
17136 " -s, --scsi ejeta dispositivo SCSI\n"
17137 " -t, --trayclose fecha a bandeja\n"
17138 " -T, --traytoggle abre a bandeja\n"
17139 " -v, --verbose habilita mensagens detalhadas\n"
17140 " -x, --cdspeed <velocidade> define a velocidade máxima do CD-ROM\n"
17141 " -X, --listspeed lista as velocidades disponíveis do CD-ROM\n"
17143 #. type: Plain text
17144 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:96
17145 msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM select speed command. The _speed_ argument is a number indicating the desired speed (e.g., 8 for 8X speed), or 0 for maximum data rate. Not all devices support this command and you can only specify speeds that the drive is capable of. Every time the media is changed this option is cleared. This option can be used alone, or with the *-t* and *-c* options."
17148 #. type: Plain text
17149 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:104
17151 msgid "*eject* only works with devices that support one or more of the four methods of ejecting. This includes most CD-ROM drives (IDE, SCSI, and proprietary), some SCSI tape drives, JAZ drives, ZIP drives (parallel port, SCSI, and IDE versions), and LS120 removable floppies. Users have also reported success with floppy drives on Sun SPARC and Apple Macintosh systems. If *eject* does not work, it is most likely a limitation of the kernel driver for the device and not the *eject* program itself.\n"
17154 #. type: Plain text
17155 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:106
17156 msgid "The *-r*, *-s*, *-f*, and *-q* options allow controlling which methods are used to eject. More than one method can be specified. If none of these options are specified, it tries all four (this works fine in most cases)."
17159 #. type: Plain text
17160 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:108
17162 msgid "*eject* may not always be able to determine if the device is mounted (e.g., if it has several names). If the device name is a symbolic link, *eject* will follow the link and use the device that it points to.\n"
17165 #. type: Plain text
17166 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:110
17167 msgid "If *eject* determines that the device can have multiple partitions, it will attempt to unmount all mounted partitions of the device before ejecting (see also *--no-partitions-unmount*). If an unmount fails, the program will not attempt to eject the media."
17170 #. type: Plain text
17171 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:112
17172 msgid "You can eject an audio CD. Some CD-ROM drives will refuse to open the tray if the drive is empty. Some devices do not support the tray close command."
17175 #. type: Plain text
17176 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:114
17177 msgid "If the auto-eject feature is enabled, then the drive will always be ejected after running this command. Not all Linux kernel CD-ROM drivers support the auto-eject mode. There is no way to find out the state of the auto-eject mode."
17180 #. type: Plain text
17181 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:116
17182 msgid "You need appropriate privileges to access the device files. Running as root is required to eject some devices (e.g., SCSI devices)."
17185 #. type: Plain text
17186 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:120
17187 msgid "mailto:tranter@pobox.com[Jeff Tranter] - original author, mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] and mailto:mluscon@redhat.com[Michal Luscon] - util-linux version."
17190 #. type: Plain text
17191 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:127
17201 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:2
17203 msgid "fallocate(1)"
17204 msgstr "fallocate falhou"
17206 #. type: Plain text
17207 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:12
17209 msgid "fallocate - preallocate or deallocate space to a file"
17210 msgstr "Pré-aloca espaço a, ou desaloca espaço de, um arquivo.\n"
17212 #. type: Plain text
17213 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:16
17215 msgid "*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length_ [*-n*] _filename_\n"
17218 #. type: Plain text
17219 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:18
17221 msgid "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n"
17224 #. type: Plain text
17225 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:20
17227 msgid "*fallocate* *-x* [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length filename_\n"
17230 #. type: Plain text
17231 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:24
17233 msgid "*fallocate* is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, either to deallocate or preallocate it. For filesystems which support the fallocate system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data blocks. This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with zeroes.\n"
17236 #. type: Plain text
17237 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:26
17239 msgid "The exit status returned by *fallocate* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
17240 msgstr "O status de saída retornado por *mkfs* é 0 em caso de sucesso e 1 em caso de falha."
17242 #. type: Plain text
17243 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:30
17244 msgid "The _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, and YB."
17247 #. type: Plain text
17248 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:32
17249 msgid "The options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole*, and *--zero-range* are mutually exclusive."
17252 #. type: Labeled list
17253 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:33
17255 msgid "*-c*, *--collapse-range*"
17256 msgstr "*-c*, *--collapse-range*"
17258 #. type: Plain text
17259 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:35
17260 msgid "Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole. The byte range to be collapsed starts at _offset_ and continues for _length_ bytes. At the completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at the location __offset__+_length_ will be appended at the location _offset_, and the file will be _length_ bytes smaller. The option *--keep-size* may not be specified for the collapse-range operation."
17263 #. type: Plain text
17264 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:37
17265 msgid "Available since Linux 3.15 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
17268 #. type: Plain text
17269 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:39
17270 msgid "A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, in order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, offset and len must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has such a requirement, the operation will fail with the error EINVAL if this requirement is violated."
17273 #. type: Labeled list
17274 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:40
17276 msgid "*-d*, *--dig-holes*"
17277 msgstr " -d, --dig-holes detecta zeros e substitui com buracos\n"
17279 #. type: Plain text
17280 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:42
17281 msgid "Detect and dig holes. This makes the file sparse in-place, without using extra disk space. The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O block size (usually 4096 bytes). Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is implied. If no range is specified by *--offset* and *--length*, then the entire file is analyzed for holes."
17284 #. type: Plain text
17285 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:44
17286 msgid "You can think of this option as doing a \"*cp --sparse*\" and then renaming the destination file to the original, without the need for extra disk space."
17289 #. type: Plain text
17290 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:46
17291 msgid "See *--punch-hole* for a list of supported filesystems."
17294 #. type: Labeled list
17295 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:47
17297 msgid "*-i*, *--insert-range*"
17298 msgstr " -i, --insert-range insere um buraco no intervalo, trocando dados existente\n"
17300 #. type: Plain text
17301 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:49
17302 msgid "Insert a hole of _length_ bytes from _offset_, shifting existing data."
17305 #. type: Plain text
17306 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:52
17307 msgid "Specifies the length of the range, in bytes."
17310 #. type: Labeled list
17311 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:53
17313 msgid "*-n*, *--keep-size*"
17314 msgstr " -n, --keep-size mantém o tamanho aparente do arquivo\n"
17316 #. type: Plain text
17317 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:55
17318 msgid "Do not modify the apparent length of the file. This may effectively allocate blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate."
17321 #. type: Plain text
17322 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:58
17324 msgid "Specifies the beginning offset of the range, in bytes."
17325 msgstr " -o, --offset <núm> posição para operações de intervalo, em bytes\n"
17327 #. type: Labeled list
17328 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:59
17330 msgid "*-p*, *--punch-hole*"
17331 msgstr " -p, --punch-hole substitui um intervalo com um buraco (resulta em -n)\n"
17333 #. type: Plain text
17334 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:61
17335 msgid "Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks are removed from the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes. This option may not be specified at the same time as the *--zero-range* option. Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is implied."
17338 #. type: Plain text
17339 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:63
17340 msgid "Supported for XFS (since Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (since Linux 3.0), Btrfs (since Linux 3.7), tmpfs (since Linux 3.5) and gfs2 (since Linux 4.16)."
17343 #. type: Plain text
17344 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:66
17346 msgid "Enable verbose mode."
17347 msgstr " -v, --verbose modo detalhado\n"
17349 #. type: Labeled list
17350 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:67
17352 msgid "*-x*, *--posix*"
17353 msgstr " -x, --posix usa posix_fallocate(3) em vez de fallocate(2)\n"
17355 #. type: Plain text
17356 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:69
17357 msgid "Enable POSIX operation mode. In that mode allocation operation always completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not supported by the underlying filesystem."
17360 #. type: Labeled list
17361 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:70
17363 msgid "*-z*, *--zero-range*"
17364 msgstr " -z, --zero-range zera e assegura uma alocação de um intervalo\n"
17366 #. type: Plain text
17367 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:72
17368 msgid "Zeroes space in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for the regions that span the holes in the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes."
17371 #. type: Plain text
17372 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:74
17373 msgid "Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range into unwritten extents. This approach means that the specified range will not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial blocks at the either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required only to update metadata."
17376 #. type: Plain text
17377 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:76
17378 msgid "Option *--keep-size* can be specified to prevent file length modification."
17381 #. type: Plain text
17382 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:78
17383 msgid "Available since Linux 3.14 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
17386 #. type: Plain text
17387 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:89
17388 msgid "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
17391 #. type: Plain text
17392 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:95
17396 "*fallocate*(2),\n"
17397 "*posix_fallocate*(3)\n"
17398 msgstr " -x, --posix usa posix_fallocate(3) em vez de fallocate(2)\n"
17403 #. Copyright 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin - All Rights Reserved
17404 #. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
17405 #. obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
17406 #. files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
17407 #. restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
17408 #. copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
17409 #. sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
17410 #. the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
17412 #. The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall
17413 #. be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
17414 #. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
17415 #. EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
17416 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
17417 #. NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
17418 #. HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
17419 #. WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
17420 #. FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
17421 #. OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
17423 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:26
17428 #. type: Plain text
17429 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:37
17431 msgid "flock - manage locks from shell scripts"
17432 msgstr "Gerencia travas de arquivo de scripts shell.\n"
17434 #. type: Plain text
17435 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:41
17437 msgid "*flock* [options] _file_|_directory_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
17440 #. type: Plain text
17441 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:43
17443 msgid "*flock* [options] _file_|_directory_ *-c* _command_\n"
17446 #. type: Plain text
17447 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:45
17449 msgid "*flock* [options] _number_\n"
17450 msgstr "*flock* [opções] _número_\n"
17452 #. type: Plain text
17453 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:49
17454 msgid "This utility manages *flock*(2) locks from within shell scripts or from the command line."
17457 #. type: Plain text
17458 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:51
17459 msgid "The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the execution of a _command_, in a manner similar to *su*(1) or *newgrp*(1). They lock a specified _file_ or _directory_, which is created (assuming appropriate permissions) if it does not already exist. By default, if the lock cannot be immediately acquired, *flock* waits until the lock is available."
17462 #. type: Plain text
17463 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:53
17464 msgid "The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor _number_. See the examples below for how that can be used."
17467 #. type: Labeled list
17468 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:56 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:69
17470 msgid "*-c*, *--command* _command_"
17471 msgstr "*-c*, *--command* _comando_"
17473 #. type: Plain text
17474 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:58
17476 msgid "Pass a single _command_, without arguments, to the shell with *-c*."
17477 msgstr " -c, --command <comando> passa um comando para o shell com -c\n"
17479 #. type: Labeled list
17480 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:59
17482 msgid "*-E*, *--conflict-exit-code* _number_"
17484 " -E, --conflict-exit-code <número>\n"
17485 " código de saída após conflito ou tempo esgotado\n"
17487 #. type: Plain text
17488 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:61
17489 msgid "The exit status used when the *-n* option is in use, and the conflicting lock exists, or the *-w* option is in use, and the timeout is reached. The default value is *1*. The _number_ has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
17492 #. type: Plain text
17493 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:64
17494 msgid "Do not fork before executing _command_. Upon execution the flock process is replaced by _command_ which continues to hold the lock. This option is incompatible with *--close* as there would otherwise be nothing left to hold the lock."
17497 #. type: Labeled list
17498 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:65
17500 msgid "*-e*, *-x*, *--exclusive*"
17503 #. type: Plain text
17504 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:67
17505 msgid "Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock. This is the default."
17508 #. type: Labeled list
17509 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:68
17511 msgid "*-n*, *--nb*, *--nonblock*"
17514 #. type: Plain text
17515 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:70
17516 msgid "Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired. See the *-E* option for the exit status used."
17519 #. type: Labeled list
17520 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:71
17522 msgid "*-o*, *--close*"
17524 " -o, --close fecha o descritor de arquivo antes de executar\n"
17527 #. type: Plain text
17528 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:73
17529 msgid "Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing _command_. This is useful if _command_ spawns a child process which should not be holding the lock."
17532 #. type: Labeled list
17533 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:74
17535 msgid "*-s*, *--shared*"
17536 msgstr " -s, --shared obtém uma trava compartilhada\n"
17538 #. type: Plain text
17539 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:76
17540 msgid "Obtain a shared lock, sometimes called a read lock."
17543 #. type: Labeled list
17544 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:77
17546 msgid "*-u*, *--unlock*"
17547 msgstr " -u, --unlock remove uma trava\n"
17549 #. type: Plain text
17550 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:79
17551 msgid "Drop a lock. This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically dropped when the file is closed. However, it may be required in special cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a background process which should not be holding the lock."
17554 #. type: Labeled list
17555 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:80
17557 msgid "*-w*, *--wait*, *--timeout* _seconds_"
17560 #. type: Plain text
17561 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:82
17562 msgid "Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within _seconds_. Decimal fractional values are allowed. See the *-E* option for the exit status used. The zero number of _seconds_ is interpreted as *--nonblock*."
17565 #. type: Plain text
17566 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:85
17567 msgid "Report how long it took to acquire the lock, or why the lock could not be obtained."
17570 #. type: Plain text
17571 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:95
17572 msgid "The command uses <sysexits.h> exit status values for everything, except when using either of the options *-n* or *-w* which report a failure to acquire the lock with an exit status given by the *-E* option, or 1 by default. The exit status given by *-E* has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
17575 #. type: Plain text
17576 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:97
17577 msgid "When using the _command_ variant, and executing the child worked, then the exit status is that of the child command."
17580 #. type: Plain text
17581 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:101
17582 msgid "Note that \"shell> \" in examples is a command line prompt."
17585 #. type: Labeled list
17586 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:102
17588 msgid "shell1> flock /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
17591 #. type: Plain text
17592 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:104
17593 msgid "Set exclusive lock to directory /tmp and the second command will fail."
17596 #. type: Labeled list
17597 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:105
17599 msgid "shell1> flock -s /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
17602 #. type: Plain text
17603 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:107
17604 msgid "Set shared lock to directory /tmp and the second command will not fail. Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would fail."
17607 #. type: Labeled list
17608 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:108
17610 msgid "shell> flock -x local-lock-file echo 'a b c'"
17613 #. type: Plain text
17614 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:110
17615 msgid "Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with 'a b c'."
17618 #. type: Labeled list
17619 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:111
17621 msgid "(; flock -n 9 || exit 1; # ... commands executed under lock ...; ) 9>/var/lock/mylockfile"
17624 #. type: Plain text
17625 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:113
17626 msgid "The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the file doesn't matter to *flock*; using _>_ or _>>_ allows the lockfile to be created if it does not already exist, however, write permission is required. Using _<_ requires that the file already exists but only read permission is required."
17629 #. type: Labeled list
17630 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:114
17632 msgid "[ $\\{FLOCKER} != $0 ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0 flock -en $0 $0 $@ || :"
17633 msgstr "[ $\\{FLOCKER} != $0 ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0 flock -en $0 $0 $@ || :"
17635 #. type: Plain text
17636 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:116
17637 msgid "This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of the shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on the first run. If the env var *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell script that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-execing itself with the right arguments. It also sets the FLOCKER env var to the right value so it doesn't run again."
17640 #. type: Labeled list
17641 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:117
17643 msgid "shell> exec 4<>/var/lock/mylockfile; shell> flock -n 4"
17646 #. type: Plain text
17647 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:119
17648 msgid "This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor 4, then flock is used to lock the descriptor."
17651 #. type: Plain text
17652 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:123
17653 msgid "mailto:hpa@zytor.com[H. Peter Anvin]"
17656 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
17657 #. type: Plain text
17658 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:128
17659 msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
17662 #. type: Plain text
17663 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:132
17665 msgid "*flock*(2)\n"
17666 msgstr "Cria um arquivo de trava *flock*(2) exclusivo (_/run/fsck/<nome-do-disco>.lock_) para o dispositivo de disco inteiro. Esta opção pode ser usada apenas com um dispositivo (isso significa que *-A* e *-l* são mutuamente exclusivas). Esta opção é recomendada quando mais instâncias de *fsck* são executadas ao mesmo tempo. A opção é ignorada quando usada para vários dispositivos ou para discos não rotativos. *fsck* não trava dispositivos subjacentes quando executado para verificar dispositivos empilhados (por exemplo, MD ou DM) -- este recurso ainda não foi implementado."
17669 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:2
17671 msgid "fsfreeze(8)"
17672 msgstr "fsfreeze(8)"
17674 #. type: Plain text
17675 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:12
17676 msgid "fsfreeze - suspend access to a filesystem (Ext3/4, ReiserFS, JFS, XFS)"
17679 #. type: Plain text
17680 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:16
17682 msgid "*fsfreeze* *--freeze*|*--unfreeze* _mountpoint_\n"
17683 msgstr "não foi especificado --freeze nem --unfreeze"
17685 #. type: Plain text
17686 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:20
17688 msgid "*fsfreeze* suspends or resumes access to a filesystem.\n"
17691 #. type: Plain text
17692 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:22
17694 msgid "*fsfreeze* halts any new access to the filesystem and creates a stable image on disk. *fsfreeze* is intended to be used with hardware RAID devices that support the creation of snapshots.\n"
17697 #. type: Plain text
17698 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:24
17700 msgid "*fsfreeze* is unnecessary for *device-mapper* devices. The device-mapper (and LVM) automatically freezes a filesystem on the device when a snapshot creation is requested. For more details see the *dmsetup*(8) man page.\n"
17703 #. type: Plain text
17704 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:26
17705 msgid "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see *mount*(8))."
17708 #. type: Plain text
17709 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:28
17710 msgid "Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option *strictatime*, for more details see *mount*(8))."
17713 #. type: Labeled list
17714 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:31
17716 msgid "*-f*, *--freeze*"
17717 msgstr " -f, --freeze congela o sistema de arquivos\n"
17719 #. type: Plain text
17720 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:33
17721 msgid "This option requests the specified a filesystem to be frozen from new modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the filesystem are allowed to complete, new write system calls are halted, other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be unfrozen."
17724 #. type: Plain text
17725 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:35
17726 msgid "Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of the snapshot is complete."
17729 #. type: Labeled list
17730 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:36
17732 msgid "*-u*, *--unfreeze*"
17733 msgstr " -u, --unfreeze descongela o sistema de arquivos\n"
17735 #. type: Plain text
17736 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:38
17737 msgid "This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are unblocked and allowed to complete."
17741 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:45
17743 msgid "FILESYSTEM SUPPORT"
17744 msgstr "suporte a posix_fallocate não está compilado"
17746 #. type: Plain text
17747 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:48
17748 msgid "This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, *jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs*, and *xfs*. Previous list may be incomplete, as more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know if a filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test freezing it."
17751 #. type: Plain text
17752 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:52
17753 msgid "This man page is based on *xfs_freeze*(8)."
17756 #. type: Plain text
17757 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:56
17758 msgid "Written by Hajime Taira."
17759 msgstr "Escrito por Hajime Taira."
17761 #. type: Plain text
17762 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:72
17764 msgid "*mount*(8)\n"
17765 msgstr "*mount*(8)\n"
17770 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
17771 #. All rights reserved.
17772 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
17773 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
17775 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
17776 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
17777 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
17778 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
17779 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
17780 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
17781 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
17782 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
17783 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
17784 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
17785 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
17786 #. without specific prior written permission.
17787 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
17788 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
17789 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
17790 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
17791 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
17792 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
17793 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
17794 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
17795 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
17796 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
17798 #. @(#)fstab.5 6.5 (Berkeley) 5/10/91
17800 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:36
17806 "*fsck.ext2*(8) or *fsck.ext3*(8) or *e2fsck*(8),\n"
17807 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
17810 "*fsck.minix*(8),\n"
17811 "*fsck.msdos*(8),\n"
17812 "*fsck.vfat*(8),\n"
17814 "*reiserfsck*(8)\n"
17816 #. type: Plain text
17817 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:46
17819 msgid "fstab - static information about the filesystems"
17820 msgstr " -s, --fstab pesquisa na tabela estática de sistemas de arquivos\n"
17822 #. type: Plain text
17823 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:54
17824 msgid "The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems the system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because fsck8, mount8, and umount8 sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing their thing."
17827 #. type: Plain text
17828 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:56
17829 msgid "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with '#' are comments. Blank lines are ignored."
17832 #. type: Plain text
17833 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:58
17834 msgid "The following is a typical example of an *fstab* entry:"
17837 #. type: delimited block .
17838 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:61
17840 msgid "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2\n"
17844 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:63
17846 msgid "The first field (_fs_spec_)."
17847 msgstr "fonte não definida (fs_spec)"
17849 #. type: Plain text
17850 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:66
17851 msgid "This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap partition to be enabled."
17854 #. type: Plain text
17855 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:68
17856 msgid "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node (as created by *mknod*(2)) for the device to be mounted, like _/dev/cdrom_ or _/dev/sdb7_. For NFS mounts, this field is _<host>:<dir>_, e.g., _knuth.aeb.nl:/_. For filesystems with no storage, any string can be used, and will show up in *df*(1) output, for example. Typical usage is _proc_ for *procfs*; _mem_, _none_, or _tmpfs_ for *tmpfs*. Other special filesystems, like *udev* and *sysfs*, are typically not listed in *fstab*."
17859 #. type: Plain text
17860 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:70
17861 msgid "LABEL=<label> or UUID=<uuid> may be given instead of a device name. This is the recommended method, as device names are often a coincidence of hardware detection order, and can change when other disks are added or removed. For example, 'LABEL=Boot' or 'UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6'. (Use a filesystem-specific tool like *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8), or *fatlabel*(8) to set LABELs on filesystems)."
17864 #. type: Plain text
17865 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:72
17866 msgid "It's also possible to use *PARTUUID=* and *PARTLABEL=*. These partitions identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
17869 #. type: Plain text
17870 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:74
17871 msgid "See *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) or *lsblk*(8) for more details about device identifiers."
17874 #. type: Plain text
17875 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:76
17876 msgid "Note that *mount*(8) uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters. But when specifying the volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case characters are used (e.g UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
17880 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:77
17882 msgid "The second field (_fs_file_)."
17883 msgstr "alvo não definido (fs_file)"
17885 #. type: Plain text
17886 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:80
17887 msgid "This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For swap partitions, this field should be specified as `none'. If the name of the mount point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as `\\040' and '\\011' respectively."
17891 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:81
17893 msgid "The third field (_fs_vfstype_)."
17896 #. type: Plain text
17897 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:84
17898 msgid "This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more details, see mount8."
17901 #. type: Plain text
17902 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:86
17903 msgid "An entry _swap_ denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf. *swapon*(8). An entry _none_ is useful for bind or move mounts."
17906 #. type: Plain text
17907 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:88
17908 msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list."
17911 #. type: Plain text
17912 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:90
17914 msgid "*mount*(8) and *umount*(8) support filesystem _subtypes_. The subtype is defined by '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the first fstab field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated).\n"
17918 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:91
17920 msgid "The fourth field (_fs_mntops_)."
17923 #. type: Plain text
17924 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:94
17925 msgid "This field describes the mount options associated with the filesystem."
17928 #. type: Plain text
17929 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:96
17930 msgid "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options. It contains at least the type of mount (*ro* or *rw*), plus any additional options appropriate to the filesystem type (including performance-tuning options). For details, see *mount*(8) or *swapon*(8)."
17933 #. type: Plain text
17934 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:98
17936 msgid "Basic filesystem-independent options are:"
17937 msgstr "OPÇÕES ESPECÍFICAS DO SISTEMA DE ARQUIVOS"
17939 #. type: Labeled list
17940 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:99 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:491
17943 msgstr "Usa o nível de endian (extremidade) definido. O valor tem como padrão _host_."
17945 #. type: Plain text
17946 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:101
17947 msgid "use default options: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async."
17950 #. type: Labeled list
17951 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:101 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:465
17954 msgstr "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*"
17956 #. type: Plain text
17957 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:103
17958 msgid "do not mount when *mount -a* is given (e.g., at boot time)"
17961 #. type: Labeled list
17962 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:612
17965 msgstr "Comandos de usuário"
17967 #. type: Plain text
17968 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105
17970 msgid "allow a user to mount"
17973 #. type: Labeled list
17974 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:579
17977 msgstr "proprietário"
17979 #. type: Plain text
17980 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107
17982 msgid "allow device owner to mount"
17983 msgstr "Especifica um _rótulo_ para o dispositivo, para permitir *swapon* por um rótulo."
17985 #. type: Labeled list
17986 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107
17991 #. type: Plain text
17992 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:109
17993 msgid "or *x-<name>* for use by fstab-maintaining programs"
17996 #. type: Labeled list
17997 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:109 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:535
18002 #. type: Plain text
18003 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:111
18004 msgid "do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
18008 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:112
18010 msgid "The fifth field (_fs_freq_)."
18013 #. type: Plain text
18014 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:115
18015 msgid "This field is used by *dump*(8) to determine which filesystems need to be dumped. Defaults to zero (don't dump) if not present."
18019 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:116
18021 msgid "The sixth field (_fs_passno_)."
18024 #. type: Plain text
18025 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:119
18026 msgid "This field is used by *fsck*(8) to determine the order in which filesystem checks are done at boot time. The root filesystem should be specified with a _fs_passno_ of 1. Other filesystems should have a _fs_passno_ of 2. Filesystems within a drive will be checked sequentially, but filesystems on different drives will be checked at the same time to utilize parallelism available in the hardware. Defaults to zero (don't check the filesystem) if not present."
18029 #. type: Plain text
18030 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:124
18031 msgid "_/etc/fstab_, _<fstab.h>_"
18032 msgstr "_/etc/fstab_, _<fstab.h>_"
18034 #. type: Plain text
18035 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:128
18036 msgid "The proper way to read records from *fstab* is to use the routines *getmntent*(3) or *libmount*."
18039 #. type: Plain text
18040 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:130
18041 msgid "The keyword *ignore* as a filesystem type (3rd field) is no longer supported by the pure libmount based mount utility (since util-linux v2.22)."
18044 #. type: Plain text
18045 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:134
18046 msgid "The ancestor of this *fstab* file format appeared in 4.0BSD."
18049 #. type: Plain text
18050 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:142
18053 "*getmntent*(3),\n"
18061 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:2
18066 #. type: Plain text
18067 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:12
18069 msgid "fstrim - discard unused blocks on a mounted filesystem"
18070 msgstr "Descarta blocos não usados em um sistema de arquivos montados.\n"
18072 #. type: Plain text
18073 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:16
18075 msgid "*fstrim* [*-Aa*] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] [*-m* _minimum-size_] [*-v* _mountpoint_]\n"
18078 #. type: Plain text
18079 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:20
18081 msgid "*fstrim* is used on a mounted filesystem to discard (or \"trim\") blocks which are not in use by the filesystem. This is useful for solid-state drives (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage.\n"
18084 #. type: Plain text
18085 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:22
18086 msgid "By default, *fstrim* will discard all unused blocks in the filesystem. Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below."
18089 #. type: Plain text
18090 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:24
18091 msgid "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the filesystem is mounted."
18094 #. type: Plain text
18095 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:26
18096 msgid "Running *fstrim* frequently, or even using *mount -o discard*, might negatively affect the lifetime of poor-quality SSD devices. For most desktop and server systems a sufficient trimming frequency is once a week. Note that not all devices support a queued trim, so each trim command incurs a performance penalty on whatever else might be trying to use the disk at the time."
18099 #. type: Plain text
18100 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:30
18101 msgid "The _offset_, _length_, and _minimum-size_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
18104 #. type: Labeled list
18105 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:31
18107 msgid "*-A, --fstab*"
18108 msgstr "*FSTAB_FILE*"
18110 #. type: Plain text
18111 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:33
18112 msgid "Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in _/etc/fstab_ on devices that support the discard operation. The root filesystem is determined from kernel command line if missing in the file. The other supplied options, like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are silently ignored."
18115 #. type: Labeled list
18116 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:34
18118 msgid "*-a, --all*"
18119 msgstr "*-a, --all*"
18121 #. type: Plain text
18122 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:36
18123 msgid "Trim all mounted filesystems on devices that support the discard operation. The other supplied options, like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are silently ignored."
18126 #. type: Labeled list
18127 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:37
18129 msgid "*-n, --dry-run*"
18130 msgstr " -n, --dry-run faz tudo, menos descartar\n"
18132 #. type: Plain text
18133 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:39
18134 msgid "This option does everything apart from actually call *FITRIM* ioctl."
18137 #. type: Labeled list
18138 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:40
18140 msgid "*-o, --offset* _offset_"
18141 msgstr " -O, --offset <posição> sonda na posição dada\n"
18143 #. type: Plain text
18144 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:42
18145 msgid "Byte offset in the filesystem from which to begin searching for free blocks to discard. The default value is zero, starting at the beginning of the filesystem."
18148 #. type: Labeled list
18149 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:43
18151 msgid "*-l, --length* _length_"
18152 msgstr " -l, --length <núm> quantidade de bytes para descartar a partir posição\n"
18154 #. type: Plain text
18155 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:45
18156 msgid "The number of bytes (after the starting point) to search for free blocks to discard. If the specified value extends past the end of the filesystem, *fstrim* will stop at the filesystem size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the filesystem."
18159 #. type: Labeled list
18160 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:46
18162 msgid "*-I, --listed-in* _list_"
18164 " -I, --listed-in <lista> descarta sistemas de arquivos listados em\n"
18165 " arquivos especificados\n"
18167 #. type: Plain text
18168 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:48
18169 msgid "Specifies a colon-separated list of files in fstab or kernel mountinfo format. All missing or empty files are silently ignored. The evaluation of the _list_ stops after first non-empty file. For example:"
18172 #. type: Plain text
18173 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:50
18175 msgid "*--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo*.\n"
18178 #. type: Labeled list
18179 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:51
18181 msgid "*-m, --minimum* _minimum-size_"
18182 msgstr "Tamanho mínimo é %<PRIu64> bytes."
18184 #. type: Plain text
18185 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:53
18186 msgid "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free ranges smaller than this will be ignored and fstrim will adjust the minimum if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that (fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, the fstrim operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. The default value is zero, discarding every free block."
18189 #. type: Labeled list
18190 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:54
18192 msgid "*-v, --verbose*"
18193 msgstr "*-v*, *--verbose*"
18195 #. type: Plain text
18196 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:56
18197 msgid "Verbose execution. With this option *fstrim* will output the number of bytes passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for potential discard. This number is a maximum discard amount from the storage device's perspective, because _FITRIM_ ioctl called repeated will keep sending the same sectors for discard repeatedly."
18200 #. type: Plain text
18201 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:58
18203 msgid "*fstrim* will report the same potential discard bytes each time, but only sectors which had been written to between the discards would actually be discarded by the storage device. Further, the kernel block layer reserves the right to adjust the discard ranges to fit raid stripe geometry, non-trim capable devices in a LVM setup, etc. These reductions would not be reflected in fstrim_range.len (the *--length* option).\n"
18206 #. type: Labeled list
18207 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:59
18209 msgid "*--quiet-unsupported*"
18211 " --quiet-unsupported suprime as mensagens de erro caso não haja\n"
18212 " suporte ao descarte\n"
18214 #. type: Plain text
18215 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:61
18216 msgid "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported. This option is meant to be used in systemd service file or in cron scripts to hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver reporting _Bad file descriptor_ when device is mounted read-only, or lack of file system support for ioctl FITRIM call."
18219 #. type: Plain text
18220 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:78
18221 msgid "some filesystem discards have succeeded, some failed"
18224 #. type: Plain text
18225 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:80
18226 msgid "The command *fstrim --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed) or 64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
18229 #. type: Plain text
18230 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:84
18231 msgid "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
18234 #. type: Plain text
18235 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:89
18238 "*blkdiscard*(8),\n"
18241 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
18245 #. hwclock.8 -- man page for util-linux' hwclock
18246 #. 2015-01-07 J William Piggott
18247 #. Authored new section: DATE-TIME CONFIGURATION.
18248 #. Subsections: Keeping Time..., LOCAL vs UTC, POSIX vs 'RIGHT'.
18250 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:9
18253 msgstr "hwclock(8)"
18255 #. type: Plain text
18256 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:20
18258 msgid "hwclock - time clocks utility"
18259 msgstr "Utilitário de relógios."
18261 #. type: Plain text
18262 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:24
18264 msgid "*hwclock* [_function_] [_option_...]\n"
18265 msgstr " %s [função] [opção...]\n"
18267 #. type: Plain text
18268 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:28
18270 msgid "*hwclock* is an administration tool for the time clocks. It can: display the Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified time; set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct the System Clock timescale; set the kernel's timezone, NTP timescale, and epoch (Alpha only); and predict future Hardware Clock values based on its drift rate.\n"
18273 #. type: Plain text
18274 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:30
18275 msgid "Since v2.26 important changes were made to the *--hctosys* function and the *--directisa* option, and a new option *--update-drift* was added. See their respective descriptions below."
18279 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:31
18286 #. type: Plain text
18287 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:34
18288 msgid "The following functions are mutually exclusive, only one can be given at a time. If none is given, the default is *--show*."
18291 #. type: Labeled list
18292 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:35
18294 msgid "*-a, --adjust*"
18295 msgstr "*-a, --adjust*"
18297 #. type: Plain text
18298 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:37
18299 msgid "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust Function*."
18302 #. type: Labeled list
18303 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:38
18305 msgid "*--getepoch*; *--setepoch*"
18306 msgstr "--epoch é exigido para --setepoch."
18308 #. type: Plain text
18309 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:40
18310 msgid "These functions are for Alpha machines only, and are only available through the Linux kernel RTC driver."
18313 #. type: Plain text
18314 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:42
18315 msgid "They are used to read and set the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value. Epoch is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the Hardware Clock refers. For example, if the machine's BIOS sets the year counter in the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since 1952, then the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952."
18318 #. type: Plain text
18319 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:44
18320 msgid "The *--setepoch* function requires using the *--epoch* option to specify the year. For example:"
18323 #. type: Plain text
18324 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:46
18326 msgid "**hwclock --setepoch --epoch=1952**\n"
18327 msgstr "--epoch é exigido para --setepoch."
18329 #. type: Plain text
18330 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:48
18331 msgid "The RTC driver attempts to guess the correct epoch value, so setting it may not be required."
18334 #. type: Plain text
18335 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:50
18336 msgid "This epoch value is used whenever *hwclock* reads or sets the Hardware Clock on an Alpha machine. For ISA machines the kernel uses the fixed Hardware Clock epoch of 1900."
18339 #. type: Labeled list
18340 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:51
18342 msgid "*--predict*"
18343 msgstr "--date é exigido para --set ou --predict"
18345 #. type: Plain text
18346 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:53
18347 msgid "Predict what the Hardware Clock will read in the future based upon the time given by the *--date* option and the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. This is useful, for example, to account for drift when setting a Hardware Clock wakeup (aka alarm). See *rtcwake*(8)."
18350 #. type: Plain text
18351 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:55
18352 msgid "Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 minute mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
18355 #. type: Labeled list
18356 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:56
18358 msgid "*-r*, *--show*; *--get*"
18359 msgstr " -r, --show exibe o horário de RTC"
18361 #. type: Plain text
18362 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:58
18363 msgid "Read the Hardware Clock and print its time to standard output in the *ISO 8601* format. The time shown is always in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in UTC. See the *--localtime* option."
18366 #. type: Plain text
18367 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:60
18368 msgid "Showing the Hardware Clock time is the default when no function is specified."
18371 #. type: Plain text
18372 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:62
18373 msgid "The *--get* function also applies drift correction to the time read, based upon the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 minute mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
18376 #. type: Labeled list
18377 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:63
18379 msgid "*-s*, *--hctosys*"
18380 msgstr " -s, --hctosys defina o tempo do sistema a partir do RTC"
18382 #. type: Plain text
18383 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:65
18384 msgid "Set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock. The time read from the Hardware Clock is compensated to account for systematic drift before using it to set the System Clock. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust Function*."
18387 #. type: Plain text
18388 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:67
18389 msgid "The System Clock must be kept in the UTC timescale for date-time applications to work correctly in conjunction with the timezone configured for the system. If the Hardware Clock is kept in local time then the time read from it must be shifted to the UTC timescale before using it to set the System Clock. The *--hctosys* function does this based upon the information in the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file or the command line arguments *--localtime* and *--utc*. Note: no daylight saving adjustment is made. See the discussion below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
18392 #. type: Plain text
18393 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:69
18394 msgid "The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the *--hctosys* function sets it to the timezone configured for the system. The system timezone is configured by the TZ environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, as *tzset*(3) would interpret them. The obsolete _tz_dsttime_ field of the kernel's timezone value is set to zero. (For details on what this field used to mean, see *settimeofday*(2).)"
18397 #. type: Plain text
18398 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:71
18399 msgid "When used in a startup script, making the *--hctosys* function the first caller of *settimeofday*(2) from boot, it will set the NTP '11 minute mode' timescale via the _persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If the Hardware Clock's timescale configuration is changed then a reboot is required to inform the kernel. See the discussion below, under *Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel*."
18402 #. type: Plain text
18403 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:73
18404 msgid "This is a good function to use in one of the system startup scripts before the file systems are mounted read/write."
18407 #. type: Plain text
18408 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:75
18409 msgid "This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system time will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps. Also, if something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP's '11 minute mode', then *--hctosys* will set the time incorrectly by including drift compensation."
18412 #. type: Plain text
18413 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:77
18414 msgid "Drift compensation can be inhibited by setting the drift factor in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ to zero. This setting will be persistent as long as the *--update-drift* option is not used with *--systohc* at shutdown (or anywhere else). Another way to inhibit this is by using the *--noadjfile* option when calling the *--hctosys* function. A third method is to delete the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. *Hwclock* will then default to using the UTC timescale for the Hardware Clock. If the Hardware Clock is ticking local time it will need to be defined in the file. This can be done by calling *hwclock --localtime --adjust*; when the file is not present this command will not actually adjust the Clock, but it will create the file with local time configured, and a drift factor of zero."
18417 #. type: Plain text
18418 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:79
18419 msgid "A condition under which inhibiting *hwclock*'s drift correction may be desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems. If while this instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock's value, then when this instance is started again the drift correction applied will be incorrect."
18422 #. type: Plain text
18423 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:81
18424 msgid "For *hwclock*'s drift correction to work properly it is imperative that nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not running."
18427 #. type: Labeled list
18428 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:82
18431 msgstr "Não definido"
18433 #. type: Plain text
18434 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:84
18435 msgid "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the *--date* option, and update the timestamps in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also (re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if *--set* fails. See *--update-drift* below."
18438 #. type: Labeled list
18439 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:85
18444 #. type: Plain text
18445 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:87
18446 msgid "This is an alternate to the *--hctosys* function that does not read the Hardware Clock nor set the System Clock; consequently there is not any drift correction. It is intended to be used in a startup script on systems with kernels above version 2.6 where you know the System Clock has been set from the Hardware Clock by the kernel during boot."
18449 #. type: Plain text
18450 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:89
18451 msgid "It does the following things that are detailed above in the *--hctosys* function:"
18454 #. type: Plain text
18455 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:91
18456 msgid "Corrects the System Clock timescale to UTC as needed. Only instead of accomplishing this by setting the System Clock, *hwclock* simply informs the kernel and it handles the change."
18459 #. type: Plain text
18460 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:92
18461 msgid "Sets the kernel's NTP '11 minute mode' timescale."
18464 #. type: Plain text
18465 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:93
18466 msgid "Sets the kernel's timezone."
18469 #. type: Plain text
18470 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:95
18471 msgid "The first two are only available on the first call of *settimeofday*(2) after boot. Consequently this option only makes sense when used in a startup script. If the Hardware Clocks timescale configuration is changed then a reboot would be required to inform the kernel."
18474 #. type: Labeled list
18475 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:96
18477 msgid "*-w*, *--systohc*"
18478 msgstr " -w, --systohc defina o RTC a partir da hora do sistema"
18480 #. type: Plain text
18481 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:98
18482 msgid "Set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock, and update the timestamps in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also (re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if *--systohc* fails. See *--update-drift* below."
18485 #. type: Labeled list
18486 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:107
18488 msgid "**--adjfile=**__filename__"
18489 msgstr "nenhum nome de arquivo especificado"
18491 #. type: Plain text
18492 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:109
18493 msgid "Override the default _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file path."
18496 #. type: Labeled list
18497 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:110
18499 msgid "**--date=**__date_string__"
18500 msgstr "data do último login"
18502 #. type: Plain text
18503 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:112
18504 msgid "This option must be used with the *--set* or *--predict* functions, otherwise it is ignored."
18507 #. type: Plain text
18508 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:114
18510 msgid "*hwclock --set --date='16:45'*\n"
18513 #. type: Plain text
18514 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:116
18516 msgid "*hwclock --predict --date='2525-08-14 07:11:05'*\n"
18519 #. type: Plain text
18520 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:118
18521 msgid "The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in UTC. See the *--localtime* option. Therefore, the argument should not include any timezone information. It also should not be a relative time like \"+5 minutes\", because *hwclock*'s precision depends upon correlation between the argument's value and when the enter key is pressed. Fractional seconds are silently dropped. This option is capable of understanding many time and date formats, but the previous parameters should be observed."
18524 #. type: Labeled list
18525 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:119
18527 msgid "**--delay=**__seconds__"
18528 msgstr "**--delay=**__segundos__"
18530 #. type: Plain text
18531 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:121
18532 msgid "This option can be used to overwrite the internally used delay when setting the clock time. The default is 0.5 (500ms) for rtc_cmos, for another RTC types the delay is 0. If RTC type is impossible to determine (from sysfs) then it defaults also to 0.5 to be backwardly compatible."
18535 #. type: Plain text
18536 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:123
18537 msgid "The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time plus one half second. The integer time is required because there is no interface to set or get a fractional second. The additional half second delay is because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second precisely 500 ms after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior is hardware specific and in same cases another delay is required."
18540 #. type: Labeled list
18541 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:124
18543 msgid "*-D*, *--debug*"
18544 msgstr "*-D*, *--debug*"
18546 #. type: Plain text
18547 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:126
18548 msgid "Use *--verbose*. The *--debug* option has been deprecated and may be repurposed or removed in a future release."
18551 #. type: Labeled list
18552 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:127
18554 msgid "*--directisa*"
18555 msgstr "*--directisa*"
18557 #. type: Plain text
18558 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:129
18559 msgid "This option is meaningful for ISA compatible machines in the x86 and x86_64 family. For other machines, it has no effect. This option tells *hwclock* to use explicit I/O instructions to access the Hardware Clock. Without this option, *hwclock* will use the rtc device file, which it assumes to be driven by the Linux RTC device driver. As of v2.26 it will no longer automatically use directisa when the rtc driver is unavailable; this was causing an unsafe condition that could allow two processes to access the Hardware Clock at the same time. Direct hardware access from userspace should only be used for testing, troubleshooting, and as a last resort when all other methods fail. See the *--rtc* option."
18562 #. type: Labeled list
18563 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:130
18565 msgid "**--epoch=**__year__"
18566 msgstr " --epoch <ano> entrada do epoch para --setepoch"
18568 #. type: Plain text
18569 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:132
18570 msgid "This option is required when using the *--setepoch* function. The minimum _year_ value is 1900. The maximum is system dependent (*ULONG_MAX - 1*)."
18573 #. type: Labeled list
18574 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:133
18576 msgid "*-f*, **--rtc=**__filename__"
18577 msgstr "nenhum nome de arquivo especificado"
18579 #. type: Plain text
18580 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:135
18581 msgid "Override *hwclock*'s default rtc device file name. Otherwise it will use the first one found in this order: _/dev/rtc0_, _/dev/rtc_, _/dev/misc/rtc_. For *IA-64:* _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
18584 #. type: Labeled list
18585 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:136
18587 msgid "*-l*, *--localtime*; *-u*, *--utc*"
18588 msgstr " -u, --utc a escala de tempo do RTC usa UTC"
18590 #. type: Plain text
18591 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:138
18592 msgid "Indicate which timescale the Hardware Clock is set to."
18595 #. type: Plain text
18596 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:140
18597 msgid "The Hardware Clock may be configured to use either the UTC or the local timescale, but nothing in the clock itself says which alternative is being used. The *--localtime* or *--utc* options give this information to the *hwclock* command. If you specify the wrong one (or specify neither and take a wrong default), both setting and reading the Hardware Clock will be incorrect."
18600 #. type: Plain text
18601 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:142
18602 msgid "If you specify neither *--utc* nor *--localtime* then the one last given with a set function (*--set*, *--systohc*, or *--adjust*), as recorded in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, will be used. If the adjtime file doesn't exist, the default is UTC."
18605 #. type: Plain text
18606 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:144
18607 msgid "Note: daylight saving time changes may be inconsistent when the Hardware Clock is kept in local time. See the discussion below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
18610 #. type: Labeled list
18611 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:145
18613 msgid "*--noadjfile*"
18614 msgstr "*--noadjfile*"
18616 #. type: Plain text
18617 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:147
18618 msgid "Disable the facilities provided by _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* will not read nor write to that file with this option. Either *--utc* or *--localtime* must be specified when using this option."
18621 #. type: Labeled list
18622 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:148
18625 msgstr " -T, --test teste a versão do getopt(1)\n"
18627 #. type: Plain text
18628 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:150
18629 msgid "Do not actually change anything on the system, that is, the Clocks or _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ (*--verbose* is implicit with this option)."
18632 #. type: Labeled list
18633 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:151
18635 msgid "*--update-drift*"
18636 msgstr "*--update-drift*"
18638 #. type: Plain text
18639 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:153
18640 msgid "Update the Hardware Clock's drift factor in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. It can only be used with *--set* or *--systohc*."
18643 #. type: Plain text
18644 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:155
18645 msgid "A minimum four hour period between settings is required. This is to avoid invalid calculations. The longer the period, the more precise the resulting drift factor will be."
18648 #. type: Plain text
18649 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:157
18650 msgid "This option was added in v2.26, because it is typical for systems to call *hwclock --systohc* at shutdown; with the old behavior this would automatically (re)calculate the drift factor which caused several problems:"
18653 #. type: Plain text
18654 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:159
18655 msgid "When using NTP with an '11 minute mode' kernel the drift factor would be clobbered to near zero."
18658 #. type: Plain text
18659 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:160
18660 msgid "It would not allow the use of 'cold' drift correction. With most configurations using 'cold' drift will yield favorable results. Cold, means when the machine is turned off which can have a significant impact on the drift factor."
18663 #. type: Plain text
18664 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:161
18665 msgid "(Re)calculating drift factor on every shutdown delivers suboptimal results. For example, if ephemeral conditions cause the machine to be abnormally hot the drift factor calculation would be out of range."
18668 #. type: Plain text
18669 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:162
18670 msgid "Significantly increased system shutdown times (as of v2.31 when not using *--update-drift* the RTC is not read)."
18673 #. type: Plain text
18674 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:164
18675 msgid "Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. For most configurations once a machine's optimal drift factor is crafted it should not need to be changed. Therefore, the old behavior to automatically (re)calculate drift was changed and now requires this option to be used. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust Function*."
18678 #. type: Plain text
18679 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:166
18680 msgid "This option requires reading the Hardware Clock before setting it. If it cannot be read, then this option will cause the set functions to fail. This can happen, for example, if the Hardware Clock is corrupted by a power failure. In that case, the clock must first be set without this option. Despite it not working, the resulting drift correction factor would be invalid anyway."
18683 #. type: Plain text
18684 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:169
18685 msgid "Display more details about what *hwclock* is doing internally."
18689 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:172
18691 msgid "Clocks in a Linux System"
18692 msgstr "Utilitário de relógios."
18694 #. type: Plain text
18695 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:175
18696 msgid "There are two types of date-time clocks:"
18699 #. type: Plain text
18700 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:177
18702 msgid "*The Hardware Clock:* This clock is an independent hardware device, with its own power domain (battery, capacitor, etc), that operates when the machine is powered off, or even unplugged.\n"
18705 #. type: Plain text
18706 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:179
18707 msgid "On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA standard. A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so the clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
18710 #. type: Plain text
18711 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:181
18712 msgid "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its capitalized form, was coined for use by *hwclock*. The Linux kernel also refers to it as the persistent clock."
18715 #. type: Plain text
18716 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:183
18717 msgid "Some non-ISA systems have a few real time clocks with only one of them having its own power domain. A very low power external I2C or SPI clock chip might be used with a backup battery as the hardware clock to initialize a more functional integrated real-time clock which is used for most other purposes."
18720 #. type: Plain text
18721 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:185
18723 msgid "*The System Clock:* This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven by a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of the ISA standard.) It has meaning only while Linux is running on the machine. The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC). The System Time is not an integer, though. It has virtually infinite precision.\n"
18726 #. type: Plain text
18727 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:187
18728 msgid "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock's basic purpose is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System Clock can be initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
18731 #. type: Plain text
18732 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:189
18733 msgid "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as would happen if you used the *date*(1) program to set it while the system is running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. Note: currently this is not possible on most systems because *hwclock --systohc* is called at shutdown."
18736 #. type: Plain text
18737 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:191
18738 msgid "The Linux kernel's timezone is set by *hwclock*. But don't be misled -- almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is in. Instead, programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they want to display a local time for you) almost always use a more traditional method of determining the timezone: They use the *TZ* environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, as explained in the man page for *tzset*(3). However, some programs and fringe parts of the Linux kernel such as filesystems use the kernel's timezone value. An example is the vfat filesystem. If the kernel timezone value is wrong, the vfat filesystem will report and set the wrong timestamps on files. Another example is the kernel's NTP '11 minute mode'. If the kernel's timezone value and/or the _persistent_clock_is_local_ variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock will be set incorrectly by '11 minute mode'. See the discussion below, under *Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel*."
18741 #. type: Plain text
18742 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:193
18744 msgid "*hwclock* sets the kernel's timezone to the value indicated by *TZ* or _/etc/localtime_ with the *--hctosys* or *--systz* functions.\n"
18747 #. type: Plain text
18748 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:195
18749 msgid "The kernel's timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a field tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted for DST) lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type of Daylight Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the locality at the present time. This second field is not used under Linux and is always zero. See also *settimeofday*(2)."
18753 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:196
18755 msgid "Hardware Clock Access Methods"
18756 msgstr "O relógio de hardware está na hora %s\n"
18758 #. type: Plain text
18759 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:199
18761 msgid "*hwclock* uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock values. The most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. Also, Linux systems using the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting multiple Hardware Clocks. This may bring about the need to override the default rtc device by specifying one with the *--rtc* option.\n"
18764 #. type: Plain text
18765 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:201
18766 msgid "However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have an rtc driver. On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock depends on the system hardware."
18769 #. type: Plain text
18770 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:203
18771 msgid "On an ISA compatible system, *hwclock* can directly access the \"CMOS memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and 0x71. It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can only do it if running with superuser effective userid. This method may be used by specifying the *--directisa* option."
18774 #. type: Plain text
18775 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:205
18776 msgid "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and disable interrupts. *hwclock* provides it for testing, troubleshooting, and because it may be the only method available on ISA systems which do not have a working rtc device driver."
18780 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:206
18782 msgid "The Adjust Function"
18783 msgstr "função getrandom()"
18785 #. type: Plain text
18786 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:209
18787 msgid "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. *hwclock*'s *--adjust* function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the Hardware Clock."
18790 #. type: Plain text
18791 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:211
18792 msgid "It works like this: *hwclock* keeps a file, _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, that keeps some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
18795 #. type: Plain text
18796 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:213
18797 msgid "Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a *hwclock --set* command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. *hwclock* creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated. Five days later, the clock has gained 10 seconds, so you issue a *hwclock --set --update-drift* command to set it back 10 seconds. *hwclock* updates the adjtime file to show the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a *hwclock --adjust* command. *hwclock* consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day. So it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock. It then records the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours go by and you issue another *hwclock --adjust*. *hwclock* does the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted."
18800 #. type: Plain text
18801 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:215
18802 msgid "When you use the *--update-drift* option with *--set* or *--systohc*, the systematic drift rate is (re)calculated by comparing the fully drift corrected current Hardware Clock time with the new set time, from that it derives the 24 hour drift rate based on the last calibrated timestamp from the adjtime file. This updated drift factor is then saved in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_."
18805 #. type: Plain text
18806 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:217
18807 msgid "A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so *--adjust* refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 second. Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift will be more than 1 second and *--adjust* will make the adjustment including any fractional amount."
18810 #. type: Plain text
18811 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:219
18813 msgid "*hwclock --hctosys* also uses the adjtime file data to compensate the value read from the Hardware Clock before using it to set the System Clock. It does not share the 1 second limitation of *--adjust*, and will correct sub-second drift values immediately. It does not change the Hardware Clock time nor the adjtime file. This may eliminate the need to use *--adjust*, unless something else on the system needs the Hardware Clock to be compensated.\n"
18817 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:220
18819 msgid "The Adjtime File"
18821 "Aviso: a terceira linha do arquivo adjtime não foi reconhecida\n"
18822 "(Esperava: \"UTC\" ou \"LOCAL\" ou nada.)"
18824 #. type: Plain text
18825 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:223
18826 msgid "While named for its historical purpose of controlling adjustments only, it actually contains other information used by *hwclock* from one invocation to the next."
18829 #. type: Plain text
18830 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:225
18831 msgid "The format of the adjtime file is, in ASCII:"
18834 #. type: Plain text
18835 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:227
18836 msgid "Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate in seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal."
18839 #. type: Plain text
18840 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:229
18841 msgid "Line 2: One number: the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal integer."
18844 #. type: Plain text
18845 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:231
18846 msgid "Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\". Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value with options on the *hwclock* command line."
18849 #. type: Plain text
18850 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:233
18851 msgid "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the *clock*(8) program with *hwclock*."
18855 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:234
18857 msgid "Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel"
18860 #. type: Plain text
18861 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:237
18862 msgid "You should be aware of another way that the Hardware Clock is kept synchronized in some systems. The Linux kernel has a mode wherein it copies the System Time to the Hardware Clock every 11 minutes. This mode is a compile time option, so not all kernels will have this capability. This is a good mode to use when you are using something sophisticated like NTP to keep your System Clock synchronized. (NTP is a way to keep your System Time synchronized either to a time server somewhere on the network or to a radio clock hooked up to your system. See RFC 1305.)"
18865 #. type: Plain text
18866 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:239
18867 msgid "If the kernel is compiled with the '11 minute mode' option it will be active when the kernel's clock discipline is in a synchronized state. When in this state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the mask 0x0040) of the kernel's _time_status_ variable is unset. This value is output as the 'status' line of the *adjtimex --print* or *ntptime* commands."
18870 #. type: Plain text
18871 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:241
18872 msgid "It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the kernel's clock discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore turn on '11 minute mode'. It can be turned off by running anything that sets the System Clock the old fashioned way, including *hwclock --hctosys*. However, if the NTP daemon is still running, it will turn '11 minute mode' back on again the next time it synchronizes the System Clock."
18875 #. type: Plain text
18876 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:243
18877 msgid "If your system runs with '11 minute mode' on, it may need to use either *--hctosys* or *--systz* in a startup script, especially if the Hardware Clock is configured to use the local timescale. Unless the kernel is informed of what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it may clobber it with the wrong one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
18880 #. type: Plain text
18881 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:245
18882 msgid "The first userspace command to set the System Clock informs the kernel what timescale the Hardware Clock is using. This happens via the _persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If *--hctosys* or *--systz* is the first, it will set this variable according to the adjtime file or the appropriate command-line argument. Note that when using this capability and the Hardware Clock timescale configuration is changed, then a reboot is required to notify the kernel."
18885 #. type: Plain text
18886 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:247
18888 msgid "*hwclock --adjust* should not be used with NTP '11 minute mode'.\n"
18892 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:248
18894 msgid "ISA Hardware Clock Century value"
18897 #. type: Plain text
18898 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:251
18899 msgid "There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an ISA machine as an indicator of what century it is. *hwclock* does not use or set that byte because there are some machines that don't define the byte that way, and it really isn't necessary anyway, since the year-of-century does a good job of implying which century it is."
18902 #. type: Plain text
18903 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:253
18904 msgid "If you have a bona fide use for a CMOS century byte, contact the *hwclock* maintainer; an option may be appropriate."
18907 #. type: Plain text
18908 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:255
18909 msgid "Note that this section is only relevant when you are using the \"direct ISA\" method of accessing the Hardware Clock. ACPI provides a standard way to access century values, when they are supported by the hardware."
18913 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:256
18915 msgid "DATE-TIME CONFIGURATION"
18919 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:258
18921 msgid "Keeping Time without External Synchronization"
18924 #. type: Plain text
18925 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:261
18926 msgid "This discussion is based on the following conditions:"
18929 #. type: Plain text
18930 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:263
18931 msgid "Nothing is running that alters the date-time clocks, such as NTP daemon or a cron job.\""
18934 #. type: Plain text
18935 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:264
18936 msgid "The system timezone is configured for the correct local time. See below, under *POSIX vs 'RIGHT'*."
18939 #. type: Plain text
18940 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:265
18941 msgid "Early during startup the following are called, in this order: *adjtimex --tick* _value_ *--frequency* _value_ *hwclock --hctosys*"
18944 #. type: Plain text
18945 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:266
18946 msgid "During shutdown the following is called: *hwclock --systohc*"
18949 #. type: Plain text
18950 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:268
18951 msgid "Systems without *adjtimex* may use *ntptime*."
18954 #. type: Plain text
18955 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:270
18956 msgid "Whether maintaining precision time with NTP daemon or not, it makes sense to configure the system to keep reasonably good date-time on its own."
18959 #. type: Plain text
18960 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:272
18961 msgid "The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of the big picture. There are two completely separate hardware devices running at their own speed and drifting away from the 'correct' time at their own rates. The methods and software for drift correction are different for each of them. However, most systems are configured to exchange values between these two clocks at startup and shutdown. Now the individual device's time keeping errors are transferred back and forth between each other. Attempt to configure drift correction for only one of them, and the other's drift will be overlaid upon it."
18964 #. type: Plain text
18965 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:274
18966 msgid "This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the System Clock by simply not shutting down the machine. This, plus the fact that all of *hwclock*'s precision (including calculating drift factors) depends upon the System Clock's rate being correct, means that configuration of the System Clock should be done first."
18969 #. type: Plain text
18970 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:276
18971 msgid "The System Clock drift is corrected with the *adjtimex*(8) command's *--tick* and *--frequency* options. These two work together: tick is the coarse adjustment and frequency is the fine adjustment. (For systems that do not have an *adjtimex* package, *ntptime -f* _ppm_ may be used instead.)"
18974 #. type: Plain text
18975 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:278
18976 msgid "Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System Clock drift with *adjtimex*'s compare operation. Trying to correct one drifting clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is akin to a dog trying to catch its own tail. Success may happen eventually, but great effort and frustration will likely precede it. This automation may yield an improvement over no configuration, but expecting optimum results would be in error. A better choice for manual configuration would be *adjtimex*'s *--log* options."
18979 #. type: Plain text
18980 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:280
18981 msgid "It may be more effective to simply track the System Clock drift with *sntp*, or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, and then calculate the correction manually."
18984 #. type: Plain text
18985 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:282
18986 msgid "After setting the tick and frequency values, continue to test and refine the adjustments until the System Clock keeps good time. See *adjtimex*(2) for more information and the example demonstrating manual drift calculations."
18989 #. type: Plain text
18990 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:284
18991 msgid "Once the System Clock is ticking smoothly, move on to the Hardware Clock."
18994 #. type: Plain text
18995 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:286
18996 msgid "As a rule, cold drift will work best for most use cases. This should be true even for 24/7 machines whose normal downtime consists of a reboot. In that case the drift factor value makes little difference. But on the rare occasion that the machine is shut down for an extended period, then cold drift should yield better results."
18999 #. type: Plain text
19000 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:288
19002 msgid "*Steps to calculate cold drift:*\n"
19005 #. type: Plain text
19006 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:291
19008 msgid "*Ensure that NTP daemon will not be launched at startup.*\n"
19011 #. type: Plain text
19012 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:294
19013 msgid "The _System Clock_ time must be correct at shutdown!"
19016 #. type: Labeled list
19017 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:295
19022 #. type: Plain text
19023 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:297
19025 msgid "Shut down the system."
19026 msgstr "_seta para cima, _seta para baixo_"
19028 #. type: Labeled list
19029 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:298
19034 #. type: Plain text
19035 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:300
19036 msgid "Let an extended period pass without changing the Hardware Clock."
19039 #. type: Labeled list
19040 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:301
19045 #. type: Plain text
19046 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:303
19048 msgid "Start the system."
19051 #. type: Labeled list
19052 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:304
19057 #. type: Plain text
19058 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:306
19059 msgid "Immediately use *hwclock* to set the correct time, adding the *--update-drift* option."
19062 #. type: Plain text
19063 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:308
19064 msgid "Note: if step 6 uses *--systohc*, then the System Clock must be set correctly (step 6a) just before doing so."
19067 #. type: Plain text
19068 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:310
19069 msgid "Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. Continue to test and refine the drift factor until the Hardware Clock is corrected properly at startup. To check this, first make sure that the System Time is correct before shutdown and then use *sntp*, or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, immediately after startup."
19073 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:311
19075 msgid "LOCAL vs UTC"
19076 msgstr "LOCAL vs UTC"
19078 #. type: Plain text
19079 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:314
19080 msgid "Keeping the Hardware Clock in a local timescale causes inconsistent daylight saving time results:"
19083 #. type: Plain text
19084 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:316
19085 msgid "If Linux is running during a daylight saving time change, the time written to the Hardware Clock will be adjusted for the change."
19088 #. type: Plain text
19089 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:317
19090 msgid "If Linux is NOT running during a daylight saving time change, the time read from the Hardware Clock will NOT be adjusted for the change."
19093 #. type: Plain text
19094 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:319
19095 msgid "The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and time, it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when *hwclock* is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the 'correct' local time and makes no adjustments to the time read from it."
19098 #. type: Plain text
19099 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:321
19100 msgid "Linux handles daylight saving time changes transparently only when the Hardware Clock is kept in the UTC timescale. Doing so is made easy for system administrators as *hwclock* uses local time for its output and as the argument to the *--date* option."
19103 #. type: Plain text
19104 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:323
19105 msgid "POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate in the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock's purpose is to initialize the System Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
19108 #. type: Plain text
19109 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:325
19110 msgid "Linux does, however, attempt to accommodate the Hardware Clock being in the local timescale. This is primarily for dual-booting with older versions of MS Windows. From Windows 7 on, the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key is supposed to be working properly so that its Hardware Clock can be kept in UTC."
19114 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:326
19116 msgid "POSIX vs 'RIGHT'"
19117 msgstr "suporte a posix_fallocate não está compilado"
19119 #. type: Plain text
19120 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:329
19121 msgid "A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by *tzset*(3). One area that seems to have no documentation is the 'right' directory of the Time Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
19124 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
19125 #. type: Plain text
19126 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:332
19127 msgid "There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and 'right'. 'Right' (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap seconds and posix does not. To use the 'right' database the System Clock must be set to (UTC {plus} leap seconds), which is equivalent to (TAI - 10). This allows calculating the exact number of seconds between two dates that cross a leap second epoch. The System Clock is then converted to the correct civil time, including UTC, by using the 'right' timezone files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: this configuration is considered experimental and is known to have issues."
19130 #. type: Plain text
19131 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:334
19132 msgid "To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files located in its directory must be copied to the root of _/usr/share/zoneinfo_. Files are never used directly from the posix or 'right' subdirectories, e.g., TZ='_right/Europe/Dublin_'. This habit was becoming so common that the upstream zoneinfo project restructured the system's file tree by moving the posix and 'right' subdirectories out of the zoneinfo directory and into sibling directories:"
19135 #. type: Plain text
19136 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:336
19137 msgid "_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-leaps_"
19140 #. type: Plain text
19141 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:338
19142 msgid "Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old tree structure in their packages. So the problem of system administrators reaching into the 'right' subdirectory persists. This causes the system timezone to be configured to include leap seconds while the zoneinfo database is still configured to exclude them. Then when an application such as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone file; or an email MTA, or *hwclock* needs the UTC timezone file; they fetch it from the root of _/usr/share/zoneinfo_ , because that is what they are supposed to do. Those files exclude leap seconds, but the System Clock now includes them, causing an incorrect time conversion."
19145 #. type: Plain text
19146 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:340
19147 msgid "Attempting to mix and match files from these separate databases will not work, because they each require the System Clock to use a different timescale. The zoneinfo database must be configured to use either posix or 'right', as described above, or by assigning a database path to the _TZDIR_ environment variable."
19150 #. type: Plain text
19151 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:344
19153 msgid "One of the following exit values will be returned:"
19154 msgstr "O status de saída retornado por *mkfs.minix* é um dos seguintes:"
19156 #. type: Labeled list
19157 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:345
19159 msgid "*EXIT_SUCCESS* ('0' on POSIX systems)"
19162 #. type: Plain text
19163 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:347
19164 msgid "Successful program execution."
19165 msgstr "Execução com sucesso do programa."
19167 #. type: Labeled list
19168 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:348
19170 msgid "*EXIT_FAILURE* ('1' on POSIX systems)"
19173 #. type: Plain text
19174 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:350
19175 msgid "The operation failed or the command syntax was not valid."
19178 #. type: Labeled list
19179 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:353
19184 #. type: Plain text
19185 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:355
19186 msgid "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system configured timezone."
19189 #. type: Labeled list
19190 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:356
19195 #. type: Plain text
19196 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:358
19197 msgid "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system configured timezone database directory path."
19200 #. type: Plain text
19201 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:361 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:121
19203 msgid "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_"
19204 msgstr "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_"
19206 #. type: Plain text
19207 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:363
19208 msgid "The configuration and state file for hwclock."
19211 #. type: Labeled list
19212 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:364
19214 msgid "_/etc/localtime_"
19215 msgstr "localtime() falhou"
19217 #. type: Plain text
19218 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:366
19220 msgid "The system timezone file."
19221 msgstr "sistema de arquivos foi deixado sem correção"
19223 #. type: Labeled list
19224 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:367
19226 msgid "_/usr/share/zoneinfo/_"
19227 msgstr "criação de memória compartilhada falhou"
19229 #. type: Plain text
19230 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:369
19232 msgid "The system timezone database directory."
19233 msgstr "a alteração de diretório para raiz do sistema falhou"
19235 #. type: Plain text
19236 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:371
19237 msgid "Device files *hwclock* may try for Hardware Clock access: _/dev/rtc0_ _/dev/rtc_ _/dev/misc/rtc_ _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
19240 #. type: Plain text
19241 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:380
19246 "*gettimeofday*(2),\n"
19247 "*settimeofday*(2),\n"
19252 #. type: Plain text
19253 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:384
19254 msgid "Written by mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], September 1996, based on work done on the *clock*(8) program by Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete history and credits."
19257 #. Copyright 2008 Hayden A. James (hayden.james@gmail.com)
19258 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
19260 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:6
19265 #. type: Plain text
19266 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:16
19268 msgid "ipcmk - make various IPC resources"
19269 msgstr "Cria vários recursos de IPC.\n"
19271 #. type: Plain text
19272 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:20
19274 msgid "*ipcmk* [options]\n"
19279 #. type: Plain text
19280 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:24
19282 msgid "*ipcmk* allows you to create System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays.\n"
19285 #. type: Plain text
19286 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:28
19288 msgid "Resources can be specified with these options:"
19291 "Opções de recursos:\n"
19293 #. type: Labeled list
19294 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:29
19296 msgid "*-M*, *--shmem* _size_"
19298 " -M, --shmem <tamanho> cria um segmento de memória compartilhada de\n"
19299 " tamanho <tamanho>\n"
19301 #. type: Plain text
19302 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:31
19303 msgid "Create a shared memory segment of _size_ bytes. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, etc. (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, etc."
19306 #. type: Labeled list
19307 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:32
19309 msgid "*-Q*, *--queue*"
19310 msgstr " -q, --queue-id <id> remove fila de mensagens pelo id\n"
19312 #. type: Plain text
19313 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:34
19315 msgid "Create a message queue."
19316 msgstr "criação de fila de mensagem falhou"
19318 #. type: Labeled list
19319 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:35
19321 msgid "*-S*, *--semaphore* _number_"
19322 msgstr " -S, --semaphore <núm> cria de vetor semáforos com <núm> elementos\n"
19324 #. type: Plain text
19325 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:37
19326 msgid "Create a semaphore array with _number_ of elements."
19329 #. type: Plain text
19330 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:39
19332 msgid "Other options are:"
19333 msgstr "Opções de \"other\":\n"
19335 #. type: Labeled list
19336 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:40
19338 msgid "*-p*, *--mode* _mode_"
19339 msgstr " -p, --mode <modo> permissão do recurso (padrão é 0644)\n"
19341 #. type: Plain text
19342 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:42
19344 msgid "Access permissions for the resource. Default is 0644."
19345 msgstr " -p, --mode <modo> permissão do recurso (padrão é 0644)\n"
19347 #. type: Plain text
19348 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:52
19349 msgid "mailto:hayden.james@gmail.com[Hayden A. James]"
19352 #. type: Plain text
19353 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:58
19361 #. Copyright 2002 Andre C. Mazzone (linuxdev@karagee.com)
19362 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
19364 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:6
19369 #. type: Plain text
19370 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:17
19372 msgid "ipcrm - remove certain IPC resources"
19373 msgstr "Remove certos recursos de IPC.\n"
19375 #. type: Plain text
19376 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:21
19378 msgid "*ipcrm* [options]\n"
19383 #. type: Plain text
19384 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:23
19386 msgid "*ipcrm* [*shm*|*msg*|*sem*] _ID_ ...\n"
19389 #. type: Plain text
19390 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:27
19392 msgid "*ipcrm* removes System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects and associated data structures from the system. In order to delete such objects, you must be superuser, or the creator or owner of the object.\n"
19395 #. type: Plain text
19396 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:29
19397 msgid "System V IPC objects are of three types: shared memory, message queues, and semaphores. Deletion of a message queue or semaphore object is immediate (regardless of whether any process still holds an IPC identifier for the object). A shared memory object is only removed after all currently attached processes have detached (*shmdt*(2)) the object from their virtual address space."
19400 #. type: Plain text
19401 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:31
19402 msgid "Two syntax styles are supported. The old Linux historical syntax specifies a three-letter keyword indicating which class of object is to be deleted, followed by one or more IPC identifiers for objects of this type."
19405 #. type: Plain text
19406 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:33
19407 msgid "The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more objects of all three types in a single command line, with objects specified either by key or by identifier (see below). Both keys and identifiers may be specified in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an initial '0x' or '0X'), or octal (specified with an initial '0')."
19410 #. type: Plain text
19411 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:35
19412 msgid "The details of the removes are described in *shmctl*(2), *msgctl*(2), and *semctl*(2). The identifiers and keys can be found by using *ipcs*(1)."
19415 #. type: Labeled list
19416 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:38
19418 msgid "*-a*, *--all* [*shm*] [*msg*] [*sem*]"
19419 msgstr "*-a*, *--all* [*shm*] [*msg*] [*sem*]"
19421 #. type: Plain text
19422 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:40
19423 msgid "Remove all resources. When an option argument is provided, the removal is performed only for the specified resource types."
19426 #. type: Plain text
19427 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:42
19428 msgid "_Warning!_ Do not use *-a* if you are unsure how the software using the resources might react to missing objects. Some programs create these resources at startup and may not have any code to deal with an unexpected disappearance."
19431 #. type: Labeled list
19432 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:43
19434 msgid "*-M*, *--shmem-key* _shmkey_"
19437 #. type: Plain text
19438 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:45
19439 msgid "Remove the shared memory segment created with _shmkey_ after the last detach is performed."
19442 #. type: Labeled list
19443 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:46
19445 msgid "*-m*, *--shmem-id* _shmid_"
19448 #. type: Plain text
19449 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:48
19450 msgid "Remove the shared memory segment identified by _shmid_ after the last detach is performed."
19453 #. type: Labeled list
19454 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:49
19456 msgid "*-Q*, *--queue-key* _msgkey_"
19459 #. type: Plain text
19460 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:51
19461 msgid "Remove the message queue created with _msgkey_."
19464 #. type: Labeled list
19465 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:52
19467 msgid "*-q*, *--queue-id* _msgid_"
19468 msgstr " -Q, --queue cria uma fila de mensagem\n"
19470 #. type: Plain text
19471 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:54
19472 msgid "Remove the message queue identified by _msgid_."
19475 #. type: Labeled list
19476 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:55
19478 msgid "*-S*, *--semaphore-key* _semkey_"
19481 #. type: Plain text
19482 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:57
19483 msgid "Remove the semaphore created with _semkey_."
19486 #. type: Labeled list
19487 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:58
19489 msgid "*-s*, *--semaphore-id* _semid_"
19490 msgstr "*-s*, *--semaphore-id* _semid_"
19492 #. type: Plain text
19493 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:60
19495 msgid "Remove the semaphore identified by _semid_."
19498 "semid de vetor de semáforos=%d\n"
19500 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated; it expands to "*nix".
19501 #. type: Plain text
19502 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:71
19503 msgid "In its first Linux implementation, *ipcrm* used the deprecated syntax shown in the second line of the *SYNOPSIS*. Functionality present in other {asterisk}nix implementations of *ipcrm* has since been added, namely the ability to delete resources by key (not just identifier), and to respect the same command-line syntax. For backward compatibility the previous syntax is still supported."
19506 #. type: Plain text
19507 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:85
19523 #. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
19524 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
19526 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:6
19531 #. type: Plain text
19532 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:16
19534 msgid "ipcs - show information on IPC facilities"
19535 msgstr "Mostra informações sobre facilidades IPC.\n"
19537 #. type: Plain text
19538 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:20
19540 msgid "*ipcs* [options]\n"
19545 #. type: Plain text
19546 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:24
19548 msgid "*ipcs* shows information on System V inter-process communication facilities. By default it shows information about all three resources: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays.\n"
19551 #. type: Labeled list
19552 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:23
19554 msgid "*-i*, *--id* _id_"
19555 msgstr " -i, --id <id> exibe detalhes sobre o recurso identificado pelo <id>\n"
19557 #. type: Plain text
19558 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:29
19559 msgid "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*."
19563 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:35
19565 msgid "Resource options"
19566 msgstr "Opções de recursos:\n"
19568 #. type: Labeled list
19569 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:37
19571 msgid "*-m*, *--shmems*"
19572 msgstr " -m, --shmems segmentos de memória compartilhada\n"
19574 #. type: Plain text
19575 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:39
19576 msgid "Write information about active shared memory segments."
19579 #. type: Labeled list
19580 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:40
19582 msgid "*-q*, *--queues*"
19583 msgstr " -q, --queues filas de mensagens\n"
19585 #. type: Plain text
19586 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:42
19587 msgid "Write information about active message queues."
19590 #. type: Labeled list
19591 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:43
19593 msgid "*-s*, *--semaphores*"
19594 msgstr " -s, --semaphores semáforos\n"
19596 #. type: Plain text
19597 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:45
19598 msgid "Write information about active semaphore sets."
19601 #. type: Plain text
19602 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:49
19603 msgid "Write information about all three resources (default)."
19607 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:50
19609 msgid "Output formats"
19610 msgstr "Formatos de arquivo"
19612 #. type: Plain text
19613 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:53
19614 msgid "Of these options only one takes effect: the last one specified."
19617 #. type: Labeled list
19618 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:48
19620 msgid "*-c*, *--creator*"
19621 msgstr "*-c*, *--creator*"
19623 #. type: Plain text
19624 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:50
19626 msgid "Show creator and owner."
19627 msgstr " -c, --creator mostra criador e dono\n"
19629 #. type: Labeled list
19630 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:57
19632 msgid "*-l*, *--limits*"
19633 msgstr " -l, --limits mostra limites de recurso\n"
19635 #. type: Plain text
19636 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:59
19638 msgid "Show resource limits."
19639 msgstr " -l, --limits mostra limites de recurso\n"
19641 #. type: Plain text
19642 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:62
19644 msgid "Show PIDs of creator and last operator."
19645 msgstr " -p, --pid mostra PIDs do criador e do último operador\n"
19647 #. type: Plain text
19648 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:80
19649 msgid "Write time information. The time of the last control operation that changed the access permissions for all facilities, the time of the last *msgsnd*(2) and *msgrcv*(2) operations on message queues, the time of the last *shmat*(2) and *shmdt*(2) operations on shared memory, and the time of the last *semop*(2) operation on semaphores."
19652 #. type: Labeled list
19653 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:66
19655 msgid "*-u*, *--summary*"
19656 msgstr " -u, --summary mostra resumo de estado\n"
19658 #. type: Plain text
19659 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:68
19661 msgid "Show status summary."
19662 msgstr " -u, --summary mostra resumo de estado\n"
19665 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:69
19667 msgid "Representation"
19668 msgstr "Representação"
19670 #. type: Plain text
19671 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:72
19672 msgid "These affect only the *-l* (*--limits*) option."
19675 #. type: Plain text
19676 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:75
19678 msgid "Print sizes in bytes."
19679 msgstr " -b, --bytes exibe tamanhos em bytes em vez de um formato legível\n"
19681 #. type: Labeled list
19682 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:76
19687 #. type: Plain text
19688 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:78
19690 msgid "Print sizes in human-readable format."
19691 msgstr " --human mostra tamanhos em um formato legível por humanos\n"
19693 #. type: Plain text
19694 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:82
19695 msgid "The Linux *ipcs* utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX *ipcs* utility. The Linux version does not support the POSIX *-a*, *-b* and *-o* options, but does support the *-l* and *-u* options not defined by POSIX. A portable application shall not use the *-a*, *-b*, *-o*, *-l*, and *-u* options."
19698 #. type: Plain text
19699 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:86
19700 msgid "The current implementation of *ipcs* obtains information about available IPC resources by parsing the files in _/proc/sysvipc_. Before util-linux version v2.23, an alternate mechanism was used: the *IPC_STAT* command of *msgctl*(2), *semctl*(2), and *shmctl*(2). This mechanism is also used in later util-linux versions in the case where _/proc_ is unavailable. A limitation of the *IPC_STAT* mechanism is that it can only be used to retrieve information about IPC resources for which the user has read permission."
19703 #. type: Plain text
19704 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:90
19705 msgid "mailto:balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu[Krishna Balasubramanian]"
19708 #. type: Plain text
19709 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:119
19725 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:2
19730 #. type: Plain text
19731 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:12
19733 msgid "irqtop - utility to display kernel interrupt information"
19734 msgstr "Utilitário para exibir as informações de interrupção do kernel."
19736 #. type: Plain text
19737 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:16
19739 msgid "*irqtop* [options]\n"
19740 msgstr "*irqtop* [opções]\n"
19742 #. type: Plain text
19743 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:20
19744 msgid "Display kernel interrupt counter information in *top*(1) style view."
19747 #. type: Plain text
19748 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:22 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:22
19749 msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output*."
19752 #. type: Plain text
19753 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:30
19754 msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format _+list_."
19757 #. type: Labeled list
19758 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:28
19760 msgid "*-d*, *--delay* _seconds_"
19761 msgstr "*-d*, *--delay* _segundos_"
19763 #. type: Plain text
19764 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:30
19765 msgid "Update interrupt output every _seconds_ intervals."
19768 #. type: Labeled list
19769 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:31
19771 msgid "*-s*, *--sort* _column_"
19772 msgstr " -s, --sort <coluna> especifica a ordem de colunas\n"
19774 #. type: Plain text
19775 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:33
19776 msgid "Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column names. The sort criteria may be changes in interactive mode."
19779 #. type: Labeled list
19780 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:40
19782 msgid "*-S*, *--softirq*"
19783 msgstr " -S, --softirq mostra softirqs em vez de interrupções\n"
19785 #. type: Plain text
19786 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:42
19788 msgid "Show softirqs information."
19789 msgstr "Mostra informações sobre facilidades IPC.\n"
19792 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:43
19794 msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE KEY COMMANDS"
19797 "Os seguintes comandos chave interativos são válidos:\n"
19799 #. type: Labeled list
19800 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:45
19803 msgstr "*-i*, *--inodes* _número_"
19805 #. type: Plain text
19806 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:47
19807 msgid "sort by short irq name or number field"
19810 #. type: Plain text
19811 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:50
19812 msgid "sort by total count of interrupts (the default)"
19815 #. type: Plain text
19816 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:53
19818 msgid "sort by delta count of interrupts"
19819 msgstr " d ordena por DELTA\n"
19821 #. type: Plain text
19822 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:56
19823 msgid "sort by long descriptive name field"
19826 #. type: Labeled list
19827 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:57
19832 #. type: Plain text
19833 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:59
19834 msgid "stop updates and exit program"
19837 #. type: Plain text
19838 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:54
19839 msgid "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
19842 #. Copyright 2008 Tilman Schmidt (tilman@imap.cc)
19843 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License version 2 or later
19845 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:6
19847 msgid "ldattach(8)"
19848 msgstr "ldattach(8)"
19850 #. type: Plain text
19851 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:16
19853 msgid "ldattach - attach a line discipline to a serial line"
19854 msgstr "Anexa uma disciplina de linha a uma linha serial.\n"
19856 #. type: Plain text
19857 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:20
19859 msgid "*ldattach* [*-1278denoVh*] [*-i* _iflag_] [*-s* _speed_] _ldisc device_\n"
19862 #. type: Plain text
19863 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:24
19864 msgid "The *ldattach* daemon opens the specified _device_ file (which should refer to a serial device) and attaches the line discipline _ldisc_ to it for processing of the sent and/or received data. It then goes into the background keeping the device open so that the line discipline stays loaded."
19867 #. type: Plain text
19868 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:26
19869 msgid "The line discipline _ldisc_ may be specified either by name or by number."
19872 #. type: Plain text
19873 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:28
19874 msgid "In order to detach the line discipline, *kill*(1) the *ldattach* process."
19877 #. type: Plain text
19878 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:30
19879 msgid "With no arguments, *ldattach* prints usage information."
19883 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:31
19885 msgid "LINE DISCIPLINES"
19888 #. type: Plain text
19889 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:34
19890 msgid "Depending on the kernel release, the following line disciplines are supported:"
19893 #. type: Labeled list
19894 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:35
19897 msgstr "*TTY*(*0*)"
19899 #. type: Plain text
19900 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:37
19901 msgid "The default line discipline, providing transparent operation (raw mode) as well as the habitual terminal line editing capabilities (cooked mode)."
19904 #. type: Labeled list
19905 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:38
19907 msgid "*SLIP*(*1*)"
19910 #. type: Plain text
19911 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:40
19912 msgid "Serial Line IP (SLIP) protocol processor for transmitting TCP/IP packets over serial lines."
19915 #. type: Labeled list
19916 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:41
19918 msgid "*MOUSE*(*2*)"
19921 #. type: Plain text
19922 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:43
19923 msgid "Device driver for RS232 connected pointing devices (serial mice)."
19926 #. type: Labeled list
19927 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:44
19932 #. type: Plain text
19933 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:46
19934 msgid "Point to Point Protocol (PPP) processor for transmitting network packets over serial lines."
19937 #. type: Labeled list
19938 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:47
19940 msgid "*STRIP*(*4*); *AX25*(*5*); *X25*(*6*)"
19943 #. type: Plain text
19944 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:49
19945 msgid "Line driver for transmitting X.25 packets over asynchronous serial lines."
19948 #. type: Labeled list
19949 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:50
19951 msgid "*6PACK*(*7*); *R3964*(*9*)"
19952 msgstr "*6PACK*(*7*); *R3964*(*9*)"
19954 #. type: Plain text
19955 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:52
19956 msgid "Driver for Simatic R3964 module."
19959 #. type: Labeled list
19960 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:53
19962 msgid "*IRDA*(*11*)"
19965 #. type: Plain text
19966 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:55
19967 msgid "Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see http://irda.sourceforge.net/"
19970 #. type: Labeled list
19971 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:56
19973 msgid "*HDLC*(*13*)"
19976 #. type: Plain text
19977 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:58
19979 msgid "Synchronous HDLC driver."
19980 msgstr "driver de rótulo de DOS não encontrado"
19982 #. type: Labeled list
19983 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:59
19985 msgid "*SYNC_PPP*(*14*)"
19988 #. type: Plain text
19989 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:61
19991 msgid "Synchronous PPP driver."
19992 msgstr "driver de rótulo de DOS não encontrado"
19994 #. type: Labeled list
19995 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:62
19997 msgid "*HCI*(*15*)"
20000 #. type: Plain text
20001 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:64
20002 msgid "Bluetooth HCI UART driver."
20005 #. type: Labeled list
20006 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:65
20008 msgid "*GIGASET_M101*(*16*)"
20011 #. type: Plain text
20012 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:67
20013 msgid "Driver for Siemens Gigaset M101 serial DECT adapter."
20016 #. type: Labeled list
20017 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:68
20019 msgid "*PPS*(*18*)"
20022 #. type: Plain text
20023 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:70
20024 msgid "Driver for serial line Pulse Per Second (PPS) source."
20027 #. type: Labeled list
20028 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:71
20030 msgid "*GSM0710*(*21*)"
20033 #. type: Plain text
20034 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:73
20035 msgid "Driver for GSM 07.10 multiplexing protocol modem (CMUX)."
20038 #. type: Labeled list
20039 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:76
20041 msgid "*-1*, *--onestopbit*"
20042 msgstr "*-1*, *--onestopbit*"
20044 #. type: Plain text
20045 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:78
20046 msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to one."
20049 #. type: Labeled list
20050 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:79
20052 msgid "*-2*, *--twostopbits*"
20053 msgstr "*-2*, *--twostopbits*"
20055 #. type: Plain text
20056 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:81
20057 msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to two."
20060 #. type: Labeled list
20061 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:82
20063 msgid "*-7*, *--sevenbits*"
20064 msgstr "*-7*, *--sevenbits*"
20066 #. type: Plain text
20067 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:84
20069 msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 7 bits."
20070 msgstr " -7, --sevenbits define o tamanho do caractere para 7 bits\n"
20072 #. type: Labeled list
20073 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:85
20075 msgid "*-8*, *--eightbits*"
20076 msgstr "*-8*, *--eightbits*"
20078 #. type: Plain text
20079 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:87
20081 msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 8 bits."
20082 msgstr " -8, --eightbits define o tamanho do caractere para 8 bits\n"
20084 #. type: Plain text
20085 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:90
20086 msgid "Keep *ldattach* in the foreground so that it can be interrupted or debugged, and to print verbose messages about its progress to standard error output."
20089 #. type: Labeled list
20090 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:91
20092 msgid "*-e*, *--evenparity*"
20093 msgstr " -e, --evenparity define paridade para par\n"
20095 #. type: Plain text
20096 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:93
20098 msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to even."
20099 msgstr " -e, --evenparity define paridade para par\n"
20101 #. type: Labeled list
20102 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:94
20104 msgid "*-i*, *--iflag* [*-*]_value_..."
20107 #. type: Plain text
20108 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:96
20109 msgid "Set the specified bits in the c_iflag word of the serial line. The given _value_ may be a number or a symbolic name. If _value_ is prefixed by a minus sign, the specified bits are cleared instead. Several comma-separated values may be given in order to set and clear multiple bits."
20112 #. type: Labeled list
20113 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:97
20115 msgid "*-n*, *--noparity*"
20116 msgstr " -n, --noparity define a paridade para nenhuma\n"
20118 #. type: Plain text
20119 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:99
20121 msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to none."
20122 msgstr " -n, --noparity define a paridade para nenhuma\n"
20124 #. type: Labeled list
20125 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:100
20127 msgid "*-o*, *--oddparity*"
20128 msgstr " -o, --oddparity define paridade para ímpar\n"
20130 #. type: Plain text
20131 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:102
20133 msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to odd."
20134 msgstr " -o, --oddparity define paridade para ímpar\n"
20136 #. type: Labeled list
20137 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:103
20139 msgid "*-s*, *--speed* _value_"
20140 msgstr " -s, --speed <valor> define a velocidade da linha serial\n"
20142 #. type: Plain text
20143 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:105
20144 msgid "Set the speed (the baud rate) of the serial line to the specified _value_."
20147 #. type: Labeled list
20148 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:106
20150 msgid "*-c*, *--intro-command* _string_"
20151 msgstr "*-c*, *--intro-command* _string_"
20153 #. type: Plain text
20154 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:108
20155 msgid "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the invocation of ldattach. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, the command 'AT+CMUX=0\\r' is commonly suitable to switch the modem into the CMUX mode."
20158 #. type: Labeled list
20159 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:109
20161 msgid "*-p*, *--pause* _value_"
20162 msgstr "*-p*, *--pause* _valor_"
20164 #. type: Plain text
20165 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:111
20166 msgid "Sleep for _value_ seconds before the invocation of ldattach. Default is one second."
20169 #. type: Plain text
20170 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:121
20171 msgid "mailto:tilman@imap.cc[Tilman Schmidt]"
20174 #. type: Plain text
20175 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:126
20178 "*inputattach*(1),\n"
20183 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:2
20186 msgstr "losetup(8)"
20188 #. type: Plain text
20189 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:12
20191 msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices"
20192 msgstr "Configura e controla dispositivos de loop.\n"
20194 #. type: Plain text
20195 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:16
20198 msgstr "obtém tamanho de bloco"
20200 #. type: Plain text
20201 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:18
20203 msgid "*losetup* [_loopdev_]\n"
20206 #. type: Plain text
20207 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:20
20209 msgid "*losetup* *-l* [*-a*]\n"
20210 msgstr "*-l*, *--list*"
20212 #. type: Plain text
20213 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:22
20215 msgid "*losetup* *-j* _file_ [*-o* _offset_]\n"
20216 msgstr " -o, --offset <núm> inicia na posição <núm> do arquivo\n"
20218 #. type: Plain text
20219 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:24
20220 msgid "Detach a loop device:"
20223 #. type: Plain text
20224 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:26
20226 msgid "*losetup* *-d* _loopdev_ ...\n"
20229 #. type: Plain text
20230 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:28
20232 msgid "Detach all associated loop devices:"
20233 msgstr " -a, --detach-all destaca todos os dispositivos usados\n"
20235 #. type: Plain text
20236 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:30
20238 msgid "*losetup* *-D*\n"
20239 msgstr "Tamanho da zona = %d\n"
20241 #. type: Plain text
20242 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:32
20244 msgid "Set up a loop device:"
20245 msgstr "%s: falha ao configurar dispositivo de loop"
20247 #. type: Plain text
20248 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:34
20250 msgid "*losetup* [*-o* _offset_] [*--sizelimit* _size_] [*--sector-size* _size_] [*-Pr*] [*--show*] *-f* _loopdev file_\n"
20253 #. type: Plain text
20254 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:36
20256 msgid "Resize a loop device:"
20257 msgstr "nome do dispositivo de loop"
20259 #. type: Plain text
20260 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:38
20262 msgid "*losetup* *-c* _loopdev_\n"
20265 #. type: Plain text
20266 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:42
20268 msgid "*losetup* is used to associate loop devices with regular files or block devices, to detach loop devices, and to query the status of a loop device. If only the _loopdev_ argument is given, the status of the corresponding loop device is shown. If no option is given, all loop devices are shown.\n"
20271 #. type: Plain text
20272 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:44
20273 msgid "Note that the old output format (i.e., *losetup -a*) with comma-delimited strings is deprecated in favour of the *--list* output format."
20276 #. type: Plain text
20277 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:46
20278 msgid "It's possible to create more independent loop devices for the same backing file. *This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, corruption and overwrites.* Use *--nooverlap* with *--find* during setup to avoid this problem."
20281 #. type: Plain text
20282 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:48
20283 msgid "The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with *--find*, and *losetup* does not protect this operation by any lock. The number of attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16. It is recommended to use for example flock1 to avoid a collision in heavily parallel use cases."
20286 #. type: Plain text
20287 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:52
20288 msgid "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
20291 #. type: Plain text
20292 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:55
20293 msgid "Show the status of all loop devices. Note that not all information is accessible for non-root users. See also *--list*. The old output format (as printed without *--list)* is deprecated."
20296 #. type: Labeled list
20297 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:56
20299 msgid "*-d*, *--detach* _loopdev_..."
20300 msgstr "*-d*, *--detach* _dispositivo-loop_..."
20302 #. type: Plain text
20303 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:58
20304 msgid "Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). Note that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The detach operation does not return *EBUSY* error anymore if device is actively used by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and destroyed later."
20307 #. type: Labeled list
20308 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:59
20310 msgid "*-D*, *--detach-all*"
20311 msgstr "*-D*, *--detach-all*"
20313 #. type: Plain text
20314 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:61
20316 msgid "Detach all associated loop devices."
20317 msgstr " -a, --detach-all destaca todos os dispositivos usados\n"
20319 #. type: Labeled list
20320 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:62
20322 msgid "*-f*, *--find* [_file_]"
20323 msgstr "*-f*, *--find* [_arquivo_]"
20325 #. type: Plain text
20326 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:64
20327 msgid "Find the first unused loop device. If a _file_ argument is present, use the found device as loop device. Otherwise, just print its name."
20330 #. type: Labeled list
20331 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:65
20334 msgstr "Mostra a tela de ajuda."
20336 #. type: Plain text
20337 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:67
20338 msgid "Display the name of the assigned loop device if the *-f* option and a _file_ argument are present."
20341 #. type: Labeled list
20342 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:68
20344 msgid "*-L*, *--nooverlap*"
20345 msgstr " -L, --nooverlap evita possível conflito entre dispositivos\n"
20347 #. type: Plain text
20348 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:70
20349 msgid "Check for conflicts between loop devices to avoid situation when the same backing file is shared between more loop devices. If the file is already used by another device then re-use the device rather than a new one. The option makes sense only with *--find*."
20352 #. type: Labeled list
20353 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:71
20355 msgid "*-j*, *--associated* _file_ [*-o* _offset_]"
20358 #. type: Plain text
20359 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:73
20360 msgid "Show the status of all loop devices associated with the given _file_."
20363 #. type: Plain text
20364 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:76
20365 msgid "The data start is moved _offset_ bytes into the specified file or device. The _offset_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
20368 #. type: Labeled list
20369 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:77
20371 msgid "*--sizelimit* _size_"
20372 msgstr ", limite de tamanho %ju"
20374 #. type: Plain text
20375 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:79
20376 msgid "The data end is set to no more than _size_ bytes after the data start. The _size_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
20379 #. type: Labeled list
20380 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:80
20382 msgid "*-b*, *--sector-size* _size_"
20383 msgstr "*-b*, *--sector-size* _tamanho_"
20385 #. type: Plain text
20386 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:82
20387 msgid "Set the logical sector size of the loop device in bytes (since Linux 4.14). The option may be used when create a new loop device as well as stand-alone command to modify sector size of the already existing loop device."
20390 #. type: Labeled list
20391 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:83
20393 msgid "*-c*, *--set-capacity* _loopdev_"
20394 msgstr "*-c*, *--set-capacity* _dispositivo-loop_"
20396 #. type: Plain text
20397 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:85
20398 msgid "Force the loop driver to reread the size of the file associated with the specified loop device."
20401 #. type: Labeled list
20402 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:86
20404 msgid "*-P*, *--partscan*"
20405 msgstr " -P, --partscan cria um dispositivo de loop particionado\n"
20407 #. type: Plain text
20408 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:88
20409 msgid "Force the kernel to scan the partition table on a newly created loop device. Note that the partition table parsing depends on sector sizes. The default is sector size is 512 bytes, otherwise you need to use the option *--sector-size* together with *--partscan*."
20412 #. type: Plain text
20413 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:91
20415 msgid "Set up a read-only loop device."
20417 " -r, --read-only configura um dispositivo de loop\n"
20418 " somente leitura\n"
20420 #. type: Labeled list
20421 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:92
20423 msgid "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"
20424 msgstr "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"
20426 #. type: Plain text
20427 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:94
20428 msgid "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument can be either *on* or *off*. If the argument is omitted, it defaults to *off*."
20431 #. type: Plain text
20432 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:100
20433 msgid "If a loop device or the *-a* option is specified, print the default columns for either the specified loop device or all loop devices; the default is to print info about all devices. See also *--output*, *--noheadings*, *--raw*, and *--json*."
20436 #. type: Labeled list
20437 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:101
20439 msgid "*-O*, *--output* _column_[,_column_]..."
20440 msgstr " -x, --sort <coluna> ordena a saída por <coluna>\n"
20442 #. type: Plain text
20443 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:103
20445 msgid "Specify the columns that are to be printed for the *--list* output. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
20446 msgstr "Especifica quais colunas de saída exibir. Use *--help* para obter uma lista de todas as colunas suportadas."
20448 #. type: Plain text
20449 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:109
20451 msgid "Don't print headings for *--list* output format."
20452 msgstr " -n, --noheadings não exibe cabeçalhos da saída de --list\n"
20454 #. type: Labeled list
20455 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:55
20456 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:56
20459 msgstr " -r, --raw exibe em modo não tratado\n"
20461 #. type: Plain text
20462 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:112
20464 msgid "Use the raw *--list* output format."
20465 msgstr " --raw usa o formato de saída não tratada de --list\n"
20467 #. type: Plain text
20468 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:115
20470 msgid "Use JSON format for *--list* output."
20471 msgstr " -J, --json usa o formato de saída JSON de --list\n"
20474 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:122
20477 msgstr ", criptografia %s (tipo %u)"
20479 #. type: Plain text
20480 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:125
20482 msgid "*Cryptoloop is no longer supported in favor of dm-crypt.* For more details see *cryptsetup*(8).\n"
20485 #. type: Plain text
20486 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:129
20488 msgid "*losetup* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure. When *losetup* displays the status of a loop device, it returns 1 if the device is not configured and 2 if an error occurred which prevented determining the status of the device.\n"
20491 #. type: Plain text
20492 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:133
20493 msgid "Since version 2.37 *losetup* uses *LOOP_CONFIGURE* ioctl to setup a new loop device by one ioctl call. The old versions use *LOOP_SET_FD* and *LOOP_SET_STATUS64* ioctls to do the same."
20496 #. type: Labeled list
20497 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:136 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1409
20499 msgid "LOOPDEV_DEBUG=all"
20500 msgstr "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
20502 #. type: Labeled list
20503 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:141
20505 msgid "_/dev/loop[0..N]_"
20506 msgstr "Inicia a trilha _N_ (padrão 0)."
20508 #. type: Plain text
20509 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:143
20511 msgid "loop block devices"
20512 msgstr "%s: sem suporte a dispositivos de loop particionados"
20514 #. type: Labeled list
20515 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:144
20517 msgid "_/dev/loop-control_"
20518 msgstr "Configura e controla dispositivos de loop.\n"
20520 #. type: Plain text
20521 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:146
20523 msgid "loop control device"
20524 msgstr "Configura e controla dispositivos de loop.\n"
20526 #. type: Plain text
20527 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:150
20528 msgid "The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device."
20531 #. type: Plain text
20532 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:159
20535 " # dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
20536 " # losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
20538 " # mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
20539 " # mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
20541 " # umount /dev/loop0\n"
20542 " # losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
20545 #. type: Plain text
20546 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:163
20547 msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], based on the original version from mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
20551 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:2
20556 #. type: Plain text
20557 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:12
20559 msgid "lscpu - display information about the CPU architecture"
20560 msgstr "Exibe informações sobre a arquitetura da CPU.\n"
20562 #. type: Plain text
20563 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:16
20565 msgid "*lscpu* [options]\n"
20570 #. type: Plain text
20571 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:20
20573 msgid "*lscpu* gathers CPU architecture information from _sysfs_, _/proc/cpuinfo_ and any applicable architecture-specific libraries (e.g. *librtas* on Powerpc). The command output can be optimized for parsing or for easy readability by humans. The information includes, for example, the number of CPUs, threads, cores, sockets, and Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA) nodes. There is also information about the CPU caches and cache sharing, family, model, bogoMIPS, byte order, and stepping.\n"
20576 #. type: Plain text
20577 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:22
20578 msgid "The default output formatting on terminal is subject to change and maybe optimized for better readability. The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) is never affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: data\\n\" format. Use for example \"*lscpu | less*\" to see the default output without optimizations."
20581 #. type: Plain text
20582 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:24
20583 msgid "In virtualized environments, the CPU architecture information displayed reflects the configuration of the guest operating system which is typically different from the physical (host) system. On architectures that support retrieving physical topology information, *lscpu* also displays the number of physical sockets, chips, cores in the host system."
20586 #. type: Plain text
20587 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:26
20588 msgid "Options that result in an output table have a _list_ argument. Use this argument to customize the command output. Specify a comma-separated list of column labels to limit the output table to only the specified columns, arranged in the specified order. See *COLUMNS* for a list of valid column labels. The column labels are not case sensitive."
20591 #. type: Plain text
20592 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:28
20593 msgid "Not all columns are supported on all architectures. If an unsupported column is specified, *lscpu* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
20596 #. type: Plain text
20597 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:30
20598 msgid "The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs. The versions before v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due to complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between CPUs. For more details about caches see *--cache*. Since version v2.37 *lscpu* follows cache IDs as provided by Linux kernel and it does not always start from zero."
20602 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:31
20605 msgstr "número excessivo de colinas especificadas, o limite é %zu colunas"
20607 #. type: Plain text
20608 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:34
20609 msgid "Note that topology elements (core, socket, etc.) use a sequential unique ID starting from zero, but CPU logical numbers follow the kernel where there is no guarantee of sequential numbering."
20612 #. type: Labeled list
20613 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:35
20616 msgstr "CPU %u falhou ao habilitar (CPU está desconfigurada)"
20618 #. type: Plain text
20619 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:37
20620 msgid "The logical CPU number of a CPU as used by the Linux kernel."
20623 #. type: Labeled list
20624 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:38
20627 msgstr "Apple armazenamento central"
20629 #. type: Plain text
20630 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:40
20631 msgid "The logical core number. A core can contain several CPUs."
20634 #. type: Labeled list
20635 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:41
20640 #. type: Plain text
20641 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:43
20642 msgid "The logical socket number. A socket can contain several cores."
20645 #. type: Labeled list
20646 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:44
20651 #. type: Plain text
20652 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:46
20653 msgid "The logical cluster number. A cluster can contain several cores."
20656 #. type: Labeled list
20657 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:47
20662 #. type: Plain text
20663 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:49
20664 msgid "The logical book number. A book can contain several sockets."
20667 #. type: Labeled list
20668 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:50
20671 msgstr "Drawer(s):"
20673 #. type: Plain text
20674 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:52
20675 msgid "The logical drawer number. A drawer can contain several books."
20678 #. type: Labeled list
20679 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:53
20682 msgstr "CPU(s) de nó%d NUMA:"
20684 #. type: Plain text
20685 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:55
20686 msgid "The logical NUMA node number. A node can contain several drawers."
20689 #. type: Labeled list
20690 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:56
20695 #. type: Plain text
20696 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:58
20698 msgid "Information about how caches are shared between CPUs."
20699 msgstr "mostra como caches são compartilhados entre CPUs"
20701 #. type: Labeled list
20702 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:59
20705 msgstr "Tamanhos de endereço:"
20707 #. type: Plain text
20708 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:61
20710 msgid "The physical address of a CPU."
20711 msgstr "endereço físico de uma CPU"
20713 #. type: Labeled list
20714 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:62
20719 #. type: Plain text
20720 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:64
20721 msgid "Indicator that shows whether the Linux instance currently makes use of the CPU."
20724 #. type: Labeled list
20725 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:65
20727 msgid "*CONFIGURED*"
20728 msgstr "CPU %u configurada\n"
20730 #. type: Plain text
20731 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:67
20732 msgid "Indicator that shows if the hypervisor has allocated the CPU to the virtual hardware on which the Linux instance runs. CPUs that are configured can be set online by the Linux instance. This column contains data only if your hardware system and hypervisor support dynamic CPU resource allocation."
20735 #. type: Labeled list
20736 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:68
20738 msgid "*POLARIZATION*"
20741 #. type: Plain text
20742 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:70
20743 msgid "This column contains data for Linux instances that run on virtual hardware with a hypervisor that can switch the CPU dispatching mode (polarization). The polarization can be:"
20746 #. type: Plain text
20747 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:77
20748 msgid "For vertical polarization, the column also shows the degree of concentration, high, medium, or low. This column contains data only if your hardware system and hypervisor support CPU polarization."
20751 #. type: Labeled list
20752 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:78
20757 #. type: Plain text
20758 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:80
20759 msgid "Maximum megahertz value for the CPU. Useful when *lscpu* is used as hardware inventory information gathering tool. Notice that the megahertz value is dynamic, and driven by CPU governor depending on current resource need."
20762 #. type: Labeled list
20763 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:81
20768 #. type: Plain text
20769 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:83
20771 msgid "Minimum megahertz value for the CPU."
20772 msgstr "mostra o MHz mínimo da CPU"
20774 #. type: Plain text
20775 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:88
20776 msgid "Include lines for online and offline CPUs in the output (default for *-e*). This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
20779 #. type: Labeled list
20780 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:89
20782 msgid "*-B*, *--bytes*"
20783 msgstr "*-B*, *--bytes*"
20785 #. type: Plain text
20786 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:91
20788 msgid "Print the sizes in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
20789 msgstr " -b, --bytes exibe tamanhos em bytes em vez de um formato legível\n"
20791 #. type: Labeled list
20792 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:92
20794 msgid "*-b*, *--online*"
20795 msgstr "*-b*, *--online*"
20797 #. type: Plain text
20798 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:94
20799 msgid "Limit the output to online CPUs (default for *-p*). This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
20802 #. type: Labeled list
20803 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:95
20805 msgid "*-C*, *--caches*[=_list_]"
20806 msgstr "*-C*, *--caches*[=_lista_]"
20808 #. type: Plain text
20809 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:97
20810 msgid "Display details about CPU caches. For details about available information see *--help* output."
20813 #. type: Plain text
20814 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:99 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:111
20815 msgid "If the _list_ argument is omitted, all columns for which data is available are included in the command output."
20818 #. type: Plain text
20819 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:101
20820 msgid "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-C=NAME,ONE-SIZE*' or '*--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE*'."
20823 #. type: Plain text
20824 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:103
20825 msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format +list (e.g., lscpu -C=+ALLOC-POLICY)."
20828 #. type: Labeled list
20829 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:104
20831 msgid "*-c*, *--offline*"
20832 msgstr "*-c*, *--offline*"
20834 #. type: Plain text
20835 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:106
20836 msgid "Limit the output to offline CPUs. This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
20839 #. type: Labeled list
20840 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:107
20842 msgid "*-e*, *--extended*[=_list_]"
20843 msgstr " -e, --extended[=<lista>] exibe um formato legível estendido\n"
20845 #. type: Plain text
20846 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:109
20847 msgid "Display the CPU information in human-readable format."
20850 #. type: Plain text
20851 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:113
20852 msgid "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-e=cpu,node*' or '*--extended=cpu,node*'."
20855 #. type: Plain text
20856 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:115
20857 msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format +list (e.g., lscpu -e=+MHZ)."
20860 #. type: Plain text
20861 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:121
20862 msgid "Use JSON output format for the default summary or extended output (see *--extended*)."
20865 #. type: Labeled list
20866 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:122
20868 msgid "*-p*, *--parse*[=_list_]"
20869 msgstr " -p, --parse[=<lista>] exibe um formato analisável\n"
20871 #. type: Plain text
20872 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:124
20873 msgid "Optimize the command output for easy parsing."
20876 #. type: Plain text
20877 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:126
20878 msgid "If the _list_ argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with earlier versions of *lscpu*. In this compatible format, two commas are used to separate CPU cache columns. If no CPU caches are identified the cache column is omitted. If the _list_ argument is used, cache columns are separated with a colon (:)."
20881 #. type: Plain text
20882 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:128
20883 msgid "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-p=cpu,node*' or '*--parse=cpu,node*'."
20886 #. type: Plain text
20887 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:130
20888 msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format +list (e.g., lscpu -p=+MHZ)."
20891 #. type: Labeled list
20892 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:63
20894 msgid "*-s*, *--sysroot* _directory_"
20897 #. type: Plain text
20898 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:133
20899 msgid "Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lscpu* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected."
20902 #. type: Plain text
20903 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:136
20904 msgid "Use hexadecimal masks for CPU sets (for example \"ff\"). The default is to print the sets in list format (for example 0,1). Note that before version 2.30 the mask has been printed with 0x prefix."
20907 #. type: Labeled list
20908 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:137
20910 msgid "*-y*, *--physical*"
20911 msgstr " -y, --physical exibe IDs físicos em vez de lógicos\n"
20913 #. type: Plain text
20914 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:139
20915 msgid "Display physical IDs for all columns with topology elements (core, socket, etc.). Other than logical IDs, which are assigned by *lscpu*, physical IDs are platform-specific values that are provided by the kernel. Physical IDs are not necessarily unique and they might not be arranged sequentially. If the kernel could not retrieve a physical ID for an element *lscpu* prints the dash (-) character."
20918 #. type: Plain text
20919 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:141
20920 msgid "The CPU logical numbers are not affected by this option."
20923 #. type: Plain text
20924 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:147
20925 msgid "Output all available columns. This option must be combined with either *--extended*, *--parse* or *--caches*."
20928 #. type: Plain text
20929 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:151
20930 msgid "The basic overview of CPU family, model, etc. is always based on the first CPU only."
20933 #. type: Plain text
20934 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:153
20935 msgid "Sometimes in Xen Dom0 the kernel reports wrong data."
20938 #. type: Plain text
20939 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:155
20940 msgid "On virtual hardware the number of cores per socket, etc. can be wrong."
20943 #. type: Plain text
20944 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:161
20945 msgid "mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
20948 #. type: Plain text
20949 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:165
20951 msgid "*chcpu*(8)\n"
20952 msgstr "*chcpu* *-p* _modo_\n"
20955 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:2
20960 #. type: Plain text
20961 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:12
20962 msgid "lsipc - show information on IPC facilities currently employed in the system"
20965 #. type: Plain text
20966 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:16
20968 msgid "*lsipc* [options]\n"
20973 #. type: Plain text
20974 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:20
20976 msgid "*lsipc* shows information on the System V inter-process communication facilities for which the calling process has read access.\n"
20979 #. type: Plain text
20980 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:25
20981 msgid "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. It is possible to override the default output format for this option with the *--list*, *--raw*, *--json* or *--export* option."
20984 #. type: Labeled list
20985 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:26
20987 msgid "*-g*, *--global*"
20989 " -g, --global informação sobre o uso global do sistema (pode ser usado\n"
20990 " com -m, -q e -s)\n"
20992 #. type: Plain text
20993 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:28
20994 msgid "Show system-wide usage and limits of IPC resources. This option may be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. The default is to show information about all resources."
20998 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:46
21000 msgid "Output formatting"
21001 msgstr "Formatando ... "
21003 #. type: Plain text
21004 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:53
21005 msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). The key (variable name) will be modified to contain only characters allowed for a shell variable identifiers, for example, USE_PCT instead of USE%."
21008 #. type: Plain text
21009 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:56
21011 msgid "Use the JSON output format."
21012 msgstr " -J, --json usa formato de saída JSON\n"
21014 #. type: Plain text
21015 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:59
21016 msgid "Use the list output format. This is the default, except when *--id* is used."
21019 #. type: Plain text
21020 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:74
21022 msgid "Print size in bytes rather than in human readable format."
21023 msgstr " -b, --bytes exibe SIZE em bytes em vez de um formato legível\n"
21025 #. type: Labeled list
21026 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:84
21028 msgid "*-P*, *--numeric-perms*"
21029 msgstr " -P, --numeric-perms mostra permissões numéricos (coluna PERMS)\n"
21031 #. type: Plain text
21032 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:86
21034 msgid "Print numeric permissions in PERMS column."
21035 msgstr " -P, --numeric-perms mostra permissões numéricos (coluna PERMS)\n"
21037 #. type: Plain text
21038 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:97
21040 msgid "if a serious error occurs."
21041 msgstr "erro de crc"
21043 #. type: Plain text
21044 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:101
21045 msgid "The *lsipc* utility is inspired by the *ipcs*(1) utility."
21049 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:2
21054 #. type: Plain text
21055 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:12
21057 msgid "lsirq - utility to display kernel interrupt information"
21058 msgstr "Utilitário para exibir as informações de interrupção do kernel."
21060 #. type: Plain text
21061 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:16
21063 msgid "*lsirq* [options]\n"
21068 #. type: Plain text
21069 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:20
21071 msgid "Display kernel interrupt counter information."
21072 msgstr "Utilitário para exibir as informações de interrupção do kernel."
21074 #. type: Plain text
21075 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:27
21077 msgid "Don't print headings."
21078 msgstr " -n, --noheadings não exibe os cabeçalhos\n"
21080 #. type: Plain text
21081 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:33
21082 msgid "Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column names."
21085 #. type: Plain text
21086 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:39
21087 msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
21091 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:2
21096 #. type: Plain text
21097 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:12
21099 msgid "lsmem - list the ranges of available memory with their online status"
21100 msgstr "Lista de intervalos de memória disponível com seus status online.\n"
21102 #. type: Plain text
21103 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:16
21105 msgid "*lsmem* [options]\n"
21110 #. type: Plain text
21111 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:20
21112 msgid "The *lsmem* command lists the ranges of available memory with their online status. The listed memory blocks correspond to the memory block representation in sysfs. The command also shows the memory block size and the amount of memory in online and offline state."
21115 #. type: Plain text
21116 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:22
21117 msgid "The default output compatible with original implementation from s390-tools, but it's strongly recommended to avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is required."
21120 #. type: Plain text
21121 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:24
21122 msgid "The *lsmem* command lists a new memory range always when the current memory block distinguish from the previous block by some output column. This default behavior is possible to override by the *--split* option (e.g., *lsmem --split=ZONES*). The special word \"none\" may be used to ignore all differences between memory blocks and to create as large as possible continuous ranges. The opposite semantic is *--all* to list individual memory blocks."
21125 #. type: Plain text
21126 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:26
21127 msgid "Note that some output columns may provide inaccurate information if a split policy forces *lsmem* to ignore differences in some attributes. For example if you merge removable and non-removable memory blocks to the one range than all the range will be marked as non-removable on *lsmem* output."
21130 #. type: Plain text
21131 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:28
21132 msgid "Not all columns are supported on all systems. If an unsupported column is specified, *lsmem* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
21135 #. type: Plain text
21136 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:30
21137 msgid "Use the *--help* option to see the columns description."
21140 #. type: Plain text
21141 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:35
21142 msgid "List each individual memory block, instead of combining memory blocks with similar attributes."
21145 #. type: Plain text
21146 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:50
21147 msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsmem -o +NODE*)."
21150 #. type: Plain text
21151 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:56
21152 msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
21155 #. type: Labeled list
21156 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:60
21158 msgid "*-S*, *--split* _list_"
21159 msgstr " -S, --split <lista> divide intervalos por colunas especificadas\n"
21161 #. type: Plain text
21162 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:62
21163 msgid "Specify which columns (attributes) use to split memory blocks to ranges. The supported columns are STATE, REMOVABLE, NODE and ZONES, or \"none\". The other columns are silently ignored. For more details see DESCRIPTION above."
21166 #. type: Plain text
21167 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:65
21168 msgid "Gather memory data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lsmem* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected."
21171 #. type: Labeled list
21172 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:69
21174 msgid "*--summary*[=_when_]"
21175 msgstr "*--summary*[=_quando_]"
21177 #. type: Plain text
21178 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:71
21179 msgid "This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always* or *only*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"only\"*. The summary output is suppressed for *--raw*, *--pairs* and *--json*."
21182 #. type: Plain text
21183 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:75
21185 msgid "*lsmem* was originally written by Gerald Schaefer for s390-tools in Perl. The C version for util-linux was written by Clemens von Mann, Heiko Carstens and Karel Zak.\n"
21188 #. type: Plain text
21189 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:79
21191 msgid "*chmem*(8)\n"
21192 msgstr "*chmem*(8)\n"
21194 #. Man page for the lsns command.
21195 #. Copyright 2015 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
21196 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
21198 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:7
21203 #. type: Plain text
21204 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:17
21206 msgid "lsns - list namespaces"
21207 msgstr "Lista espaços de nomes de sistema.\n"
21209 #. type: Plain text
21210 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:21
21212 msgid "*lsns* [options] _namespace_\n"
21213 msgstr " %s [opções] [<espaço de nome>]\n"
21215 #. type: Plain text
21216 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:25
21218 msgid "*lsns* lists information about all the currently accessible namespaces or about the given _namespace_. The _namespace_ identifier is an inode number.\n"
21221 #. type: Plain text
21222 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:24
21223 msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is required."
21226 #. type: Plain text
21227 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:29
21228 msgid "The *NSFS* column, printed when *net* is specified for the *--type* option, is special; it uses multi-line cells. Use the option *--nowrap* to switch to \",\"-separated single-line representation."
21231 #. type: Plain text
21232 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:31
21233 msgid "Note that *lsns* reads information directly from the _/proc_ filesystem and for non-root users it may return incomplete information. The current _/proc_ filesystem may be unshared and affected by a PID namespace (see *unshare --mount-proc* for more details). *lsns* is not able to see persistent namespaces without processes where the namespace instance is held by a bind mount to /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_."
21236 #. type: Plain text
21237 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:39
21239 msgid "Use list output format."
21240 msgstr " --raw usa o formato de saída não tratada de --list\n"
21242 #. type: Plain text
21243 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:47
21245 msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsns -o +PATH*)."
21246 msgstr "A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)."
21248 #. type: Labeled list
21249 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:51
21251 msgid "*-p*, *--task* _PID_"
21252 msgstr " -p, --task <pid> exibe espaços de nomes do processo\n"
21254 #. type: Plain text
21255 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:53
21257 msgid "Display only the namespaces held by the process with this _PID_."
21258 msgstr " -p, --pid <pid> exibe apenas travas mantidas por este processo\n"
21260 #. type: Plain text
21261 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:59
21262 msgid "Display the specified _type_ of namespaces only. The supported types are *mnt*, *net*, *ipc*, *user*, *pid*, *uts*, *cgroup* and *time*. This option may be given more than once."
21265 #. type: Labeled list
21266 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:63
21268 msgid "*-W*, *--nowrap*"
21269 msgstr " -W, --nowrap não usa representação multilinha\n"
21271 #. type: Plain text
21272 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:65
21273 msgid "Do not use multi-line text in columns."
21276 #. type: Plain text
21277 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:82
21283 "*namespaces*(7)\n"
21291 #. Copyright (c) 1996-2004 Andries Brouwer
21292 #. Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
21293 #. This page is somewhat derived from a page that was
21294 #. (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California
21295 #. and had been heavily modified by Rik Faith and myself.
21296 #. (Probably no BSD text remains.)
21297 #. Fragments of text were written by Werner Almesberger, Remy Card,
21298 #. Stephen Tweedie and Eric Youngdale.
21299 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
21300 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
21301 #. published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
21302 #. the License, or (at your option) any later version.
21303 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
21304 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
21305 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
21306 #. intermediate and printed output.
21307 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
21308 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21309 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21310 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
21311 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
21312 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21313 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
21315 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:32
21320 #. type: Plain text
21321 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:43
21323 msgid "mount - mount a filesystem"
21324 msgstr "Monta um sistema de arquivos.\n"
21326 #. type: Plain text
21327 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:47
21329 msgid "*mount* [*-h*|*-V*]\n"
21330 msgstr "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n"
21332 #. type: Plain text
21333 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:49
21335 msgid "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _fstype_]\n"
21336 msgstr "*mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs*\n"
21338 #. type: Plain text
21339 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:51
21341 msgid "*mount* *-a* [*-fFnrsvw*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-O* _optlist_]\n"
21344 #. type: Plain text
21345 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:53
21347 msgid "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-o* _options_] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
21350 #. type: Plain text
21351 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:55
21353 msgid "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-o* _options_] _device mountpoint_\n"
21356 #. type: Plain text
21357 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:57
21359 msgid "*mount* *--bind*|*--rbind*|*--move* _olddir newdir_\n"
21362 #. type: Plain text
21363 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:59
21365 msgid "*mount* *--make*-[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _mountpoint_\n"
21368 #. type: Plain text
21369 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:63
21370 msgid "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file hierarchy, rooted at _/_. These files can be spread out over several devices. The *mount* command serves to attach the filesystem found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the umount8 command will detach it again. The filesystem is used to control how data is stored on the device or provided in a virtual way by network or other services."
21373 #. type: Plain text
21374 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:65
21375 msgid "The standard form of the *mount* command is:"
21378 #. type: delimited block _
21379 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:68
21381 msgid "*mount -t* _type device dir_\n"
21384 #. type: Plain text
21385 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:71
21386 msgid "This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on _device_ (which is of type _type_) at the directory _dir_. The option *-t* _type_ is optional. The *mount* command is usually able to detect a filesystem. The root permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by default. See section \"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details. The previous contents (if any) and owner and mode of _dir_ become invisible, and as long as this filesystem remains mounted, the pathname _dir_ refers to the root of the filesystem on _device_."
21389 #. type: Plain text
21390 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:73
21391 msgid "If only the directory or the device is given, for example:"
21394 #. type: delimited block _
21395 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:76
21397 msgid "*mount /dir*\n"
21399 " --mount-proc[=<dir>] monta sistema de arquivos proc primeiro\n"
21400 " (resulta em --mount)\n"
21402 #. type: Plain text
21403 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:79
21404 msgid "then *mount* looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a device) in the _/etc/fstab_ file. It's possible to use the *--target* or *--source* options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given argument. For example:"
21407 #. type: delimited block _
21408 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:82
21410 msgid "*mount --target /mountpoint*\n"
21411 msgstr "Ponto de montagem:"
21413 #. type: Plain text
21414 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:85
21415 msgid "The same filesystem may be mounted more than once, and in some cases (e.g., network filesystems) the same filesystem may be mounted on the same mountpoint multiple times. The *mount* command does not implement any policy to control this behavior. All behavior is controlled by the kernel and it is usually specific to the filesystem driver. The exception is *--all*, in this case already mounted filesystems are ignored (see *--all* below for more details)."
21419 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:86
21421 msgid "Listing the mounts"
21424 #. type: Plain text
21425 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:89
21426 msgid "The listing mode is maintained for backward compatibility only."
21429 #. type: Plain text
21430 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:91
21431 msgid "For more robust and customizable output use *findmnt*(8), *especially in your scripts*. Note that control characters in the mountpoint name are replaced with '?'."
21434 #. type: Plain text
21435 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:93
21436 msgid "The following command lists all mounted filesystems (of type _type_):"
21439 #. type: delimited block _
21440 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:96
21442 msgid "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _type_]\n"
21443 msgstr "*mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs*\n"
21445 #. type: Plain text
21446 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:99
21447 msgid "The option *-l* adds labels to this listing. See below."
21451 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:100
21453 msgid "Indicating the device and filesystem"
21454 msgstr "Sistema de arquivos:"
21456 #. type: Plain text
21457 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:103
21458 msgid "Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), like _/dev/sda1_, but there are other possibilities. For example, in the case of an NFS mount, _device_ may look like _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_."
21461 #. type: Plain text
21462 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:105
21463 msgid "The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware reconfiguration, and adding or removing a device can cause changes in names. This is the reason why it's strongly recommended to use filesystem or partition identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently supported identifiers (tags):"
21466 #. type: Labeled list
21467 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:106
21469 msgid "LABEL=__label__"
21470 msgstr " -L, --label RÓTULO especifica o rótulo\n"
21472 #. type: Plain text
21473 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:108
21474 msgid "Human readable filesystem identifier. See also *-L*."
21477 #. type: Labeled list
21478 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:109
21480 msgid "UUID=__uuid__"
21482 " %s --label <rótulo> | --uuid <uuid>\n"
21485 #. type: Plain text
21486 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:111
21487 msgid "Filesystem universally unique identifier. The format of the UUID is usually a series of hex digits separated by hyphens. See also *-U*."
21490 #. type: Plain text
21491 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:113
21492 msgid "Note that *mount* uses UUIDs as strings. The UUIDs from the command line or from *fstab*(5) are not converted to internal binary representation. The string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
21495 #. type: Labeled list
21496 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:114
21498 msgid "PARTLABEL=__label__"
21499 msgstr "PARTLABEL=__rótulo__"
21501 #. type: Plain text
21502 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:116
21503 msgid "Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It's supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
21506 #. type: Labeled list
21507 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:117
21509 msgid "PARTUUID=__uuid__"
21510 msgstr "PARTUUID=__uuid__"
21512 #. type: Plain text
21513 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:119
21514 msgid "Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent on filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It's supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
21517 #. type: Labeled list
21518 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:120
21521 msgstr " -m, --shmem-id <id> remove segmento de memória compartilhada pelo id\n"
21523 #. type: Plain text
21524 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:122
21525 msgid "Hardware block device ID as generated by udevd. This identifier is usually based on WWN (unique storage identifier) and assigned by the hardware manufacturer. See *ls /dev/disk/by-id* for more details, this directory and running udevd is required. This identifier is not recommended for generic use as the identifier is not strictly defined and it depends on udev, udev rules and hardware."
21528 #. type: Plain text
21529 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:124
21530 msgid "The command *lsblk --fs* provides an overview of filesystems, LABELs and UUIDs on available block devices. The command *blkid -p <device>* provides details about a filesystem on the specified device."
21533 #. type: Plain text
21534 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:126
21535 msgid "Don't forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are really unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device. Use *lsblk -o +UUID,PARTUUID* to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in your system."
21538 #. type: Plain text
21539 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:128
21540 msgid "The recommended setup is to use tags (e.g. *UUID*=_uuid_) rather than _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,id,partuuid,partlabel}_ udev symlinks in the _/etc/fstab_ file. Tags are more readable, robust and portable. The *mount*(8) command internally uses udev symlinks, so the use of symlinks in _/etc/fstab_ has no advantage over tags. For more details see *libblkid*(3)."
21543 #. type: Plain text
21544 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:130
21545 msgid "The _proc_ filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when mounting it, an arbitrary keyword - for example, __proc__ - can be used instead of a device specification. (The customary choice _none_ is less fortunate: the error message 'none already mounted' from *mount* can be confusing.)"
21549 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:131
21551 msgid "The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts"
21554 #. type: Plain text
21555 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:134
21556 msgid "The file _/etc/fstab_ (see *fstab*(5)), may contain lines describing what devices are usually mounted where, using which options. The default location of the *fstab*(5) file can be overridden with the *--fstab* _path_ command-line option (see below for more details)."
21559 #. type: Plain text
21560 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:136
21562 msgid "The command"
21565 #. type: delimited block _
21566 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:139
21568 msgid "*mount -a* [*-t* _type_] [*-O* _optlist_]\n"
21571 #. type: Plain text
21572 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:142
21573 msgid "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in _fstab_ (of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper options) to be mounted as indicated, except for those whose line contains the *noauto* keyword. Adding the *-F* option will make *mount* fork, so that the filesystems are mounted in parallel."
21576 #. type: Plain text
21577 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:144
21578 msgid "When mounting a filesystem mentioned in _fstab_ or _mtab_, it suffices to specify on the command line only the device, or only the mount point."
21581 #. type: Plain text
21582 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:146
21583 msgid "The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) traditionally maintained a list of currently mounted filesystems in the file _/etc/mtab_. The support for regular classic _/etc/mtab_ is completely disabled at compile time by default, because on current Linux systems it is better to make _/etc/mtab_ a symlink to _/proc/mounts_ instead. The regular _mtab_ file maintained in userspace cannot reliably work with namespaces, containers and other advanced Linux features. If the regular _mtab_ support is enabled, then it's possible to use the file as well as the symlink."
21586 #. type: Plain text
21587 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:148
21588 msgid "If no arguments are given to *mount*, the list of mounted filesystems is printed."
21591 #. type: Plain text
21592 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:150
21593 msgid "If you want to override mount options from _/etc/fstab_, you have to use the *-o* option:"
21596 #. type: delimited block _
21597 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:153
21599 msgid "*mount* __device__****|__dir__ *-o* _options_\n"
21602 #. type: Plain text
21603 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:156
21604 msgid "and then the mount options from the command line will be appended to the list of options from _/etc/fstab_. This default behaviour can be changed using the *--options-mode* command-line option. The usual behavior is that the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
21607 #. type: Plain text
21608 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:158
21609 msgid "The *mount* program does not read the _/etc/fstab_ file if both _device_ (or LABEL, UUID, ID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) and _dir_ are specified. For example, to mount device *foo* at */dir*:"
21612 #. type: delimited block _
21613 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:161
21615 msgid "*mount /dev/foo /dir*\n"
21618 #. type: Plain text
21619 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:164
21620 msgid "This default behaviour can be changed by using the *--options-source-force* command-line option to always read configuration from _fstab_. For non-root users *mount* always reads the _fstab_ configuration."
21624 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:165
21626 msgid "Non-superuser mounts"
21627 msgstr "Não é superusuário."
21629 #. type: Plain text
21630 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:168
21631 msgid "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can mount the corresponding filesystem."
21634 #. type: Plain text
21635 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:170
21637 msgid "Thus, given a line"
21638 msgstr " +número inicia na linha informada\n"
21640 #. type: delimited block _
21641 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:173
21643 msgid "*/dev/cdrom /cd iso9660 ro,user,noauto,unhide*\n"
21646 #. type: Plain text
21647 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:176
21648 msgid "any user can mount the iso9660 filesystem found on an inserted CDROM using the command:"
21651 #. type: delimited block _
21652 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:179
21654 msgid "*mount /cd*\n"
21657 #. type: Plain text
21658 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:182
21659 msgid "Note that *mount* is very strict about non-root users and all paths specified on command line are verified before _fstab_ is parsed or a helper program is executed. It's strongly recommended to use a valid mountpoint to specify filesystem, otherwise *mount* may fail. For example it's a bad idea to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
21662 #. type: Plain text
21663 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:184
21664 msgid "Since util-linux 2.35, *mount* does not exit when user permissions are inadequate according to libmount's internal security rules. Instead, it drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This behavior supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
21667 #. type: Plain text
21668 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:186
21669 msgid "For more details, see *fstab*(5). Only the user that mounted a filesystem can unmount it again. If any user should be able to unmount it, then use *users* instead of *user* in the _fstab_ line. The *owner* option is similar to the *user* option, with the restriction that the user must be the owner of the special file. This may be useful e.g. for _/dev/fd_ if a login script makes the console user owner of this device. The *group* option is similar, with the restriction that the user must be a member of the group of the special file."
21673 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:187
21675 msgid "Bind mount operation"
21678 #. type: Plain text
21679 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:190
21680 msgid "Remount part of the file hierarchy somewhere else. The call is:"
21683 #. type: delimited block _
21684 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:193
21686 msgid "*mount --bind* _olddir newdir_\n"
21689 #. type: Plain text
21690 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:196
21691 msgid "or by using this _fstab_ entry:"
21694 #. type: delimited block _
21695 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:199
21697 msgid "**/**__olddir__ **/**__newdir__ *none bind*\n"
21700 #. type: Plain text
21701 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:202
21702 msgid "After this call the same contents are accessible in two places."
21705 #. type: Plain text
21706 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:204
21707 msgid "It is important to understand that \"bind\" does not create any second-class or special node in the kernel VFS. The \"bind\" is just another operation to attach a filesystem. There is nowhere stored information that the filesystem has been attached by a \"bind\" operation. The _olddir_ and _newdir_ are independent and the _olddir_ may be unmounted."
21710 #. type: Plain text
21711 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:206
21712 msgid "One can also remount a single file (on a single file). It's also possible to use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular directory, for example:"
21715 #. type: delimited block _
21716 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:209
21718 msgid "*mount --bind foo foo*\n"
21721 #. type: Plain text
21722 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:212
21723 msgid "The bind mount call attaches only (part of) a single filesystem, not possible submounts. The entire file hierarchy including submounts can be attached a second place by using:"
21726 #. type: delimited block _
21727 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:215
21729 msgid "*mount --rbind* _olddir newdir_\n"
21732 #. type: Plain text
21733 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:218
21734 msgid "Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will remain the same as those on the original mount point. The userspace mount options (e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by *mount* and it's necessary to explicitly specify the options on the *mount* command line."
21737 #. type: Plain text
21738 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:220
21739 msgid "Since util-linux 2.27 *mount* permits changing the mount options by passing the relevant options along with *--bind*. For example:"
21742 #. type: delimited block _
21743 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:223
21745 msgid "*mount -o bind,ro foo foo*\n"
21748 #. type: Plain text
21749 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:226
21750 msgid "This feature is not supported by the Linux kernel; it is implemented in userspace by an additional *mount*(2) remounting system call. This solution is not atomic."
21753 #. type: Plain text
21754 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:228
21755 msgid "The alternative (classic) way to create a read-only bind mount is to use the remount operation, for example:"
21758 #. type: delimited block _
21759 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:231
21761 msgid "*mount --bind* _olddir newdir_ *mount -o remount,bind,ro* _olddir newdir_\n"
21764 #. type: Plain text
21765 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:234
21766 msgid "Note that a read-only bind will create a read-only mountpoint (VFS entry), but the original filesystem superblock will still be writable, meaning that the _olddir_ will be writable, but the _newdir_ will be read-only."
21769 #. type: Plain text
21770 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:236
21771 msgid "It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime and relatime VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. The other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently ignored. It's impossible to change mount options recursively (for example with *-o rbind,ro*)."
21774 #. type: Plain text
21775 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:238
21776 msgid "Since util-linux 2.31, *mount* ignores the *bind* flag from _/etc/fstab_ on a *remount* operation (if \"-o remount\" is specified on command line). This is necessary to fully control mount options on remount by command line. In previous versions the bind flag has been always applied and it was impossible to re-define mount options without interaction with the bind semantic. This *mount* behavior does not affect situations when \"remount,bind\" is specified in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
21780 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:239
21782 msgid "The move operation"
21783 msgstr "operação %d\n"
21785 #. type: Plain text
21786 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:242
21787 msgid "Move a *mounted tree* to another place (atomically). The call is:"
21790 #. type: delimited block _
21791 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:245
21793 msgid "*mount --move* _olddir newdir_\n"
21796 #. type: Plain text
21797 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:248
21798 msgid "This will cause the contents which previously appeared under _olddir_ to now be accessible under _newdir_. The physical location of the files is not changed. Note that _olddir_ has to be a mountpoint."
21801 #. type: Plain text
21802 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:250
21803 msgid "Note also that moving a mount residing under a shared mount is invalid and unsupported. Use *findmnt -o TARGET,PROPAGATION* to see the current propagation flags."
21807 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:251
21809 msgid "Shared subtree operations"
21812 #. type: Plain text
21813 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:254
21814 msgid "Since Linux 2.6.15 it is possible to mark a mount and its submounts as shared, private, slave or unbindable. A shared mount provides the ability to create mirrors of that mount such that mounts and unmounts within any of the mirrors propagate to the other mirror. A slave mount receives propagation from its master, but not vice versa. A private mount carries no propagation abilities. An unbindable mount is a private mount which cannot be cloned through a bind operation. The detailed semantics are documented in _Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt_ file in the kernel source tree; see also *mount_namespaces*(7)."
21817 #. type: Plain text
21818 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:256
21820 msgid "Supported operations are:"
21821 msgstr "sem suporte a %s?\n"
21823 #. type: delimited block .
21824 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:262
21827 "mount --make-shared mountpoint\n"
21828 "mount --make-slave mountpoint\n"
21829 "mount --make-private mountpoint\n"
21830 "mount --make-unbindable mountpoint\n"
21833 #. type: Plain text
21834 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:265
21835 msgid "The following commands allow one to recursively change the type of all the mounts under a given mountpoint."
21838 #. type: delimited block .
21839 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:271
21842 "mount --make-rshared mountpoint\n"
21843 "mount --make-rslave mountpoint\n"
21844 "mount --make-rprivate mountpoint\n"
21845 "mount --make-runbindable mountpoint\n"
21848 #. type: Plain text
21849 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:274
21851 msgid "*mount*(8) *does not read* *fstab*(5) when a *--make-** operation is requested. All necessary information has to be specified on the command line.\n"
21854 #. type: Plain text
21855 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:276
21856 msgid "Note that the Linux kernel does not allow changing multiple propagation flags with a single *mount*(2) system call, and the flags cannot be mixed with other mount options and operations."
21859 #. type: Plain text
21860 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:278
21861 msgid "Since util-linux 2.23 the *mount* command can be used to do more propagation (topology) changes by one *mount*(8) call and do it also together with other mount operations. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. The propagation flags are applied by additional *mount*(2) system calls when the preceding mount operations were successful. Note that this use case is not atomic. It is possible to specify the propagation flags in *fstab*(5) as mount options (*private*, *slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, *rprivate*, *rslave*, *rshared*, *runbindable*)."
21864 #. type: Plain text
21865 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:280
21866 msgid "For example:"
21867 msgstr "Por exemplo:"
21869 #. type: delimited block .
21870 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:283
21872 msgid "mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
21875 #. type: Plain text
21876 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:286
21878 msgid "is the same as:"
21879 msgstr "escreve o mesmo máximo de bytes"
21881 #. type: delimited block .
21882 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:291
21885 "mount /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
21886 "mount --make-private /foo\n"
21887 "mount --make-unbindable /foo\n"
21891 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:293
21893 msgid "COMMAND-LINE OPTIONS"
21894 msgstr "OPÇÕES DE LINHA DE COMANDO"
21896 #. type: Plain text
21897 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:296
21898 msgid "The full set of mount options used by an invocation of *mount* is determined by first extracting the mount options for the filesystem from the _fstab_ table, then applying any options specified by the *-o* argument, and finally applying a *-r* or *-w* option, when present."
21901 #. type: Plain text
21902 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:298
21903 msgid "The *mount* command does not pass all command-line options to the **/sbin/mount.**__suffix__ mount helpers. The interface between *mount* and the mount helpers is described below in the section *EXTERNAL HELPERS*."
21906 #. type: Plain text
21907 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:300
21908 msgid "Command-line options available for the *mount* command are:"
21911 #. type: Plain text
21912 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:303
21913 msgid "Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in _fstab_ (except for those whose line contains the *noauto* keyword). The filesystems are mounted following their order in _fstab_. The *mount* command compares filesystem source, target (and fs root for bind mount or btrfs) to detect already mounted filesystems. The kernel table with already mounted filesystems is cached during *mount --all*. This means that all duplicated _fstab_ entries will be mounted."
21916 #. type: Plain text
21917 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:305
21918 msgid "The option *--all* is possible to use for remount operation too. In this case all filters (*-t* and *-O*) are applied to the table of already mounted filesystems."
21921 #. type: Plain text
21922 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:307
21923 msgid "Since version 2.35 is possible to use the command line option *-o* to alter mount options from _fstab_ (see also *--options-mode*)."
21926 #. type: Plain text
21927 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:309
21928 msgid "Note that it is a bad practice to use *mount -a* for _fstab_ checking. The recommended solution is *findmnt --verify*."
21931 #. type: Labeled list
21932 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:310
21934 msgid "*-B*, *--bind*"
21935 msgstr "*-B*, *--bind*"
21937 #. type: Plain text
21938 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:312
21939 msgid "Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both places). See above, under *Bind mounts*."
21942 #. type: Labeled list
21943 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:313 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:60
21945 msgid "*-c*, *--no-canonicalize*"
21946 msgstr "*-c*, *--no-canonicalize*"
21948 #. type: Plain text
21949 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:315
21950 msgid "Don't canonicalize paths. The *mount* command canonicalizes all paths (from the command line or _fstab_) by default. This option can be used together with the *-f* flag for already canonicalized absolute paths. The option is designed for mount helpers which call *mount -i*. It is strongly recommended to not use this command-line option for normal mount operations."
21953 #. type: Plain text
21954 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:317
21955 msgid "Note that *mount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/mount.**__type__ helpers."
21958 #. type: Labeled list
21959 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:318
21961 msgid "*-F*, *--fork*"
21962 msgstr " -f, --fork sempre faz fork\n"
21964 #. type: Plain text
21965 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:320
21966 msgid "(Used in conjunction with *-a*.) Fork off a new incarnation of *mount* for each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is faster; also NFS timeouts proceed in parallel. A disadvantage is that the order of the mount operations is undefined. Thus, you cannot use this option if you want to mount both _/usr_ and _/usr/spool_."
21969 #. type: Labeled list
21970 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:321
21972 msgid "*-f, --fake*"
21974 " -a, --all monta todos os sistemas de arquivos mencionados\n"
21976 " -c, --no-canonicalize não canoniza caminhos\n"
21977 " -f, --fake teste; ignora a chamada de sistema do mount(2)\n"
21978 " -F, --fork faz fork de cada dispositivo (usa com -a)\n"
21979 " -T, --fstab <caminho> arquivo alternativo ao /etc/fstab\n"
21981 #. type: Plain text
21982 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:323
21983 msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not obvious, this \"fakes\" mounting the filesystem. This option is useful in conjunction with the *-v* flag to determine what the *mount* command is trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices that were mounted earlier with the *-n* option. The *-f* option checks for an existing record in _/etc/mtab_ and fails when the record already exists (with a regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
21986 #. type: Labeled list
21987 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:324
21989 msgid "*-i, --internal-only*"
21990 msgstr " -i, --internal-only não chama os ajudantes de mount.<tipo>\n"
21992 #. type: Plain text
21993 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:326
21994 msgid "Don't call the **/sbin/mount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists."
21997 #. type: Plain text
21998 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:329
21999 msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified _label_."
22002 #. type: Labeled list
22003 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:330
22005 msgid "*-l*, *--show-labels*"
22006 msgstr " -l, --show-labels mostra também os rótulos dos sistemas de arquivos\n"
22008 #. type: Plain text
22009 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:332
22010 msgid "Add the labels in the mount output. *mount* must have permission to read the disk device (e.g. be set-user-ID root) for this to work. One can set such a label for ext2, ext3 or ext4 using the *e2label*(8) utility, or for XFS using *xfs_admin*(8), or for reiserfs using *reiserfstune*(8)."
22013 #. type: Labeled list
22014 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:333
22016 msgid "*-M*, *--move*"
22017 msgstr "*-M*, *--move*"
22019 #. type: Plain text
22020 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:335
22021 msgid "Move a subtree to some other place. See above, the subsection *The move operation*."
22024 #. type: Labeled list
22025 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:336 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:93
22027 msgid "*-n*, *--no-mtab*"
22028 msgstr " -n, --no-mtab não escreve para no /etc/mtab\n"
22030 #. type: Plain text
22031 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:338
22032 msgid "Mount without writing in _/etc/mtab_. This is necessary for example when _/etc_ is on a read-only filesystem."
22035 #. type: Labeled list
22036 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:339 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:86
22038 msgid "*-N*, *--namespace* _ns_"
22039 msgstr " -n, --namespace ns gera uuid baseado em hash no espaço de nome\n"
22041 #. type: Plain text
22042 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:341
22043 msgid "Perform the mount operation in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that namespace."
22046 #. type: Plain text
22047 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:343
22049 msgid "*mount* switches to the mount namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab: (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls the *mount*(2) system call, otherwise it runs in the original mount namespace. This means that the target namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute the *mount*(2) call.\n"
22052 #. type: Plain text
22053 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:345 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:92
22054 msgid "See *mount_namespaces*(7) for more information."
22057 #. type: Labeled list
22058 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:346
22060 msgid "*-O*, *--test-opts* _opts_"
22063 #. type: Plain text
22064 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:348
22065 msgid "Limit the set of filesystems to which the *-a* option applies. In this regard it is like the *-t* option except that *-O* is useless without *-a*. For example, the command"
22068 #. type: Plain text
22069 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:350
22071 msgid "*mount -a -O no_netdev*\n"
22074 #. type: Plain text
22075 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:352
22076 msgid "mounts all filesystems except those which have the option _netdev_ specified in the options field in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
22079 #. type: Plain text
22080 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:354
22081 msgid "It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading *no* at the beginning of one option does not negate the rest."
22084 #. type: Plain text
22085 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:356
22086 msgid "The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect; that is, the command"
22089 #. type: Plain text
22090 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:358
22092 msgid "*mount -a -t ext2 -O _netdev*\n"
22095 #. type: Plain text
22096 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:360
22097 msgid "mounts all ext2 filesystems with the _netdev option, not all filesystems that are either ext2 or have the _netdev option specified."
22100 #. type: Labeled list
22101 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:361 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:58
22103 msgid "*-o*, *--options* _opts_"
22104 msgstr " -o, --login-options <ops> opções que são passadas ao inciar sessão\n"
22106 #. type: Plain text
22107 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:363
22108 msgid "Use the specified mount options. The _opts_ argument is a comma-separated list. For example:"
22111 #. type: Plain text
22112 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:365
22114 msgid "*mount LABEL=mydisk -o noatime,nodev,nosuid*\n"
22117 #. type: Plain text
22118 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:367
22119 msgid "For more details, see the *FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS* and *FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS* sections."
22122 #. type: Labeled list
22123 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:368
22125 msgid "*--options-mode* _mode_"
22127 " --options-mode <modo>\n"
22128 " o que fazer com opções carregadas do fstab\n"
22129 " --options-source <fonte>\n"
22130 " fonte das opções de montagem\n"
22131 " --options-source-force\n"
22132 " força o uso de opções do fstab/mtab\n"
22134 #. type: Plain text
22135 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:370
22136 msgid "Controls how to combine options from _fstab_/_mtab_ with options from the command line. _mode_ can be one of *ignore*, *append*, *prepend* or *replace*. For example, *append* means that options from _fstab_ are appended to options from the command line. The default value is *prepend* -- it means command line options are evaluated after _fstab_ options. Note that the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
22139 #. type: Labeled list
22140 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:371
22142 msgid "*--options-source* _source_"
22145 " %1$s -a [opções]\n"
22146 " %1$s [opções] [--source] <origem> | [--target] <diretório\n"
22147 " %1$s [opções] <fonte> <diretório>\n"
22148 " %1$s <operação> <ponto-montagem> [<alvo>]\n"
22150 #. type: Plain text
22151 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:373
22152 msgid "Source of default options. _source_ is a comma-separated list of *fstab*, *mtab* and *disable*. *disable* disables *fstab* and *mtab* and disables *--options-source-force*. The default value is *fstab,mtab*."
22155 #. type: Labeled list
22156 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:374
22158 msgid "*--options-source-force*"
22159 msgstr "*--options-source-force*"
22161 #. type: Plain text
22162 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:376
22163 msgid "Use options from _fstab_/_mtab_ even if both _device_ and _dir_ are specified."
22166 #. type: Labeled list
22167 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:377
22169 msgid "*-R*, *--rbind*"
22170 msgstr "*-R*, *--rbind*"
22172 #. type: Plain text
22173 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:379
22174 msgid "Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both places). See above, the subsection *Bind mounts*."
22177 #. type: Plain text
22178 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:382
22179 msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only. A synonym is *-o ro*."
22182 #. type: Plain text
22183 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:384
22184 msgid "Note that, depending on the filesystem type, state and kernel behavior, the system may still write to the device. For example, ext3 and ext4 will replay the journal if the filesystem is dirty. To prevent this kind of write access, you may want to mount an ext3 or ext4 filesystem with the *ro,noload* mount options or set the block device itself to read-only mode, see the *blockdev*(8) command."
22187 #. type: Plain text
22188 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:387
22189 msgid "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this option. Currently it's supported by the *mount.nfs* mount helper only."
22192 #. type: Labeled list
22193 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:388
22195 msgid "*--source* _device_"
22196 msgstr "dispositivo fonte"
22198 #. type: Plain text
22199 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:390
22200 msgid "If only one argument for the *mount* command is given, then the argument might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount source."
22203 #. type: Labeled list
22204 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:391
22206 msgid "*--target* _directory_"
22209 " %1$s -a [opções]\n"
22210 " %1$s [opções] [--source] <origem> | [--target] <diretório\n"
22211 " %1$s [opções] <fonte> <diretório>\n"
22212 " %1$s <operação> <ponto-montagem> [<alvo>]\n"
22214 #. type: Plain text
22215 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:393
22216 msgid "If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount target."
22219 #. type: Labeled list
22220 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:394
22222 msgid "*--target-prefix* _directory_"
22223 msgstr "o alvo não é um diretório"
22225 #. type: Plain text
22226 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:396
22227 msgid "Prepend the specified directory to all mount targets. This option can be used to follow _fstab_, but mount operations are done in another place, for example:"
22230 #. type: Plain text
22231 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:398
22233 msgid "*mount --all --target-prefix /chroot -o X-mount.mkdir*\n"
22236 #. type: Plain text
22237 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:400
22238 msgid "mounts all from system _fstab_ to _/chroot_, all missing mountpoint are created (due to X-mount.mkdir). See also *--fstab* to use an alternative _fstab_."
22241 #. type: Labeled list
22242 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:401
22244 msgid "*-T*, *--fstab* _path_"
22246 " -a, --all monta todos os sistemas de arquivos mencionados\n"
22248 " -c, --no-canonicalize não canoniza caminhos\n"
22249 " -f, --fake teste; ignora a chamada de sistema do mount(2)\n"
22250 " -F, --fork faz fork de cada dispositivo (usa com -a)\n"
22251 " -T, --fstab <caminho> arquivo alternativo ao /etc/fstab\n"
22253 #. type: Plain text
22254 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:403
22255 msgid "Specifies an alternative _fstab_ file. If _path_ is a directory, then the files in the directory are sorted by *strverscmp*(3); files that start with \".\" or without an _.fstab_ extension are ignored. The option can be specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs or chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond standard system configuration."
22258 #. type: Plain text
22259 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:405
22260 msgid "Note that *mount* does not pass the option *--fstab* to the **/sbin/mount.**__type__ helpers, meaning that the alternative _fstab_ files will be invisible for the helpers. This is no problem for normal mounts, but user (non-root) mounts always require _fstab_ to verify the user's rights."
22263 #. type: Labeled list
22264 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:406
22266 msgid "*-t*, *--types* _fstype_"
22269 #. type: Plain text
22270 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:408
22271 msgid "The argument following the *-t* is used to indicate the filesystem type. The filesystem types which are currently supported depend on the running kernel. See _/proc/filesystems_ and _/lib/modules/$(uname -r)/kernel/fs_ for a complete list of the filesystems. The most common are ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs and cifs."
22274 #. type: Plain text
22275 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:410
22276 msgid "The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) support filesystem subtypes. The subtype is defined by a '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the mount source (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
22279 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
22280 #. type: Plain text
22281 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:413
22282 msgid "If no *-t* option is given, or if the *auto* type is specified, *mount* will try to guess the desired type. *mount* uses the *libblkid*(3) library for guessing the filesystem type; if that does not turn up anything that looks familiar, *mount* will try to read the file _/etc/filesystems_, or, if that does not exist, _/proc/filesystems_. All of the filesystem types listed there will be tried, except for those that are labeled \"nodev\" (e.g. _devpts_, _proc_ and _nfs_). If _/etc/filesystems_ ends in a line with a single {asterisk}, mount will read _/proc/filesystems_ afterwards. While trying, all filesystem types will be mounted with the mount option *silent*."
22285 #. type: Plain text
22286 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:415
22287 msgid "The *auto* type may be useful for user-mounted floppies. Creating a file _/etc/filesystems_ can be useful to change the probe order (e.g., to try vfat before msdos or ext3 before ext2) or if you use a kernel module autoloader."
22290 #. type: Plain text
22291 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:417
22292 msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the *-t* option as well as in an _/etc/fstab_ entry. The list of filesystem types for the *-t* option can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. The prefix *no* has no effect when specified in an _/etc/fstab_ entry."
22295 #. type: Plain text
22296 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:419
22297 msgid "The prefix *no* can be meaningful with the *-a* option. For example, the command"
22300 #. type: Plain text
22301 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:421
22303 msgid "*mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs*\n"
22304 msgstr "*mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs*\n"
22306 #. type: Plain text
22307 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:423
22308 msgid "mounts all filesystems except those of type _msdos_ and _smbfs_."
22311 #. type: Plain text
22312 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:425
22313 msgid "For most types all the *mount* program has to do is issue a simple *mount*(2) system call, and no detailed knowledge of the filesystem type is required. For a few types however (like nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, ncpfs) an ad hoc code is necessary. The nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, and ncpfs filesystems have a separate mount program. In order to make it possible to treat all types in a uniform way, *mount* will execute the program **/sbin/mount.**__type__ (if that exists) when called with type _type_. Since different versions of the *smbmount* program have different calling conventions, */sbin/mount.smbfs* may have to be a shell script that sets up the desired call."
22316 #. type: Plain text
22317 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:428
22318 msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified _uuid_."
22321 #. type: Labeled list
22322 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:432
22324 msgid "*-w*, *--rw*, *--read-write*"
22325 msgstr " -w, --rw, --read-write monta para leitura e escrita (padrão)\n"
22327 #. type: Plain text
22328 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:434
22329 msgid "Mount the filesystem read/write. Read-write is the kernel default and the *mount* default is to try read-only if the previous mount syscall with read-write flags on write-protected devices of filesystems failed."
22332 #. type: Plain text
22333 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:436
22335 msgid "A synonym is *-o rw*."
22336 msgstr "mode=%#o\taccess_perms=%#o\n"
22338 #. type: Plain text
22339 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:438
22340 msgid "Note that specifying *-w* on the command line forces *mount* to never try read-only mount on write-protected devices or already mounted read-only filesystems."
22344 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:445
22346 msgid "FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS"
22347 msgstr "falha ao analisar opções de montagem"
22349 #. type: Plain text
22350 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:448
22351 msgid "Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
22354 #. type: Plain text
22355 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:450
22356 msgid "Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the system kernel. To check the current setting see the options in _/proc/mounts_. Note that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default mount options (see for example *tune2fs -l* output for ext_N_ filesystems)."
22359 #. type: Plain text
22360 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:452
22361 msgid "The following options apply to any filesystem that is being mounted (but not every filesystem actually honors them - e.g., the *sync* option today has an effect only for ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs and xfs):"
22364 #. type: Labeled list
22365 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:453
22370 #. type: Plain text
22371 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:455
22372 msgid "All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously. (See also the *sync* option.)"
22375 #. type: Labeled list
22376 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:456
22381 #. type: Plain text
22382 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:458
22383 msgid "Do not use the *noatime* feature, so the inode access time is controlled by kernel defaults. See also the descriptions of the *relatime* and *strictatime* mount options."
22386 #. type: Labeled list
22387 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:459
22392 #. type: Plain text
22393 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:461
22394 msgid "Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g. for faster access on the news spool to speed up news servers). This works for all inode types (directories too), so it implies *nodiratime*."
22397 #. type: Labeled list
22398 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:462
22401 msgstr "*-a*, *--auto*"
22403 #. type: Plain text
22404 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:464
22406 msgid "Can be mounted with the *-a* option."
22407 msgstr "ponto de montagem não montado ou opção inválida"
22409 #. type: Plain text
22410 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:467
22411 msgid "Can only be mounted explicitly (i.e., the *-a* option will not cause the filesystem to be mounted)."
22414 #. type: Labeled list
22415 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:468
22417 msgid "**context=**__context__, **fscontext=**__context__, **defcontext=**__context__, and **rootcontext=**__context__"
22420 #. type: Plain text
22421 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:470
22422 msgid "The *context=* option is useful when mounting filesystems that do not support extended attributes, such as a floppy or hard disk formatted with VFAT, or systems that are not normally running under SELinux, such as an ext3 or ext4 formatted disk from a non-SELinux workstation. You can also use *context=* on filesystems you do not trust, such as a floppy. It also helps in compatibility with xattr-supporting filesystems on earlier 2.4.<x> kernel versions. Even where xattrs are supported, you can save time not having to label every file by assigning the entire disk one security context."
22425 #. type: Plain text
22426 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:472
22427 msgid "A commonly used option for removable media is *context=\"system_u:object_r:removable_t*."
22430 #. type: Plain text
22431 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:474
22432 msgid "Two other options are *fscontext=* and *defcontext=*, both of which are mutually exclusive of the *context=* option. This means you can use fscontext and defcontext with each other, but neither can be used with context."
22435 #. type: Plain text
22436 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:476
22437 msgid "The *fscontext=* option works for all filesystems, regardless of their xattr support. The fscontext option sets the overarching filesystem label to a specific security context. This filesystem label is separate from the individual labels on the files. It represents the entire filesystem for certain kinds of permission checks, such as during mount or file creation. Individual file labels are still obtained from the xattrs on the files themselves. The context option actually sets the aggregate context that fscontext provides, in addition to supplying the same label for individual files."
22440 #. type: Plain text
22441 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:478
22442 msgid "You can set the default security context for unlabeled files using *defcontext=* option. This overrides the value set for unlabeled files in the policy and requires a filesystem that supports xattr labeling."
22445 #. type: Plain text
22446 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:480
22447 msgid "The *rootcontext=* option allows you to explicitly label the root inode of a FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to userspace. This was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux."
22450 #. type: Plain text
22451 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:482
22452 msgid "Note that the kernel rejects any remount request that includes the context option, *even* when unchanged from the current context."
22455 #. type: Plain text
22456 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:484
22458 msgid "*Warning: the* _context_ *value might contain commas*, in which case the value has to be properly quoted, otherwise *mount* will interpret the comma as a separator between mount options. Don't forget that the shell strips off quotes and thus *double quoting is required*. For example:\n"
22461 #. type: delimited block _
22462 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:487
22463 msgid "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'"
22466 #. type: Plain text
22467 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:490
22469 msgid "For more details, see *selinux*(8)."
22472 "Para mais detalhes, veja %s.\n"
22474 #. type: Plain text
22475 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:493
22476 msgid "Use the default options: *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, *nouser*, and *async*."
22479 #. type: Plain text
22480 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:495
22481 msgid "Note that the real set of all default mount options depends on the kernel and filesystem type. See the beginning of this section for more details."
22484 #. type: Labeled list
22485 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:496
22488 msgstr "O dispositivo \"%s\" não é um dispositivo raw"
22490 #. type: Plain text
22491 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:498
22492 msgid "Interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
22495 #. type: Labeled list
22496 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:499
22501 #. type: Plain text
22502 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:501
22503 msgid "Do not interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
22506 #. type: Labeled list
22507 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:502
22512 #. type: Plain text
22513 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:504
22514 msgid "Update directory inode access times on this filesystem. This is the default. (This option is ignored when *noatime* is set.)"
22517 #. type: Labeled list
22518 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:505
22520 msgid "*nodiratime*"
22523 #. type: Plain text
22524 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:507
22525 msgid "Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem. (This option is implied when *noatime* is set.)"
22528 #. type: Labeled list
22529 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:508
22534 #. type: Plain text
22535 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:510
22536 msgid "All directory updates within the filesystem should be done synchronously. This affects the following system calls: *creat*(2), *link*(2), *unlink*(2), *symlink*(2), *mkdir*(2), *rmdir*(2), *mknod*(2) and *rename*(2)."
22539 #. type: Labeled list
22540 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:511
22543 msgstr "não foi possível executar o shell script"
22545 #. type: Plain text
22546 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:513
22548 msgid "Permit execution of binaries."
22549 msgstr " -b pesquisa apenas por executáveis\n"
22551 #. type: Labeled list
22552 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:514
22557 #. type: Plain text
22558 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:516
22559 msgid "Do not permit direct execution of any binaries on the mounted filesystem."
22562 #. type: Labeled list
22563 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:517
22566 msgstr "grupo inexistente"
22568 #. type: Plain text
22569 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:519
22570 msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user's groups matches the group of the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *group,dev,suid*)."
22573 #. type: Labeled list
22574 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:520
22579 #. type: Plain text
22580 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:522
22581 msgid "Every time the inode is modified, the i_version field will be incremented."
22584 #. type: Labeled list
22585 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:523
22587 msgid "*noiversion*"
22590 #. type: Plain text
22591 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:525
22592 msgid "Do not increment the i_version inode field."
22595 #. type: Labeled list
22596 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:526
22601 #. type: Plain text
22602 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:528
22603 msgid "Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem. See *fcntl*(2)."
22606 #. type: Labeled list
22607 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:529
22612 #. type: Plain text
22613 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:531
22614 msgid "Do not allow mandatory locks on this filesystem."
22617 #. type: Labeled list
22618 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:532
22623 #. type: Plain text
22624 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:534
22625 msgid "The filesystem resides on a device that requires network access (used to prevent the system from attempting to mount these filesystems until the network has been enabled on the system)."
22628 #. type: Plain text
22629 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:537
22630 msgid "Do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
22633 #. type: Labeled list
22634 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:538
22639 #. type: Plain text
22640 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:540
22641 msgid "Update inode access times relative to modify or change time. Access time is only updated if the previous access time was earlier than the current modify or change time. (Similar to *noatime*, but it doesn't break *mutt*(1) or other applications that need to know if a file has been read since the last time it was modified.)"
22644 #. type: Plain text
22645 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:542
22646 msgid "Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this option (unless *noatime* was specified), and the *strictatime* option is required to obtain traditional semantics. In addition, since Linux 2.6.30, the file's last access time is always updated if it is more than 1 day old."
22649 #. type: Labeled list
22650 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:543
22652 msgid "*norelatime*"
22655 #. type: Plain text
22656 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:545
22657 msgid "Do not use the *relatime* feature. See also the *strictatime* mount option."
22660 #. type: Labeled list
22661 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:546
22663 msgid "*strictatime*"
22666 #. type: Plain text
22667 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:548
22668 msgid "Allows to explicitly request full atime updates. This makes it possible for the kernel to default to *relatime* or *noatime* but still allow userspace to override it. For more details about the default system mount options see _/proc/mounts_."
22671 #. type: Labeled list
22672 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:549
22674 msgid "*nostrictatime*"
22677 #. type: Plain text
22678 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:551
22679 msgid "Use the kernel's default behavior for inode access time updates."
22682 #. type: Labeled list
22683 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:552
22688 #. type: Plain text
22689 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:554
22690 msgid "Only update times (atime, mtime, ctime) on the in-memory version of the file inode."
22693 #. type: Plain text
22694 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:556
22695 msgid "This mount option significantly reduces writes to the inode table for workloads that perform frequent random writes to preallocated files."
22698 #. type: Plain text
22699 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:558
22700 msgid "The on-disk timestamps are updated only when:"
22703 #. type: Plain text
22704 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:560
22705 msgid "the inode needs to be updated for some change unrelated to file timestamps"
22708 #. type: Plain text
22709 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:561
22710 msgid "the application employs *fsync*(2), *syncfs*(2), or *sync*(2)"
22713 #. type: Plain text
22714 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:562
22715 msgid "an undeleted inode is evicted from memory"
22718 #. type: Plain text
22719 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:563
22720 msgid "more than 24 hours have passed since the inode was written to disk."
22723 #. type: Labeled list
22724 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:564
22726 msgid "*nolazytime*"
22729 #. type: Plain text
22730 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:566
22732 msgid "Do not use the lazytime feature."
22733 msgstr " --noadjfile não use %1$s\n"
22735 #. type: Labeled list
22736 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:567
22741 #. type: Plain text
22742 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:569
22743 msgid "Honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing programs from this filesystem."
22746 #. type: Labeled list
22747 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:570
22752 #. type: Plain text
22753 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:572
22754 msgid "Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing programs from this filesystem."
22757 #. type: Labeled list
22758 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:573
22761 msgstr " -d, --silent exibe ajuda ao invés de soar um bipe"
22763 #. type: Plain text
22764 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:575
22766 msgid "Turn on the silent flag."
22767 msgstr " -q, --quiet ativa o modo silencioso\n"
22769 #. type: Labeled list
22770 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:576
22775 #. type: Plain text
22776 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:578
22777 msgid "Turn off the silent flag."
22780 #. type: Plain text
22781 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:581
22782 msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner of the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *owner,dev,suid*)."
22785 #. type: Labeled list
22786 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:582
22791 #. type: Plain text
22792 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:584
22793 msgid "Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem. This is commonly used to change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly filesystem writable. It does not change device or mount point."
22796 #. type: Plain text
22797 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:586
22798 msgid "The remount operation together with the *bind* flag has special semantics. See above, the subsection *Bind mounts*."
22801 #. type: Plain text
22802 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:588
22803 msgid "The remount functionality follows the standard way the *mount* command works with options from _fstab_. This means that *mount* does not read _fstab_ (or _mtab_) only when both _device_ and _dir_ are specified."
22806 #. type: Plain text
22807 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:590
22809 msgid "*mount -o remount,rw /dev/foo /dir*\n"
22812 #. type: Plain text
22813 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:592
22814 msgid "After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff from _fstab_ (or _mtab_) is ignored, except the loop= option which is internally generated and maintained by the mount command."
22817 #. type: Plain text
22818 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:594
22820 msgid "*mount -o remount,rw /dir*\n"
22823 #. type: Plain text
22824 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:596
22825 msgid "After this call, mount reads _fstab_ and merges these options with the options from the command line (*-o*). If no mountpoint is found in _fstab_, then a remount with unspecified source is allowed."
22828 #. type: Plain text
22829 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:598
22831 msgid "*mount* allows the use of *--all* to remount all already mounted filesystems which match a specified filter (*-O* and *-t*). For example:\n"
22834 #. type: Plain text
22835 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:600
22837 msgid "*mount --all -o remount,ro -t vfat*\n"
22840 #. type: Plain text
22841 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:602
22842 msgid "remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of the filesystems is remounted by *mount -o remount,ro /dir* semantic. This means the *mount* command reads _fstab_ or _mtab_ and merges these options with the options from the command line."
22845 #. type: Labeled list
22846 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:603
22851 #. type: Plain text
22852 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:605
22854 msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only."
22856 " -o, --options <lista> lista separada por vírgula de opções de montagem\n"
22857 " -O, --test-opts <lista> limita o conjunto de sistemas de arquivos\n"
22859 " -r, --read-only monta o sistema de arquivos como somente leitura\n"
22860 " (mesmo que -o ro)\n"
22861 " -t, --types <lista> limita o conjunto de tipos de sistemas de arquivos\n"
22863 #. type: Labeled list
22864 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:606
22867 msgstr " -w, --rw, --read-write monta para leitura e escrita (padrão)\n"
22869 #. type: Plain text
22870 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:608
22872 msgid "Mount the filesystem read-write."
22873 msgstr " -w, --rw, --read-write monta para leitura e escrita (padrão)\n"
22875 #. type: Labeled list
22876 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:609
22879 msgstr "Um sync() e um ioctl(BLKRRPART) (relendo a tabela de partição do disco) são executados antes de sair quando a tabela de partição foi atualizada."
22881 #. type: Plain text
22882 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:611
22883 msgid "All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously. In the case of media with a limited number of write cycles (e.g. some flash drives), *sync* may cause life-cycle shortening."
22886 #. type: Plain text
22887 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:614
22888 msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. The name of the mounting user is written to the _mtab_ file (or to the private libmount file in _/run/mount_ on systems without a regular _mtab_) so that this same user can unmount the filesystem again. This option implies the options *noexec*, *nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *user,exec,dev,suid*)."
22891 #. type: Labeled list
22892 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:615
22897 #. type: Plain text
22898 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:617
22899 msgid "Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. This is the default; it does not imply any other options."
22902 #. type: Labeled list
22903 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:618
22908 #. type: Plain text
22909 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:620
22910 msgid "Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some other ordinary user mounted it. This option implies the options *noexec*, *nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *users,exec,dev,suid*)."
22913 #. type: Labeled list
22914 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:621
22919 #. type: Plain text
22920 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:623
22921 msgid "All options prefixed with \"X-\" are interpreted as comments or as userspace application-specific options. These options are not stored in user space (e.g., _mtab_ file), nor sent to the mount._type_ helpers nor to the *mount*(2) system call. The suggested format is **X-**__appname__._option_."
22924 #. type: Labeled list
22925 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:624
22930 #. type: Plain text
22931 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:626
22932 msgid "The same as *X-** options, but stored permanently in user space. This means the options are also available for *umount*(8) or other operations. Note that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the options will be always available (for example after a move mount operation or in unshared namespace)."
22935 #. type: Plain text
22936 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:628
22937 msgid "Note that before util-linux v2.30 the x-* options have not been maintained by libmount and stored in user space (functionality was the same as for X-* now), but due to the growing number of use-cases (in initrd, systemd etc.) the functionality has been extended to keep existing _fstab_ configurations usable without a change."
22940 #. type: Labeled list
22941 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:629
22943 msgid "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_mode_]"
22946 #. type: Plain text
22947 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:631
22948 msgid "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exit yet. The optional argument _mode_ specifies the filesystem access mode used for *mkdir*(2) in octal notation. The default mode is 0755. This functionality is supported only for root users or when mount executed without suid permissions. The option is also supported as x-mount.mkdir, this notation is deprecated since v2.30."
22951 #. type: Labeled list
22952 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:632
22954 msgid "*nosymfollow*"
22957 #. type: Plain text
22958 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:634
22959 msgid "Do not follow symlinks when resolving paths. Symlinks can still be created, and *readlink*(1), *readlink*(2), *realpath*(1), and *realpath*(3) all still work properly."
22963 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:635
22965 msgid "FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS"
22966 msgstr "OPÇÕES ESPECÍFICAS DO SISTEMA DE ARQUIVOS"
22968 #. type: Plain text
22969 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:638
22970 msgid "This section lists options that are specific to particular filesystems. Where possible, you should first consult filesystem-specific manual pages for details. Some of those pages are listed in the following table."
22974 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:649
22977 "|*Filesystem(s)* |*Manual page*\n"
22978 "|btrfs |*btrfs*(5)\n"
22979 "|cifs |*mount.cifs*(8)\n"
22980 "|ext2, ext3, ext4 |*ext4*(5)\n"
22981 "|fuse |*fuse*(8)\n"
22983 "|tmpfs |*tmpfs*(5)\n"
22987 #. type: Plain text
22988 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:652
22989 msgid "Note that some of the pages listed above might be available only after you install the respective userland tools."
22992 #. type: Plain text
22993 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:654
22994 msgid "The following options apply only to certain filesystems. We sort them by filesystem. All options follow the *-o* flag."
22997 #. type: Plain text
22998 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:656
22999 msgid "What options are supported depends a bit on the running kernel. Further information may be available in filesystem-specific files in the kernel source subdirectory _Documentation/filesystems_."
23003 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:657
23005 msgid "Mount options for adfs"
23006 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
23008 #. type: Labeled list
23009 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:659 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:667
23010 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:717 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:748
23011 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:875 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:907
23013 msgid "**uid=**__value__ and **gid=**__value__"
23014 msgstr "VALOR DE RETORNO"
23016 #. type: Plain text
23017 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:661
23018 msgid "Set the owner and group of the files in the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0)."
23021 #. type: Labeled list
23022 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:662
23024 msgid "**ownmask=**__value__ and **othmask=**__value__"
23025 msgstr "VALOR DE RETORNO"
23027 #. type: Plain text
23028 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:664
23029 msgid "Set the permission mask for ADFS 'owner' permissions and 'other' permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, respectively). See also _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.rst_."
23033 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:665
23035 msgid "Mount options for affs"
23036 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
23038 #. type: Plain text
23039 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:669
23040 msgid "Set the owner and group of the root of the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, but with option *uid* or *gid* without specified value, the UID and GID of the current process are taken)."
23043 #. type: Labeled list
23044 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:670
23046 msgid "**setuid=**__value__ and **setgid=**__value__"
23047 msgstr "VALOR DE RETORNO"
23049 #. type: Plain text
23050 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:672
23051 msgid "Set the owner and group of all files."
23054 #. type: Labeled list
23055 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:673 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:710
23056 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:720 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:913
23058 msgid "**mode=**__value__"
23061 #. type: Plain text
23062 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:675
23063 msgid "Set the mode of all files to _value_ & 0777 disregarding the original permissions. Add search permission to directories that have read permission. The value is given in octal."
23066 #. type: Labeled list
23067 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:676
23070 msgstr "*-B*, *--protect-boot*"
23072 #. type: Plain text
23073 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:678
23074 msgid "Do not allow any changes to the protection bits on the filesystem."
23077 #. type: Labeled list
23078 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:679
23083 #. type: Plain text
23084 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:681
23085 msgid "Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option. Strange..."
23088 #. type: Labeled list
23089 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:682
23092 msgstr "modo detalhado."
23094 #. type: Plain text
23095 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:684
23096 msgid "Print an informational message for each successful mount."
23099 #. type: Labeled list
23100 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:685
23102 msgid "**prefix=**__string__"
23103 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)"
23105 #. type: Plain text
23106 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:687
23107 msgid "Prefix used before volume name, when following a link."
23110 #. type: Labeled list
23111 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:688
23113 msgid "**volume=**__string__"
23114 msgstr "**volume=**__string__"
23116 #. type: Plain text
23117 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:690
23118 msgid "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic link."
23121 #. type: Labeled list
23122 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:691
23124 msgid "**reserved=**__value__"
23125 msgstr "**reserved=**__valor__"
23127 #. type: Plain text
23128 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:693
23129 msgid "(Default: 2.) Number of unused blocks at the start of the device."
23132 #. type: Labeled list
23133 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:694
23135 msgid "**root=**__value__"
23138 #. type: Plain text
23139 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:696
23140 msgid "Give explicitly the location of the root block."
23143 #. type: Labeled list
23144 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:697
23146 msgid "**bs=**__value__"
23149 #. type: Plain text
23150 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:699
23151 msgid "Give blocksize. Allowed values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096."
23154 #. type: Labeled list
23155 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:700
23157 msgid "**grpquota**|**noquota**|**quota**|*usrquota*"
23160 #. type: Plain text
23161 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:702
23162 msgid "These options are accepted but ignored. (However, quota utilities may react to such strings in _/etc/fstab_.)"
23166 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:703
23168 msgid "Mount options for debugfs"
23169 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
23171 #. type: Plain text
23172 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:706
23173 msgid "The debugfs filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/sys/kernel/debug_. As of kernel version 3.4, debugfs has the following options:"
23176 #. type: Labeled list
23177 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:707 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:858
23179 msgid "**uid=**__n__**, gid=**__n__"
23180 msgstr "*-t*, *--to* _N_"
23182 #. type: Plain text
23183 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:709
23185 msgid "Set the owner and group of the mountpoint."
23186 msgstr " --egid <gid|grupo> define gid efetivo\n"
23188 #. type: Plain text
23189 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:712
23191 msgid "Sets the mode of the mountpoint."
23192 msgstr "Ponto de montagem:"
23195 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:713
23197 msgid "Mount options for devpts"
23198 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
23200 #. type: Plain text
23201 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:716
23202 msgid "The devpts filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/dev/pts_. In order to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens _/dev/ptmx_; the number of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and the pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as _/dev/pts/_<number>."
23205 #. type: Plain text
23206 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:719
23207 msgid "This sets the owner or the group of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified values. When nothing is specified, they will be set to the UID and GID of the creating process. For example, if there is a tty group with GID 5, then *gid=5* will cause newly created pseudo terminals to belong to the tty group."
23210 #. type: Plain text
23211 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:722
23212 msgid "Set the mode of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified value. The default is 0600. A value of *mode=620* and *gid=5* makes \"mesg y\" the default on newly created pseudo terminals."
23215 #. type: Labeled list
23216 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:723
23218 msgid "*newinstance*"
23221 #. type: Plain text
23222 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:725
23223 msgid "Create a private instance of the devpts filesystem, such that indices of pseudo terminals allocated in this new instance are independent of indices created in other instances of devpts."
23226 #. type: Plain text
23227 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:727
23228 msgid "All mounts of devpts without this *newinstance* option share the same set of pseudo terminal indices (i.e., legacy mode). Each mount of devpts with the *newinstance* option has a private set of pseudo terminal indices."
23231 #. type: Plain text
23232 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:729
23233 msgid "This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel. It is implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this mount option is valid only if *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled in the kernel configuration."
23236 #. type: Plain text
23237 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:731
23238 msgid "To use this option effectively, _/dev/ptmx_ must be a symbolic link to _pts/ptmx_. See _Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt_ in the Linux kernel source tree for details."
23241 #. type: Labeled list
23242 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:732
23244 msgid "**ptmxmode=**__value__"
23245 msgstr "VALOR DE RETORNO"
23247 #. type: Plain text
23248 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:734
23249 msgid "Set the mode for the new _ptmx_ device node in the devpts filesystem."
23252 #. type: Plain text
23253 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:736
23254 msgid "With the support for multiple instances of devpts (see *newinstance* option above), each instance has a private _ptmx_ node in the root of the devpts filesystem (typically _/dev/pts/ptmx_)."
23257 #. type: Plain text
23258 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:738
23259 msgid "For compatibility with older versions of the kernel, the default mode of the new _ptmx_ node is 0000. **ptmxmode=**__value__ specifies a more useful mode for the _ptmx_ node and is highly recommended when the *newinstance* option is specified."
23262 #. type: Plain text
23263 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:740
23264 msgid "This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this option is valid only if *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled in the kernel configuration."
23268 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:741
23270 msgid "Mount options for fat"
23271 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
23273 #. type: Plain text
23274 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:744
23275 msgid "(Note: _fat_ is not a separate filesystem, but a common part of the _msdos_, _umsdos_ and _vfat_ filesystems.)"
23278 #. type: Labeled list
23279 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:745
23281 msgid "*blocksize=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
23284 #. type: Plain text
23285 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:747
23286 msgid "Set blocksize (default 512). This option is obsolete."
23289 #. type: Plain text
23290 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:750 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:860
23291 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:877
23292 msgid "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the UID and GID of the current process.)"
23295 #. type: Labeled list
23296 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:751 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:878
23298 msgid "**umask=**__value__"
23301 #. type: Plain text
23302 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:753 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:880
23303 msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are *not* present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
23306 #. type: Labeled list
23307 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:754
23309 msgid "**dmask=**__value__"
23312 #. type: Plain text
23313 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:756
23314 msgid "Set the umask applied to directories only. The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
23317 #. type: Labeled list
23318 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:757
23320 msgid "**fmask=**__value__"
23323 #. type: Plain text
23324 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:759
23325 msgid "Set the umask applied to regular files only. The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
23328 #. type: Labeled list
23329 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:760
23331 msgid "**allow_utime=**__value__"
23332 msgstr "**allow_utime=**__valor__"
23334 #. type: Plain text
23335 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:762
23336 msgid "This option controls the permission check of mtime/atime."
23339 #. type: Labeled list
23340 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:763
23345 #. type: Plain text
23346 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:765
23347 msgid "If current process is in group of file's group ID, you can change timestamp."
23350 #. type: Plain text
23351 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:768
23352 msgid "Other users can change timestamp."
23355 #. type: Plain text
23356 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:770
23357 msgid "The default is set from 'dmask' option. (If the directory is writable, *utime*(2) is also allowed. I.e. ~dmask & 022)"
23360 #. type: Plain text
23361 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:772
23362 msgid "Normally *utime*(2) checks that the current process is owner of the file, or that it has the *CAP_FOWNER* capability. But FAT filesystems don't have UID/GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible. With this option you can relax it."
23365 #. type: Labeled list
23366 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:773
23368 msgid "**check=**__value__"
23369 msgstr "*-c*, *--check*"
23371 #. type: Plain text
23372 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:775
23373 msgid "Three different levels of pickiness can be chosen:"
23376 #. type: Labeled list
23377 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:776
23379 msgid "*r*[*elaxed*]"
23382 #. type: Plain text
23383 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:778
23384 msgid "Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are truncated (e.g. _verylongname.foobar_ becomes _verylong.foo_), leading and embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and extension)."
23387 #. type: Labeled list
23388 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:779
23390 msgid "*n*[*ormal*]"
23391 msgstr "*n*[*ormal*]"
23393 #. type: Plain text
23394 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:781
23395 msgid "Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, <, spaces, etc.) are rejected. This is the default."
23398 #. type: Labeled list
23399 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:782
23401 msgid "*s*[*trict*]"
23402 msgstr "*s*[*trict*]"
23404 #. type: Plain text
23405 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:784
23406 msgid "Like \"normal\", but names that contain long parts or special characters that are sometimes used on Linux but are not accepted by MS-DOS (+, =, etc.) are rejected."
23409 #. type: Labeled list
23410 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:785
23412 msgid "**codepage=**__value__"
23413 msgstr "VALOR DE RETORNO"
23415 #. type: Plain text
23416 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:787
23417 msgid "Sets the codepage for converting to shortname characters on FAT and VFAT filesystems. By default, codepage 437 is used."
23420 #. type: Labeled list
23421 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:788 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:884
23422 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:922
23424 msgid "**conv=**__mode__"
23427 #. type: Plain text
23428 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:790
23429 msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or be ignored."
23432 #. type: Labeled list
23433 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:791
23435 msgid "**cvf_format=**__module__"
23436 msgstr "Novo UUID (no formato 8-4-4-4-12)"
23438 #. type: Plain text
23439 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:793
23440 msgid "Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module cvf__module_ instead of auto-detection. If the kernel supports kmod, the cvf_format=xxx option also controls on-demand CVF module loading. This option is obsolete."
23443 #. type: Labeled list
23444 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:794
23446 msgid "**cvf_option=**__option__"
23447 msgstr " %s [função] [opção...]\n"
23449 #. type: Plain text
23450 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:796
23451 msgid "Option passed to the CVF module. This option is obsolete."
23454 #. type: Labeled list
23455 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:797
23458 msgstr "*CFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
23460 #. type: Plain text
23461 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:799
23462 msgid "Turn on the _debug_ flag. A version string and a list of filesystem parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters appear to be inconsistent)."
23465 #. type: Labeled list
23466 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:800
23469 msgstr " -D, --discard exibe as capacidades de descartes\n"
23471 #. type: Plain text
23472 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:802
23473 msgid "If set, causes discard/TRIM commands to be issued to the block device when blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-provisioned LUNs."
23476 #. type: Labeled list
23477 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:803
23479 msgid "*dos1xfloppy*"
23482 #. type: Plain text
23483 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:805
23484 msgid "If set, use a fallback default BIOS Parameter Block configuration, determined by backing device size. These static parameters match defaults assumed by DOS 1.x for 160 kiB, 180 kiB, 320 kiB, and 360 kiB floppies and floppy images."
23487 #. type: Labeled list
23488 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:806
23490 msgid "*errors=*{**panic**|**continue**|*remount-ro*}"
23493 #. type: Plain text
23494 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:808
23495 msgid "Specify FAT behavior on critical errors: panic, continue without doing anything, or remount the partition in read-only mode (default behavior)."
23498 #. type: Labeled list
23499 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:809
23501 msgid "*fat=*{**12**|**16**|*32*}"
23504 #. type: Plain text
23505 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:811
23506 msgid "Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat. This overrides the automatic FAT type detection routine. Use with caution!"
23509 #. type: Labeled list
23510 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:812 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:936
23512 msgid "**iocharset=**__value__"
23513 msgstr "VALOR DE RETORNO"
23515 #. type: Plain text
23516 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:814
23517 msgid "Character set to use for converting between 8 bit characters and 16 bit Unicode characters. The default is iso8859-1. Long filenames are stored on disk in Unicode format."
23520 #. type: Labeled list
23521 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:815
23523 msgid "*nfs=*{**stale_rw**|*nostale_ro*}"
23526 #. type: Plain text
23527 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:817
23528 msgid "Enable this only if you want to export the FAT filesystem over NFS."
23531 #. type: Plain text
23532 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:819
23534 msgid "*stale_rw*: This option maintains an index (cache) of directory inodes which is used by the nfs-related code to improve look-ups. Full file operations (read/write) over NFS are supported but with cache eviction at NFS server, this could result in spurious *ESTALE* errors.\n"
23537 #. type: Plain text
23538 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:821
23540 msgid "*nostale_ro*: This option bases the inode number and file handle on the on-disk location of a file in the FAT directory entry. This ensures that *ESTALE* will not be returned after a file is evicted from the inode cache. However, it means that operations such as rename, create and unlink could cause file handles that previously pointed at one file to point at a different file, potentially causing data corruption. For this reason, this option also mounts the filesystem readonly.\n"
23543 #. type: Plain text
23544 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:823
23545 msgid "To maintain backward compatibility, *-o nfs* is also accepted, defaulting to *stale_rw*."
23548 #. type: Labeled list
23549 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:824
23554 #. type: Plain text
23555 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:826
23556 msgid "This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as used by Windows on FAT) and UTC (which Linux uses internally). This is particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras) that are set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time."
23559 #. type: Labeled list
23560 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:827
23562 msgid "**time_offset=**__minutes__"
23565 #. type: Plain text
23566 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:829
23567 msgid "Set offset for conversion of timestamps from local time used by FAT to UTC. I.e., _minutes_ will be subtracted from each timestamp to convert it to UTC used internally by Linux. This is useful when the time zone set in the kernel via *settimeofday*(2) is not the time zone used by the filesystem. Note that this option still does not provide correct time stamps in all cases in presence of DST - time stamps in a different DST setting will be off by one hour."
23570 #. type: Labeled list
23571 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:830 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:870
23574 msgstr "modo silencioso."
23576 #. type: Plain text
23577 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:832
23578 msgid "Turn on the _quiet_ flag. Attempts to chown or chmod files do not return errors, although they fail. Use with caution!"
23581 #. type: Labeled list
23582 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:833
23587 #. type: Plain text
23588 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:835
23589 msgid "FAT has the *ATTR_RO* (read-only) attribute. On Windows, the *ATTR_RO* of the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications as a flag (e.g. it's set for the customized folder)."
23592 #. type: Plain text
23593 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:837
23594 msgid "If you want to use *ATTR_RO* as read-only flag even for the directory, set this option."
23597 #. type: Labeled list
23598 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:838
23603 #. type: Plain text
23604 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:840
23605 msgid "If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be allowed only if the extension part of the name is .EXE, .COM, or .BAT. Not set by default."
23608 #. type: Labeled list
23609 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:841
23611 msgid "*sys_immutable*"
23612 msgstr "falha ao alocar manipulador de /sys"
23614 #. type: Plain text
23615 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:843
23616 msgid "If set, *ATTR_SYS* attribute on FAT is handled as *IMMUTABLE* flag on Linux. Not set by default."
23619 #. type: Labeled list
23620 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:844
23623 msgstr " -f, --flush executa liberação após cada gravação\n"
23625 #. type: Plain text
23626 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:846
23627 msgid "If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal. Not set by default."
23630 #. type: Labeled list
23631 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:847
23636 #. type: Plain text
23637 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:849
23638 msgid "Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on *FSINFO*. It'll be used to determine number of free clusters without scanning disk. But it's not used by default, because recent Windows don't update it correctly in some case. If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on *FSINFO* is correct, by this option you can avoid scanning disk."
23641 #. type: Labeled list
23642 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:850
23644 msgid "*dots*, *nodots*, *dotsOK=*[**yes**|*no*]"
23647 #. type: Plain text
23648 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:852
23649 msgid "Various misguided attempts to force Unix or DOS conventions onto a FAT filesystem."
23653 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:853
23655 msgid "Mount options for hfs"
23656 msgstr "Apple HFS/HFS+"
23658 #. type: Labeled list
23659 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:855
23661 msgid "**creator=**__cccc__**, type=**__cccc__"
23664 #. type: Plain text
23665 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:857
23666 msgid "Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for creating new files. Default values: '????'."
23669 #. type: Labeled list
23670 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:861
23672 msgid "**dir_umask=**__n__**, file_umask=**__n__**, umask=**__n__"
23675 #. type: Plain text
23676 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:863
23677 msgid "Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files and directories. Defaults to the umask of the current process."
23680 #. type: Labeled list
23681 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:864
23683 msgid "**session=**__n__"
23684 msgstr "**session=**__n__"
23686 #. type: Plain text
23687 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:866
23688 msgid "Select the CDROM session to mount. Defaults to leaving that decision to the CDROM driver. This option will fail with anything but a CDROM as underlying device."
23691 #. type: Labeled list
23692 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:867
23694 msgid "**part=**__n__"
23697 #. type: Plain text
23698 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:869
23699 msgid "Select partition number n from the device. Only makes sense for CDROMs. Defaults to not parsing the partition table at all."
23702 #. type: Plain text
23703 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:872
23704 msgid "Don't complain about invalid mount options."
23708 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:873
23710 msgid "Mount options for hpfs"
23711 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
23713 #. type: Labeled list
23714 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:881
23716 msgid "*case=*{**lower**|*asis*}"
23717 msgstr "minúsculas (exceto para W)."
23719 #. type: Plain text
23720 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:883
23721 msgid "Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them. (Default: *case=lower*.)"
23724 #. type: Plain text
23725 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:886 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:924
23726 msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or being ignored."
23729 #. type: Labeled list
23730 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:887
23735 #. type: Plain text
23736 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:889
23737 msgid "Do not abort mounting when certain consistency checks fail."
23741 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:890
23743 msgid "Mount options for iso9660"
23744 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
23746 #. type: Plain text
23747 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:893
23748 msgid "ISO 9660 is a standard describing a filesystem structure to be used on CD-ROMs. (This filesystem type is also seen on some DVDs. See also the _udf_ filesystem.)"
23751 #. type: Plain text
23752 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:895
23753 msgid "Normal _iso9660_ filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in upper case. Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, number of links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
23756 #. type: Plain text
23757 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:897
23758 msgid "Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-like features. Basically there are extensions to each directory record that supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in use, the filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem (except that it is read-only, of course)."
23761 #. type: Labeled list
23762 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:898
23767 #. type: Plain text
23768 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:900
23769 msgid "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
23772 #. type: Labeled list
23773 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:901
23778 #. type: Plain text
23779 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:903
23780 msgid "Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
23783 #. type: Labeled list
23784 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:904
23786 msgid "*check=*{*r*[*elaxed*]|*s*[*trict*]}"
23789 #. type: Plain text
23790 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:906
23791 msgid "With *check=relaxed*, a filename is first converted to lower case before doing the lookup. This is probably only meaningful together with *norock* and *map=normal*. (Default: *check=strict*.)"
23794 #. type: Plain text
23795 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:909
23796 msgid "Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions. (Default: *uid=0,gid=0*.)"
23799 #. type: Labeled list
23800 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:910
23802 msgid "*map=*{*n*[*ormal*]|*o*[*ff*]|*a*[*corn*]}"
23805 #. type: Plain text
23806 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:912
23807 msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case ASCII, drops a trailing ';1', and converts ';' to '.'. With *map=off* no name translation is done. See *norock*. (Default: *map=normal*.) *map=acorn* is like *map=normal* but also apply Acorn extensions if present."
23810 #. type: Plain text
23811 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:915
23812 msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: read and execute permission for everybody.) Octal mode values require a leading 0."
23815 #. type: Labeled list
23816 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:916 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1128
23821 #. type: Plain text
23822 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:918
23823 msgid "Also show hidden and associated files. (If the ordinary files and the associated or hidden files have the same filenames, this may make the ordinary files inaccessible.)"
23826 #. type: Labeled list
23827 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:919
23829 msgid "*block=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
23832 #. type: Plain text
23833 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:921
23834 msgid "Set the block size to the indicated value. (Default: *block=1024*.)"
23837 #. type: Labeled list
23838 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:925
23843 #. type: Plain text
23844 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:927
23845 msgid "If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this mount option to ignore the high order bits of the file length. This implies that a file cannot be larger than 16 MB."
23848 #. type: Labeled list
23849 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:928
23851 msgid "**session=**__x__"
23852 msgstr "**session=**__x__"
23854 #. type: Plain text
23855 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:930
23856 msgid "Select number of session on a multisession CD."
23859 #. type: Labeled list
23860 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:931
23862 msgid "**sbsector=**__xxx__"
23865 #. type: Plain text
23866 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:933
23867 msgid "Session begins from sector xxx."
23870 #. type: Plain text
23871 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:935
23872 msgid "The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft's Joliet extensions."
23875 #. type: Plain text
23876 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:938
23877 msgid "Character set to use for converting 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to 8 bit characters. The default is iso8859-1."
23880 #. type: Labeled list
23881 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:939 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:978
23882 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1152 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1250
23887 #. type: Plain text
23888 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:941
23889 msgid "Convert 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to UTF-8."
23893 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:942
23895 msgid "Mount options for jfs"
23896 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
23898 #. type: Labeled list
23899 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:944 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:972
23901 msgid "**iocharset=**__name__"
23902 msgstr "Nome da partição:"
23904 #. type: Plain text
23905 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:946
23906 msgid "Character set to use for converting from Unicode to ASCII. The default is to do no conversion. Use *iocharset=utf8* for UTF8 translations. This requires *CONFIG_NLS_UTF8* to be set in the kernel _.config_ file."
23909 #. type: Labeled list
23910 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:947
23912 msgid "**resize=**__value__"
23913 msgstr "**resize=**__valor__"
23915 #. type: Plain text
23916 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:949
23917 msgid "Resize the volume to _value_ blocks. JFS only supports growing a volume, not shrinking it. This option is only valid during a remount, when the volume is mounted read-write. The *resize* keyword with no value will grow the volume to the full size of the partition."
23920 #. type: Labeled list
23921 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:950
23923 msgid "*nointegrity*"
23926 #. type: Plain text
23927 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:952
23928 msgid "Do not write to the journal. The primary use of this option is to allow for higher performance when restoring a volume from backup media. The integrity of the volume is not guaranteed if the system abnormally ends."
23931 #. type: Labeled list
23932 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:953
23934 msgid "*integrity*"
23937 #. type: Plain text
23938 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:955
23939 msgid "Default. Commit metadata changes to the journal. Use this option to remount a volume where the *nointegrity* option was previously specified in order to restore normal behavior."
23942 #. type: Labeled list
23943 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:956
23945 msgid "*errors=*{**continue**|**remount-ro**|*panic*}"
23948 #. type: Plain text
23949 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:958
23950 msgid "Define the behavior when an error is encountered. (Either ignore errors and just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the filesystem read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
23953 #. type: Labeled list
23954 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:959
23956 msgid "**noquota**|**quota**|**usrquota**|*grpquota*"
23959 #. type: Plain text
23960 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:961
23962 msgid "These options are accepted but ignored."
23963 msgstr "Cabeçalho de script aceito."
23966 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:962
23968 msgid "Mount options for msdos"
23969 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
23971 #. type: Plain text
23972 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:965
23973 msgid "See mount options for fat. If the _msdos_ filesystem detects an inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only. The filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
23977 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:966
23979 msgid "Mount options for ncpfs"
23980 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
23982 #. type: Plain text
23983 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:969
23984 msgid "Just like _nfs_, the _ncpfs_ implementation expects a binary argument (a _struct ncp_mount_data_) to the mount system call. This argument is constructed by *ncpmount*(8) and the current version of *mount* (2.12) does not know anything about ncpfs."
23988 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:970
23990 msgid "Mount options for ntfs"
23991 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
23993 #. type: Plain text
23994 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:974
23995 msgid "Character set to use when returning file names. Unlike VFAT, NTFS suppresses names that contain nonconvertible characters. Deprecated."
23998 #. type: Labeled list
23999 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:975
24001 msgid "**nls=**__name__"
24002 msgstr "Nome da partição:"
24004 #. type: Plain text
24005 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:977
24006 msgid "New name for the option earlier called _iocharset_."
24009 #. type: Plain text
24010 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:980
24011 msgid "Use UTF-8 for converting file names."
24014 #. type: Labeled list
24015 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:981
24017 msgid "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
24020 #. type: Plain text
24021 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:983
24022 msgid "For 0 (or 'no' or 'false'), do not use escape sequences for unknown Unicode characters. For 1 (or 'yes' or 'true') or 2, use vfat-style 4-byte escape sequences starting with \":\". Here 2 gives a little-endian encoding and 1 a byteswapped bigendian encoding."
24025 #. type: Labeled list
24026 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:984
24028 msgid "*posix=[0|1]*"
24031 #. type: Plain text
24032 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:986
24033 msgid "If enabled (posix=1), the filesystem distinguishes between upper and lower case. The 8.3 alias names are presented as hard links instead of being suppressed. This option is obsolete."
24036 #. type: Labeled list
24037 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:987
24039 msgid "**uid=**__value__, **gid=**__value__ and **umask=**__value__"
24042 #. type: Plain text
24043 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:989
24044 msgid "Set the file permission on the filesystem. The umask value is given in octal. By default, the files are owned by root and not readable by somebody else."
24048 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:990
24050 msgid "Mount options for overlay"
24051 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
24053 #. type: Plain text
24054 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:993
24055 msgid "Since Linux 3.18 the overlay pseudo filesystem implements a union mount for other filesystems."
24058 #. type: Plain text
24059 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:995
24060 msgid "An overlay filesystem combines two filesystems - an *upper* filesystem and a *lower* filesystem. When a name exists in both filesystems, the object in the upper filesystem is visible while the object in the lower filesystem is either hidden or, in the case of directories, merged with the upper object."
24063 #. type: Plain text
24064 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:997
24065 msgid "The lower filesystem can be any filesystem supported by Linux and does not need to be writable. The lower filesystem can even be another overlayfs. The upper filesystem will normally be writable and if it is it must support the creation of trusted.* extended attributes, and must provide a valid d_type in readdir responses, so NFS is not suitable."
24068 #. type: Plain text
24069 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:999
24070 msgid "A read-only overlay of two read-only filesystems may use any filesystem type. The options *lowerdir* and *upperdir* are combined into a merged directory by using:"
24073 #. type: delimited block .
24074 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1004
24077 "mount -t overlay overlay \\\n"
24078 " -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work /merged\n"
24081 #. type: Labeled list
24082 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1007
24084 msgid "**lowerdir=**__directory__"
24085 msgstr "*--extract*[=_diretório_]"
24087 #. type: delimited block _
24088 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1009
24089 msgid "Any filesystem, does not need to be on a writable filesystem."
24092 #. type: Labeled list
24093 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1010
24095 msgid "**upperdir=**__directory__"
24096 msgstr "*--extract*[=_diretório_]"
24098 #. type: delimited block _
24099 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1012
24100 msgid "The upperdir is normally on a writable filesystem."
24103 #. type: Labeled list
24104 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1013
24106 msgid "**workdir=**__directory__"
24107 msgstr "*--extract*[=_diretório_]"
24109 #. type: delimited block _
24110 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1015
24111 msgid "The workdir needs to be an empty directory on the same filesystem as upperdir."
24115 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1016
24117 msgid "Mount options for reiserfs"
24118 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de VFS"
24120 #. type: delimited block _
24121 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1019
24123 msgid "Reiserfs is a journaling filesystem."
24124 msgstr "UUID do sistema de arquivos:"
24126 #. type: Labeled list
24127 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1020
24132 #. type: delimited block _
24133 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1022
24134 msgid "Instructs version 3.6 reiserfs software to mount a version 3.5 filesystem, using the 3.6 format for newly created objects. This filesystem will no longer be compatible with reiserfs 3.5 tools."
24137 #. type: Labeled list
24138 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1023
24140 msgid "*hash=*{**rupasov**|**tea**|**r5**|*detect*}"
24143 #. type: delimited block _
24144 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1025
24145 msgid "Choose which hash function reiserfs will use to find files within directories."
24148 #. type: Labeled list
24149 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1026
24154 #. type: delimited block _
24155 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1028
24156 msgid "A hash invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. It is fast and preserves locality, mapping lexicographically close file names to close hash values. This option should not be used, as it causes a high probability of hash collisions."
24159 #. type: Labeled list
24160 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1029
24165 #. type: delimited block _
24166 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1031
24167 msgid "A Davis-Meyer function implemented by Jeremy Fitzhardinge. It uses hash permuting bits in the name. It gets high randomness and, therefore, low probability of hash collisions at some CPU cost. This may be used if *EHASHCOLLISION* errors are experienced with the r5 hash."
24170 #. type: Labeled list
24171 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1032
24176 #. type: delimited block _
24177 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1034
24178 msgid "A modified version of the rupasov hash. It is used by default and is the best choice unless the filesystem has huge directories and unusual file-name patterns."
24181 #. type: Labeled list
24182 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1035
24185 msgstr "não foi possível detectar o tipo de sistema de arquivos em disco"
24187 #. type: delimited block _
24188 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1037
24189 msgid "Instructs *mount* to detect which hash function is in use by examining the filesystem being mounted, and to write this information into the reiserfs superblock. This is only useful on the first mount of an old format filesystem."
24192 #. type: Labeled list
24193 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1038
24195 msgid "*hashed_relocation*"
24196 msgstr "sem suporte à operação de realocação"
24198 #. type: delimited block _
24199 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1040 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1043
24200 msgid "Tunes the block allocator. This may provide performance improvements in some situations."
24203 #. type: Labeled list
24204 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1041
24206 msgid "*no_unhashed_relocation*"
24207 msgstr "sem suporte à operação de realocação"
24209 #. type: Labeled list
24210 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1044
24215 #. type: delimited block _
24216 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1046
24217 msgid "Disable the border allocator algorithm invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. This may provide performance improvements in some situations."
24220 #. type: Labeled list
24221 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1047
24226 #. type: delimited block _
24227 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1049
24228 msgid "Disable journaling. This will provide slight performance improvements in some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs's fast recovery from crashes. Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all journaling operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area. Implementation of _nolog_ is a work in progress."
24231 #. type: Labeled list
24232 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1050
24237 #. type: delimited block _
24238 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1052
24239 msgid "By default, reiserfs stores small files and 'file tails' directly into its tree. This confuses some utilities such as *lilo*(8). This option is used to disable packing of files into the tree."
24242 #. type: Labeled list
24243 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1053
24245 msgid "*replayonly*"
24248 #. type: delimited block _
24249 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1055
24250 msgid "Replay the transactions which are in the journal, but do not actually mount the filesystem. Mainly used by _reiserfsck_."
24253 #. type: Labeled list
24254 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1056
24256 msgid "**resize=**__number__"
24257 msgstr "**resize=**__número__"
24259 #. type: delimited block _
24260 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1058
24261 msgid "A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions. Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has _number_ blocks. This option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume management (LVM). There is a special _resizer_ utility which can be obtained from _ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs_."
24264 #. type: Labeled list
24265 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1059
24267 msgid "*user_xattr*"
24268 msgstr " -u, --user <usuário> nome de usuário\n"
24270 #. type: delimited block _
24271 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1061
24272 msgid "Enable Extended User Attributes. See the *attr*(1) manual page."
24275 #. type: Labeled list
24276 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1062
24281 #. type: delimited block _
24282 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1064
24283 msgid "Enable POSIX Access Control Lists. See the *acl*(5) manual page."
24286 #. type: Labeled list
24287 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1065
24289 msgid "*barrier=none* / *barrier=flush*"
24292 #. type: delimited block _
24293 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1067
24294 msgid "This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling code. *barrier=none* disables, *barrier=flush* enables (default). This also requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if reiserfs gets an error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again with a warning. Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal commits, making volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some performance penalty. If your disks are battery-backed in one way or another, disabling barriers may safely improve performance."
24298 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1068
24300 msgid "Mount options for ubifs"
24301 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
24303 #. type: delimited block _
24304 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1071
24305 msgid "UBIFS is a flash filesystem which works on top of UBI volumes. Note that *atime* is not supported and is always turned off."
24308 #. type: delimited block _
24309 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1073
24311 msgid "The device name may be specified as"
24312 msgstr "nome do dispositivo"
24314 #. type: Labeled list
24315 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1075
24320 #. type: Plain text
24321 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1077
24322 msgid "UBI device number *X*, volume number *Y*"
24325 #. type: Labeled list
24326 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1077
24331 #. type: Plain text
24332 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1079
24333 msgid "UBI device number *0*, volume number *Y*"
24336 #. type: Labeled list
24337 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1079
24339 msgid "*ubiX:NAME*"
24342 #. type: Plain text
24343 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1081
24344 msgid "UBI device number *X*, volume with name *NAME*"
24347 #. type: Labeled list
24348 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1081
24353 #. type: Plain text
24354 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1083
24355 msgid "UBI device number *0*, volume with name *NAME*"
24358 #. type: delimited block _
24359 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1086
24360 msgid "Alternative *!* separator may be used instead of *:*."
24363 #. type: delimited block _
24364 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1088
24366 msgid "The following mount options are available:"
24367 msgstr "falha ao analisar opções de montagem: %m"
24369 #. type: Labeled list
24370 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1089
24372 msgid "*bulk_read*"
24375 #. type: delimited block _
24376 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1091
24377 msgid "Enable bulk-read. VFS read-ahead is disabled because it slows down the filesystem. Bulk-Read is an internal optimization. Some flashes may read faster if the data are read at one go, rather than at several read requests. For example, OneNAND can do \"read-while-load\" if it reads more than one NAND page."
24380 #. type: Labeled list
24381 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1092
24383 msgid "*no_bulk_read*"
24386 #. type: delimited block _
24387 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1094
24388 msgid "Do not bulk-read. This is the default."
24391 #. type: Labeled list
24392 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1095
24394 msgid "*chk_data_crc*"
24395 msgstr "erro de crc"
24397 #. type: delimited block _
24398 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1097
24399 msgid "Check data CRC-32 checksums. This is the default."
24402 #. type: Labeled list
24403 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1098
24405 msgid "*no_chk_data_crc*"
24406 msgstr "erro de crc"
24408 #. type: delimited block _
24409 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1100
24410 msgid "Do not check data CRC-32 checksums. With this option, the filesystem does not check CRC-32 checksum for data, but it does check it for the internal indexing information. This option only affects reading, not writing. CRC-32 is always calculated when writing the data."
24413 #. type: Labeled list
24414 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1101
24416 msgid "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
24419 #. type: delimited block _
24420 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1103
24421 msgid "Select the default compressor which is used when new files are written. It is still possible to read compressed files if mounted with the *none* option."
24425 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1104
24427 msgid "Mount options for udf"
24428 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
24430 #. type: delimited block _
24431 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1107
24432 msgid "UDF is the \"Universal Disk Format\" filesystem defined by OSTA, the Optical Storage Technology Association, and is often used for DVD-ROM, frequently in the form of a hybrid UDF/ISO-9660 filesystem. It is, however, perfectly usable by itself on disk drives, flash drives and other block devices. See also _iso9660_."
24435 #. type: Labeled list
24436 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1108
24441 #. type: delimited block _
24442 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1110
24443 msgid "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given user. uid=forget can be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) uid=<user> and results in UDF not storing uids to the media. In fact the recorded uid is the 32-bit overflow uid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is given as either <user> which is a valid user name or the corresponding decimal user id, or the special string \"forget\"."
24446 #. type: Labeled list
24447 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1111
24452 #. type: delimited block _
24453 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1113
24454 msgid "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given group. gid=forget can be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) gid=<group> and results in UDF not storing gids to the media. In fact the recorded gid is the 32-bit overflow gid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is given as either <group> which is a valid group name or the corresponding decimal group id, or the special string \"forget\"."
24457 #. type: Labeled list
24458 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1114
24463 #. type: delimited block _
24464 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1116
24465 msgid "Mask out the given permissions from all inodes read from the filesystem. The value is given in octal."
24468 #. type: Labeled list
24469 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1117
24474 #. type: delimited block _
24475 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1119
24476 msgid "If *mode=* is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from the filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
24479 #. type: Labeled list
24480 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1120
24485 #. type: delimited block _
24486 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1122
24487 msgid "If *dmode=* is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
24490 #. type: Labeled list
24491 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1123
24496 #. type: delimited block _
24497 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1125
24498 msgid "Set the block size. Default value prior to kernel version 2.6.30 was 2048. Since 2.6.30 and prior to 4.11 it was logical device block size with fallback to 2048. Since 4.11 it is logical block size with fallback to any valid block size between logical device block size and 4096."
24501 #. type: delimited block _
24502 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1127
24503 msgid "For other details see the *mkudffs*(8) 2.0+ manpage, sections *COMPATIBILITY* and *BLOCK SIZE*."
24506 #. type: delimited block _
24507 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1130
24508 msgid "Show otherwise hidden files."
24511 #. type: Labeled list
24512 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1131
24517 #. type: delimited block _
24518 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1133
24519 msgid "Show deleted files in lists."
24522 #. type: Labeled list
24523 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1134
24528 #. type: delimited block _
24529 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1136
24531 msgid "Embed data in the inode. (default)"
24532 msgstr "Inode fim: %d, Dados fim: %d\n"
24534 #. type: Labeled list
24535 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1137
24537 msgid "*noadinicb*"
24540 #. type: delimited block _
24541 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1139
24543 msgid "Don't embed data in the inode."
24544 msgstr "Inode fim: %d, Dados fim: %d\n"
24546 #. type: Labeled list
24547 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1140
24552 #. type: delimited block _
24553 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1142
24554 msgid "Use short UDF address descriptors."
24557 #. type: Labeled list
24558 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1143
24563 #. type: delimited block _
24564 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1145
24565 msgid "Use long UDF address descriptors. (default)"
24568 #. type: Labeled list
24569 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1146
24574 #. type: delimited block _
24575 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1148
24576 msgid "Unset strict conformance."
24579 #. type: Labeled list
24580 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1149
24582 msgid "*iocharset=*"
24585 #. type: delimited block _
24586 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1151
24587 msgid "Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with *CONFIG_UDF_NLS* option."
24590 #. type: delimited block _
24591 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1154
24592 msgid "Set the UTF-8 character set."
24596 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1155
24598 msgid "Mount options for debugging and disaster recovery"
24601 #. type: Labeled list
24602 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1157
24607 #. type: delimited block _
24608 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1159
24609 msgid "Ignore the Volume Recognition Sequence and attempt to mount anyway."
24612 #. type: Labeled list
24613 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1160
24616 msgstr "*session=*"
24618 #. type: delimited block _
24619 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1162
24620 msgid "Select the session number for multi-session recorded optical media. (default= last session)"
24623 #. type: Labeled list
24624 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1163
24629 #. type: delimited block _
24630 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1165
24631 msgid "Override standard anchor location. (default= 256)"
24634 #. type: Labeled list
24635 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1166
24637 msgid "*lastblock=*"
24640 #. type: delimited block _
24641 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1168
24643 msgid "Set the last block of the filesystem."
24644 msgstr "dispositivos de bloco não são permitidos no sistema de arquivos"
24647 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1169
24649 msgid "Unused historical mount options that may be encountered and should be removed"
24652 #. type: Labeled list
24653 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1171
24655 msgid "*uid=ignore*"
24656 msgstr " -t, --ignore ignora falhas\n"
24658 #. type: delimited block _
24659 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1173
24660 msgid "Ignored, use uid=<user> instead."
24663 #. type: Labeled list
24664 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1174
24666 msgid "*gid=ignore*"
24667 msgstr " -t, --ignore ignora falhas\n"
24669 #. type: delimited block _
24670 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1176
24671 msgid "Ignored, use gid=<group> instead."
24674 #. type: Labeled list
24675 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1177
24680 #. type: delimited block _
24681 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1179 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1182
24682 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1185 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1188
24684 msgid "Unimplemented and ignored."
24685 msgstr "Esta opção é ignorada silenciosamente."
24687 #. type: Labeled list
24688 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1180
24690 msgid "*partition=*"
24691 msgstr "*partition=*"
24693 #. type: Labeled list
24694 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1183
24699 #. type: Labeled list
24700 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1186
24706 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1189
24708 msgid "Mount options for ufs"
24709 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
24711 #. type: Labeled list
24712 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1191
24714 msgid "**ufstype=**__value__"
24717 #. type: delimited block _
24718 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1193
24719 msgid "UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems. The problem are differences among implementations. Features of some implementations are undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of ufs automatically. That's why the user must specify the type of ufs by mount option. Possible values are:"
24722 #. type: Labeled list
24723 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1194
24726 msgstr "formato de cramfs antigo"
24728 #. type: delimited block _
24729 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1196
24730 msgid "Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only. (Don't forget to give the *-r* option.)"
24733 #. type: Labeled list
24734 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1197
24739 #. type: delimited block _
24740 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1199
24741 msgid "For filesystems created by a BSD-like system (NetBSD, FreeBSD, OpenBSD)."
24744 #. type: Labeled list
24745 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1200
24750 #. type: delimited block _
24751 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1202
24752 msgid "Used in FreeBSD 5.x supported as read-write."
24755 #. type: Labeled list
24756 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1203
24761 #. type: delimited block _
24762 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1205
24763 msgid "Synonym for ufs2."
24766 #. type: Labeled list
24767 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1206
24772 #. type: delimited block _
24773 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1208
24774 msgid "For filesystems created by SunOS or Solaris on Sparc."
24777 #. type: Labeled list
24778 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1209
24783 #. type: delimited block _
24784 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1211
24785 msgid "For filesystems created by Solaris on x86."
24788 #. type: Labeled list
24789 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1212
24792 msgstr "HP-UX dados"
24794 #. type: delimited block _
24795 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1214
24796 msgid "For filesystems created by HP-UX, read-only."
24799 #. type: Labeled list
24800 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1215
24805 #. type: delimited block _
24806 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1217
24807 msgid "For filesystems created by NeXTStep (on NeXT station) (currently read only)."
24810 #. type: Labeled list
24811 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1218
24813 msgid "*nextstep-cd*"
24816 #. type: delimited block _
24817 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1220
24818 msgid "For NextStep CDROMs (block_size == 2048), read-only."
24821 #. type: Labeled list
24822 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1221
24827 #. type: delimited block _
24828 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1223
24829 msgid "For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only). The same filesystem type is also used by Mac OS X."
24832 #. type: Labeled list
24833 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1224
24835 msgid "**onerror=**__value__"
24838 #. type: delimited block _
24839 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1226
24841 msgid "Set behavior on error:"
24842 msgstr "erro: nenhum lugar para se configurar swap?"
24844 #. type: Labeled list
24845 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1227
24850 #. type: delimited block _
24851 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1229
24852 msgid "If an error is encountered, cause a kernel panic."
24855 #. type: Labeled list
24856 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1230
24858 msgid "[**lock**|**umount**|*repair*]"
24859 msgstr " -r, --repair reparação interativa\n"
24861 #. type: delimited block _
24862 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1232
24863 msgid "These mount options don't do anything at present; when an error is encountered only a console message is printed."
24867 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1233
24869 msgid "Mount options for umsdos"
24870 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
24872 #. type: delimited block _
24873 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1236
24874 msgid "See mount options for msdos. The *dotsOK* option is explicitly killed by _umsdos_."
24878 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1237
24880 msgid "Mount options for vfat"
24881 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
24883 #. type: delimited block _
24884 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1240
24885 msgid "First of all, the mount options for _fat_ are recognized. The *dotsOK* option is explicitly killed by _vfat_. Furthermore, there are"
24888 #. type: Labeled list
24889 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1241
24891 msgid "*uni_xlate*"
24894 #. type: delimited block _
24895 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1243
24896 msgid "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode characters. Without this option, a '?' is used when no translation is possible. The escape character is ':' because it is otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that gets used, where u is the Unicode character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), (u>>12)."
24899 #. type: Labeled list
24900 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1244
24903 msgstr " -x, --posix usa posix_fallocate(3) em vez de fallocate(2)\n"
24905 #. type: delimited block _
24906 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1246
24907 msgid "Allow two files with names that only differ in case. This option is obsolete."
24910 #. type: Labeled list
24911 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1247
24913 msgid "*nonumtail*"
24916 #. type: delimited block _
24917 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1249
24918 msgid "First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying _name~num.ext_."
24921 #. type: delimited block _
24922 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1252
24923 msgid "UTF8 is the filesystem safe 8-bit encoding of Unicode that is used by the console. It can be enabled for the filesystem with this option or disabled with utf8=0, utf8=no or utf8=false. If _uni_xlate_ gets set, UTF8 gets disabled."
24926 #. type: Labeled list
24927 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1253
24929 msgid "**shortname=**__mode__"
24930 msgstr "*--lock*[=_modo_]"
24932 #. type: delimited block _
24933 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1255
24934 msgid "Defines the behavior for creation and display of filenames which fit into 8.3 characters. If a long name for a file exists, it will always be the preferred one for display. There are four __mode__s:"
24937 #. type: Labeled list
24938 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1256
24942 " -O, --keep-oldest mantém o arquivo mais antigo dentre vários\n"
24943 " arquivos iguais (menor precedência do que\n"
24944 " minimizar/maximizar)\n"
24946 #. type: delimited block _
24947 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1258
24948 msgid "Force the short name to lower case upon display; store a long name when the short name is not all upper case."
24951 #. type: Labeled list
24952 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1259
24957 #. type: delimited block _
24958 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1261
24959 msgid "Force the short name to upper case upon display; store a long name when the short name is not all upper case."
24962 #. type: Labeled list
24963 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1262
24968 #. type: delimited block _
24969 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1264
24970 msgid "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not all lower case or all upper case."
24973 #. type: Labeled list
24974 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1265
24979 #. type: delimited block _
24980 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1267
24981 msgid "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not all upper case. This mode is the default since Linux 2.6.32."
24985 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1268
24987 msgid "Mount options for usbfs"
24988 msgstr "opções de montagem específicas de FS"
24990 #. type: Labeled list
24991 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1270
24993 msgid "**devuid=**__uid__ and **devgid=**__gid__ and **devmode=**__mode__"
24996 #. type: delimited block _
24997 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1272
24998 msgid "Set the owner and group and mode of the device files in the usbfs filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0644). The mode is given in octal."
25001 #. type: Labeled list
25002 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1273
25004 msgid "**busuid=**__uid__ and **busgid=**__gid__ and **busmode=**__mode__"
25007 #. type: delimited block _
25008 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1275
25009 msgid "Set the owner and group and mode of the bus directories in the usbfs filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0555). The mode is given in octal."
25012 #. type: Labeled list
25013 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1276
25015 msgid "**listuid=**__uid__ and **listgid=**__gid__ and **listmode=**__mode__"
25018 #. type: delimited block _
25019 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1278
25020 msgid "Set the owner and group and mode of the file _devices_ (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0444). The mode is given in octal."
25024 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1279
25026 msgid "DM-VERITY SUPPORT (experimental)"
25029 #. type: delimited block _
25030 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1282
25031 msgid "The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. The *mount* command can open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before on the device filesystem is mounted. Requires libcryptsetup with in libmount (optionally via *dlopen*(3)). If libcryptsetup supports extracting the root hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be automatically reused in case of a match. Mount options for dm-verity:"
25034 #. type: Labeled list
25035 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1283
25037 msgid "**verity.hashdevice=**__path__"
25038 msgstr "caminho do espaço de nome"
25040 #. type: delimited block _
25041 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1285
25042 msgid "Path to the hash tree device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-verity."
25045 #. type: Labeled list
25046 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1286
25048 msgid "**verity.roothash=**__hex__"
25049 msgstr "não é uma string de hexa válida"
25051 #. type: delimited block _
25052 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1288
25053 msgid "Hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity.hashdevice_. Mutually exclusive with _verity.roothashfile._"
25056 #. type: Labeled list
25057 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1289
25059 msgid "**verity.roothashfile=**__path__"
25060 msgstr "caminho do espaço de nome"
25062 #. type: delimited block _
25063 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1291
25064 msgid "Path to file containing the hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity.hashdevice._ Mutually exclusive with _verity.roothash._"
25067 #. type: Labeled list
25068 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1292
25070 msgid "**verity.hashoffset=**__offset__"
25071 msgstr "<tam> e <posição>"
25073 #. type: delimited block _
25074 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1294
25075 msgid "If the hash tree device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: 0) is used by dm-verity to get to the tree."
25078 #. type: Labeled list
25079 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1295
25081 msgid "**verity.fecdevice=**__path__"
25082 msgstr "caminho do espaço de nome"
25084 #. type: delimited block _
25085 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1297
25086 msgid "Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-verity. Optional. Requires kernel built with *CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC*."
25089 #. type: Labeled list
25090 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1298
25092 msgid "**verity.fecoffset=**__offset__"
25093 msgstr "<tam> e <posição>"
25095 #. type: delimited block _
25096 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1300
25097 msgid "If the FEC device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: 0) is used by dm-verity to get to the FEC area. Optional."
25100 #. type: Labeled list
25101 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1301
25103 msgid "**verity.fecroots=**__value__"
25104 msgstr "VALOR DE RETORNO"
25106 #. type: delimited block _
25107 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1303
25108 msgid "Parity bytes for FEC (default: 2). Optional."
25111 #. type: Labeled list
25112 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1304
25114 msgid "**verity.roothashsig=**__path__"
25115 msgstr "caminho do espaço de nome"
25117 #. type: delimited block _
25118 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1306
25119 msgid "Path to *pkcs7*(1ssl) signature of root hash hex string. Requires crypt_activate_by_signed_key() from cryptsetup and kernel built with *CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG*. For device reuse, signatures have to be either used by all mounts of a device or by none. Optional."
25122 #. type: delimited block _
25123 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1308
25124 msgid "Supported since util-linux v2.35."
25127 #. type: delimited block _
25128 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1310
25130 msgid "For example commands:"
25133 #. type: delimited block .
25134 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1319
25137 "mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
25138 "dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
25139 "veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
25140 "openssl smime -sign -in <hash> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\\n"
25141 "-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7\n"
25142 "mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=<hash>,\\\n"
25143 "verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"
25146 #. type: Plain text
25147 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1322
25148 msgid "create squashfs image from _/etc_ directory, verity hash device and mount verified filesystem image to _/mnt_. The kernel will verify that the root hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig is used."
25152 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1323
25154 msgid "LOOP-DEVICE SUPPORT"
25155 msgstr "nome do dispositivo de loop"
25157 #. type: Plain text
25158 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1326
25159 msgid "One further possible type is a mount via the loop device. For example, the command"
25162 #. type: delimited block _
25163 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1329
25165 msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3*\n"
25168 #. type: Plain text
25169 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1332
25170 msgid "will set up the loop device _/dev/loop3_ to correspond to the file _/tmp/disk.img_, and then mount this device on _/mnt_."
25173 #. type: Plain text
25174 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1334
25175 msgid "If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option '**-o loop**' is given), then *mount* will try to find some unused loop device and use that, for example"
25178 #. type: delimited block _
25179 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1337
25181 msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -o loop*\n"
25184 #. type: Plain text
25185 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1340
25186 msgid "The *mount* command *automatically* creates a loop device from a regular file if a filesystem type is not specified or the filesystem is known for libblkid, for example:"
25189 #. type: delimited block _
25190 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1343
25192 msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
25195 #. type: delimited block _
25196 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1345
25198 msgid "*mount -t ext4 /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
25201 #. type: Plain text
25202 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1348
25203 msgid "This type of mount knows about three options, namely *loop*, *offset* and *sizelimit*, that are really options to *losetup*(8). (These options can be used in addition to those specific to the filesystem type.)"
25206 #. type: Plain text
25207 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1350
25208 msgid "Since Linux 2.6.25 auto-destruction of loop devices is supported, meaning that any loop device allocated by *mount* will be freed by *umount* independently of _/etc/mtab_."
25211 #. type: Plain text
25212 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1352
25213 msgid "You can also free a loop device by hand, using *losetup -d* or *umount -d*."
25216 #. type: Plain text
25217 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1354
25218 msgid "Since util-linux v2.29, *mount* re-uses the loop device rather than initializing a new device if the same backing file is already used for some loop device with the same offset and sizelimit. This is necessary to avoid a filesystem corruption."
25221 #. type: Plain text
25222 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1358
25224 msgid "*mount* has the following exit status values (the bits can be ORed):\n"
25227 #. type: Plain text
25228 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1364
25230 msgid "incorrect invocation or permissions"
25231 msgstr "Valor incorreto."
25233 #. type: Plain text
25234 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1367
25235 msgid "system error (out of memory, cannot fork, no more loop devices)"
25238 #. type: Plain text
25239 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1370
25241 msgid "internal *mount* bug"
25242 msgstr "erro interno"
25244 #. type: Plain text
25245 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1373
25247 msgid "user interrupt"
25248 msgstr " -u, --user <usuário> nome de usuário\n"
25250 #. type: Plain text
25251 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1376
25252 msgid "problems writing or locking _/etc/mtab_"
25255 #. type: Plain text
25256 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1379
25258 msgid "mount failure"
25261 #. type: Plain text
25262 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1382
25264 msgid "some mount succeeded"
25267 #. type: Plain text
25268 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1384
25269 msgid "The command *mount -a* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
25273 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1385 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:134
25275 msgid "EXTERNAL HELPERS"
25276 msgstr "Transmissão externa 1"
25278 #. type: Plain text
25279 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1388
25280 msgid "The syntax of external mount helpers is:"
25283 #. type: Plain text
25284 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1390
25286 msgid "**/sbin/mount.**__suffix__ _spec dir_ [*-sfnv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-o* _options_] [*-t* __type__**.**_subtype_]\n"
25289 #. type: Plain text
25290 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1392
25291 msgid "where the _suffix_ is the filesystem type and the *-sfnvoN* options have the same meaning as the normal mount options. The *-t* option is used for filesystems with subtypes support (for example */sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*)."
25294 #. type: Plain text
25295 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1394
25296 msgid "The command *mount* does not pass the mount options *unbindable*, *runbindable*, *private*, *rprivate*, *slave*, *rslave*, *shared*, *rshared*, *auto*, *noauto*, *comment*, *x-**, *loop*, *offset* and *sizelimit* to the mount.<suffix> helpers. All other options are used in a comma-separated list as an argument to the *-o* option."
25299 #. type: Plain text
25300 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1399
25301 msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file (ignored for suid)"
25304 #. type: Plain text
25305 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1402
25306 msgid "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file (ignored for suid)"
25309 #. type: Plain text
25310 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1408
25312 msgid "enables libblkid debug output"
25313 msgstr "habilita saída de depuração do libblkid."
25315 #. type: Plain text
25316 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1411
25317 msgid "enables loop device setup debug output"
25320 #. type: Plain text
25321 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1415
25322 msgid "See also \"*The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts*\" section above."
25325 #. type: Plain text
25326 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1418
25328 msgid "filesystem table"
25329 msgstr "Sistema de arquivos:"
25331 #. type: Labeled list
25332 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1419
25334 msgid "_/run/mount_"
25335 msgstr "dry-run (teste)"
25337 #. type: Plain text
25338 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1421
25339 msgid "libmount private runtime directory"
25342 #. type: Labeled list
25343 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1422 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:167
25345 msgid "_/etc/mtab_"
25346 msgstr " -n, --no-mtab não escreve para no /etc/mtab\n"
25348 #. type: Plain text
25349 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1424
25350 msgid "table of mounted filesystems or symlink to _/proc/mounts_"
25353 #. type: Labeled list
25354 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1425
25356 msgid "_/etc/mtab~_"
25357 msgstr " -n, --no-mtab não escreve para no /etc/mtab\n"
25359 #. type: Plain text
25360 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1427
25361 msgid "lock file (unused on systems with _mtab_ symlink)"
25364 #. type: Labeled list
25365 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1428
25367 msgid "_/etc/mtab.tmp_"
25368 msgstr "_/etc/mtab.tmp_"
25370 #. type: Plain text
25371 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1430
25372 msgid "temporary file (unused on systems with _mtab_ symlink)"
25375 #. type: Labeled list
25376 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1431
25378 msgid "_/etc/filesystems_"
25381 #. type: Plain text
25382 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1433
25383 msgid "a list of filesystem types to try"
25386 #. type: Plain text
25387 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1437
25388 msgid "A *mount* command existed in Version 5 AT&T UNIX."
25391 #. type: Plain text
25392 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1441
25393 msgid "It is possible for a corrupted filesystem to cause a crash."
25396 #. type: Plain text
25397 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1443
25398 msgid "Some Linux filesystems don't support *-o sync* and *-o dirsync* (the ext2, ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems _do_ support synchronous updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the *sync* option)."
25401 #. type: Plain text
25402 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1445
25403 msgid "The *-o remount* may not be able to change mount parameters (all _ext2fs_-specific parameters, except *sb*, are changeable with a remount, for example, but you can't change *gid* or *umask* for the _fatfs_)."
25406 #. type: Plain text
25407 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1447
25408 msgid "It is possible that the files _/etc/mtab_ and _/proc/mounts_ don't match on systems with a regular _mtab_ file. The first file is based only on the *mount* command options, but the content of the second file also depends on the kernel and others settings (e.g. on a remote NFS server -- in certain cases the *mount* command may report unreliable information about an NFS mount point and the _/proc/mount_ file usually contains more reliable information.) This is another reason to replace the _mtab_ file with a symlink to the _/proc/mounts_ file."
25411 #. type: Plain text
25412 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1449
25413 msgid "Checking files on NFS filesystems referenced by file descriptors (i.e. the *fcntl* and *ioctl* families of functions) may lead to inconsistent results due to the lack of a consistency check in the kernel even if the *noac* mount option is used."
25416 #. type: Plain text
25417 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1451
25418 msgid "The *loop* option with the *offset* or *sizelimit* options used may fail when using older kernels if the *mount* command can't confirm that the size of the block device has been configured as requested. This situation can be worked around by using the *losetup*(8) command manually before calling *mount* with the configured loop device."
25421 #. type: Plain text
25422 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1477
25427 "*filesystems*(5),\n"
25431 "*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
25447 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:2
25449 msgid "mountpoint(1)"
25452 " %1$s [opções] <disp.> | <ponto-montagem>\n"
25453 " %1$s [opções] <disp.> <ponto-montagem>\n"
25454 " %1$s [opções] [--source <disp.>] [--target <caminho> | --mountpoint <dir>]\n"
25456 #. type: Plain text
25457 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:12
25459 msgid "mountpoint - see if a directory or file is a mountpoint"
25460 msgstr "Verifica se um diretório ou arquivo é um ponto de montagem.\n"
25462 #. type: Plain text
25463 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:16
25465 msgid "*mountpoint* [*-d*|*-q*] _directory_|_file_\n"
25466 msgstr "Verifica se um diretório ou arquivo é um ponto de montagem.\n"
25468 #. type: Plain text
25469 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:18
25471 msgid "*mountpoint* *-x* _device_\n"
25472 msgstr " %s [opções] [<dispositivo>|<ponto-montagem>]\n"
25474 #. type: Plain text
25475 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:22
25477 msgid "*mountpoint* checks whether the given _directory_ or _file_ is mentioned in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file.\n"
25480 #. type: Labeled list
25481 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:25
25483 msgid "*-d*, *--fs-devno*"
25485 " -q, --quiet modo silencioso - exibe nada\n"
25486 " --nofollow não segue link simbólicos\n"
25487 " -d, --fs-devno exibe o número maior:menor do dispositivo do sistema\n"
25489 " -x, --devno exibe o número maior:menor do dispositivo do dispositivo\n"
25492 #. type: Plain text
25493 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:27
25494 msgid "Show the major/minor numbers of the device that is mounted on the given directory."
25497 #. type: Plain text
25498 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:30
25500 msgid "Be quiet - don't print anything."
25501 msgstr " -q, --quiet modo silencioso - não mostra nada\n"
25503 #. type: Labeled list
25504 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:31
25506 msgid "*--nofollow*"
25508 " -q, --quiet modo silencioso - exibe nada\n"
25509 " --nofollow não segue link simbólicos\n"
25510 " -d, --fs-devno exibe o número maior:menor do dispositivo do sistema\n"
25512 " -x, --devno exibe o número maior:menor do dispositivo do dispositivo\n"
25515 #. type: Plain text
25516 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:33
25517 msgid "Do not follow symbolic link if it the last element of the _directory_ path."
25520 #. type: Labeled list
25521 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:34
25523 msgid "*-x*, *--devno*"
25525 " -q, --quiet modo silencioso - exibe nada\n"
25526 " --nofollow não segue link simbólicos\n"
25527 " -d, --fs-devno exibe o número maior:menor do dispositivo do sistema\n"
25529 " -x, --devno exibe o número maior:menor do dispositivo do dispositivo\n"
25532 #. type: Plain text
25533 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:36
25534 msgid "Show the major/minor numbers of the given blockdevice on standard output."
25537 #. type: Plain text
25538 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:46
25540 msgid "*mountpoint* has the following exit status values:\n"
25543 #. type: Plain text
25544 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:49
25545 msgid "success; the directory is a mountpoint, or device is block device on *--devno*"
25548 #. type: Plain text
25549 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:52
25550 msgid "failure; incorrect invocation, permissions or system error"
25553 #. type: Plain text
25554 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:55
25555 msgid "failure; the directory is not a mountpoint, or device is not a block device on *--devno*"
25558 #. type: Plain text
25559 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:64
25560 msgid "The util-linux *mountpoint* implementation was written from scratch for libmount. The original version for sysvinit suite was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg."
25564 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:2
25569 #. type: Plain text
25570 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:12
25572 msgid "nsenter - run program in different namespaces"
25573 msgstr "Executa um programa com espaços de nome de outros processo.\n"
25575 #. type: Plain text
25576 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:16
25578 msgid "*nsenter* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]]\n"
25579 msgstr " %s [opções] <programa> [argumentos ...]\n"
25581 #. type: Plain text
25582 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:20
25583 msgid "The *nsenter* command executes _program_ in the namespace(s) that are specified in the command-line options (described below). If _program_ is not given, then \"$\\{SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
25586 #. type: Plain text
25587 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:22
25589 msgid "Enterable namespaces are:"
25590 msgstr "Lista espaços de nomes de sistema.\n"
25592 #. type: Labeled list
25593 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:27
25595 msgid "*mount namespace*"
25597 " --propagation slave|shared|private|unchanged\n"
25598 " modifica propagação de montagem no espaço de nome\n"
25601 #. type: Plain text
25602 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:25
25603 msgid "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ for the *shared* flag). For further details, see *mount_namespaces*(7) and the discussion of the *CLONE_NEWNS* flag in *clone*(2)."
25606 #. type: Labeled list
25607 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:26 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:32
25609 msgid "*UTS namespace*"
25610 msgstr " -u, --uts[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome UTS (nome da máquina etc.)\n"
25612 #. type: Plain text
25613 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:34
25614 msgid "Setting hostname or domainname will not affect the rest of the system. For further details, see *uts_namespaces*(7)."
25617 #. type: Labeled list
25618 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:35
25620 msgid "*IPC namespace*"
25622 " -i, --ipc[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome de comunicação entre\n"
25623 " processos de System V\n"
25625 #. type: Plain text
25626 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:37
25627 msgid "The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues as well as System V message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory segments. For further details, see *ipc_namespaces*(7)."
25630 #. type: Labeled list
25631 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:32 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:38
25633 msgid "*network namespace*"
25634 msgstr " -n, --net[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome da rede\n"
25636 #. type: Plain text
25637 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:40
25638 msgid "The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing tables, firewall rules, the _/proc/net_ and _/sys/class/net_ directory trees, sockets, etc. For further details, see *network_namespaces*(7)."
25641 #. type: Labeled list
25642 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:41
25644 msgid "*PID namespace*"
25645 msgstr " -p --pid[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome do pid\n"
25647 #. type: Plain text
25648 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:37
25649 msgid "Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the *nsenter* process. *nsenter* will fork by default if changing the PID namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID namespace and are visible to each other. If *--no-fork* is used, the new program will be exec'ed without forking. For further details, see *pid_namespaces*(7)."
25652 #. type: Labeled list
25653 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:47
25655 msgid "*user namespace*"
25656 msgstr " -U, --user[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome do usuário\n"
25658 #. type: Plain text
25659 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:49
25660 msgid "The process will have a distinct set of UIDs, GIDs and capabilities. For further details, see *user_namespaces*(7)."
25663 #. type: Labeled list
25664 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:44
25666 msgid "*cgroup namespace*"
25667 msgstr " -C, --cgroup[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome de cgroup\n"
25669 #. type: Plain text
25670 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:46
25671 msgid "The process will have a virtualized view of _/proc/self/cgroup_, and new cgroup mounts will be rooted at the namespace cgroup root. For further details, see *cgroup_namespaces*(7)."
25674 #. type: Labeled list
25675 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:50
25677 msgid "*time namespace*"
25678 msgstr "as opções --monotonic e --boottime requer descompartilhamento de um espaço de nome de hora (-t)"
25680 #. type: Plain text
25681 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:52
25682 msgid "The process can have a distinct view of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* and/or *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which can be changed using _/proc/self/timens_offsets_. For further details, see *time_namespaces*(7)."
25685 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
25686 #. type: Plain text
25687 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:51
25688 msgid "Various of the options below that relate to namespaces take an optional _file_ argument. This should be one of the _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ files described in *namespaces*(7), or the pathname of a bind mount that was created on one of those files."
25691 #. type: Plain text
25692 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:55
25693 msgid "Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ namespace paths. The default paths to the target process namespaces may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., *--all --mount*=[_path_])."
25696 #. type: Plain text
25697 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:57
25698 msgid "The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller's current user namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped capabilities from regaining those capabilities via a call to setns(). See *setns*(2) for more details."
25701 #. type: Labeled list
25702 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:58
25704 msgid "*-t*, *--target* _PID_"
25705 msgstr " -t, --target <pid> processo alvo para se obter espaços de nomes\n"
25707 #. type: Plain text
25708 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:60
25709 msgid "Specify a target process to get contexts from. The paths to the contexts specified by _pid_ are:"
25712 #. type: Labeled list
25713 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:61
25715 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/mnt_"
25718 #. type: Plain text
25719 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:63
25721 msgid "the mount namespace"
25723 " --propagation slave|shared|private|unchanged\n"
25724 " modifica propagação de montagem no espaço de nome\n"
25727 #. type: Labeled list
25728 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:63
25730 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/uts_"
25733 #. type: Plain text
25734 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:65
25736 msgid "the UTS namespace"
25737 msgstr " -u, --uts[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome UTS (nome da máquina etc.)\n"
25739 #. type: Labeled list
25740 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:65
25742 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/ipc_"
25745 #. type: Plain text
25746 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:67
25748 msgid "the IPC namespace"
25750 " -i, --ipc[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome de comunicação entre\n"
25751 " processos de System V\n"
25753 #. type: Labeled list
25754 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:67
25756 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/net_"
25759 #. type: Plain text
25760 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:69
25762 msgid "the network namespace"
25763 msgstr " -n, --net[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome da rede\n"
25765 #. type: Labeled list
25766 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:69
25768 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/pid_"
25769 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/pid_"
25771 #. type: Plain text
25772 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:71
25774 msgid "the PID namespace"
25775 msgstr " -p --pid[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome do pid\n"
25777 #. type: Labeled list
25778 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:71
25780 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/user_"
25781 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/user_"
25783 #. type: Plain text
25784 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:73
25786 msgid "the user namespace"
25787 msgstr " -U, --user[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome do usuário\n"
25789 #. type: Labeled list
25790 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:73
25792 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/cgroup_"
25795 #. type: Plain text
25796 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:75
25798 msgid "the cgroup namespace"
25799 msgstr " -C, --cgroup[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome de cgroup\n"
25801 #. type: Labeled list
25802 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:75
25804 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/time_"
25807 #. type: Plain text
25808 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:77
25810 msgid "the time namespace"
25811 msgstr "as opções --monotonic e --boottime requer descompartilhamento de um espaço de nome de hora (-t)"
25813 #. type: Labeled list
25814 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:77
25816 msgid "_/proc/pid/root_"
25817 msgstr "_/proc/pid/root_"
25819 #. type: Plain text
25820 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:79
25822 msgid "the root directory"
25823 msgstr " -r, --root[=<dir>] define o diretório raiz\n"
25825 #. type: Labeled list
25826 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:79
25828 msgid "_/proc/pid/cwd_"
25829 msgstr "_/proc/pid/cwd_"
25831 #. type: Plain text
25832 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:81
25834 msgid "the working directory respectively"
25835 msgstr "não foi possível abrir o diretório de trabalho atual"
25837 #. type: Labeled list
25838 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:82
25840 msgid "*-m*, *--mount*[=_file_]"
25841 msgstr " -m, --mount[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome da montagem\n"
25843 #. type: Plain text
25844 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:84
25845 msgid "Enter the mount namespace. If no file is specified, enter the mount namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the mount namespace specified by _file_."
25848 #. type: Labeled list
25849 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:85
25851 msgid "*-u*, *--uts*[=_file_]"
25852 msgstr " -u, --uts[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome UTS (nome da máquina etc.)\n"
25854 #. type: Plain text
25855 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:87
25856 msgid "Enter the UTS namespace. If no file is specified, enter the UTS namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the UTS namespace specified by _file_."
25859 #. type: Labeled list
25860 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:88
25862 msgid "*-i*, *--ipc*[=_file_]"
25864 " -i, --ipc[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome de comunicação entre\n"
25865 " processos de System V\n"
25867 #. type: Plain text
25868 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:90
25869 msgid "Enter the IPC namespace. If no file is specified, enter the IPC namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the IPC namespace specified by _file_."
25872 #. type: Labeled list
25873 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:91
25875 msgid "*-n*, *--net*[=_file_]"
25876 msgstr " -n, --net[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome da rede\n"
25878 #. type: Plain text
25879 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:93
25880 msgid "Enter the network namespace. If no file is specified, enter the network namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the network namespace specified by _file_."
25883 #. type: Labeled list
25884 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:94
25886 msgid "*-p*, *--pid*[=_file_]"
25887 msgstr " -p --pid[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome do pid\n"
25889 #. type: Plain text
25890 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:96
25891 msgid "Enter the PID namespace. If no file is specified, enter the PID namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the PID namespace specified by _file_."
25894 #. type: Labeled list
25895 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:97
25897 msgid "*-U*, *--user*[=_file_]"
25898 msgstr " -U, --user[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome do usuário\n"
25900 #. type: Plain text
25901 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:99
25902 msgid "Enter the user namespace. If no file is specified, enter the user namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the user namespace specified by _file_. See also the *--setuid* and *--setgid* options."
25905 #. type: Labeled list
25906 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:100
25908 msgid "*-C*, *--cgroup*[=_file_]"
25909 msgstr "*-C*, *--cgroup*[=_arquivo_]"
25911 #. type: Plain text
25912 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:102
25913 msgid "Enter the cgroup namespace. If no file is specified, enter the cgroup namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the cgroup namespace specified by _file_."
25916 #. type: Labeled list
25917 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:103
25919 msgid "*-T*, *--time*[=_file_]"
25920 msgstr " -T, --time[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome de tempo\n"
25922 #. type: Plain text
25923 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:105
25924 msgid "Enter the time namespace. If no file is specified, enter the time namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the time namespace specified by _file_."
25927 #. type: Labeled list
25928 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:122
25930 msgid "*-G*, *--setgid* _gid_"
25931 msgstr " -G, --setgid <gid> define gid no espaço informado\n"
25933 #. type: Plain text
25934 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:108
25935 msgid "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop supplementary groups. *nsenter* always sets GID for user namespaces, the default is 0."
25938 #. type: Labeled list
25939 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:109 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:119
25941 msgid "*-S*, *--setuid* _uid_"
25942 msgstr " -S, --setuid <uid> define uid no espaço de nome do usuário\n"
25944 #. type: Plain text
25945 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:111
25946 msgid "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace. *nsenter* always sets UID for user namespaces, the default is 0."
25949 #. type: Labeled list
25950 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:112
25952 msgid "*--preserve-credentials*"
25954 " --preserve-credentials\n"
25955 " não toca nas uids ou gids\n"
25957 #. type: Plain text
25958 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:114
25959 msgid "Don't modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to drops supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0."
25962 #. type: Labeled list
25963 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:115
25965 msgid "*-r*, *--root*[=_directory_]"
25968 #. type: Plain text
25969 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:117
25970 msgid "Set the root directory. If no directory is specified, set the root directory to the root directory of the target process. If directory is specified, set the root directory to the specified directory."
25973 #. type: Labeled list
25974 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:118
25976 msgid "*-w*, *--wd*[=_directory_]"
25979 #. type: Plain text
25980 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:120
25981 msgid "Set the working directory. If no directory is specified, set the working directory to the working directory of the target process. If directory is specified, set the working directory to the specified directory."
25984 #. type: Plain text
25985 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:123
25986 msgid "Do not fork before exec'ing the specified program. By default, when entering a PID namespace, *nsenter* calls *fork* before calling *exec* so that any children will also be in the newly entered PID namespace."
25989 #. type: Labeled list
25990 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:124
25992 msgid "*-Z*, *--follow-context*"
25993 msgstr " -Z, --follow-context define contexto SELinux conforme o PID de --target\n"
25995 #. type: Plain text
25996 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:126
25997 msgid "Set the SELinux security context used for executing a new process according to already running process specified by *--target* PID. (The util-linux has to be compiled with SELinux support otherwise the option is unavailable.)"
26000 #. type: Plain text
26001 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:137
26002 msgid "mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
26005 #. type: Plain text
26006 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:143
26011 "*namespaces*(7)\n"
26015 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:2
26017 msgid "pivot_root(8)"
26018 msgstr "pivot_root(8)"
26020 #. type: Plain text
26021 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:12
26023 msgid "pivot_root - change the root filesystem"
26024 msgstr "não foi possível alterar a propagação do sistema de arquivos raiz"
26026 #. type: Plain text
26027 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:16
26029 msgid "*pivot_root* _new_root_ _put_old_\n"
26030 msgstr " %s [opções] nova_raiz coloca_antigo\n"
26032 #. type: Plain text
26033 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:20
26035 msgid "*pivot_root* moves the root file system of the current process to the directory _put_old_ and makes _new_root_ the new root file system. Since *pivot_root*(8) simply calls *pivot_root*(2), we refer to the man page of the latter for further details.\n"
26038 #. type: Plain text
26039 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:22
26040 msgid "Note that, depending on the implementation of *pivot_root*, root and current working directory of the caller may or may not change. The following is a sequence for invoking *pivot_root* that works in either case, assuming that *pivot_root* and *chroot* are in the current *PATH*:"
26043 #. type: delimited block .
26044 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:27
26048 "pivot_root . put_old\n"
26049 "exec chroot . command\n"
26052 #. type: Plain text
26053 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:30
26054 msgid "Note that *chroot* must be available under the old root and under the new root, because *pivot_root* may or may not have implicitly changed the root directory of the shell."
26057 #. type: Plain text
26058 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:32
26059 msgid "Note that *exec chroot* changes the running executable, which is necessary if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards. Also note that standard input, output, and error may still point to a device on the old root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be changed when invoking *chroot* (see below; note the absence of leading slashes to make it work whether *pivot_root* has changed the shell's root or not)."
26062 #. type: Plain text
26063 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:44
26064 msgid "Change the root file system to _/dev/hda1_ from an interactive shell:"
26067 #. type: delimited block .
26068 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:51
26071 "mount /dev/hda1 /new-root\n"
26073 "pivot_root . old-root\n"
26074 "exec chroot . sh <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
26075 "umount /old-root\n"
26078 #. type: Plain text
26079 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:54
26080 msgid "Mount the new root file system over NFS from 10.0.0.1:/my_root and run *init*:"
26083 #. type: delimited block .
26084 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:65
26087 "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up # for portmap\n"
26088 "# configure Ethernet or such\n"
26089 "portmap # for lockd (implicitly started by mount)\n"
26090 "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n"
26091 "killall portmap # portmap keeps old root busy\n"
26093 "pivot_root . old_root\n"
26094 "exec chroot . sh -c 'umount /old_root; exec /sbin/init' \\\n"
26095 " <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
26098 #. type: Plain text
26099 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:74
26103 "*pivot_root*(2),\n"
26105 "*switch_root*(8),\n"
26110 #. Copyright 2011 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
26111 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
26113 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:7
26118 #. type: Plain text
26119 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:18
26120 msgid "prlimit - get and set process resource limits"
26123 #. type: Plain text
26124 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:22
26126 msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*=_limits_]] [*--pid* _PID_]\n"
26129 #. type: Plain text
26130 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:24
26132 msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*=_limits_]] _command_ [_argument_...]\n"
26135 #. type: Plain text
26136 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:28
26137 msgid "Given a process ID and one or more resources, *prlimit* tries to retrieve and/or modify the limits."
26140 #. type: Plain text
26141 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:30
26142 msgid "When _command_ is given, *prlimit* will run this command with the given arguments."
26145 #. type: Plain text
26146 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:32
26147 msgid "The _limits_ parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, separated by a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values. If no _limits_ are given, *prlimit* will display the current values. If one of the values is not given, then the existing one will be used. To specify the unlimited or infinity limit (*RLIM_INFINITY*), the -1 or 'unlimited' string can be passed."
26150 #. type: Plain text
26151 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:34
26152 msgid "Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to the high limit (also called the ceiling). To see all available resource limits, refer to the RESOURCE OPTIONS section."
26155 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
26156 #. type: Plain text
26157 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:37
26158 msgid "_soft_{colon}_hard_ Specify both limits."
26161 #. type: Plain text
26162 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:38
26163 msgid "_soft_{colon} Specify only the soft limit."
26166 #. type: Plain text
26167 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:39
26168 msgid "{colon}__hard__ Specify only the hard limit."
26171 #. type: Plain text
26172 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:40
26173 msgid "_value_ Specify both limits to the same value."
26177 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:41
26179 msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
26184 #. type: Labeled list
26185 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:27
26186 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:138
26188 msgid "*-h, --help*"
26189 msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"
26191 #. type: Labeled list
26192 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:49
26194 msgid "*-o, --output* _list_"
26195 msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _lista_"
26197 #. type: Plain text
26198 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:51
26199 msgid "Define the output columns to use. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
26202 #. type: Labeled list
26203 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:52
26205 msgid "*-p, --pid*"
26206 msgstr " -p, --pid <num> ID de processo\n"
26208 #. type: Plain text
26209 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:54
26210 msgid "Specify the process id; if none is given, the running process will be used."
26213 #. type: Labeled list
26214 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:30
26216 msgid "*-V, --version*"
26217 msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"
26220 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:64
26222 msgid "RESOURCE OPTIONS"
26223 msgstr "Opções de recursos:\n"
26225 #. type: Labeled list
26226 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:66
26228 msgid "*-c, --core*[=_limits_]"
26229 msgstr "------ Limites de semáforo ------\n"
26231 #. type: Plain text
26232 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:68
26234 msgid "Maximum size of a core file."
26235 msgstr "tamanho máximo de arquivo do núcleo"
26237 #. type: Labeled list
26238 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:69
26240 msgid "*-d, --data*[=_limits_]"
26241 msgstr "------ Limites de semáforo ------\n"
26243 #. type: Plain text
26244 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:71
26246 msgid "Maximum data size."
26247 msgstr "Tamanho máximo é %<PRIu64> bytes."
26249 #. type: Labeled list
26250 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:72
26252 msgid "*-e, --nice*[=_limits_]"
26253 msgstr "*-e, --nice*[=_limites_]"
26255 #. type: Plain text
26256 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:74
26258 msgid "Maximum nice priority allowed to raise."
26260 " -c, --core tamanho máximo de arquivos de núcleo criados\n"
26261 " -d, --data tamanho máximo de um segmento de dados do processo\n"
26262 " -e, --nice prioridade máxima permitida do nice\n"
26263 " -f, --fsize tamanho máximo de arquivos escritos pelo processo\n"
26264 " -i, --sigpending número máximo de sinais pendentes\n"
26265 " -l, --memlock tamanho máximo que um processo pode travar da memória\n"
26266 " -m, --rss tamanho máximo de conjunto residente\n"
26267 " -n, --nofile número máximo de arquivos abertos\n"
26268 " -q, --msgqueue bytes máximos em filas de mensagens POSIX\n"
26269 " -r, --rtprio prioridade máxima em agendamento em tempo real\n"
26270 " -s, --stack tamanho máximo da pilha\n"
26271 " -t, --cpu quantidade máxima de tempo de CPU em segundos\n"
26272 " -u, --nproc número máximo de processos de usuário\n"
26273 " -v, --as tamanho da memória virtual\n"
26274 " -x, --locks número máximo de travas de arquivo\n"
26275 " -y, --rttime tempo de CPU em microssegundos de um processo\n"
26276 " agendado sob agendamento de tempo real\n"
26278 #. type: Labeled list
26279 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:75
26281 msgid "*-f, --fsize*[=_limits_]"
26284 #. type: Plain text
26285 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:77
26287 msgid "Maximum file size."
26288 msgstr "O tamanho máximo do sistema de arquivos é um pouco menos de 272 MB. (O último arquivo no sistema de arquivos deve começar antes do bloco de 256 MB, mas pode se estender além dele.)"
26290 #. type: Labeled list
26291 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:78
26293 msgid "*-i, --sigpending*[=_limits_]"
26296 #. type: Plain text
26297 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:80
26299 msgid "Maximum number of pending signals."
26301 " -c, --core tamanho máximo de arquivos de núcleo criados\n"
26302 " -d, --data tamanho máximo de um segmento de dados do processo\n"
26303 " -e, --nice prioridade máxima permitida do nice\n"
26304 " -f, --fsize tamanho máximo de arquivos escritos pelo processo\n"
26305 " -i, --sigpending número máximo de sinais pendentes\n"
26306 " -l, --memlock tamanho máximo que um processo pode travar da memória\n"
26307 " -m, --rss tamanho máximo de conjunto residente\n"
26308 " -n, --nofile número máximo de arquivos abertos\n"
26309 " -q, --msgqueue bytes máximos em filas de mensagens POSIX\n"
26310 " -r, --rtprio prioridade máxima em agendamento em tempo real\n"
26311 " -s, --stack tamanho máximo da pilha\n"
26312 " -t, --cpu quantidade máxima de tempo de CPU em segundos\n"
26313 " -u, --nproc número máximo de processos de usuário\n"
26314 " -v, --as tamanho da memória virtual\n"
26315 " -x, --locks número máximo de travas de arquivo\n"
26316 " -y, --rttime tempo de CPU em microssegundos de um processo\n"
26317 " agendado sob agendamento de tempo real\n"
26319 #. type: Labeled list
26320 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:81
26322 msgid "*-l, --memlock*[=_limits_]"
26323 msgstr " -l, --limits mostra limites de recurso\n"
26325 #. type: Plain text
26326 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:83
26328 msgid "Maximum locked-in-memory address space."
26329 msgstr "espaço máximo de endereço travado na memória"
26331 #. type: Labeled list
26332 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:84
26334 msgid "*-m, --rss*[=_limits_]"
26335 msgstr "------ Limites de semáforo ------\n"
26337 #. type: Plain text
26338 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:86
26340 msgid "Maximum Resident Set Size (RSS)."
26341 msgstr "tamanho máximo de conjunto residente"
26343 #. type: Labeled list
26344 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:87
26346 msgid "*-n, --nofile*[=_limits_]"
26347 msgstr " -l, --limits mostra limites de recurso\n"
26349 #. type: Plain text
26350 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:89
26352 msgid "Maximum number of open files."
26354 " -c, --core tamanho máximo de arquivos de núcleo criados\n"
26355 " -d, --data tamanho máximo de um segmento de dados do processo\n"
26356 " -e, --nice prioridade máxima permitida do nice\n"
26357 " -f, --fsize tamanho máximo de arquivos escritos pelo processo\n"
26358 " -i, --sigpending número máximo de sinais pendentes\n"
26359 " -l, --memlock tamanho máximo que um processo pode travar da memória\n"
26360 " -m, --rss tamanho máximo de conjunto residente\n"
26361 " -n, --nofile número máximo de arquivos abertos\n"
26362 " -q, --msgqueue bytes máximos em filas de mensagens POSIX\n"
26363 " -r, --rtprio prioridade máxima em agendamento em tempo real\n"
26364 " -s, --stack tamanho máximo da pilha\n"
26365 " -t, --cpu quantidade máxima de tempo de CPU em segundos\n"
26366 " -u, --nproc número máximo de processos de usuário\n"
26367 " -v, --as tamanho da memória virtual\n"
26368 " -x, --locks número máximo de travas de arquivo\n"
26369 " -y, --rttime tempo de CPU em microssegundos de um processo\n"
26370 " agendado sob agendamento de tempo real\n"
26372 #. type: Labeled list
26373 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:90
26375 msgid "*-q, --msgqueue*[=_limits_]"
26376 msgstr "------ Limites de semáforo ------\n"
26378 #. type: Plain text
26379 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:92
26380 msgid "Maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues."
26383 #. type: Labeled list
26384 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:93
26386 msgid "*-r, --rtprio*[=_limits_]"
26387 msgstr "------ Limites de semáforo ------\n"
26389 #. type: Plain text
26390 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:95
26392 msgid "Maximum real-time priority."
26394 " -c, --core tamanho máximo de arquivos de núcleo criados\n"
26395 " -d, --data tamanho máximo de um segmento de dados do processo\n"
26396 " -e, --nice prioridade máxima permitida do nice\n"
26397 " -f, --fsize tamanho máximo de arquivos escritos pelo processo\n"
26398 " -i, --sigpending número máximo de sinais pendentes\n"
26399 " -l, --memlock tamanho máximo que um processo pode travar da memória\n"
26400 " -m, --rss tamanho máximo de conjunto residente\n"
26401 " -n, --nofile número máximo de arquivos abertos\n"
26402 " -q, --msgqueue bytes máximos em filas de mensagens POSIX\n"
26403 " -r, --rtprio prioridade máxima em agendamento em tempo real\n"
26404 " -s, --stack tamanho máximo da pilha\n"
26405 " -t, --cpu quantidade máxima de tempo de CPU em segundos\n"
26406 " -u, --nproc número máximo de processos de usuário\n"
26407 " -v, --as tamanho da memória virtual\n"
26408 " -x, --locks número máximo de travas de arquivo\n"
26409 " -y, --rttime tempo de CPU em microssegundos de um processo\n"
26410 " agendado sob agendamento de tempo real\n"
26412 #. type: Labeled list
26413 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:96
26415 msgid "*-s, --stack*[=_limits_]"
26416 msgstr "------ Limites de semáforo ------\n"
26418 #. type: Plain text
26419 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:98
26421 msgid "Maximum size of the stack."
26422 msgstr "tamanho máximo da pilha"
26424 #. type: Labeled list
26425 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:99
26427 msgid "*-t, --cpu*[=_limits_]"
26428 msgstr " -l, --limits mostra limites de recurso\n"
26430 #. type: Plain text
26431 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:101
26433 msgid "CPU time, in seconds."
26435 " -c, --core tamanho máximo de arquivos de núcleo criados\n"
26436 " -d, --data tamanho máximo de um segmento de dados do processo\n"
26437 " -e, --nice prioridade máxima permitida do nice\n"
26438 " -f, --fsize tamanho máximo de arquivos escritos pelo processo\n"
26439 " -i, --sigpending número máximo de sinais pendentes\n"
26440 " -l, --memlock tamanho máximo que um processo pode travar da memória\n"
26441 " -m, --rss tamanho máximo de conjunto residente\n"
26442 " -n, --nofile número máximo de arquivos abertos\n"
26443 " -q, --msgqueue bytes máximos em filas de mensagens POSIX\n"
26444 " -r, --rtprio prioridade máxima em agendamento em tempo real\n"
26445 " -s, --stack tamanho máximo da pilha\n"
26446 " -t, --cpu quantidade máxima de tempo de CPU em segundos\n"
26447 " -u, --nproc número máximo de processos de usuário\n"
26448 " -v, --as tamanho da memória virtual\n"
26449 " -x, --locks número máximo de travas de arquivo\n"
26450 " -y, --rttime tempo de CPU em microssegundos de um processo\n"
26451 " agendado sob agendamento de tempo real\n"
26453 #. type: Labeled list
26454 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:102
26456 msgid "*-u, --nproc*[=_limits_]"
26457 msgstr " -l, --limits mostra limites de recurso\n"
26459 #. type: Plain text
26460 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:104
26462 msgid "Maximum number of processes."
26464 " -c, --core tamanho máximo de arquivos de núcleo criados\n"
26465 " -d, --data tamanho máximo de um segmento de dados do processo\n"
26466 " -e, --nice prioridade máxima permitida do nice\n"
26467 " -f, --fsize tamanho máximo de arquivos escritos pelo processo\n"
26468 " -i, --sigpending número máximo de sinais pendentes\n"
26469 " -l, --memlock tamanho máximo que um processo pode travar da memória\n"
26470 " -m, --rss tamanho máximo de conjunto residente\n"
26471 " -n, --nofile número máximo de arquivos abertos\n"
26472 " -q, --msgqueue bytes máximos em filas de mensagens POSIX\n"
26473 " -r, --rtprio prioridade máxima em agendamento em tempo real\n"
26474 " -s, --stack tamanho máximo da pilha\n"
26475 " -t, --cpu quantidade máxima de tempo de CPU em segundos\n"
26476 " -u, --nproc número máximo de processos de usuário\n"
26477 " -v, --as tamanho da memória virtual\n"
26478 " -x, --locks número máximo de travas de arquivo\n"
26479 " -y, --rttime tempo de CPU em microssegundos de um processo\n"
26480 " agendado sob agendamento de tempo real\n"
26482 #. type: Labeled list
26483 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:105
26485 msgid "*-v, --as*[=_limits_]"
26486 msgstr "------ Limites de semáforo ------\n"
26488 #. type: Plain text
26489 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:107
26491 msgid "Address space limit."
26492 msgstr "limite de espaço de endereços"
26494 #. type: Labeled list
26495 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:108
26497 msgid "*-x, --locks*[=_limits_]"
26498 msgstr "*-x, --locks*[=_limites_]"
26500 #. type: Plain text
26501 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:110
26503 msgid "Maximum number of file locks held."
26504 msgstr "número máximo de travas de arquivo mantidas"
26506 #. type: Labeled list
26507 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:111
26509 msgid "*-y, --rttime*[=_limits_]"
26510 msgstr "------ Limites de semáforo ------\n"
26512 #. type: Plain text
26513 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:113
26515 msgid "Timeout for real-time tasks."
26516 msgstr "tempo limite para tarefas em tempo real"
26518 #. type: Plain text
26519 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:117
26520 msgid "The *prlimit* system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels will break this program."
26523 #. type: Labeled list
26524 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:120
26526 msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134*"
26527 msgstr "*prlimit --pid 13134*"
26529 #. type: Plain text
26530 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:122
26531 msgid "Display limit values for all current resources."
26534 #. type: Labeled list
26535 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:123
26537 msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134 --rss --nofile=1024:4095*"
26540 #. type: Plain text
26541 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:125
26542 msgid "Display the limits of the RSS, and set the soft and hard limits for the number of open files to 1024 and 4095, respectively."
26545 #. type: Labeled list
26546 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:126
26548 msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134 --nproc=512:*"
26551 #. type: Plain text
26552 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:128
26553 msgid "Modify only the soft limit for the number of processes."
26556 #. type: Labeled list
26557 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:129
26559 msgid "*prlimit --pid $$ --nproc=unlimited*"
26562 #. type: Plain text
26563 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:131
26564 msgid "Set for the current process both the soft and ceiling values for the number of processes to unlimited."
26567 #. type: Labeled list
26568 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:132
26570 msgid "*prlimit --cpu=10 sort -u hugefile*"
26573 #. type: Plain text
26574 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:134
26575 msgid "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run 'sort'."
26578 #. type: Plain text
26579 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:138
26580 msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso] - In memory of Dennis M. Ritchie."
26583 #. type: Plain text
26584 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:143
26592 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:2
26594 msgid "readprofile(8)"
26595 msgstr "readprofile(8)"
26597 #. type: Plain text
26598 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:12
26600 msgid "readprofile - read kernel profiling information"
26601 msgstr "Exibe as informações de perfil do kernel.\n"
26603 #. type: Plain text
26604 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:16
26606 msgid "*readprofile* [options]\n"
26612 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:17
26617 #. type: Plain text
26618 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:20
26619 msgid "This manpage documents version 2.0 of the program."
26622 #. type: Plain text
26623 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:24
26624 msgid "The *readprofile* command uses the _/proc/profile_ information to print ascii data on standard output. The output is organized in three columns: the first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name of the C function in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the third is the normalized `load' of the procedure, calculated as a ratio between the number of ticks and the length of the procedure. The output is filled with blanks to ease readability."
26627 #. type: Plain text
26628 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:29
26629 msgid "Print all symbols in the mapfile. By default the procedures with reported ticks are not printed."
26632 #. type: Labeled list
26633 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:30
26635 msgid "*-b*, *--histbin*"
26636 msgstr "*-b*, *--histbin*"
26638 #. type: Plain text
26639 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:32
26641 msgid "Print individual histogram-bin counts."
26642 msgstr " -b, --histbin mostra contagens individuais de histogram-bin\n"
26644 #. type: Plain text
26645 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:35
26646 msgid "Info. This makes *readprofile* only print the profiling step used by the kernel. The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling buffer, and is chosen during kernel configuration (through *make config*), or in the kernel's command line. If the *-t* (terse) switch is used together with *-i* only the decimal number is printed."
26649 #. type: Labeled list
26650 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:36
26652 msgid "*-m*, *--mapfile* _mapfile_"
26654 " -m, --mapfile <arquivo-mapa>\n"
26655 " (padrão: \"%s\" e\n"
26657 #. type: Plain text
26658 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:38
26659 msgid "Specify a mapfile, which by default is _/usr/src/linux/System.map_. You should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn't the last one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere. If the name of the map file ends with _.gz_ it is decompressed on the fly."
26662 #. type: Labeled list
26663 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:39
26665 msgid "*-M*, *--multiplier* _multiplier_"
26668 #. type: Plain text
26669 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:41
26670 msgid "On some architectures it is possible to alter the frequency at which the kernel delivers profiling interrupts to each CPU. This option allows you to set the frequency, as a multiplier of the system clock frequency, HZ. Linux 2.6.16 dropped multiplier support for most systems. This option also resets the profiling buffer, and requires superuser privileges."
26673 #. type: Labeled list
26674 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:42
26676 msgid "*-p*, *--profile* _pro-file_"
26678 " -p, --profile <arquivo-perfil>\n"
26679 " (padrão: \"%s\")\n"
26681 #. type: Plain text
26682 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:44
26683 msgid "Specify a different profiling buffer, which by default is _/proc/profile_. Using a different pro-file is useful if you want to `freeze' the kernel profiling at some time and read it later. The _/proc/profile_ file can be copied using *cat*(1) or *cp*(1). There is no more support for compressed profile buffers, like in *readprofile-1.1*, because the program needs to know the size of the buffer in advance."
26686 #. type: Labeled list
26687 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:53
26688 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:59
26690 msgid "*-r*, *--reset*"
26691 msgstr " -R, --reset-on-fork define o sinalizador reset-on-fork\n"
26693 #. type: Plain text
26694 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:47
26695 msgid "Reset the profiling buffer. This can only be invoked by root, because _/proc/profile_ is readable by everybody but writable only by the superuser. However, you can make *readprofile* set-user-ID 0, in order to reset the buffer without gaining privileges."
26698 #. type: Labeled list
26699 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:48
26701 msgid "*-s, --counters*"
26702 msgstr " -s, --counters mostra contadores individuais nas funções\n"
26704 #. type: Plain text
26705 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:50
26707 msgid "Print individual counters within functions."
26708 msgstr " -s, --counters mostra contadores individuais nas funções\n"
26710 #. type: Plain text
26711 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:53
26712 msgid "Verbose. The output is organized in four columns and filled with blanks. The first column is the RAM address of a kernel function, the second is the name of the function, the third is the number of clock ticks and the last is the normalized load."
26715 #. type: Labeled list
26716 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:62
26718 msgid "_/proc/profile_"
26719 msgstr "Perfil AppArmor"
26721 #. type: Plain text
26722 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:64
26723 msgid "A binary snapshot of the profiling buffer."
26726 #. type: Labeled list
26727 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:65
26729 msgid "_/usr/src/linux/System.map_"
26730 msgstr "_/usr/src/linux/System.map_"
26732 #. type: Plain text
26733 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:67
26734 msgid "The symbol table for the kernel."
26737 #. type: Labeled list
26738 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:68
26740 msgid "_/usr/src/linux/*_"
26741 msgstr "_/usr/src/linux/*_"
26743 #. type: Plain text
26744 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:70
26746 msgid "The program being profiled :-)"
26747 msgstr "Nenhum programa especificado"
26749 #. type: Plain text
26750 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:74
26752 msgid "*readprofile* only works with a 1.3.x or newer kernel, because _/proc/profile_ changed in the step from 1.2 to 1.3.\n"
26755 #. type: Plain text
26756 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:76
26757 msgid "This program only works with ELF kernels. The change for a.out kernels is trivial, and left as an exercise to the a.out user."
26760 #. type: Plain text
26761 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:78
26762 msgid "To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling module is available, and it wouldn't be easy to build. To enable profiling, you can specify *profile*=_2_ (or another number) on the kernel commandline. The number you specify is the two-exponent used as profiling step."
26765 #. type: Plain text
26766 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:80
26767 msgid "Profiling is disabled when interrupts are inhibited. This means that many profiling ticks happen when interrupts are re-enabled. Watch out for misleading information."
26770 #. type: Plain text
26771 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:84
26772 msgid "Browse the profiling buffer ordering by clock ticks:"
26775 #. type: delimited block .
26776 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:87
26778 msgid " readprofile | sort -nr | less\n"
26781 #. type: Plain text
26782 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:90
26783 msgid "Print the 20 most loaded procedures:"
26786 #. type: delimited block .
26787 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:93
26789 msgid " readprofile | sort -nr +2 | head -20\n"
26792 #. type: Plain text
26793 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:96
26795 msgid "Print only filesystem profile:"
26796 msgstr " --pseudo mostra apenas pseudo-sistemas de arquivos\n"
26798 #. type: delimited block .
26799 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:99
26801 msgid " readprofile | grep _ext2\n"
26804 #. type: Plain text
26805 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:102
26806 msgid "Look at all the kernel information, with ram addresses:"
26809 #. type: delimited block .
26810 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:105
26812 msgid " readprofile -av | less\n"
26815 #. type: Plain text
26816 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:108
26817 msgid "Browse a 'frozen' profile buffer for a non current kernel:"
26820 #. type: delimited block .
26821 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:111
26823 msgid " readprofile -p ~/profile.freeze -m /zImage.map.gz\n"
26826 #. type: Plain text
26827 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:114
26828 msgid "Request profiling at 2kHz per CPU, and reset the profiling buffer:"
26831 #. type: delimited block .
26832 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:117
26834 msgid " sudo readprofile -M 20\n"
26840 #. Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
26841 #. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
26842 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
26843 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
26845 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
26846 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
26847 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
26848 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
26849 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
26850 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
26851 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
26852 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
26853 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
26854 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
26855 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
26856 #. without specific prior written permission.
26857 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
26858 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
26859 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
26860 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
26861 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
26862 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
26863 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
26864 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
26865 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
26866 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
26868 #. @(#)renice.8 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
26870 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:36
26875 #. type: Plain text
26876 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:46
26878 msgid "renice - alter priority of running processes"
26879 msgstr "Altera a prioridade de processos em execução.\n"
26881 #. type: Plain text
26882 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:50
26884 msgid "*renice* [*-n*] _priority_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] _identifier_...\n"
26887 #. type: Plain text
26888 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:54
26890 msgid "*renice* alters the scheduling priority of one or more running processes. The first argument is the _priority_ value to be used. The other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process group IDs, user IDs, or user names. *renice*'ing a process group causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling priority altered. *renice*'ing a user causes all processes owned by the user to have their scheduling priority altered.\n"
26893 #. type: Labeled list
26894 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:57
26896 msgid "*-n*, *--priority* _priority_"
26897 msgstr "*-n*, *--priority* _prioridade_"
26899 #. type: Plain text
26900 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:59
26901 msgid "Specify the scheduling _priority_ to be used for the process, process group, or user. Use of the option *-n* or *--priority* is optional, but when used it must be the first argument."
26904 #. type: Labeled list
26905 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:60
26907 msgid "*-g*, *--pgrp*"
26908 msgstr " -g, --pgrp interpreta argumentos como ID de grupo de processo\n"
26910 #. type: Plain text
26911 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:62
26913 msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as process group IDs."
26914 msgstr " -g, --pgrp interpreta argumentos como ID de grupo de processo\n"
26916 #. type: Plain text
26917 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:65
26919 msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as process IDs (the default)."
26920 msgstr " -p, --pid interpreta argumentos como ID de processo (padrão)\n"
26922 #. type: Labeled list
26923 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:66
26925 msgid "*-u*, *--user*"
26926 msgstr " -u, --user-accs exibe contas de usuários\n"
26928 #. type: Plain text
26929 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:68
26930 msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as usernames or UIDs."
26933 #. type: Labeled list
26934 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:77
26936 msgid "_/etc/passwd_"
26937 msgstr "_/etc/passwd_"
26939 #. type: Plain text
26940 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:79
26942 msgid "to map user names to user IDs"
26943 msgstr " -w, --fullnames exibe os nomes de domínio e usuário completos\n"
26945 #. type: Plain text
26946 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:83
26947 msgid "Users other than the superuser may only alter the priority of processes they own. Furthermore, an unprivileged user can only _increase_ the \"nice value\" (i.e., choose a lower priority) and such changes are irreversible unless (since Linux 2.6.12) the user has a suitable \"nice\" resource limit (see *ulimit*(1p) and *getrlimit*(2))."
26950 #. type: Plain text
26951 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:85
26952 msgid "The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority to any value in the range -20 to 19. Useful priorities are: 19 (the affected processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants to), 0 (the \"base\" scheduling priority), anything negative (to make things go very fast)."
26955 #. type: Plain text
26956 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:89
26957 msgid "The *renice* command appeared in 4.0BSD."
26960 #. type: Plain text
26961 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:93
26962 msgid "The following command would change the priority of the processes with PIDs 987 and 32, plus all processes owned by the users daemon and root:"
26965 #. type: Plain text
26966 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:95
26968 msgid "*renice +1 987 -u daemon root -p 32*\n"
26971 #. type: Plain text
26972 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:104
26977 "*getpriority*(2),\n"
26978 "*setpriority*(2),\n"
26979 "*credentials*(7),\n"
26984 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:2
26989 #. type: Plain text
26990 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:12
26992 msgid "rfkill - tool for enabling and disabling wireless devices"
26993 msgstr "Ferramenta para habilitar e desabilitar os dispositivos sem fio.\n"
26995 #. type: Plain text
26996 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:16
26998 msgid "*rfkill* [options] [_command_] [_ID_|_type_ ...]\n"
27001 #. type: Plain text
27002 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:20
27004 msgid "*rfkill* lists, enabling and disabling wireless devices.\n"
27005 msgstr "Ferramenta para habilitar e desabilitar os dispositivos sem fio.\n"
27007 #. type: Plain text
27008 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:22
27009 msgid "The command \"list\" output format is deprecated and maintained for backward compatibility only. The new output format is the default when no command is specified or when the option *--output* is used."
27012 #. type: Plain text
27013 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:35
27015 msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of available columns."
27016 msgstr "Especifica quais colunas de saída exibir. Use *--help* para obter uma lista de todas as colunas suportadas."
27018 #. type: Labeled list
27019 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:50
27024 #. type: Labeled list
27025 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:53
27030 #. type: Plain text
27031 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:55
27032 msgid "Listen for rfkill events and display them on stdout."
27035 #. type: Labeled list
27036 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:56
27038 msgid "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
27039 msgstr "--id está obsoleto em favor de --part-type"
27041 #. type: Plain text
27042 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:58
27043 msgid "List the current state of all available devices. The command output format is deprecated, see the section DESCRIPTION. It is a good idea to check with *list* command _id_ or _type_ scope is appropriate before setting *block* or *unblock*. Special _all_ type string will match everything. Use of multiple _ID_ or _type_ arguments is supported."
27046 #. type: Labeled list
27047 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:59
27049 msgid "**block id**|*type* [...]"
27050 msgstr "--id está obsoleto em favor de --part-type"
27052 #. type: Plain text
27053 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:61
27055 msgid "Disable the corresponding device."
27056 msgstr " -d, --disable desabilita memória\n"
27058 #. type: Labeled list
27059 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:62
27061 msgid "**unblock id**|*type* [...]"
27062 msgstr "--id está obsoleto em favor de --part-type"
27064 #. type: Plain text
27065 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:64
27066 msgid "Enable the corresponding device. If the device is hard-blocked, for example via a hardware switch, it will remain unavailable though it is now soft-unblocked."
27069 #. type: Labeled list
27070 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:65
27072 msgid "**toggle id**|*type* [...]"
27073 msgstr "--id está obsoleto em favor de --part-type"
27075 #. type: Plain text
27076 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:67
27077 msgid "Enable or disable the corresponding device."
27080 #. type: delimited block .
27081 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:74
27084 " rfkill --output ID,TYPE\n"
27085 " rfkill block all\n"
27086 " rfkill unblock wlan\n"
27087 " rfkill block bluetooth uwb wimax wwan gps fm nfc\n"
27090 #. type: Plain text
27091 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:79
27093 msgid "*rfkill* was originally written by mailto:johannes@sipsolutions.net[Johannes Berg] and mailto:marcel@holtmann.org[Marcel Holtmann]. The code has been later modified by mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] for the util-linux project.\n"
27096 #. type: Plain text
27097 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:81
27098 msgid "This manual page was written by mailto:linux@youmustbejoking.demon.co.uk[Darren Salt] for the Debian project (and may be used by others)."
27101 #. type: Plain text
27102 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:87
27106 "*systemd-rfkill*(8),\n"
27107 "https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst[Linux kernel documentation]\n"
27111 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:2
27114 msgstr "rtcwake(8)"
27116 #. type: Plain text
27117 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:12
27119 msgid "rtcwake - enter a system sleep state until specified wakeup time"
27120 msgstr "Insere um estado de dormida de sistema até um horário de acordar especificado.\n"
27122 #. type: Plain text
27123 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:16
27125 msgid "*rtcwake* [options] [*-d* _device_] [*-m* _standby_mode_] {*-s* _seconds_|*-t* _time_t_}\n"
27128 #. type: Plain text
27129 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:20
27130 msgid "This program is used to enter a system sleep state and to automatically wake from it at a specified time."
27133 #. type: Plain text
27134 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:22
27135 msgid "This uses cross-platform Linux interfaces to enter a system sleep state, and leave it no later than a specified time. It uses any RTC framework driver that supports standard driver model wakeup flags."
27138 #. type: Plain text
27139 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:24
27140 msgid "This is normally used like the old *apmsleep* utility, to wake from a suspend state like ACPI S1 (standby) or S3 (suspend-to-RAM). Most platforms can implement those without analogues of BIOS, APM, or ACPI."
27143 #. type: Plain text
27144 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:26
27145 msgid "On some systems, this can also be used like *nvram-wakeup*, waking from states like ACPI S4 (suspend to disk). Not all systems have persistent media that are appropriate for such suspend modes."
27148 #. type: Plain text
27149 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:28
27150 msgid "Note that alarm functionality depends on hardware; not every RTC is able to setup an alarm up to 24 hours in the future."
27153 #. type: Plain text
27154 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:30
27155 msgid "The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction of a second after the return key is pressed. *rtcwake* tries to avoid this problem and it waits to terminal to settle down before entering a system sleep."
27158 #. type: Labeled list
27159 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:33
27161 msgid "*-A*, *--adjfile* _file_"
27162 msgstr "*-A*, *--adjfile* _arquivo_"
27164 #. type: Plain text
27165 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:35
27166 msgid "Specify an alternative path to the adjust file."
27169 #. type: Plain text
27170 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:38
27171 msgid "Read the clock mode (whether the hardware clock is set to UTC or local time) from the _adjtime_ file, where *hwclock*(8) stores that information. This is the default."
27174 #. type: Labeled list
27175 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:39
27177 msgid "*--date* _timestamp_"
27178 msgstr "*--date* _marca-tempo_"
27180 #. type: Plain text
27181 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:41
27182 msgid "Set the wakeup time to the value of the timestamp. Format of the timestamp can be any of the following:"
27186 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:52
27189 "|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n"
27190 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n"
27191 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(seconds will be set to 00)\n"
27192 "|YYYY-MM-DD |(time will be set to 00:00:00)\n"
27193 "|hh:mm:ss |(date will be set to today)\n"
27194 "|hh:mm |(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)\n"
27195 "|tomorrow |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
27199 #. type: Labeled list
27200 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:54
27202 msgid "*-d*, *--device* _device_"
27204 " -d, --device <dispositivo>\n"
27205 " seleciona o dispositivo do rtc (rtc0|rtc1|...)\n"
27207 #. type: Plain text
27208 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:56
27209 msgid "Use the specified _device_ instead of *rtc0* as realtime clock. This option is only relevant if your system has more than one RTC. You may specify *rtc1*, *rtc2*, ... here."
27212 #. type: Labeled list
27213 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:57
27215 msgid "*-l*, *--local*"
27216 msgstr " -L, --local-line[=<modo>] controla a opção de linha local\n"
27218 #. type: Plain text
27219 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:59
27220 msgid "Assume that the hardware clock is set to local time, regardless of the contents of the _adjtime_ file."
27223 #. type: Labeled list
27224 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:60
27226 msgid "*--list-modes*"
27227 msgstr "*--list-modes*"
27229 #. type: Plain text
27230 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:62
27231 msgid "List available *--mode* option arguments."
27234 #. type: Labeled list
27235 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:63
27237 msgid "*-m*, *--mode* _mode_"
27238 msgstr " -m, --mode <modo> modo para dormir em standby|mem|...\n"
27240 #. type: Plain text
27241 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:65
27242 msgid "Go into the given standby state. Valid values for _mode_ are:"
27245 #. type: Labeled list
27246 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:66
27249 msgstr " -m, --mode <modo> modo para dormir em standby|mem|...\n"
27251 #. type: Plain text
27252 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:68
27253 msgid "ACPI state S1. This state offers minimal, though real, power savings, while providing a very low-latency transition back to a working system. This is the default mode."
27256 #. type: Labeled list
27257 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:69
27260 msgstr "não foi especificado --freeze nem --unfreeze"
27262 #. type: Plain text
27263 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:71
27264 msgid "The processes are frozen, all the devices are suspended and all the processors idled. This state is a general state that does not need any platform-specific support, but it saves less power than Suspend-to-RAM, because the system is still in a running state. (Available since Linux 3.9.)"
27267 #. type: Labeled list
27268 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:72
27271 msgstr " -m, --mode <modo> modo para dormir em standby|mem|...\n"
27273 #. type: Plain text
27274 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:74
27275 msgid "ACPI state S3 (Suspend-to-RAM). This state offers significant power savings as everything in the system is put into a low-power state, except for memory, which is placed in self-refresh mode to retain its contents."
27278 #. type: Labeled list
27279 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:75
27284 #. type: Plain text
27285 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:77
27286 msgid "ACPI state S4 (Suspend-to-disk). This state offers the greatest power savings, and can be used even in the absence of low-level platform support for power management. This state operates similarly to Suspend-to-RAM, but includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk."
27289 #. type: Labeled list
27290 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:78 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:124
27295 #. type: Plain text
27296 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:80
27297 msgid "ACPI state S5 (Poweroff). This is done by calling '/sbin/shutdown'. Not officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
27300 #. type: Labeled list
27301 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:81
27306 #. type: Plain text
27307 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:83
27308 msgid "Don't suspend, only set the RTC wakeup time."
27311 #. type: Labeled list
27312 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:84
27317 #. type: Plain text
27318 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:86
27319 msgid "Don't suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears. This mode is useful for debugging."
27322 #. type: Plain text
27323 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:89
27325 msgid "Disable a previously set alarm."
27326 msgstr "falha ao desabilitar interrupção de alarme rtc"
27328 #. type: Labeled list
27329 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:90
27332 msgstr "Mostra a tela de ajuda."
27334 #. type: Plain text
27335 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:92
27336 msgid "Print alarm information in format: \"alarm: off|on <time>\". The time is in ctime() output format, e.g., \"alarm: on Tue Nov 16 04:48:45 2010\"."
27339 #. type: Plain text
27340 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:95
27341 msgid "This option does everything apart from actually setting up the alarm, suspending the system, or waiting for the alarm."
27344 #. type: Labeled list
27345 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:96
27347 msgid "*-s*, *--seconds* _seconds_"
27348 msgstr " -s, --seconds <segundos> segundos para dormir\n"
27350 #. type: Plain text
27351 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:98
27352 msgid "Set the wakeup time to _seconds_ in the future from now."
27355 #. type: Labeled list
27356 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:99
27358 msgid "*-t*, *--time* _time_t_"
27359 msgstr " -t, --time <horário> horário para acordar\n"
27361 #. type: Plain text
27362 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:101
27363 msgid "Set the wakeup time to the absolute time _time_t_. _time_t_ is the time in seconds since 1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC. Use the *date*(1) tool to convert between human-readable time and _time_t_."
27366 #. type: Labeled list
27367 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:102
27369 msgid "*-u*, *--utc*"
27370 msgstr " -u, --utc RTC usa UTC\n"
27372 #. type: Plain text
27373 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:104
27374 msgid "Assume that the hardware clock is set to UTC (Universal Time Coordinated), regardless of the contents of the _adjtime_ file."
27377 #. type: Plain text
27378 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:117
27379 msgid "Some PC systems can't currently exit sleep states such as *mem* using only the kernel code accessed by this driver. They need help from userspace code to make the framebuffer work again."
27382 #. type: Plain text
27383 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:125
27384 msgid "The program was posted several times on LKML and other lists before appearing in kernel commit message for Linux 2.6 in the GIT commit 87ac84f42a7a580d0dd72ae31d6a5eb4bfe04c6d."
27387 #. type: Plain text
27388 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:129
27389 msgid "The program was written by mailto:dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net[David Brownell] and improved by mailto:bwalle@suse.de[Bernhard Walle]."
27392 #. type: Plain text
27393 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:133
27394 msgid "This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of the link:http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html[GNU General Public License]. There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
27397 #. type: Plain text
27398 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:138
27406 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:2
27409 msgstr "setarch(8)"
27411 #. type: Plain text
27412 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:12
27413 msgid "setarch - change reported architecture in new program environment and/or set personality flags"
27416 #. type: Plain text
27417 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:16
27419 msgid "*setarch* [_arch_] [options] (_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
27420 msgstr " %s [<arquitetura>] [opções] [<programa> [<argumento>...]]\n"
27422 #. type: Plain text
27423 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:18
27425 msgid "*setarch* *--list*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
27426 msgstr "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n"
27428 #. type: Plain text
27429 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:20
27431 msgid "*arch* [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
27432 msgstr " %s [<arquitetura>] [opções] [<programa> [<argumento>...]]\n"
27434 #. type: Plain text
27435 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:24
27437 msgid "*setarch* modifies execution domains and process personality flags.\n"
27440 #. type: Plain text
27441 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:26
27442 msgid "The execution domains currently only affects the output of *uname -m*. For example, on an AMD64 system, running *setarch i386* _program_ will cause _program_ to see i686 instead of _x86_64_ as the machine type. It can also be used to set various personality options. The default _program_ is */bin/sh*."
27445 #. type: Plain text
27446 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:28
27447 msgid "Since version 2.33 the _arch_ command line argument is optional and *setarch* may be used to change personality flags (ADDR_LIMIT_*, SHORT_INODE, etc) without modification of the execution domain."
27450 #. type: Labeled list
27451 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:31
27454 msgstr " -l, --list lista todos nomes de arquivos\n"
27456 #. type: Plain text
27457 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:33
27458 msgid "List the architectures that *setarch* knows about. Whether *setarch* can actually set each of these architectures depends on the running kernel."
27461 #. type: Labeled list
27462 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:34
27464 msgid "*--uname-2.6*"
27465 msgstr "*--uname-2.6*"
27467 #. type: Plain text
27468 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:36
27469 msgid "Causes the _program_ to see a kernel version number beginning with 2.6. Turns on *UNAME26*."
27472 #. type: Labeled list
27473 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:40
27475 msgid "*-3*, *--3gb*"
27476 msgstr "*-3*, *--3gb*"
27478 #. type: Plain text
27479 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:42
27480 msgid "Specifies _program_ should use a maximum of 3GB of address space. Supported on x86. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_3GB*."
27483 #. type: Labeled list
27484 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:43
27489 #. type: Plain text
27490 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:45
27491 msgid "This option has no effect. It is retained for backward compatibility only, and may be removed in future releases."
27494 #. type: Labeled list
27495 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:46
27497 msgid "*-B*, *--32bit*"
27498 msgstr "*-B*, *--32bit*"
27500 #. type: Plain text
27501 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:48
27502 msgid "Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware. Supported on ARM and Alpha. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT*."
27505 #. type: Labeled list
27506 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:49
27508 msgid "*-F*, *--fdpic-funcptrs*"
27509 msgstr " -F, --fdpic-funcptrs faz ponteiros de função apontar para descritores\n"
27511 #. type: Plain text
27512 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:51
27513 msgid "Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to address descriptors. This option has no effect on architectures that do not support *FDPIC* ELF binaries. In kernel v4.14 support is limited to ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
27516 #. type: Labeled list
27517 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:52
27519 msgid "*-I*, *--short-inode*"
27520 msgstr " -I, --short-inode liga SHORT_INODE\n"
27522 #. type: Plain text
27523 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:54
27524 msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on *SHORT_INODE*."
27527 #. type: Labeled list
27528 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:55
27530 msgid "*-L*, *--addr-compat-layout*"
27531 msgstr " -L, --addr-compat-layout altera a forma como memória virtual é alocada\n"
27533 #. type: Plain text
27534 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:57
27535 msgid "Provide legacy virtual address space layout. Use when the _program_ binary does not have *PT_GNU_STACK* ELF header. Turns on *ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT*."
27538 #. type: Labeled list
27539 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:58
27541 msgid "*-R*, *--addr-no-randomize*"
27542 msgstr " -R, --addr-no-randomize desabilita aleatorização do espaço do endereço virtual\n"
27544 #. type: Plain text
27545 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:60
27547 msgid "Disables randomization of the virtual address space. Turns on *ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE*."
27548 msgstr " -R, --addr-no-randomize desabilita aleatorização do espaço do endereço virtual\n"
27550 #. type: Labeled list
27551 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:61
27553 msgid "*-S*, *--whole-seconds*"
27554 msgstr " -S, --whole-seconds liga WHOLE_SECONDS\n"
27556 #. type: Plain text
27557 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:63
27558 msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on *WHOLE_SECONDS*."
27561 #. type: Labeled list
27562 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:64
27564 msgid "*-T*, *--sticky-timeouts*"
27565 msgstr " -T, --sticky-timeouts liga STICKY_TIMEOUTS\n"
27567 #. type: Plain text
27568 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:66
27569 msgid "This makes *select*(2), *pselect*(2), and *ppoll*(2) system calls preserve the timeout value instead of modifying it to reflect the amount of time not slept when interrupted by a signal handler. Use when _program_ depends on this behavior. For more details see the timeout description in *select*(2) manual page. Turns on *STICKY_TIMEOUTS*."
27572 #. type: Labeled list
27573 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:67
27575 msgid "*-X*, *--read-implies-exec*"
27576 msgstr " -X, --read-implies-exec liga READ_IMPLIES_EXEC\n"
27578 #. type: Plain text
27579 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:69
27580 msgid "If this is set then *mmap*(3p) *PROT_READ* will also add the *PROT_EXEC* bit - as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the ELF loader will automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary. Turns on *READ_IMPLIES_EXEC*."
27583 #. type: Labeled list
27584 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:70
27586 msgid "*-Z*, *--mmap-page-zero*"
27587 msgstr " -Z, --mmap-page-zero liga MMAP_PAGE_ZERO\n"
27589 #. type: Plain text
27590 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:72
27591 msgid "SVr4 bug emulation that will set *mmap*(3p) page zero as read-only. Use when _program_ depends on this behavior, and the source code is not available to be fixed. Turns on *MMAP_PAGE_ZERO*."
27594 #. type: delimited block .
27595 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:86
27598 "setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog\n"
27599 "setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
27600 "setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild bar.src.rpm\n"
27601 "setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
27604 #. type: Plain text
27605 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:93
27606 msgid "mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
27609 #. type: Plain text
27610 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:98
27613 "*personality*(2),\n"
27615 msgstr "*-2*, *-v*"
27618 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:2
27623 #. type: Plain text
27624 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:12
27626 msgid "setpriv - run a program with different Linux privilege settings"
27627 msgstr "Executa um programa com configurações de privilégios diferentes.\n"
27629 #. type: Plain text
27630 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:16
27632 msgid "*setpriv* [options] _program_ [_arguments_]\n"
27633 msgstr " %s [opções] <programa> [argumentos ...]\n"
27635 #. type: Plain text
27636 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:20
27637 msgid "Sets or queries various Linux privilege settings that are inherited across *execve*(2)."
27640 #. type: Plain text
27641 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:22
27642 msgid "In comparison to *su*(1) and *runuser*(1), *setpriv* neither uses PAM, nor does it prompt for a password. It is a simple, non-set-user-ID wrapper around *execve*(2), and can be used to drop privileges in the same way as *setuidgid*(8) from *daemontools*, *chpst*(8) from *runit*, or similar tools shipped by other service managers."
27645 #. type: Labeled list
27646 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:25
27648 msgid "*--clear-groups*"
27649 msgstr " --clear-groups limpa grupos suplementares\n"
27651 #. type: Plain text
27652 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:27
27654 msgid "Clear supplementary groups."
27655 msgstr " --clear-groups limpa grupos suplementares\n"
27657 #. type: Labeled list
27658 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:28
27660 msgid "*-d*, *--dump*"
27662 " -d, --dump <disp> despeja a tabela de partição (usável para\n"
27663 " posterior entrada\n"
27665 #. type: Plain text
27666 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:30
27667 msgid "Dump the current privilege state. This option can be specified more than once to show extra, mostly useless, information. Incompatible with all other options."
27670 #. type: Labeled list
27671 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:31
27673 msgid "*--groups* _group_..."
27674 msgstr " --groups <grupo,...> define grupos suplementares por UID ou nome\n"
27676 #. type: Plain text
27677 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:33
27678 msgid "Set supplementary groups. The argument is a comma-separated list of GIDs or names."
27681 #. type: Labeled list
27682 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:34
27684 msgid "*--inh-caps* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
27685 msgstr "opção --inh-caps duplicada"
27687 #. type: Labeled list
27688 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:35
27690 msgid "*--ambient-caps* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
27691 msgstr "opção --ambient-caps duplicada"
27693 #. type: Labeled list
27694 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:36
27696 msgid "*--bounding-set* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
27697 msgstr "Conjunto delimitador de capacidade: "
27699 #. type: Plain text
27700 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:38
27701 msgid "Set the inheritable capabilities, ambient capabilities or the capability bounding set. See *capabilities*(7). The argument is a comma-separated list of **+**__cap__ and **-**__cap__ entries, which add or remove an entry respectively. _cap_ can either be a human-readable name as seen in *capabilities*(7) without the _cap__ prefix or of the format *cap_N*, where _N_ is the internal capability index used by Linux. *+all* and *-all* can be used to add or remove all caps."
27704 #. type: Plain text
27705 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:40
27706 msgid "The set of capabilities starts out as the current inheritable set for *--inh-caps*, the current ambient set for *--ambient-caps* and the current bounding set for *--bounding-set*."
27709 #. type: Plain text
27710 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:42
27711 msgid "Note the following restrictions (detailed in *capabilities*(7)) regarding modifications to these capability sets:"
27714 #. type: Plain text
27715 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:44
27716 msgid "A capability can be added to the inheritable set only if it is currently present in the bounding set."
27719 #. type: Plain text
27720 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:45
27721 msgid "A capability can be added to the ambient set only if it is currently present in both the permitted and inheritable sets."
27724 #. type: Plain text
27725 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:46
27726 msgid "Notwithstanding the syntax offered by *setpriv*, the kernel does not permit capabilities to be added to the bounding set."
27729 #. type: Plain text
27730 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:48
27731 msgid "If you drop a capability from the bounding set without also dropping it from the inheritable set, you are likely to become confused. Do not do that."
27734 #. type: Labeled list
27735 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:49
27737 msgid "*--keep-groups*"
27738 msgstr " --keep-groups mantém grupos suplementares\n"
27740 #. type: Plain text
27741 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:51
27742 msgid "Preserve supplementary groups. Only useful in conjunction with *--rgid*, *--egid*, or *--regid*."
27745 #. type: Labeled list
27746 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:52
27748 msgid "*--init-groups*"
27749 msgstr " --init-groups inicializa grupos suplementares\n"
27751 #. type: Plain text
27752 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:54
27753 msgid "Initialize supplementary groups using initgroups3. Only useful in conjunction with *--ruid* or *--reuid*."
27756 #. type: Labeled list
27757 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:55
27759 msgid "*--list-caps*"
27760 msgstr "--list-caps deve ser especificada sozinha"
27762 #. type: Plain text
27763 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:57
27764 msgid "List all known capabilities. This option must be specified alone."
27767 #. type: Labeled list
27768 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:58
27770 msgid "*--no-new-privs*"
27771 msgstr "*--no-new-privs*"
27773 #. type: Plain text
27774 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:60
27775 msgid "Set the _no_new_privs_ bit. With this bit set, *execve*(2) will not grant new privileges. For example, the set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits as well as file capabilities will be disabled. (Executing binaries with these bits set will still work, but they will not gain privileges. Certain LSMs, especially AppArmor, may result in failures to execute certain programs.) This bit is inherited by child processes and cannot be unset. See *prctl*(2) and _Documentation/prctl/no_new_privs.txt_ in the Linux kernel source."
27778 #. type: Plain text
27779 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:62
27780 msgid "The _no_new_privs_ bit is supported since Linux 3.5."
27783 #. type: Labeled list
27784 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:63
27786 msgid "*--rgid* _gid_, *--egid* _gid_, *--regid* _gid_"
27787 msgstr " --rgid <gid|usuário> define gid real\n"
27789 #. type: Plain text
27790 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:65
27791 msgid "Set the real, effective, or both GIDs. The _gid_ argument can be given as a textual group name."
27794 #. type: Plain text
27795 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:67
27796 msgid "For safety, you must specify one of *--clear-groups*, *--groups*, *--keep-groups*, or *--init-groups* if you set any primary _gid_."
27799 #. type: Labeled list
27800 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:68
27802 msgid "*--ruid* _uid_, *--euid* _uid_, *--reuid* _uid_"
27803 msgstr " --ruid <uid|usuário> define uid real\n"
27805 #. type: Plain text
27806 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:70
27807 msgid "Set the real, effective, or both UIDs. The _uid_ argument can be given as a textual login name."
27810 #. type: Plain text
27811 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:72
27812 msgid "Setting a _uid_ or _gid_ does not change capabilities, although the exec call at the end might change capabilities. This means that, if you are root, you probably want to do something like:"
27815 #. type: Plain text
27816 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:74
27818 msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --inh-caps=-all*\n"
27821 #. type: Labeled list
27822 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:75
27824 msgid "*--securebits* (**+**|*-*)__securebit__..."
27825 msgstr "securebit desconhecido"
27827 #. type: Plain text
27828 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:77
27829 msgid "Set or clear securebits. The argument is a comma-separated list. The valid securebits are _noroot_, _noroot_locked_, _no_setuid_fixup_, _no_setuid_fixup_locked_, and _keep_caps_locked_. _keep_caps_ is cleared by *execve*(2) and is therefore not allowed."
27832 #. type: Labeled list
27833 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:78
27835 msgid "**--pdeathsig keep**|**clear**|*<signal>*"
27838 #. type: Plain text
27839 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:80
27840 msgid "Keep, clear or set the parent death signal. Some LSMs, most notably SELinux and AppArmor, clear the signal when the process' credentials change. Using *--pdeathsig keep* will restore the parent death signal after changing credentials to remedy that situation."
27843 #. type: Labeled list
27844 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:81
27846 msgid "*--selinux-label* _label_"
27847 msgstr " --selinux-label <rótulo> define rótulo SELinux\n"
27849 #. type: Plain text
27850 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:83
27851 msgid "Request a particular SELinux transition (using a transition on exec, not dyntrans). This will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if SELinux is not in use, and the transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at SELinux's whim. (In particular, this is unlikely to work in conjunction with _no_new_privs_.) This is similar to *runcon*(1)."
27854 #. type: Labeled list
27855 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:84
27857 msgid "*--apparmor-profile* _profile_"
27858 msgstr "*--apparmor-profile* _perfil_"
27860 #. type: Plain text
27861 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:86
27862 msgid "Request a particular AppArmor profile (using a transition on exec). This will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if AppArmor is not in use, and the transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at AppArmor's whim."
27865 #. type: Labeled list
27866 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:87
27868 msgid "*--reset-env*"
27870 " --reset-env limpa todos ambientes e inicializa\n"
27871 " HOME, SHELL, USER, LOGNAME e PATH\n"
27873 #. type: Plain text
27874 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:89
27875 msgid "Clears all the environment variables except *TERM*; initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* according to the user's passwd entry; sets *PATH* to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for a regular user and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_ for root."
27878 #. type: Plain text
27879 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:91
27880 msgid "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and _/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_. The environment variable *SHELL* defaults to */bin/sh* if none is given in the user's passwd entry."
27883 #. type: Plain text
27884 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:101
27885 msgid "If applying any specified option fails, _program_ will not be run and *setpriv* will return with exit status 127."
27888 #. type: Plain text
27889 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:103
27890 msgid "Be careful with this tool -- it may have unexpected security consequences. For example, setting _no_new_privs_ and then execing a program that is SELinux-confined (as this tool would do) may prevent the SELinux restrictions from taking effect."
27893 #. type: Plain text
27894 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:107
27895 msgid "If you're looking for behavior similar to *su*(1)/*runuser*(1), or *sudo*(8) (without the *-g* option), try something like:"
27898 #. type: Plain text
27899 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:109
27901 msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --init-groups*\n"
27904 #. type: Plain text
27905 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:111
27906 msgid "If you want to mimic daemontools' *setuid*(8), try:"
27909 #. type: Plain text
27910 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:113
27912 msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --clear-groups*\n"
27915 #. type: Plain text
27916 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:117
27917 msgid "mailto:luto@amacapital.net[Andy Lutomirski]"
27920 #. type: Plain text
27921 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:124
27927 "*capabilities*(7)\n"
27930 #. Rick Sladkey <jrs@world.std.com>
27931 #. In the public domain.
27933 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:4
27938 #. type: Plain text
27939 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:14
27941 msgid "setsid - run a program in a new session"
27942 msgstr "Executa um programa em uma nova sessão.\n"
27944 #. type: Plain text
27945 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:18
27947 msgid "*setsid* [options] _program_ [_arguments_]\n"
27948 msgstr " %s [opções] <programa> [argumentos ...]\n"
27950 #. type: Plain text
27951 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:22
27953 msgid "*setsid* runs a program in a new session. The command calls *fork*(2) if already a process group leader. Otherwise, it executes a program in the current process. This default behavior is possible to override by the *--fork* option.\n"
27956 #. type: Labeled list
27957 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:25
27959 msgid "*-c*, *--ctty*"
27960 msgstr "*-c*, *--ctty*"
27962 #. type: Plain text
27963 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:27
27965 msgid "Set the controlling terminal to the current one."
27966 msgstr " -c, --ctty define o terminal de controle para o atual\n"
27968 #. type: Labeled list
27969 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:81
27971 msgid "*-f*, *--fork*"
27972 msgstr " -f, --fork sempre faz fork\n"
27974 #. type: Plain text
27975 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:30
27977 msgid "Always create a new process."
27978 msgstr "não foi possível criar processo filho"
27980 #. type: Labeled list
27981 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:31
27983 msgid "*-w*, *--wait*"
27984 msgstr " -w, --wait espera o programa para sair e usa o mesmo retorno\n"
27986 #. type: Plain text
27987 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:33
27988 msgid "Wait for the execution of the program to end, and return the exit status of this program as the exit status of *setsid*."
27991 #. type: Plain text
27992 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:43
27993 msgid "mailto:jrs@world.std.com[Rick Sladkey]"
27996 #. type: Plain text
27997 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:47
27999 msgid "*setsid*(2)\n"
28000 msgstr "*setsid*(2)\n"
28003 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:2
28010 #. type: Plain text
28011 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:12
28012 msgid "swapon, swapoff - enable/disable devices and files for paging and swapping"
28015 #. type: Plain text
28016 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:16
28018 msgid "*swapon* [options] [_specialfile_...]\n"
28023 #. type: Plain text
28024 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:18
28026 msgid "*swapoff* [*-va*] [_specialfile_...]\n"
28027 msgstr "%s: swapoff falhou"
28029 #. type: Plain text
28030 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:22
28032 msgid "*swapon* is used to specify devices on which paging and swapping are to take place.\n"
28035 #. type: Plain text
28036 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:24
28037 msgid "The device or file used is given by the _specialfile_ parameter. It may be of the form *-L* _label_ or *-U* _uuid_ to indicate a device by label or uuid."
28040 #. type: Plain text
28041 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:26
28042 msgid "Calls to *swapon* normally occur in the system boot scripts making all swap devices available, so that the paging and swapping activity is interleaved across several devices and files."
28045 #. type: Plain text
28046 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:28
28048 msgid "*swapoff* disables swapping on the specified devices and files. When the *-a* flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices and files (as found in _/proc/swaps_ or _/etc/fstab_).\n"
28051 #. type: Plain text
28052 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:33
28053 msgid "All devices marked as \"swap\" in _/etc/fstab_ are made available, except for those with the \"noauto\" option. Devices that are already being used as swap are silently skipped."
28056 #. type: Labeled list
28057 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:34
28059 msgid "*-d*, *--discard*[**=**__policy__]"
28061 " -d, --discard[=<política>]\n"
28062 " habilita descarte de swap, se houver suporte\n"
28064 #. type: Plain text
28065 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:36
28066 msgid "Enable swap discards, if the swap backing device supports the discard or trim operation. This may improve performance on some Solid State Devices, but often it does not. The option allows one to select between two available swap discard policies:"
28069 #. type: Labeled list
28070 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:37
28072 msgid "*--discard=once*"
28073 msgstr "*--discard=once*"
28075 #. type: Plain text
28076 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:39
28077 msgid "to perform a single-time discard operation for the whole swap area at swapon; or"
28080 #. type: Labeled list
28081 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:40
28083 msgid "*--discard=pages*"
28086 #. type: Plain text
28087 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:42
28088 msgid "to asynchronously discard freed swap pages before they are available for reuse."
28091 #. type: Plain text
28092 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:45
28093 msgid "If no policy is selected, the default behavior is to enable both discard types. The _/etc/fstab_ mount options *discard*, *discard=once*, or *discard=pages* may also be used to enable discard flags."
28096 #. type: Labeled list
28097 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:46
28099 msgid "*-e*, *--ifexists*"
28100 msgstr " -e, --ifexists ignora silenciosamente dispositivos inexistentes\n"
28102 #. type: Plain text
28103 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:48
28104 msgid "Silently skip devices that do not exist. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option *nofail* may also be used to skip non-existing device."
28107 #. type: Labeled list
28108 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:49
28110 msgid "*-f*, *--fixpgsz*"
28111 msgstr " -f, --fixpgsz reinicializa o espaço de swap, se necessário\n"
28113 #. type: Plain text
28114 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:51
28115 msgid "Reinitialize (exec mkswap) the swap space if its page size does not match that of the current running kernel. *mkswap*(8) initializes the whole device and does not check for bad blocks."
28118 #. type: Labeled list
28119 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:55
28121 msgid "*-L* _label_"
28122 msgstr " -L, --label RÓTULO especifica o rótulo\n"
28124 #. type: Plain text
28125 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:57
28126 msgid "Use the partition that has the specified _label_. (For this, access to _/proc/partitions_ is needed.)"
28129 #. type: Plain text
28130 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:60
28131 msgid "Specify swap options by an fstab-compatible comma-separated string. For example:"
28134 #. type: Plain text
28135 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:62
28137 msgid "*swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2*\n"
28140 #. type: Plain text
28141 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:64
28142 msgid "The _opts_ string is evaluated last and overrides all other command line options."
28145 #. type: Plain text
28146 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:67
28147 msgid "Specify the priority of the swap device. _priority_ is a value between -1 and 32767. Higher numbers indicate higher priority. See *swapon*(2) for a full description of swap priorities. Add **pri=**__value__ to the option field of _/etc/fstab_ for use with *swapon -a*. When no priority is defined, it defaults to -1."
28150 #. type: Labeled list
28151 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:68
28153 msgid "*-s*, *--summary*"
28155 " -s, --summary exibe um resumo sobre os dispositivos de swap\n"
28156 " usados (OBSOLETO)\n"
28158 #. type: Plain text
28159 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:70
28160 msgid "Display swap usage summary by device. Equivalent to *cat /proc/swaps*. This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show* that provides better control on output data."
28163 #. type: Labeled list
28164 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:71
28166 msgid "*--show*[**=**__column__...]"
28167 msgstr "*--show*[**=**__coluna__...]"
28169 #. type: Plain text
28170 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:73
28171 msgid "Display a definable table of swap areas. See the *--help* output for a list of available columns."
28174 #. type: Plain text
28175 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:79
28176 msgid "Do not print headings when displaying *--show* output."
28179 #. type: Plain text
28180 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:82
28181 msgid "Display *--show* output without aligning table columns."
28184 #. type: Labeled list
28185 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:83
28190 #. type: Plain text
28191 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:85
28192 msgid "Display swap size in bytes in *--show* output instead of in user-friendly units."
28195 #. type: Labeled list
28196 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:86
28198 msgid "*-U* _uuid_"
28199 msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
28201 #. type: Plain text
28202 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:88
28203 msgid "Use the partition that has the specified _uuid_."
28206 #. type: Plain text
28207 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:98
28209 msgid "*swapoff* has the following exit status values since v2.36:\n"
28212 #. type: Plain text
28213 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:104
28214 msgid "system has insufficient memory to stop swapping (OOM)"
28217 #. type: Plain text
28218 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:107
28219 msgid "swapoff syscall failed for another reason"
28222 #. type: Plain text
28223 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:110
28224 msgid "non-swapoff syscall system error (out of memory, ...)"
28227 #. type: Plain text
28228 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:113
28230 msgid "usage or syntax error"
28231 msgstr "Erro de uso ou de sintaxe"
28233 #. type: Plain text
28234 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:116
28236 msgid "all swapoff failed on *--all*"
28237 msgstr "%s: swapoff falhou"
28239 #. type: Plain text
28240 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:119
28241 msgid "some swapoff succeeded on *--all*"
28244 #. type: Plain text
28245 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:121
28246 msgid "The command *swapoff --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
28249 #. type: Plain text
28250 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:123
28251 msgid "The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means success in all versions."
28254 #. type: Labeled list
28255 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:134
28257 msgid "_/dev/sd??_"
28258 msgstr "_/dev/sd??_"
28260 #. type: Plain text
28261 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:136
28263 msgid "standard paging devices"
28264 msgstr "Habilita dispositivos e arquivos para paginação e troca (swapping).\n"
28266 #. type: Plain text
28267 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:139
28268 msgid "ascii filesystem description table"
28272 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:142
28274 msgid "Files with holes"
28275 msgstr "Torna buracos explícitos."
28277 #. type: Plain text
28278 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:145
28279 msgid "The swap file implementation in the kernel expects to be able to write to the file directly, without the assistance of the filesystem. This is a problem on files with holes or on copy-on-write files on filesystems like Btrfs."
28282 #. type: Plain text
28283 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:147
28284 msgid "Commands like *cp*(1) or *truncate*(1) create files with holes. These files will be rejected by *swapon*."
28287 #. type: Plain text
28288 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:149
28289 msgid "Preallocated files created by *fallocate*(1) may be interpreted as files with holes too depending of the filesystem. Preallocated swap files are supported on XFS since Linux 4.18."
28292 #. type: Plain text
28293 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:151
28294 msgid "The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use *dd*(1) and _/dev/zero_."
28298 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:152
28303 #. type: Plain text
28304 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:155
28305 msgid "Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with nocow attribute. See the *btrfs*(5) manual page for more details."
28309 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:156
28314 #. type: Plain text
28315 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:159
28316 msgid "Swap over *NFS* may not work."
28320 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:160
28325 #. type: Plain text
28326 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:163
28328 msgid "*swapon* automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with old software suspend data (e.g., S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, ...). The problem is that if we don't do it, then we get data corruption the next time an attempt at unsuspending is made.\n"
28331 #. type: Plain text
28332 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:167
28333 msgid "The *swapon* command appeared in 4.0BSD."
28336 #. type: Plain text
28337 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:178
28344 "*fallocate*(1),\n"
28351 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:2
28353 msgid "switch_root(8)"
28354 msgstr "switch_root(8)"
28356 #. type: Plain text
28357 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:12
28359 msgid "switch_root - switch to another filesystem as the root of the mount tree"
28360 msgstr "Alterna para um outro sistema de arquivos como a raiz da árvore da montagem.\n"
28362 #. type: Plain text
28363 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:16
28365 msgid "*switch_root* [*-hV*]\n"
28366 msgstr "*switch_root* [*-hV*]\n"
28368 #. type: Plain text
28369 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:18
28371 msgid "*switch_root* _newroot init_ [_arg_...]\n"
28374 #. type: Plain text
28375 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:22
28377 msgid "*switch_root* moves already mounted _/proc_, _/dev_, _/sys_ and _/run_ to _newroot_ and makes _newroot_ the new root filesystem and starts _init_ process.\n"
28380 #. type: Plain text
28381 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:24
28383 msgid "*WARNING: switch_root removes recursively all files and directories on the current root filesystem.*\n"
28386 #. type: Plain text
28387 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:36
28389 msgid "*switch_root* returns 0 on success and 1 on failure.\n"
28392 #. type: Plain text
28393 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:40
28395 msgid "*switch_root* will fail to function if _newroot_ is not the root of a mount. If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet this requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn any directory into a mount point:\n"
28398 #. type: delimited block .
28399 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:43
28401 msgid "mount --bind $DIR $DIR\n"
28402 msgstr " -M, --mountpoint <dir> o diretório do ponto de montagem\n"
28404 #. type: Plain text
28405 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:50
28406 msgid "mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
28409 #. type: Plain text
28410 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:57
28420 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:2
28425 #. type: Plain text
28426 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:12
28427 msgid "tunelp - set various parameters for the lp device"
28430 #. type: Plain text
28431 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:16
28433 msgid "*tunelp* [options] _device_\n"
28434 msgstr " %s [opções] dispositivo [tamanho]\n"
28436 #. type: Plain text
28437 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:20
28439 msgid "*tunelp* sets several parameters for the /dev/lp__?__ devices, for better performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won't work without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is using interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the device characteristics accordingly.\n"
28442 #. type: Labeled list
28443 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:23
28445 msgid "*-i*, *--irq* _argument_"
28446 msgstr "*-i*, *--irq* _argumento_"
28448 #. type: Plain text
28449 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:25
28450 msgid "specifies the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is set to something non-zero, *-t* and *-c* have no effect. If your port does not use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. The command *tunelp -i 0* restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your printer should work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, interrupt-driven printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and will probably be desirable."
28453 #. type: Plain text
28454 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:27
28456 msgid "*NOTE*: This option will have no effect with kernel 2.1.131 or later since the irq is handled by the parport driver. You can change the parport irq for example via _/proc/parport/*/irq_. Read _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/admin-guide/parport.rst_ for more details on parport.\n"
28459 #. type: Labeled list
28460 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:28
28462 msgid "*-t*, *--time* _milliseconds_"
28465 #. type: Plain text
28466 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:30
28467 msgid "is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer doesn't take a character for the number of tries dictated by the *-c* parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible printing, and don't care about system load, you may set this to 0. If you don't care how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a slow printer with a buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will give you very low system load. This value generally should be lower for printing graphics than text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best performance."
28470 #. type: Labeled list
28471 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:31
28473 msgid "*-c*, *--chars* _characters_"
28476 #. type: Plain text
28477 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:33
28478 msgid "is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before sleeping for *-t* _TIME_. It is the number of times around a loop that tries to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for most printers in polling mode. 1000 is the default, because there are some printers that become jerky otherwise, but you _must_ set this to '1' to handle the maximal CPU efficiency if you are using interrupts. If you have a very fast printer, a value of 10 might make more sense even if in polling mode. If you have a _really_ old printer, you can increase this further."
28481 #. type: Plain text
28482 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:35
28483 msgid "Setting *-t* _TIME_ to 0 is equivalent to setting *-c* _CHARS_ to infinity."
28486 #. type: Labeled list
28487 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:36
28489 msgid "*-w*, *--wait* _milliseconds_"
28490 msgstr " -w, --follow espera novas mensagens\n"
28492 #. type: Plain text
28493 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:38
28494 msgid "is the number of usec we wait while playing with the strobe signal. While most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, some printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 1 may make it possible to print with those printers. This may also make it possible to use longer cables. It's also possible to decrease this value to 0 if your printer is fast enough or your machine is slow enough."
28497 #. type: Labeled list
28498 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:39
28500 msgid "*-a*, *--abort* _<on|off>_"
28501 msgstr "*-a*, *--abort* _<on|off>_"
28503 #. type: Plain text
28504 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:41
28505 msgid "This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an error and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, if you aren't, you might rather that your printer spooler find out that the printer isn't ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it. The choice is yours."
28508 #. type: Labeled list
28509 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:42
28511 msgid "*-o*, *--check-status* _<on|off>_"
28512 msgstr " -o, --check-status <on|off> verifica status da impressora antes de imprimir\n"
28514 #. type: Plain text
28515 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:44
28516 msgid "This option is much like *-a*. It makes any *open*(2) of this device check to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of *lpd*."
28519 #. type: Labeled list
28520 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:45
28522 msgid "*-C*, *--careful* _<on|off>_"
28523 msgstr "*-C*, *--careful* _<on|off>_"
28525 #. type: Plain text
28526 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:47
28527 msgid "This option adds extra (\"careful\") error checking. When this option is on, the printer driver will ensure that the printer is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or other errors before sending data. This is particularly useful for printers that normally appear to accept data when turned off."
28530 #. type: Plain text
28531 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:49
28533 msgid "*NOTE*: This option is obsolete because it's the default in 2.1.131 kernel or later.\n"
28536 #. type: Labeled list
28537 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:50
28539 msgid "*-s*, *--status*"
28540 msgstr "*-s*, *--status*"
28542 #. type: Plain text
28543 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:52
28544 msgid "This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is specified, *-q* off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is implied."
28547 #. type: Plain text
28548 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:55
28549 msgid "This option resets the port. It requires a Linux kernel version of 1.1.80 or later."
28552 #. type: Labeled list
28553 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:56
28555 msgid "*-q*, *--print-irq* _<on|off>_"
28556 msgstr " -q, --print-irq <on|off> exibe configuração atual de irq\n"
28558 #. type: Plain text
28559 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:58
28560 msgid "This option sets printing the display of the current IRQ setting."
28563 #. type: Plain text
28564 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:63
28565 msgid "_/dev/lp?_, _/proc/parport/*/*_"
28568 #. type: Plain text
28569 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:67
28571 msgid "*-o*, *-C*, and *-s* all require a Linux kernel version of 1.1.76 or later.\n"
28574 #. type: Plain text
28575 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:69
28577 msgid "*-C* requires a Linux version prior to 2.1.131.\n"
28584 #. Copyright (c) 1996 Andries Brouwer
28585 #. This page is somewhat derived from a page that was
28586 #. (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California
28587 #. and had been heavily modified by Rik Faith and myself.
28588 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
28589 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
28590 #. published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
28591 #. the License, or (at your option) any later version.
28592 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
28593 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
28594 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
28595 #. intermediate and printed output.
28596 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
28597 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
28598 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
28599 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
28600 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
28601 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
28602 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
28604 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:27
28609 #. type: Plain text
28610 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:37
28612 msgid "umount - unmount filesystems"
28613 msgstr "Desmonta sistema de arquivos.\n"
28615 #. type: Plain text
28616 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:41
28618 msgid "*umount* *-a* [*-dflnrv*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-O* _option_...]\n"
28621 #. type: Plain text
28622 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:43
28624 msgid "*umount* [*-dflnrv*] {_directory_|_device_}\n"
28625 msgstr "falha ao abrir o diretório do dispositivo no sysfs"
28627 #. type: Plain text
28628 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:45
28630 msgid "*umount* *-h*|*-V*\n"
28631 msgstr "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n"
28633 #. type: Plain text
28634 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:49
28635 msgid "The *umount* command detaches the mentioned filesystem(s) from the file hierarchy. A filesystem is specified by giving the directory where it has been mounted. Giving the special device on which the filesystem lives may also work, but is obsolete, mainly because it will fail in case this device was mounted on more than one directory."
28638 #. type: Plain text
28639 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:51
28640 msgid "Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is 'busy' - for example, when there are open files on it, or when some process has its working directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use. The offending process could even be *umount* itself - it opens libc, and libc in its turn may open for example locale files. A lazy unmount avoids this problem, but it may introduce other issues. See *--lazy* description below."
28643 #. type: Plain text
28644 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:56
28645 msgid "All of the filesystems described in _/proc/self/mountinfo_ (or in deprecated _/etc/mtab_) are unmounted, except the proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, rpc_pipefs and nfsd filesystems. This list of the filesystems may be replaced by *--types* umount option."
28648 #. type: Labeled list
28649 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:57
28651 msgid "*-A*, *--all-targets*"
28652 msgstr "*-A*, *--all-targets*"
28654 #. type: Plain text
28655 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:59
28656 msgid "Unmount all mountpoints in the current mount namespace for the specified filesystem. The filesystem can be specified by one of the mountpoints or the device name (or UUID, etc.). When this option is used together with *--recursive*, then all nested mounts within the filesystem are recursively unmounted. This option is only supported on systems where _/etc/mtab_ is a symlink to _/proc/mounts_."
28659 #. type: Plain text
28660 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:62
28661 msgid "Do not canonicalize paths. The paths canonicalization is based on *stat*(2) and *readlink*(2) system calls. These system calls may hang in some cases (for example on NFS if server is not available). The option has to be used with canonical path to the mount point."
28664 #. type: Plain text
28665 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:64
28666 msgid "This option is silently ignored by *umount* for non-root users."
28669 #. type: Plain text
28670 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:66
28671 msgid "For more details about this option see the *mount*(8) man page. Note that *umount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helpers."
28674 #. type: Labeled list
28675 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:67
28677 msgid "*-d*, *--detach-loop*"
28678 msgstr "*-d*, *--detach-loop*"
28680 #. type: Plain text
28681 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:69
28682 msgid "When the unmounted device was a loop device, also free this loop device. This option is unnecessary for devices initialized by *mount*(8), in this case \"autoclear\" functionality is enabled by default."
28685 #. type: Labeled list
28686 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:70
28691 #. type: Plain text
28692 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:72
28693 msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount helper execution; this 'fakes' unmounting the filesystem. It can be used to remove entries from the deprecated _/etc/mtab_ that were unmounted earlier with the *-n* option."
28696 #. type: Plain text
28697 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:75
28699 msgid "Force an unmount (in case of an unreachable NFS system)."
28700 msgstr " -f, --force força desmontagem (em caso de sistema NFS inalcançável)\n"
28702 #. type: Plain text
28703 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:77
28704 msgid "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not hang. It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks to avoid unwanted readlink and stat system calls on unreachable NFS in *umount*."
28707 #. type: Labeled list
28708 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:78
28710 msgid "*-i*, *--internal-only*"
28711 msgstr " -i, --internal-only não chama os ajudantes de mount.<tipo>\n"
28713 #. type: Plain text
28714 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:80
28715 msgid "Do not call the **/sbin/umount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists. By default such a helper program is called if it exists."
28718 #. type: Labeled list
28719 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:81
28721 msgid "*-l*, *--lazy*"
28723 " -l, --lazy destaca o sistema de arquivos agora, limpa\n"
28724 " as coisas depois\n"
28726 #. type: Plain text
28727 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:83
28728 msgid "Lazy unmount. Detach the filesystem from the file hierarchy now, and clean up all references to this filesystem as soon as it is not busy anymore."
28731 #. type: Plain text
28732 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:85
28733 msgid "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use this option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts. The recommended use-case for *umount -l* is to prevent hangs on shutdown due to an unreachable network share where a normal umount will hang due to a downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the share will not be possible."
28736 #. type: Plain text
28737 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:88
28738 msgid "Perform umount in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that namespace."
28741 #. type: Plain text
28742 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:90
28744 msgid "*umount* switches to the namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab_ (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls *umount*(2) system call, otherwise it runs in the original namespace. It means that the target mount namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute *umount*(2) command.\n"
28747 #. type: Plain text
28748 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:95
28749 msgid "Unmount without writing in _/etc/mtab_."
28752 #. type: Labeled list
28753 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:96
28755 msgid "*-O*, *--test-opts* _option_..."
28758 #. type: Plain text
28759 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:98
28760 msgid "Unmount only the filesystems that have the specified option set in _/etc/fstab_. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. Each option can be prefixed with *no* to indicate that no action should be taken for this option."
28763 #. type: Plain text
28764 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:101
28766 msgid "Suppress \"not mounted\" error messages."
28767 msgstr " -q, --quiet suprime mensagens de erro \"não montado\"\n"
28769 #. type: Labeled list
28770 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:102
28772 msgid "*-R*, *--recursive*"
28773 msgstr " -R, --recursive desmonta recursivamente um alvo com todas seus filhos\n"
28775 #. type: Plain text
28776 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:104
28777 msgid "Recursively unmount each specified directory. Recursion for each directory will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any reason. The relationship between mountpoints is determined by _/proc/self/mountinfo_ entries. The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint path; a recursive unmount by device name (or UUID) is unsupported. Since version 2.37 it umounts also all over-mounted filesystems (more filesystems on the same mountpoint)."
28780 #. type: Plain text
28781 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:107
28782 msgid "When an unmount fails, try to remount the filesystem read-only."
28785 #. type: Labeled list
28786 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:108
28788 msgid "*-t*, *--types* _type_..."
28789 msgstr "*-t*, *--type* _tipo_"
28791 #. type: Plain text
28792 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:110
28793 msgid "Indicate that the actions should only be taken on filesystems of the specified _type_. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to indicate that no action should be taken for all of the mentioned types. Note that *umount* reads information about mounted filesystems from kernel (_/proc/mounts_) and filesystem names may be different than filesystem names used in the _/etc/fstab_ (e.g., \"nfs4\" vs. \"nfs\")."
28797 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:120
28799 msgid "NON-SUPERUSER UMOUNTS"
28800 msgstr "Não é superusuário."
28802 #. type: Plain text
28803 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:123
28804 msgid "Normally, only the superuser can umount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can umount the corresponding filesystem. For more details see *mount*(8) man page."
28807 #. type: Plain text
28808 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:125
28809 msgid "Since version 2.34 the *umount* command can be used to perform umount operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains user's ID. In this case fstab *user=* mount option is not required."
28812 #. type: Plain text
28813 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:127
28814 msgid "Since version 2.35 *umount* command does not exit when user permissions are inadequate by internal libmount security rules. It drops suid permissions and continue as regular non-root user. This can be used to support use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
28818 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:128
28820 msgid "LOOP DEVICE"
28822 " -d, --detach-loop se o dispositivo de loop estiver montado, também\n"
28823 " libera este dispositivo de loop\n"
28825 #. type: Plain text
28826 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:131
28827 msgid "The *umount* command will automatically detach loop device previously initialized by *mount*(8) command independently of _/etc/mtab_."
28830 #. type: Plain text
28831 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:133
28832 msgid "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see *losetup*(8) output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use the option *--detach-loop* or call *losetup -d <device>*. The autoclear feature is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
28835 #. type: Plain text
28836 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:137
28837 msgid "The syntax of external unmount helpers is:"
28840 #. type: delimited block _
28841 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:140
28843 msgid "**umount.**__suffix__ {__directory__|_device_} [*-flnrv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-t* _type_._subtype_]\n"
28846 #. type: Plain text
28847 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:143
28848 msgid "where _suffix_ is the filesystem type (or the value from a *uhelper=* or *helper=* marker in the mtab file). The *-t* option can be used for filesystems that have subtype support. For example:"
28851 #. type: delimited block _
28852 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:146
28854 msgid "*umount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*\n"
28855 msgstr "*-t*, *--to* _N_"
28857 #. type: Plain text
28858 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:149
28859 msgid "A **uhelper=**__something__ marker (unprivileged helper) can appear in the _/etc/mtab_ file when ordinary users need to be able to unmount a mountpoint that is not defined in _/etc/fstab_ (for example for a device that was mounted by *udisks*(1))."
28862 #. type: Plain text
28863 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:151
28864 msgid "A **helper=**__type__ marker in the mtab file will redirect all unmount requests to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helper independently of UID."
28867 #. type: Plain text
28868 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:153
28869 msgid "Note that _/etc/mtab_ is currently deprecated and *helper=* and other userspace mount options are maintained by libmount."
28872 #. type: Plain text
28873 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:158
28874 msgid "overrides the default location of the fstab file (ignored for suid)"
28877 #. type: Plain text
28878 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:161
28879 msgid "overrides the default location of the mtab file (ignored for suid)"
28882 #. type: Plain text
28883 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:164
28885 msgid "enables *libmount* debug output"
28886 msgstr "habilita a saída de depuração do libmount."
28888 #. type: Plain text
28889 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:169
28890 msgid "table of mounted filesystems (deprecated and usually replaced by symlink to _/proc/mounts_)"
28893 #. type: Plain text
28894 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:172
28895 msgid "table of known filesystems"
28898 #. type: Labeled list
28899 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:173
28901 msgid "_/proc/self/mountinfo_"
28904 #. type: Plain text
28905 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:175
28906 msgid "table of mounted filesystems generated by kernel."
28909 #. type: Plain text
28910 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:179
28911 msgid "A *umount* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
28914 #. type: Plain text
28915 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:186
28920 "*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
28925 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:2
28928 msgstr "unshare(1)"
28930 #. type: Plain text
28931 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:12
28933 msgid "unshare - run program in new namespaces"
28934 msgstr "Executa um programa em uma nova sessão.\n"
28936 #. type: Plain text
28937 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:16
28939 msgid "*unshare* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]\n"
28940 msgstr " %s [opções] <programa> [argumentos ...]\n"
28942 #. type: Plain text
28943 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:20
28944 msgid "The *unshare* command creates new namespaces (as specified by the command-line options described below) and then executes the specified _program_. If _program_ is not given, then \"${SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
28947 #. type: Plain text
28948 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:22
28949 msgid "By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member processes. A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no member processes by bind mounting /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_ files to a filesystem path. A namespace that has been made persistent in this way can subsequently be entered with *nsenter*(1) even after the _program_ terminates (except PID namespaces where a permanently running init process is required). Once a persistent namespace is no longer needed, it can be unpersisted by using *umount*(8) to remove the bind mount. See the EXAMPLES section for more details."
28952 #. type: Plain text
28953 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:24
28955 msgid "*unshare* since util-linux version 2.36 uses _/proc/[pid]/ns/pid_for_children_ and _/proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children_ files for persistent PID and TIME namespaces. This change requires Linux kernel 4.17 or newer.\n"
28958 #. type: Plain text
28959 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:26
28960 msgid "The following types of namespaces can be created with *unshare*:"
28963 #. type: Plain text
28964 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:29
28965 msgid "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ or *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* for the *shared* flags). For further details, see *mount_namespaces*(7)."
28968 #. type: Plain text
28969 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:31
28971 msgid "*unshare* since util-linux version 2.27 automatically sets propagation to *private* in a new mount namespace to make sure that the new namespace is really unshared. It's possible to disable this feature with option *--propagation unchanged*. Note that *private* is the kernel default.\n"
28974 #. type: Plain text
28975 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:43
28976 msgid "Children will have a distinct set of PID-to-process mappings from their parent. For further details, see *pid_namespaces*(7)."
28979 #. type: Labeled list
28980 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:55
28982 msgid "*-i*, *--ipc*[**=**__file__]"
28984 " -i, --ipc[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome de comunicação entre\n"
28985 " processos de System V\n"
28987 #. type: Plain text
28988 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:57
28989 msgid "Unshare the IPC namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent namespace is created by a bind mount."
28992 #. type: Labeled list
28993 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:58
28995 msgid "*-m*, *--mount*[**=**__file__]"
28996 msgstr " -m, --mount[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome da montagem\n"
28998 #. type: Plain text
28999 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:60
29000 msgid "Unshare the mount namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent namespace is created by a bind mount. Note that _file_ must be located on a mount whose propagation type is not *shared* (or an error results). Use the command *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* when not sure about the current setting. See also the examples below."
29003 #. type: Labeled list
29004 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:61
29006 msgid "*-n*, *--net*[**=**__file__]"
29007 msgstr " -n, --net[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome da rede\n"
29009 #. type: Plain text
29010 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:63
29011 msgid "Unshare the network namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent namespace is created by a bind mount."
29014 #. type: Labeled list
29015 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:64
29017 msgid "*-p*, *--pid*[**=**__file__]"
29018 msgstr " -p --pid[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome do pid\n"
29020 #. type: Plain text
29021 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:66
29022 msgid "Unshare the PID namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent namespace is created by a bind mount. (Creation of a persistent PID namespace will fail if the *--fork* option is not also specified.)"
29025 #. type: Plain text
29026 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:68
29027 msgid "See also the *--fork* and *--mount-proc* options."
29030 #. type: Labeled list
29031 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:69
29033 msgid "*-u*, *--uts*[**=**__file__]"
29034 msgstr " -u, --uts[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome UTS (nome da máquina etc.)\n"
29036 #. type: Plain text
29037 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:71
29038 msgid "Unshare the UTS namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent namespace is created by a bind mount."
29041 #. type: Labeled list
29042 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:72
29044 msgid "*-U*, *--user*[**=**__file__]"
29045 msgstr " -U, --user[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome do usuário\n"
29047 #. type: Plain text
29048 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:74
29049 msgid "Unshare the user namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent namespace is created by a bind mount."
29052 #. type: Labeled list
29053 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:75
29055 msgid "*-C*, *--cgroup*[**=**__file__]"
29056 msgstr "*-C*, *--cgroup*[**=**__arquivo__]"
29058 #. type: Plain text
29059 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:77
29060 msgid "Unshare the cgroup namespace. If _file_ is specified, then persistent namespace is created by bind mount."
29063 #. type: Labeled list
29064 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:78
29066 msgid "*-T*, *--time*[**=**__file__]"
29067 msgstr " -T, --time[=<arquivo>] informa o espaço de nome de tempo\n"
29069 #. type: Plain text
29070 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:80
29071 msgid "Unshare the time namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent namespace is created by a bind mount. The *--monotonic* and *--boottime* options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the time namespace."
29074 #. type: Plain text
29075 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:83
29076 msgid "Fork the specified _program_ as a child process of *unshare* rather than running it directly. This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. Note that when *unshare* is waiting for the child process, then it ignores *SIGINT* and *SIGTERM* and does not forward any signals to the child. It is necessary to send signals to the child process."
29079 #. type: Labeled list
29080 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:84
29082 msgid "*--keep-caps*"
29083 msgstr "*--keep-caps*"
29085 #. type: Plain text
29086 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:86
29087 msgid "When the *--user* option is given, ensure that capabilities granted in the user namespace are preserved in the child process."
29090 #. type: Labeled list
29091 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:87
29093 msgid "*--kill-child*[**=**__signame__]"
29095 " --kill-child[=<signame>] ao morrer, mata o fork filho (resulta em --fork)\n"
29096 " usando como padrão o SIGKILL\n"
29098 #. type: Plain text
29099 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:89
29100 msgid "When *unshare* terminates, have _signame_ be sent to the forked child process. Combined with *--pid* this allows for an easy and reliable killing of the entire process tree below *unshare*. If not given, _signame_ defaults to *SIGKILL*. This option implies *--fork*."
29103 #. type: Labeled list
29104 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:90
29106 msgid "*--mount-proc*[**=**__mountpoint__]"
29107 msgstr "Ponto de montagem:"
29109 #. type: Plain text
29110 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:92
29111 msgid "Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at _mountpoint_ (default is _/proc_). This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. It also implies creating a new mount namespace since the _/proc_ mount would otherwise mess up existing programs on the system. The new proc filesystem is explicitly mounted as private (with *MS_PRIVATE*|*MS_REC*)."
29114 #. type: Labeled list
29115 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:93
29117 msgid "**--map-user=**__uid|name__"
29118 msgstr " --map-user=<uid>|<nome> mapeia usuário atual para uid (resulta em --user)\n"
29120 #. type: Plain text
29121 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:95
29122 msgid "Run the program only after the current effective user ID has been mapped to _uid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*."
29125 #. type: Labeled list
29126 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:96
29128 msgid "**--map-group=**__gid|name__"
29129 msgstr " --map-group=<gid>|<nome> mapeia grupo atual para gid (resulta em --user)\n"
29131 #. type: Plain text
29132 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:98
29133 msgid "Run the program only after the current effective group ID has been mapped to _gid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*."
29136 #. type: Labeled list
29137 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:99
29139 msgid "*-r*, *--map-root-user*"
29140 msgstr " -r, --map-root-user mapeia usuário atual para root (resulta em --user)\n"
29142 #. type: Plain text
29143 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:101
29144 msgid "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have been mapped to the superuser UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. This makes it possible to conveniently gain capabilities needed to manage various aspects of the newly created namespaces (such as configuring interfaces in the network namespace or mounting filesystems in the mount namespace) even when run unprivileged. As a mere convenience feature, it does not support more sophisticated use cases, such as mapping multiple ranges of UIDs and GIDs. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*. This option is equivalent to *--map-user=0 --map-group=0*."
29147 #. type: Labeled list
29148 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:102
29150 msgid "*-c*, *--map-current-user*"
29151 msgstr "*-c*, *--map-current-user*"
29153 #. type: Plain text
29154 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:104
29155 msgid "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have been mapped to the same UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*. This option is equivalent to *--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)*."
29158 #. type: Labeled list
29159 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:105
29161 msgid "**--propagation private**|**shared**|**slave**|*unchanged*"
29164 #. type: Plain text
29165 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:107
29166 msgid "Recursively set the mount propagation flag in the new mount namespace. The default is to set the propagation to _private_. It is possible to disable this feature with the argument *unchanged*. The option is silently ignored when the mount namespace (*--mount*) is not requested."
29169 #. type: Labeled list
29170 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:108
29172 msgid "**--setgroups allow**|*deny*"
29174 " --setgroups allow|deny controla as chamadas de sistema de setgroups nos\n"
29175 " espaços de nome do usuário\n"
29177 #. type: Plain text
29178 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:110
29179 msgid "Allow or deny the *setgroups*(2) system call in a user namespace."
29182 #. type: Plain text
29183 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:112
29184 msgid "To be able to call *setgroups*(2), the calling process must at least have *CAP_SETGID*. But since Linux 3.19 a further restriction applies: the kernel gives permission to call *setgroups*(2) only after the GID map (**/proc/**__pid__*/gid_map*) has been set. The GID map is writable by root when *setgroups*(2) is enabled (i.e., *allow*, the default), and the GID map becomes writable by unprivileged processes when *setgroups*(2) is permanently disabled (with *deny*)."
29187 #. type: Labeled list
29188 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:113
29190 msgid "*-R*, **--root=**__dir__"
29191 msgstr " -R, --root=<dir> executa o comando com diretório raiz como <dir>\n"
29193 #. type: Plain text
29194 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:115
29196 msgid "run the command with root directory set to _dir_."
29197 msgstr " -R, --root=<dir> executa o comando com diretório raiz como <dir>\n"
29199 #. type: Labeled list
29200 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:116
29202 msgid "*-w*, **--wd=**__dir__"
29203 msgstr " -w, --wd[=<dir>] define o diretório de trabalho\n"
29205 #. type: Plain text
29206 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:118
29208 msgid "change working directory to _dir_."
29209 msgstr " -w, --wd=<dir> altera o diretório de trabalho para <dir>\n"
29211 #. type: Plain text
29212 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:121
29213 msgid "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace."
29216 #. type: Plain text
29217 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:124
29218 msgid "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop supplementary groups."
29221 #. type: Labeled list
29222 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:125
29224 msgid "*--monotonic* _offset_"
29226 " --monotonic <posição> define a posição (segundos) do relógio monotônico\n"
29227 " nos espaços de nome de hora\n"
29229 #. type: Plain text
29230 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:127
29231 msgid "Set the offset of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* which will be used in the entered time namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
29234 #. type: Labeled list
29235 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:128
29237 msgid "*--boottime* _offset_"
29239 " --boottime <posição> define a posição (segundos) de relógio de tempo de\n"
29240 " inicialização em espaços de nome de hora\n"
29242 #. type: Plain text
29243 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:130
29244 msgid "Set the offset of *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which will be used in the entered time namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
29247 #. type: Plain text
29248 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:140
29249 msgid "The proc and sysfs filesystems mounting as root in a user namespace have to be restricted so that a less privileged user can not get more access to sensitive files that a more privileged user made unavailable. In short the rule for proc and sysfs is as close to a bind mount as possible."
29252 #. type: Plain text
29253 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:144
29254 msgid "The following command creates a PID namespace, using *--fork* to ensure that the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the first process in the namespace) has PID 1. The *--mount-proc* option ensures that a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and that a new *proc*(5) filesystem is mounted that contains information corresponding to the new PID namespace. When the *readlink* command terminates, the new namespaces are automatically torn down."
29257 #. type: delimited block .
29258 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:148
29261 "# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self\n"
29265 #. type: Plain text
29266 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:151
29267 msgid "As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user's credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:"
29270 #. type: delimited block .
29271 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:161
29277 "$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\\n"
29278 " sh -c ''whoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map''\n"
29286 "$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\\n"
29287 " sh -c ''whoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map''\n"
29292 #. type: Plain text
29293 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:164
29294 msgid "The first of the following commands creates a new persistent UTS namespace and modifies the hostname as seen in that namespace. The namespace is then entered with *nsenter*(1) in order to display the modified hostname; this step demonstrates that the UTS namespace continues to exist even though the namespace had no member processes after the *unshare* command terminated. The namespace is then destroyed by removing the bind mount."
29297 #. type: delimited block .
29298 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:171
29301 "# touch /root/uts-ns\n"
29302 "# unshare --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname FOO\n"
29303 "# nsenter --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname\n"
29305 "# umount /root/uts-ns\n"
29308 #. type: Plain text
29309 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:174
29310 msgid "The following commands establish a persistent mount namespace referenced by the bind mount _/root/namespaces/mnt_. In order to ensure that the creation of that bind mount succeeds, the parent directory (_/root/namespaces_) is made a bind mount whose propagation type is not *shared*."
29313 #. type: delimited block .
29314 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:180
29317 "# mount --bind /root/namespaces /root/namespaces\n"
29318 "# mount --make-private /root/namespaces\n"
29319 "# touch /root/namespaces/mnt\n"
29320 "# unshare --mount=/root/namespaces/mnt\n"
29323 #. type: Plain text
29324 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:183
29325 msgid "The following commands demonstrate the use of the *--kill-child* option when creating a PID namespace, in order to ensure that when *unshare* is killed, all of the processes within the PID namespace are killed."
29328 #. type: delimited block .
29329 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:186
29331 msgid "# set +m # Don't print job status messages\n"
29334 #. type: delimited block .
29335 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:189
29337 msgid "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\\n"
29340 #. type: delimited block .
29341 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:197
29344 " bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
29346 "# PID TTY STAT TIME COMMAND\n"
29347 " 1 pts/3 S+ 0:00 sleep 999\n"
29348 " 3 pts/3 S+ 0:00 sleep 555\n"
29349 " 5 pts/3 R+ 0:00 ps a\n"
29352 #. type: delimited block .
29353 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:202
29356 "# ps h -o 'comm' $! # Show that background job is unshare(1)\n"
29358 "# kill $! # Kill unshare(1)\n"
29362 #. type: Plain text
29363 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:205
29364 msgid "The *pidof*(1) command prints no output, because the *sleep* processes have been killed. More precisely, when the *sleep* process that has PID 1 in the namespace (i.e., the namespace's init process) was killed, this caused all other processes in the namespace to be killed. By contrast, a similar series of commands where the *--kill-child* option is not used shows that when *unshare* terminates, the processes in the PID namespace are not killed:"
29367 #. type: delimited block .
29368 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:208
29370 msgid "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\\n"
29373 #. type: delimited block .
29374 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:216
29377 " bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
29379 "# PID TTY STAT TIME COMMAND\n"
29380 " 1 pts/3 S+ 0:00 sleep 999\n"
29381 " 3 pts/3 S+ 0:00 sleep 555\n"
29382 " 5 pts/3 R+ 0:00 ps a\n"
29385 #. type: delimited block .
29386 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:220
29394 #. type: Plain text
29395 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:223
29396 msgid "The following example demonstrates the creation of a time namespace where the boottime clock is set to a point several years in the past:"
29399 #. type: delimited block .
29400 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:229
29403 "# uptime -p # Show uptime in initial time namespace\n"
29404 "up 21 hours, 30 minutes\n"
29405 "# unshare --time --fork --boottime 300000000 uptime -p\n"
29406 "up 9 years, 28 weeks, 1 day, 2 hours, 50 minutes\n"
29409 #. type: Plain text
29410 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:235
29411 msgid "mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
29414 #. type: Plain text
29415 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:242
29420 "*namespaces*(7),\n"
29425 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:2
29430 #. type: Plain text
29431 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:12
29433 msgid "wdctl - show hardware watchdog status"
29434 msgstr "Mostra o status do watchdog do hardware.\n"
29436 #. type: Plain text
29437 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:16
29439 msgid "*wdctl* [options] [_device_...]\n"
29440 msgstr " %s <comando> [opções] <dispositivo>\n"
29442 #. type: Plain text
29443 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:20
29444 msgid "Show hardware watchdog status. The default device is _/dev/watchdog_. If more than one device is specified then the output is separated by one blank line."
29447 #. type: Plain text
29448 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:22
29449 msgid "If the device is already used or user has no permissions to read from the device, then *wdctl* reads data from sysfs. In this case information about supported features (flags) might be missing."
29452 #. type: Plain text
29453 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:24
29454 msgid "Note that the number of supported watchdog features is hardware specific."
29457 #. type: Labeled list
29458 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:27
29460 msgid "*-f*, *--flags* _list_"
29462 " -f, --flags <lista> exibe apenas as opções selecionadas\n"
29463 " -F, --noflags não exibe informação sobre opções\n"
29464 " -I, --noident não exibe informação sobre a identidade do watchdog\n"
29465 " -n, --noheadings não exibe cabeçalhos da tabela de opções\n"
29466 " -O, --oneline exibe todas as informações em uma linha\n"
29467 " -o, --output <lista> retorna as colunas das opções\n"
29468 " -r, --raw usa formato de saída não tratada na tabela de opções\n"
29469 " -T, --notimeouts não exibe os tempos limites do watchdog\n"
29470 " -s, --settimeout <seg> define o tempo limite do watchdog\n"
29471 " -x, --flags-only exibe apenas as tabela de opções (mesmo que -I -T)\n"
29473 #. type: Plain text
29474 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:29
29476 msgid "Print only the specified flags."
29477 msgstr "nenhum argumento de arquitetura ou opções de personalidade especificados"
29479 #. type: Labeled list
29480 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:30
29482 msgid "*-F*, *--noflags*"
29484 " -f, --flags <lista> exibe apenas as opções selecionadas\n"
29485 " -F, --noflags não exibe informação sobre opções\n"
29486 " -I, --noident não exibe informação sobre a identidade do watchdog\n"
29487 " -n, --noheadings não exibe cabeçalhos da tabela de opções\n"
29488 " -O, --oneline exibe todas as informações em uma linha\n"
29489 " -o, --output <lista> retorna as colunas das opções\n"
29490 " -r, --raw usa formato de saída não tratada na tabela de opções\n"
29491 " -T, --notimeouts não exibe os tempos limites do watchdog\n"
29492 " -s, --settimeout <seg> define o tempo limite do watchdog\n"
29493 " -x, --flags-only exibe apenas as tabela de opções (mesmo que -I -T)\n"
29495 #. type: Plain text
29496 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:32
29498 msgid "Do not print information about flags."
29499 msgstr "mostra informação sobre uma partição"
29501 #. type: Labeled list
29502 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:33
29504 msgid "*-I*, *--noident*"
29506 " -f, --flags <lista> exibe apenas as opções selecionadas\n"
29507 " -F, --noflags não exibe informação sobre opções\n"
29508 " -I, --noident não exibe informação sobre a identidade do watchdog\n"
29509 " -n, --noheadings não exibe cabeçalhos da tabela de opções\n"
29510 " -O, --oneline exibe todas as informações em uma linha\n"
29511 " -o, --output <lista> retorna as colunas das opções\n"
29512 " -r, --raw usa formato de saída não tratada na tabela de opções\n"
29513 " -T, --notimeouts não exibe os tempos limites do watchdog\n"
29514 " -s, --settimeout <seg> define o tempo limite do watchdog\n"
29515 " -x, --flags-only exibe apenas as tabela de opções (mesmo que -I -T)\n"
29517 #. type: Plain text
29518 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:35
29519 msgid "Do not print watchdog identity information."
29522 #. type: Plain text
29523 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:38
29524 msgid "Do not print a header line for flags table."
29527 #. type: Plain text
29528 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:41
29529 msgid "Define the output columns to use in table of watchdog flags. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get list of all supported columns."
29532 #. type: Labeled list
29533 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:42
29535 msgid "*-O*, *--oneline*"
29537 " -f, --flags <lista> exibe apenas as opções selecionadas\n"
29538 " -F, --noflags não exibe informação sobre opções\n"
29539 " -I, --noident não exibe informação sobre a identidade do watchdog\n"
29540 " -n, --noheadings não exibe cabeçalhos da tabela de opções\n"
29541 " -O, --oneline exibe todas as informações em uma linha\n"
29542 " -o, --output <lista> retorna as colunas das opções\n"
29543 " -r, --raw usa formato de saída não tratada na tabela de opções\n"
29544 " -T, --notimeouts não exibe os tempos limites do watchdog\n"
29545 " -s, --settimeout <seg> define o tempo limite do watchdog\n"
29546 " -x, --flags-only exibe apenas as tabela de opções (mesmo que -I -T)\n"
29548 #. type: Plain text
29549 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:44
29550 msgid "Print all wanted information on one line in key=\"value\" output format."
29553 #. type: Labeled list
29554 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:48
29556 msgid "*-s*, *-settimeout* _seconds_"
29557 msgstr " -s, --seconds <segundos> segundos para dormir\n"
29559 #. type: Plain text
29560 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:50
29562 msgid "Set the watchdog timeout in seconds."
29563 msgstr "Define o tempo limite (em segundos)"
29565 #. type: Labeled list
29566 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:51
29568 msgid "*-T*, *--notimeouts*"
29570 " -f, --flags <lista> exibe apenas as opções selecionadas\n"
29571 " -F, --noflags não exibe informação sobre opções\n"
29572 " -I, --noident não exibe informação sobre a identidade do watchdog\n"
29573 " -n, --noheadings não exibe cabeçalhos da tabela de opções\n"
29574 " -O, --oneline exibe todas as informações em uma linha\n"
29575 " -o, --output <lista> retorna as colunas das opções\n"
29576 " -r, --raw usa formato de saída não tratada na tabela de opções\n"
29577 " -T, --notimeouts não exibe os tempos limites do watchdog\n"
29578 " -s, --settimeout <seg> define o tempo limite do watchdog\n"
29579 " -x, --flags-only exibe apenas as tabela de opções (mesmo que -I -T)\n"
29581 #. type: Plain text
29582 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:53
29584 msgid "Do not print watchdog timeouts."
29585 msgstr " --nohints não mostra dicas\n"
29587 #. type: Labeled list
29588 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:54
29590 msgid "*-x*, *--flags-only*"
29592 " -f, --flags <lista> exibe apenas as opções selecionadas\n"
29593 " -F, --noflags não exibe informação sobre opções\n"
29594 " -I, --noident não exibe informação sobre a identidade do watchdog\n"
29595 " -n, --noheadings não exibe cabeçalhos da tabela de opções\n"
29596 " -O, --oneline exibe todas as informações em uma linha\n"
29597 " -o, --output <lista> retorna as colunas das opções\n"
29598 " -r, --raw usa formato de saída não tratada na tabela de opções\n"
29599 " -T, --notimeouts não exibe os tempos limites do watchdog\n"
29600 " -s, --settimeout <seg> define o tempo limite do watchdog\n"
29601 " -x, --flags-only exibe apenas as tabela de opções (mesmo que -I -T)\n"
29603 #. type: Plain text
29604 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:56
29606 msgid "Same as *-I -T*."
29608 " -f, --flags <lista> exibe apenas as opções selecionadas\n"
29609 " -F, --noflags não exibe informação sobre opções\n"
29610 " -I, --noident não exibe informação sobre a identidade do watchdog\n"
29611 " -n, --noheadings não exibe cabeçalhos da tabela de opções\n"
29612 " -O, --oneline exibe todas as informações em uma linha\n"
29613 " -o, --output <lista> retorna as colunas das opções\n"
29614 " -r, --raw usa formato de saída não tratada na tabela de opções\n"
29615 " -T, --notimeouts não exibe os tempos limites do watchdog\n"
29616 " -s, --settimeout <seg> define o tempo limite do watchdog\n"
29617 " -x, --flags-only exibe apenas as tabela de opções (mesmo que -I -T)\n"
29619 #. type: Plain text
29620 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:67
29621 msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart Poettering]"
29625 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:2
29628 msgstr "zramctl(8)"
29630 #. type: Plain text
29631 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:12
29633 msgid "zramctl - set up and control zram devices"
29634 msgstr "Configura e controla dispositivos zram.\n"
29636 #. type: Labeled list
29637 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:15
29640 msgstr "cria informação SGI"
29642 #. type: Plain text
29643 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:18
29645 msgid "*zramctl* [options]\n"
29650 #. type: Labeled list
29651 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:19
29653 msgid "Reset zram: "
29654 msgstr " -r, --reset reinicia a porta\n"
29656 #. type: Plain text
29657 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:22
29659 msgid "*zramctl* *-r* _zramdev_...\n"
29660 msgstr "*-r* [_fd_]"
29662 #. type: Labeled list
29663 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:23
29665 msgid "Print name of first unused zram device: "
29668 #. type: Plain text
29669 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:26
29671 msgid "*zramctl* *-f*\n"
29672 msgstr "*-f*, *--force*"
29674 #. type: Labeled list
29675 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:27
29677 msgid "Set up a zram device: "
29678 msgstr "Configura e controla dispositivos zram.\n"
29680 #. type: Plain text
29681 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:30
29683 msgid "*zramctl* [*-f* | _zramdev_] [*-s* _size_] [*-t* _number_] [*-a* _algorithm_]\n"
29686 #. type: Plain text
29687 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:34
29689 msgid "*zramctl* is used to quickly set up zram device parameters, to reset zram devices, and to query the status of used zram devices.\n"
29692 #. type: Plain text
29693 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:36
29694 msgid "If no option is given, all non-zero size zram devices are shown."
29697 #. type: Plain text
29698 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:38
29699 msgid "Note that _zramdev_ node specified on command line has to already exist. The command *zramctl* creates a new _/dev/zram<N>_ nodes only when *--find* option specified. It's possible (and common) that after system boot _/dev/zram<N>_ nodes are not created yet."
29702 #. type: Labeled list
29703 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:41
29705 msgid "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|*842*"
29706 msgstr "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|*842*"
29708 #. type: Plain text
29709 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:43
29710 msgid "Set the compression algorithm to be used for compressing data in the zram device."
29713 #. type: Labeled list
29714 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:44
29716 msgid "*-f*, *--find*"
29717 msgstr " -f, --find localiza um dispositivo livre\n"
29719 #. type: Plain text
29720 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:46
29721 msgid "Find the first unused zram device. If a *--size* argument is present, then initialize the device."
29724 #. type: Plain text
29725 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:52
29726 msgid "Define the status output columns to be used. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
29729 #. type: Plain text
29730 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:58
29732 msgid "Use the raw format for status output."
29733 msgstr " --raw usa o formato de saída de status não tratado\n"
29735 #. type: Plain text
29736 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:61
29737 msgid "Reset the options of the specified zram device(s). Zram device settings can be changed only after a reset."
29740 #. type: Labeled list
29741 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:62
29743 msgid "*-s*, *--size* _size_"
29744 msgstr " -S, --size <tam> sobrescreve o tamanho do dispositivo\n"
29746 #. type: Plain text
29747 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:64
29748 msgid "Create a zram device of the specified _size_. Zram devices are aligned to memory pages; when the requested _size_ is not a multiple of the page size, it will be rounded up to the next multiple. When not otherwise specified, the unit of the _size_ parameter is bytes."
29751 #. type: Plain text
29752 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:66
29753 msgid "The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
29756 #. type: Labeled list
29757 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:67
29759 msgid "*-t*, *--streams* _number_"
29760 msgstr " -t, --streams <número> número de fluxos de compressão\n"
29762 #. type: Plain text
29763 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:69
29764 msgid "Set the maximum number of compression streams that can be used for the device. The default is one stream."
29767 #. type: Plain text
29768 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:79
29770 msgid "*zramctl* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure.\n"
29773 #. type: Labeled list
29774 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:82
29776 msgid "_/dev/zram[0..N]_"
29777 msgstr "Inicia a trilha _N_ (padrão 0)."
29779 #. type: Plain text
29780 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:84
29782 msgid "zram block devices"
29783 msgstr "Configura e controla dispositivos zram.\n"
29785 #. type: Plain text
29786 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:88
29787 msgid "The following commands set up a zram device with a size of one gigabyte and use it as swap device."
29790 #. type: delimited block .
29791 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:97
29794 " # zramctl --find --size 1024M\n"
29796 " # mkswap /dev/zram0\n"
29797 " # swapon /dev/zram0\n"
29799 " # swapoff /dev/zram0\n"
29800 " # zramctl --reset /dev/zram0\n"
29803 #. type: Plain text
29804 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:103
29805 msgid "mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
29808 #. type: Plain text
29809 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:107
29810 msgid "link:http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.rst[Linux kernel documentation]"
29814 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:2
29819 #. type: Plain text
29820 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:12
29821 msgid "agetty - alternative Linux getty"
29824 #. type: Plain text
29825 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:16
29827 msgid "*agetty* [options] _port_ [_baud_rate_...] [_term_]\n"
29830 #. type: Plain text
29831 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:20
29833 msgid "*agetty* opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/login command. It is normally invoked by *init*(8).\n"
29836 #. type: Plain text
29837 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:22
29839 msgid "*agetty* has several _non-standard_ features that are useful for hardwired and for dial-in lines:\n"
29842 #. type: Plain text
29843 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:24
29844 msgid "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line and uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit characters with no parity. The following special characters are recognized: Control-U (kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return and line feed (end of line). See also the *--erase-chars* and *--kill-chars* options."
29847 #. type: Plain text
29848 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:25
29849 msgid "Optionally deduces the baud rate from the CONNECT messages produced by Hayes(tm)-compatible modems."
29852 #. type: Plain text
29853 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:26
29854 msgid "Optionally does not hang up when it is given an already opened line (useful for call-back applications)."
29857 #. type: Plain text
29858 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:27
29859 msgid "Optionally does not display the contents of the _/etc/issue_ file."
29862 #. type: Plain text
29863 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:28
29864 msgid "Optionally displays an alternative issue files or directories instead of _/etc/issue_ or _/etc/issue.d_."
29867 #. type: Plain text
29868 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:29
29869 msgid "Optionally does not ask for a login name."
29872 #. type: Plain text
29873 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:30
29874 msgid "Optionally invokes a non-standard login program instead of _/bin/login_."
29877 #. type: Plain text
29878 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:31
29880 msgid "Optionally turns on hardware flow control."
29881 msgstr " -h, --flow-control habilita controle de fluxo de hardware\n"
29883 #. type: Plain text
29884 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:32
29885 msgid "Optionally forces the line to be local with no need for carrier detect."
29888 #. type: Plain text
29889 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:34
29890 msgid "This program does not use the _/etc/gettydefs_ (System V) or _/etc/gettytab_ (SunOS 4) files."
29893 #. type: Labeled list
29894 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:37
29897 msgstr "acesso a porta ISA não está implementada"
29899 #. type: Plain text
29900 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:39
29901 msgid "A path name relative to the _/dev_ directory. If a \"-\" is specified, *agetty* assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty port and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
29904 #. type: Plain text
29905 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:41
29906 msgid "Under System V, a \"-\" _port_ argument should be preceded by a \"--\"."
29909 #. type: Labeled list
29910 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:42
29912 msgid "_baud_rate_,..."
29913 msgstr " -m, --extract-baud extrai taxa de transmissão durante conexão\n"
29915 #. type: Plain text
29916 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:44
29917 msgid "A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates. Each time *agetty* receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated as if it were circular."
29920 #. type: Plain text
29921 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:46
29922 msgid "Baud rates should be specified in descending order, so that the null character (Ctrl-@) can also be used for baud-rate switching."
29925 #. type: Plain text
29926 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:48
29927 msgid "This argument is optional and unnecessary for *virtual terminals*."
29930 #. type: Plain text
29931 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:50
29932 msgid "The default for *serial terminals* is keep the current baud rate (see *--keep-baud*) and if unsuccessful then default to '9600'."
29935 #. type: Labeled list
29936 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:51
29941 #. type: Plain text
29942 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:53
29943 msgid "The value to be used for the *TERM* environment variable. This overrides whatever *init*(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
29946 #. type: Plain text
29947 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:55
29948 msgid "The default is 'vt100', or 'linux' for Linux on a virtual terminal, or 'hurd' for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
29951 #. type: Labeled list
29952 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:58
29954 msgid "*-8*, *--8bits*"
29955 msgstr "*-8*, *--8bits*"
29957 #. type: Plain text
29958 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:60
29959 msgid "Assume that the tty is 8-bit clean, hence disable parity detection."
29962 #. type: Labeled list
29963 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:61
29965 msgid "*-a*, *--autologin* _username_"
29966 msgstr "Nome de usuário"
29968 #. type: Plain text
29969 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:63
29970 msgid "Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or password. Using this option causes an *-f* _username_ option and argument to be added to the */bin/login* command line. See *--login-options*, which can be used to modify this option's behavior."
29973 #. type: Plain text
29974 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:65
29975 msgid "Note that *--autologin* may affect the way in which *getty* initializes the serial line, because on auto-login *agetty* does not read from the line and it has no opportunity optimize the line setting."
29978 #. type: Labeled list
29979 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:66
29981 msgid "*-c*, *--noreset*"
29982 msgstr "*-c*, *--noreset*"
29984 #. type: Plain text
29985 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:68
29986 msgid "Do not reset terminal cflags (control modes). See *termios*(3) for more details."
29989 #. type: Labeled list
29990 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:69
29992 msgid "*-E*, *--remote*"
29993 msgstr " -E, --remote usa -r <máquina> para login(1)\n"
29995 #. type: Plain text
29996 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:71
29997 msgid "Typically the *login*(1) command is given a remote hostname when called by something such as *telnetd*(8). This option allows *agetty* to pass what it is using for a hostname to *login*(1) for use in *utmp*(5). See *--host*, *login*(1), and *utmp*(5)."
30000 #. type: Plain text
30001 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:73
30002 msgid "If the *--host* _fakehost_ option is given, then an *-h* _fakehost_ option and argument are added to the _/bin/login_ command line."
30005 #. type: Plain text
30006 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:75
30007 msgid "If the *--nohostname* option is given, then an *-H* option is added to the */bin/login* command line."
30010 #. type: Plain text
30011 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:77
30012 msgid "See *--login-options*."
30013 msgstr "Veja *--login-options*."
30015 #. type: Labeled list
30016 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:78
30018 msgid "*-f*, *--issue-file* _path_"
30019 msgstr "*-f*, *--issue-file* _caminho_"
30021 #. type: Plain text
30022 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:80
30023 msgid "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed instead of _/etc/issue_ (or other). All specified files and directories are displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored. If the specified path is a directory then display all files with .issue file extension in version-sort order from the directory. This allows custom messages to be displayed on different terminals. The *--noissue* option will override this option."
30026 #. type: Labeled list
30027 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:81
30029 msgid "*--show-issue*"
30030 msgstr "*--show-issue*"
30032 #. type: Plain text
30033 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:83
30034 msgid "Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and exit. Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed for any other purpose. Note that output may use some default or incomplete information as proper output depends on terminal and agetty command line."
30037 #. type: Labeled list
30038 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:84
30040 msgid "*-h, --flow-control*"
30041 msgstr " -h, --flow-control habilita controle de fluxo de hardware\n"
30043 #. type: Plain text
30044 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:86
30045 msgid "Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control. It is left up to the application to disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
30048 #. type: Labeled list
30049 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:87
30051 msgid "*-H*, *--host* _fakehost_"
30054 #. type: Plain text
30055 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:89
30056 msgid "Write the specified _fakehost_ into the utmp file. Normally, no login host is given, since *agetty* is used for local hardwired connections and consoles. However, this option can be useful for identifying terminal concentrators and the like."
30059 #. type: Labeled list
30060 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:90
30062 msgid "*-i*, *--noissue*"
30063 msgstr " -i, --noissue não exibe o arquivo issue\n"
30065 #. type: Plain text
30066 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:92
30067 msgid "Do not display the contents of _/etc/issue_ (or other) before writing the login prompt. Terminals or communications hardware may become confused when receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up scripts may fail if the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
30070 #. type: Labeled list
30071 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:93
30073 msgid "*-I*, *--init-string* _initstring_"
30076 #. type: Plain text
30077 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:95
30078 msgid "Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending anything else. This may be used to initialize a modem. Non-printable characters may be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a backslash (\\). For example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, octal 012), write \\12."
30081 #. type: Labeled list
30082 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:96
30084 msgid "*-J*, *--noclear*"
30085 msgstr " -J --noclear não limpa a tela antes de perguntar\n"
30087 #. type: Plain text
30088 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:98
30089 msgid "Do not clear the screen before prompting for the login name. By default the screen is cleared."
30092 #. type: Labeled list
30093 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:99
30095 msgid "*-l*, *--login-program* _login_program_"
30097 " -l, --login-program <arquivo>\n"
30098 " especifica o programa usado para iniciar sessão\n"
30100 #. type: Plain text
30101 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:101
30102 msgid "Invoke the specified _login_program_ instead of /bin/login. This allows the use of a non-standard login program. Such a program could, for example, ask for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See *--login-options*."
30105 #. type: Labeled list
30106 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:102
30108 msgid "*-L*, *--local-line*[=__mode__]"
30109 msgstr " -L, --local-line[=<modo>] controla a opção de linha local\n"
30111 #. type: Plain text
30112 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:104
30113 msgid "Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional _mode_ argument is 'auto', 'always' or 'never'. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, then the default is 'always'. If the *--local-line* option is not given at all, then the default is 'auto'."
30116 #. type: Labeled list
30117 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:105
30120 msgstr " -f, --fork sempre faz fork\n"
30122 #. type: Plain text
30123 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107
30124 msgid "Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This can be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial line does not set the carrier-detect signal."
30127 #. type: Labeled list
30128 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107
30133 #. type: Plain text
30134 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:109
30135 msgid "Explicitly clears the CLOCAL flag from the line setting and the carrier-detect signal is expected on the line."
30138 #. type: Labeled list
30139 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:109
30142 msgstr "*-a*, *--auto*"
30144 #. type: Plain text
30145 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:111
30146 msgid "The *agetty* default. Does not modify the CLOCAL setting and follows the setting enabled by the kernel."
30149 #. type: Labeled list
30150 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:112
30152 msgid "*-m*, *--extract-baud*"
30153 msgstr " -m, --extract-baud extrai taxa de transmissão durante conexão\n"
30155 #. type: Plain text
30156 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:114
30157 msgid "Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by Hayes(tm)-compatible modems. These status messages are of the form: \"<junk><speed><junk>\". *agetty* assumes that the modem emits its status message at the same speed as specified with (the first) _baud_rate_ value on the command line."
30160 #. type: Plain text
30161 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:116
30162 msgid "Since the *--extract-baud* feature may fail on heavily-loaded systems, you still should enable BREAK processing by enumerating all expected baud rates on the command line."
30165 #. type: Labeled list
30166 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:117
30168 msgid "*--list-speeds*"
30169 msgstr "*--list-speeds*"
30171 #. type: Plain text
30172 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:119
30173 msgid "Display supported baud rates. These are determined at compilation time."
30176 #. type: Labeled list
30177 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:120
30179 msgid "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
30180 msgstr " -n, --skip-login não pergunta pelo nome para inciar sessão\n"
30182 #. type: Plain text
30183 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:122
30184 msgid "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection with the *--login-program* option to invoke a non-standard login process such as a BBS system. Note that with the *--skip-login* option, *agetty* gets no input from the user who logs in and therefore will not be able to figure out parity, character size, and newline processing of the connection. It defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line character. Beware that the program that *agetty* starts (usually /bin/login) is run as root."
30187 #. type: Labeled list
30188 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:123
30190 msgid "*-N*, *--nonewline*"
30192 " -N --nonewline não acrescenta nova linha antes da mensagem do\n"
30195 #. type: Plain text
30196 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:125
30197 msgid "Do not print a newline before writing out _/etc/issue_."
30200 #. type: Labeled list
30201 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:126
30203 msgid "*-o*, *--login-options* _login_options_"
30204 msgstr " -o, --login-options <ops> opções que são passadas ao inciar sessão\n"
30206 #. type: Plain text
30207 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:128
30208 msgid "Options and arguments that are passed to *login*(1). Where \\u is replaced by the login name. For example:"
30211 #. type: Plain text
30212 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:130
30214 msgid "*--login-options '-h darkstar -- \\u'*\n"
30217 #. type: Plain text
30218 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:132
30219 msgid "See *--autologin*, *--login-program* and *--remote*."
30222 #. type: Plain text
30223 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:134
30224 msgid "Please read the SECURITY NOTICE below before using this option."
30227 #. type: Labeled list
30228 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:135
30230 msgid "*-p*, *--login-pause*"
30231 msgstr " -p, --login-pause espera por alguma tecla antes de iniciar sessão\n"
30233 #. type: Plain text
30234 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:137
30235 msgid "Wait for any key before dropping to the login prompt. Can be combined with *--autologin* to save memory by lazily spawning shells."
30238 #. type: Labeled list
30239 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:138
30241 msgid "*-r*, *--chroot* _directory_"
30244 #. type: Plain text
30245 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:140
30247 msgid "Change root to the specified directory."
30248 msgstr "a alteração de diretório para raiz do sistema falhou"
30250 #. type: Labeled list
30251 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:141
30253 msgid "*-R*, *--hangup*"
30254 msgstr " -R, --hangup fecha virtualmente a sessão no tty\n"
30256 #. type: Plain text
30257 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:143
30258 msgid "Call *vhangup*(2) to do a virtual hangup of the specified terminal."
30261 #. type: Labeled list
30262 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:144
30264 msgid "*-s*, *--keep-baud*"
30265 msgstr " -s, --keep-baud tenta manter a taxa de transmissão após quebra\n"
30267 #. type: Plain text
30268 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:146
30269 msgid "Try to keep the existing baud rate. The baud rates from the command line are used when *agetty* receives a BREAK character. If another baud rates specified then the original baud rate is also saved to the end of the wanted baud rates list. This can be used to return to the original baud rate after unexpected BREAKs."
30272 #. type: Labeled list
30273 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:147 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:65
30275 msgid "*-t*, *--timeout* _timeout_"
30277 " -t, --timeout <tempo-limite> \n"
30278 " escreve o tempo limite em segundos\n"
30280 #. type: Plain text
30281 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:149
30282 msgid "Terminate if no user name could be read within _timeout_ seconds. Use of this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
30285 #. type: Labeled list
30286 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:150
30288 msgid "*-U*, *--detect-case*"
30289 msgstr " -U, --detect-case detecta terminal em caixa alta\n"
30291 #. type: Plain text
30292 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:152
30293 msgid "Turn on support for detecting an uppercase-only terminal. This setting will detect a login name containing only capitals as indicating an uppercase-only terminal and turn on some upper-to-lower case conversions. Note that this has no support for any Unicode characters."
30296 #. type: Labeled list
30297 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:153
30299 msgid "*-w*, *--wait-cr*"
30300 msgstr " -w, --wait-cr espera pelo caractere de retorno de carro\n"
30302 #. type: Plain text
30303 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:155
30304 msgid "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed character before sending the _/etc/issue_ file (or others) and the login prompt. This is useful with the *--init-string* option."
30307 #. type: Labeled list
30308 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:156
30310 msgid "*--nohints*"
30311 msgstr "*--nohints*"
30313 #. type: Plain text
30314 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:158
30315 msgid "Do not print hints about Num, Caps and Scroll Locks."
30318 #. type: Labeled list
30319 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:159
30321 msgid "*--nohostname*"
30322 msgstr " -R, --nohostname não exibe o campo de nome de máquina\n"
30324 #. type: Plain text
30325 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:161
30326 msgid "By default the hostname will be printed. With this option enabled, no hostname at all will be shown."
30329 #. type: Labeled list
30330 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:162
30332 msgid "*--long-hostname*"
30333 msgstr "*--long-hostname*"
30335 #. type: Plain text
30336 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:164
30337 msgid "By default the hostname is only printed until the first dot. With this option enabled, the fully qualified hostname by *gethostname*(3P) or (if not found) by *getaddrinfo*(3) is shown."
30340 #. type: Labeled list
30341 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:165
30343 msgid "*--erase-chars* _string_"
30344 msgstr " --erase-chars <texto> caracteres adicionais de backspace\n"
30346 #. type: Plain text
30347 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:167
30348 msgid "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types the login name. The default additional 'erase' has been '#', but since util-linux 2.23 no additional erase characters are enabled by default."
30351 #. type: Labeled list
30352 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:168
30354 msgid "*--kill-chars* _string_"
30355 msgstr "*--kill-chars* _string_"
30357 #. type: Plain text
30358 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:170
30359 msgid "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the login name. The default additional 'kill' has been '@', but since util-linux 2.23 no additional kill characters are enabled by default."
30362 #. type: Labeled list
30363 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:171
30365 msgid "*--chdir* _directory_"
30366 msgstr "*--chdir* _diretório_"
30368 #. type: Plain text
30369 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:173
30371 msgid "Change directory before the login."
30372 msgstr " --chdir <diretório> muda de diretório antes de fazer login\n"
30374 #. type: Labeled list
30375 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:174
30377 msgid "*--delay* _number_"
30378 msgstr "*--delay* _número_"
30380 #. type: Plain text
30381 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:176
30383 msgid "Sleep seconds before open tty."
30384 msgstr " --delay <número> segundos de atraso antes de perguntar\n"
30386 #. type: Labeled list
30387 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:177
30389 msgid "*--nice* _number_"
30390 msgstr " --nice <número> executa o login com essa prioridade\n"
30392 #. type: Plain text
30393 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:179
30395 msgid "Run login with this priority."
30396 msgstr " --nice <número> executa o login com essa prioridade\n"
30398 #. type: Labeled list
30399 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:180
30402 msgstr "*--reload*"
30404 #. type: Plain text
30405 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:182
30406 msgid "Ask all running agetty instances to reload and update their displayed prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in. After doing so the command will exit. This feature might be unsupported on systems without Linux *inotify*(7)."
30409 #. type: Plain text
30410 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:192
30411 msgid "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the _/etc/inittab_ file. You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the other fields. See *inittab*(5) for more details."
30414 #. type: Plain text
30415 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:194
30416 msgid "For a hardwired line or a console tty:"
30419 #. type: delimited block _
30420 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:197
30422 msgid "*/sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1*\n"
30425 #. type: Plain text
30426 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:200
30427 msgid "For a directly connected terminal without proper carrier-detect wiring (try this if your terminal just sleeps instead of giving you a password: prompt):"
30430 #. type: delimited block _
30431 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:203
30433 msgid "*/sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100*\n"
30436 #. type: Plain text
30437 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:206
30438 msgid "For an old-style dial-in line with a 9600/2400/1200 baud modem:"
30441 #. type: delimited block _
30442 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:209
30444 msgid "*/sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200*\n"
30447 #. type: Plain text
30448 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:212
30449 msgid "For a Hayes modem with a fixed 115200 bps interface to the machine (the example init string turns off modem echo and result codes, makes modem/computer DCD track modem/modem DCD, makes a DTR drop cause a disconnection, and turns on auto-answer after 1 ring):"
30452 #. type: delimited block _
30453 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:215
30455 msgid "*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*\n"
30459 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:217
30461 msgid "SECURITY NOTICE"
30462 msgstr "o contexto de segurança do usuário"
30464 #. type: Plain text
30465 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:220
30466 msgid "If you use the *--login-program* and *--login-options* options, be aware that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded options, which then get passed to the used login program. Agetty does check for a leading \"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one parameter (so embedded spaces will not create yet another parameter), but depending on how the login binary parses the command line that might not be sufficient. Check that the used login program cannot be abused this way."
30469 #. type: Plain text
30470 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:222
30471 msgid "Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line should not be interpreted as options. Use this feature if available by passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\u."
30475 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:223
30477 msgid "ISSUE FILES"
30478 msgstr " -f, --issue-file <arquivo> exibe o arquivos ou diretórios de issue\n"
30480 #. type: Plain text
30481 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:226
30482 msgid "The default issue file is _/etc/issue_. If the file exists, then *agetty* also checks for _/etc/issue.d_ directory. The directory is optional extension to the default issue file and content of the directory is printed after _/etc/issue_ content. If the _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then the directory is ignored. All files *with .issue extension* from the directory are printed in version-sort order. The directory can be used to maintain 3rd-party messages independently on the primary system _/etc/issue_ file."
30485 #. type: Plain text
30486 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:228
30487 msgid "Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are supported. If the default _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then *agetty* checks for _/run/issue_ and _/run/issue.d_, thereafter for _/usr/lib/issue_ and _/usr/lib/issue.d_. The directory _/etc_ is expected for host specific configuration, _/run_ is expected for generated stuff and _/usr/lib_ for static distribution maintained configuration."
30490 #. type: Plain text
30491 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:230
30492 msgid "The default path maybe overridden by *--issue-file* option. In this case specified path has to be file or directory and all the default issue file and directory locations are ignored."
30495 #. type: Plain text
30496 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:232
30497 msgid "The issue file feature can be completely disabled by *--noissue* option."
30500 #. type: Plain text
30501 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:234
30502 msgid "It is possible to review the current issue file by *agetty --show-issue* on the current terminal."
30505 #. type: Plain text
30506 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:236
30507 msgid "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system name, date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\) immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
30510 #. type: Labeled list
30511 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:237
30513 msgid "4 or 4{_interface_}"
30514 msgstr "4 or 4{_interface_}"
30516 #. type: Plain text
30517 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:239
30518 msgid "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: \\4\\{eth0}). If the _interface_ argument is not specified, then select the first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If not any configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the machine's hostname."
30521 #. type: Labeled list
30522 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:240
30524 msgid "6 or 6{_interface_}"
30525 msgstr "6 or 6{_interface_}"
30527 #. type: Plain text
30528 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:242
30530 msgid "The same as \\4 but for IPv6."
30533 #. type: Labeled list
30534 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:243
30539 #. type: Plain text
30540 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:245
30541 msgid "Insert the baudrate of the current line."
30544 #. type: Labeled list
30545 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:246
30550 #. type: Plain text
30551 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:248
30553 msgid "Insert the current date."
30554 msgstr "Insere um _arquivo_ no sistema de arquivos cramfs."
30556 #. type: Labeled list
30557 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:249
30559 msgid "e or e{_name_}"
30562 #. type: Plain text
30563 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:251
30564 msgid "Translate the human-readable _name_ to an escape sequence and insert it (for example: \\e{red}Alert text.\\e{reset}). If the _name_ argument is not specified, then insert \\033. The currently supported names are: black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white. All unknown names are silently ignored."
30567 #. type: Labeled list
30568 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:252
30573 #. type: Plain text
30574 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:254
30575 msgid "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as 'uname -s'. See also the \\S escape code."
30578 #. type: Labeled list
30579 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:255
30581 msgid "S or S{VARIABLE}"
30582 msgstr "falha ao definir a variável de ambiente %s"
30584 #. type: Plain text
30585 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:257
30586 msgid "Insert the VARIABLE data from _/etc/os-release_. If this file does not exist then fall back to _/usr/lib/os-release_. If the VARIABLE argument is not specified, then use PRETTY_NAME from the file or the system name (see \\s). This escape code can be used to keep _/etc/issue_ distribution and release independent. Note that \\S{ANSI_COLOR} is converted to the real terminal escape sequence."
30589 #. type: Labeled list
30590 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:258
30595 #. type: Plain text
30596 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:260
30597 msgid "Insert the name of the current tty line."
30600 #. type: Labeled list
30601 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:261
30606 #. type: Plain text
30607 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:263
30608 msgid "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine. Same as *uname -m*."
30611 #. type: Labeled list
30612 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:264
30617 #. type: Plain text
30618 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:266
30619 msgid "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname. Same as *uname -n*."
30622 #. type: Labeled list
30623 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:267
30628 #. type: Plain text
30629 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:269
30630 msgid "Insert the NIS domainname of the machine. Same as *hostname -d*."
30633 #. type: Labeled list
30634 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:270
30639 #. type: Plain text
30640 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:272
30641 msgid "Insert the DNS domainname of the machine."
30644 #. type: Labeled list
30645 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:273
30650 #. type: Plain text
30651 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:275
30652 msgid "Insert the release number of the OS. Same as *uname -r*."
30655 #. type: Labeled list
30656 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:276
30661 #. type: Plain text
30662 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:278
30664 msgid "Insert the current time."
30665 msgstr "Insere um _arquivo_ no sistema de arquivos cramfs."
30667 #. type: Labeled list
30668 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:279
30673 #. type: Plain text
30674 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:281
30675 msgid "Insert the number of current users logged in."
30678 #. type: Labeled list
30679 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:282
30684 #. type: Plain text
30685 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:284
30686 msgid "Insert the string \"1 user\" or \"<n> users\" where <n> is the number of current users logged in."
30689 #. type: Labeled list
30690 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:285
30695 #. type: Plain text
30696 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:287
30697 msgid "Insert the version of the OS, that is, the build-date and such."
30700 #. type: Plain text
30701 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:289
30702 msgid "An example. On my system, the following _/etc/issue_ file:"
30705 #. type: delimited block .
30706 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:292
30708 msgid "This is \\n.\\o (\\s \\m \\r) \\t\n"
30711 #. type: Plain text
30712 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:295
30713 msgid "displays as:"
30716 #. type: delimited block .
30717 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:298
30719 msgid "This is thingol.orcan.dk (Linux i386 1.1.9) 18:29:30\n"
30722 #. type: Labeled list
30723 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:302
30725 msgid "_/var/run/utmp_"
30726 msgstr "_/var/run/utmp_"
30728 #. type: Plain text
30729 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:304
30731 msgid "the system status file."
30732 msgstr "sistema de arquivos foi deixado sem correção"
30734 #. type: Labeled list
30735 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:305
30737 msgid "_/etc/issue_"
30738 msgstr "_/etc/issue_"
30740 #. type: Plain text
30741 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:307
30743 msgid "printed before the login prompt."
30744 msgstr " -H suprime nome de máquina no prompt de login"
30746 #. type: Labeled list
30747 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:308
30749 msgid "_/etc/os-release /usr/lib/os-release_"
30752 #. type: Plain text
30753 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:310
30754 msgid "operating system identification data."
30757 #. type: Labeled list
30758 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:311
30760 msgid "_/dev/console_"
30761 msgstr "não foi possível abrir o console"
30763 #. type: Plain text
30764 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:313
30765 msgid "problem reports (if *syslog*(3) is not used)."
30768 #. type: Labeled list
30769 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:314
30771 msgid "_/etc/inittab_"
30772 msgstr "_/etc/inittab_"
30774 #. type: Plain text
30775 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:316
30777 msgid "*init*(8) configuration file for SysV-style init daemon.\n"
30780 #. type: Plain text
30781 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:320
30782 msgid "The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that *agetty* be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in call (within 30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud). For robustness, always use the *--extract-baud* option in combination with a multiple baud rate command-line argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
30785 #. type: Plain text
30786 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:322
30787 msgid "The text in the _/etc/issue_ file (or other) and the login prompt are always output with 7-bit characters and space parity."
30790 #. type: Plain text
30791 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:324
30792 msgid "The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that the modem emits its status message _after_ raising the DCD line."
30795 #. type: Plain text
30796 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:328
30797 msgid "Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written to the console device or reported via the *syslog*(3) facility. Error messages are produced if the _port_ argument does not specify a terminal device; if there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V only); and so on."
30800 #. type: Plain text
30801 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:333
30802 msgid "mailto:werner@suse.de[Werner Fink], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
30805 #. type: Plain text
30806 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:335
30807 msgid "The original *agetty* for serial terminals was written by mailto:wietse@wzv.win.tue.nl[W.Z. Venema] and ported to Linux by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]."
30813 #. Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993
30814 #. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
30815 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
30816 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
30818 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
30819 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
30820 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
30821 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
30822 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
30823 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
30824 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
30825 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
30826 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
30827 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
30828 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
30829 #. without specific prior written permission.
30830 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
30831 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
30832 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
30833 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
30834 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
30835 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
30836 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
30837 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
30838 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
30839 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
30841 #. @(#)mesg.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
30843 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:36
30848 #. type: Plain text
30849 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:46
30850 msgid "mesg - display (or do not display) messages from other users"
30853 #. type: Plain text
30854 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:50
30856 msgid "*mesg* [_option_] [*n*|*y*]\n"
30857 msgstr " %s [opções] [s | n]\n"
30859 #. type: Plain text
30860 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:54
30861 msgid "The *mesg* utility is invoked by a user to control write access others have to the terminal device associated with standard error output. If write access is allowed, then programs such as *talk*(1) and *write*(1) may display messages on the terminal."
30864 #. type: Plain text
30865 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:56
30866 msgid "Traditionally, write access is allowed by default. However, as users become more conscious of various security risks, there is a trend to remove write access by default, at least for the primary login shell. To make sure your ttys are set the way you want them to be set, *mesg* should be executed in your login scripts."
30869 #. type: Plain text
30870 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:58
30871 msgid "The *mesg* utility silently exits with error status 2 if not executed on terminal. In this case execute *mesg* is pointless. The command line option *--verbose* forces mesg to print a warning in this situation. This behaviour has been introduced in version 2.33."
30874 #. type: Plain text
30875 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:63
30877 msgid "Disallow messages."
30878 msgstr " -r veda o escape para shell\n"
30880 #. type: Labeled list
30881 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:64
30886 #. type: Plain text
30887 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:66
30889 msgid "Allow messages to be displayed."
30890 msgstr "**allow_utime=**__valor__"
30892 #. type: Plain text
30893 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:68
30894 msgid "If no arguments are given, *mesg* shows the current message status on standard error output."
30897 #. type: Plain text
30898 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:83
30899 msgid "The *mesg* utility exits with one of the following values:"
30902 #. type: Plain text
30903 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:86
30905 msgid "Messages are allowed."
30906 msgstr "a opção --offset não é permitida neste contexto"
30908 #. type: Plain text
30909 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:88
30911 msgid "Messages are not allowed."
30913 "mount: %s não contém rótulos SELinux.\n"
30914 " Você acabou de montar um sistema de arquivos que tem suporte a rótulos,\n"
30915 " mas que não contém rótulos, em uma máquina com SELinux. É bem possível\n"
30916 " que aplicativos confinados venham a gerar mensagens AVC e não tenham\n"
30917 " permissão para acessar este sistema de arquivos. Para mais detalhes,\n"
30918 " veja restorecon(8) e mount(8).\n"
30920 #. type: Labeled list
30921 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:88
30926 #. type: Plain text
30927 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:90
30928 msgid "An error has occurred."
30929 msgstr "Ocorreu um erro."
30931 #. type: Plain text
30932 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:94
30933 msgid "_/dev/[pt]ty[pq]?_"
30936 #. type: Plain text
30937 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:98
30938 msgid "A *mesg* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
30941 #. type: Plain text
30942 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:106
30955 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 Regents of the University of California.
30956 #. All rights reserved.
30957 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
30958 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
30960 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
30961 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
30962 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
30963 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
30964 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
30965 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
30966 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
30967 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
30968 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
30969 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
30970 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
30971 #. without specific prior written permission.
30972 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
30973 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
30974 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
30975 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
30976 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
30977 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
30978 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
30979 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
30980 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
30981 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
30983 #. @(#)script.1 6.5 (Berkeley) 7/27/91
30985 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:36
30990 #. type: Plain text
30991 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:47
30993 msgid "script - make typescript of terminal session"
30994 msgstr "Cria um script-gravado de uma sessão de terminal.\n"
30996 #. type: Plain text
30997 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:51
30999 msgid "*script* [options] [_file_]\n"
31000 msgstr "Digite o nome do arquivo de script: "
31002 #. type: Plain text
31003 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:55
31005 msgid "*script* makes a typescript of everything on your terminal session. The terminal data are stored in raw form to the log file and information about timing to another (optional) structured log file. The timing log file is necessary to replay the session later by *scriptreplay*(1) and to store additional information about the session.\n"
31008 #. type: Plain text
31009 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:57
31010 msgid "Since version 2.35, *script* supports multiple streams and allows the logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file. This version also supports new timing file which records additional information. The command *scriptreplay --summary* then provides all the information."
31013 #. type: Plain text
31014 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:59
31015 msgid "If the argument _file_ or option *--log-out* _file_ is given, *script* saves the dialogue in this _file_. If no filename is given, the dialogue is saved in the file _typescript_."
31018 #. type: Plain text
31019 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:61
31020 msgid "Note that logging input using *--log-in* or *--log-io* may record security-sensitive information as the log file contains all terminal session input (e.g., passwords) independently of the terminal echo flag setting."
31023 #. type: Plain text
31024 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:65
31025 msgid "Below, the _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
31028 #. type: Plain text
31029 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:68
31030 msgid "Append the output to _file_ or to _typescript_, retaining the prior contents."
31033 #. type: Plain text
31034 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:71
31035 msgid "Run the _command_ rather than an interactive shell. This makes it easy for a script to capture the output of a program that behaves differently when its stdout is not a tty."
31038 #. type: Labeled list
31039 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:72
31041 msgid "*-E*, *--echo* _when_"
31042 msgstr " -E, --echo <quando> ecoa entrada na sessão (auto, always ou never)\n"
31044 #. type: Plain text
31045 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:74
31046 msgid "This option controls the *ECHO* flag for the slave end of the session's pseudoterminal. The supported modes are _always_, _never_, or _auto_."
31049 #. type: Plain text
31050 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:76
31051 msgid "The default is _auto_ -- in this case, *ECHO* enabled for the pseudoterminal slave; if the current standard input is a terminal, *ECHO* is disabled for it to prevent double echo; if the current standard input is not a terminal (for example pipe: *echo date | script*) then keeping *ECHO* enabled for the pseudoterminal slave enables the standard input data to be viewed on screen while being recorded to session log simultaneously."
31054 #. type: Plain text
31055 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:78
31056 msgid "Note that 'never' mode affects content of the session output log, because users input is not repeated on output."
31059 #. type: Labeled list
31060 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:79
31062 msgid "*-e*, *--return*"
31063 msgstr " -e, --return retorna código de saída do processo filho\n"
31065 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
31066 #. type: Plain text
31067 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:82
31068 msgid "Return the exit status of the child process. Uses the same format as bash termination on signal termination (i.e., exit status is 128 {plus} the signal number). The exit status of the child process is always stored in the type script file too."
31071 #. type: Labeled list
31072 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:83
31074 msgid "*-f*, *--flush*"
31075 msgstr " -f, --flush executa liberação após cada gravação\n"
31077 #. type: Plain text
31078 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:85
31079 msgid "Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one person does *mkfifo foo; script -f foo*, and another can supervise in real-time what is being done using *cat foo*. Note that flush has an impact on performance; it's possible to use *SIGUSR1* to flush logs on demand."
31082 #. type: Labeled list
31083 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:86
31086 msgstr "*-f*, *--force*"
31088 #. type: Plain text
31089 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:88
31090 msgid "Allow the default output file _typescript_ to be a hard or symbolic link. The command will follow a symbolic link."
31093 #. type: Labeled list
31094 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:89 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:33
31095 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:38
31097 msgid "*-B*, *--log-io* _file_"
31098 msgstr " -B, --log-io <arquivo> registra arquivo de registro de stdin e stdout\n"
31100 #. type: Plain text
31101 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:91
31102 msgid "Log input and output to the same _file_. Note, this option makes sense only if *--log-timing* is also specified, otherwise it's impossible to separate output and input streams from the log _file_."
31105 #. type: Labeled list
31106 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:92 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:30
31107 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:32
31109 msgid "*-I*, *--log-in* _file_"
31110 msgstr " -I, --log-in <arquivo> registra o arquivo de registro da stdin\n"
31112 #. type: Plain text
31113 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:94
31114 msgid "Log input to the _file_. The log output is disabled if only *--log-in* specified."
31117 #. type: Plain text
31118 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:96
31119 msgid "Use this logging functionality carefully as it logs all input, including input when terminal has disabled echo flag (for example, password inputs)."
31122 #. type: Labeled list
31123 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:97 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:35
31125 msgid "*-O*, *--log-out* _file_"
31126 msgstr " -O, --log-out <arquivo> cria arquivo de registro da stdout (padrão)\n"
31128 #. type: Plain text
31129 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:99
31130 msgid "Log output to the _file_. The default is to log output to the file with name _typescript_ if the option *--log-out* or *--log-in* is not given. The log output is disabled if only *--log-in* specified."
31133 #. type: Labeled list
31134 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:100 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:39
31135 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:44
31137 msgid "*-T*, *--log-timing* _file_"
31139 " -T, --log-timing <arquivo>\n"
31140 " apelido para -t\n"
31142 #. type: Plain text
31143 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:102
31144 msgid "Log timing information to the _file_. Two timing file formats are supported now. The classic format is used when only one stream (input or output) logging is enabled. The multi-stream format is used on *--log-io* or when *--log-in* and *--log-out* are used together. See also *--logging-format*."
31147 #. type: Labeled list
31148 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:103
31150 msgid "*-m*, *--logging-format* _format_"
31151 msgstr "formato de registro sem suporte: \"%s\""
31153 #. type: Plain text
31154 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:105
31155 msgid "Force use of _advanced_ or _classic_ format. The default is the classic format to log only output and the advanced format when input as well as output logging is requested."
31158 #. type: Labeled list
31159 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:107
31161 msgid "*Classic format*:"
31162 msgstr "registro de vários fluxos é mutuamente exclusivo com formato \"classic\""
31164 #. type: Plain text
31165 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:109
31166 msgid "The log contains two fields, separated by a space. The first field indicates how much time elapsed since the previous output. The second field indicates how many characters were output this time."
31169 #. type: Labeled list
31170 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:110
31172 msgid "*Advanced (multi-stream) format*:"
31175 #. type: Plain text
31176 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:112
31177 msgid "The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, 'H'eader, 'S'ignal). The socond field is how much time elapsed since the previous entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data."
31180 #. type: Labeled list
31181 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:113
31183 msgid "*-o*, *--output-limit* _size_"
31184 msgstr " -o, --output-limit <tam> encerra se arquivos de saída excederam tamanho\n"
31186 #. type: Plain text
31187 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:115
31188 msgid "Limit the size of the typescript and timing files to _size_ and stop the child process after this size is exceeded. The calculated file size does not include the start and done messages that the *script* command prepends and appends to the child process output. Due to buffering, the resulting output file might be larger than the specified value."
31191 #. type: Plain text
31192 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:118
31193 msgid "Be quiet (do not write start and done messages to standard output)."
31196 #. type: Labeled list
31197 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:119
31199 msgid "*-t*[_file_], *--timing*[=_file_]"
31201 " -t[<arquivo>], --timing[=<arquivo>]\n"
31202 " apelido descontinuado para -T (arquivo padrão\n"
31205 #. type: Plain text
31206 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:121
31207 msgid "Output timing data to standard error, or to _file_ when given. This option is deprecated in favour of *--log-timing* where the _file_ argument is not optional."
31210 #. type: Plain text
31211 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:131
31212 msgid "Upon receiving *SIGUSR1*, *script* immediately flushes the output files."
31215 #. type: Plain text
31216 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:135
31217 msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by *script*:"
31220 #. type: Labeled list
31221 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:136 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:172
31222 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:134
31227 #. type: Plain text
31228 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:138
31229 msgid "If the variable *SHELL* exists, the shell forked by *script* will be that shell. If *SHELL* is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed. (Most shells set this variable automatically)."
31232 #. type: Plain text
31233 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:142
31234 msgid "The script ends when the forked shell exits (a _control-D_ for the Bourne shell (*sh*(1p)), and _exit_, _logout_ or _control-d_ (if _ignoreeof_ is not set) for the C-shell, *csh*(1))."
31237 #. type: Plain text
31238 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:144
31239 msgid "Certain interactive commands, such as *vi*(1), create garbage in the typescript file. *script* works best with commands that do not manipulate the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy terminal."
31242 #. type: Plain text
31243 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:146
31244 msgid "It is not recommended to run *script* in non-interactive shells. The inner shell of *script* is always interactive, and this could lead to unexpected results. If you use *script* in the shell initialization file, you have to avoid entering an infinite loop. You can use for example the *.profile* file, which is read by login shells only:"
31247 #. type: delimited block .
31248 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:152
31251 "if test -t 0 ; then\n"
31257 #. type: Plain text
31258 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:155
31259 msgid "You should also avoid use of *script* in command pipes, as *script* can read more input than you would expect."
31262 #. type: Plain text
31263 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:159
31264 msgid "The *script* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
31267 #. type: Plain text
31268 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:163
31270 msgid "*script* places _everything_ in the log file, including linefeeds and backspaces. This is not what the naive user expects.\n"
31273 #. type: Plain text
31274 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:165
31276 msgid "*script* is primarily designed for interactive terminal sessions. When stdin is not a terminal (for example: *echo foo | script*), then the session can hang, because the interactive shell within the script session misses EOF and *script* has no clue when to close the session. See the *NOTES* section for more information.\n"
31279 #. type: Plain text
31280 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:171
31283 "*csh*(1) (for the _history_ mechanism),\n"
31284 "*scriptreplay*(1),\n"
31285 "*scriptlive*(1)\n"
31289 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:2
31291 msgid "scriptlive(1)"
31294 ">>> scriptlive: concluído.\n"
31296 #. type: Plain text
31297 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:13
31298 msgid "scriptlive - re-run session typescripts, using timing information"
31301 #. type: Plain text
31302 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:17
31304 msgid "*scriptlive* [options] [*-t*] _timingfile_ [*-I*|*-B*] _typescript_\n"
31305 msgstr " %s [-t] arquivo-tempo [-I|-B] script-gravado\n"
31307 #. type: Plain text
31308 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:21
31309 msgid "This program re-runs a typescript, using stdin typescript and timing information to ensure that input happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the script was recorded."
31312 #. type: Plain text
31313 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:23
31314 msgid "The *session is executed* in a newly created pseudoterminal with the user's $SHELL (or defaults to _/bin/bash_)."
31317 #. type: Plain text
31318 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:25
31320 msgid "*Be careful!* Do not forget that the typescript may contains arbitrary commands. It is recommended to use *\"scriptreplay --stream in --log-in typescript\"* (or with *--log-io* instead of *--log-in* to verify the typescript before it is executed by *scriptlive*.\n"
31323 #. type: Plain text
31324 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:27
31325 msgid "The timing information is what script1 outputs to file specified by *--log-timing*. The typescript has to contain stdin information and it is what script1 outputs to file specified by *--log-in* or *--log-io*."
31328 #. type: Plain text
31329 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:32 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:34
31330 msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal input."
31333 #. type: Plain text
31334 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:35 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:40
31335 msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output and input."
31338 #. type: Labeled list
31339 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:36 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:41
31341 msgid "*-t*, *--timing* _file_"
31342 msgstr " -t, --timing <arquivo> registra o arquivo de registro de tempo\n"
31344 #. type: Plain text
31345 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:38 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:43
31346 msgid "File containing *script*'s timing output. This option overrides old-style arguments."
31349 #. type: Plain text
31350 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:41
31351 msgid "Aliased to *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) command-line options."
31354 #. type: Plain text
31355 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:55
31356 msgid "Speed up the replay displaying this _number_ of times. The argument is a floating-point number. It's called divisor because it divides the timings by this factor. This option overrides old-style arguments."
31359 #. type: Labeled list
31360 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:45 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:56
31362 msgid "*-m*, *--maxdelay* _number_"
31365 #. type: Plain text
31366 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:47 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:58
31367 msgid "Set the maximum delay between updates to _number_ of seconds. The argument is a floating-point number. This can be used to avoid long pauses in the typescript replay."
31370 #. type: delimited block .
31371 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:64
31374 "% script --log-timing file.tm --log-in script.in\n"
31375 "Script started, file is script.out\n"
31379 "Script done, file is script.out\n"
31380 "% scriptlive --log-timing file.tm --log-in script.in\n"
31383 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
31384 #. type: Plain text
31385 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:74
31386 msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2019 Karel Zak"
31389 #. type: Plain text
31390 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:76 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:96
31391 msgid "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
31394 #. type: Plain text
31395 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:78 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:98
31396 msgid "Released under the GNU General Public License version 2 or later."
31399 #. type: Plain text
31400 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:83
31404 "*scriptreplay*(1)\n"
31408 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:2
31410 msgid "scriptreplay(1)"
31413 #. type: Plain text
31414 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:13
31416 msgid "scriptreplay - play back typescripts, using timing information"
31417 msgstr "Reproduz dados digitados do terminal, usando informação de tempo.\n"
31419 #. type: Plain text
31420 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:17
31422 msgid "*scriptreplay* [options] [*-t*] _timingfile_ [_typescript_ [_divisor_]\n"
31423 msgstr " %s [-t] arquivo-tempo [dados-digitados] [divisor]\n"
31425 #. type: Plain text
31426 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:21
31427 msgid "This program replays a typescript, using timing information to ensure that output happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the script was recorded."
31430 #. type: Plain text
31431 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:23
31432 msgid "The replay simply displays the information again; the programs that were run when the typescript was being recorded are *not run again*. Since the same information is simply being displayed, *scriptreplay* is only guaranteed to work properly if run on the same type of terminal the typescript was recorded on. Otherwise, any escape characters in the typescript may be interpreted differently by the terminal to which *scriptreplay* is sending its output."
31435 #. type: Plain text
31436 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:25
31437 msgid "The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--log-timing*."
31440 #. type: Plain text
31441 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:27
31442 msgid "By default, the typescript to display is assumed to be named _typescript_, but other filenames may be specified, as the second parameter or with option *--log-out*."
31445 #. type: Plain text
31446 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:29
31447 msgid "If the third parameter or *--divisor* is specified, it is used as a speed-up multiplier. For example, a speed-up of 2 makes *scriptreplay* go twice as fast, and a speed-up of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than the original session."
31450 #. type: Plain text
31451 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:37
31452 msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output."
31455 #. type: Plain text
31456 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:46
31457 msgid "This is an alias for *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) command-line options."
31460 #. type: Labeled list
31461 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:47
31463 msgid "*-s*, *--typescript* _file_"
31465 " -s, --typescript <arquivo>\n"
31466 " apelido descontinuado para -O\n"
31468 #. type: Plain text
31469 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:49
31470 msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output. Deprecated alias to *--log-out*. This option overrides old-style arguments."
31473 #. type: Labeled list
31474 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:50
31476 msgid "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _mode_"
31479 #. type: Plain text
31480 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:52
31481 msgid "Specifies how to use the CR (0x0D, carriage return) character from log files. The default mode is _auto_, in this case CR is replaced with line break for stdin log, because otherwise *scriptreplay* would overwrite the same line. The other modes are _never_ and _always_."
31484 #. type: Labeled list
31485 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:59
31487 msgid "*--summary*"
31490 "Colunas de resumo (--global):\n"
31492 #. type: Plain text
31493 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:61
31494 msgid "Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file and exit. The session has to be recorded using _advanced_ format (see *script*(1)) option *--logging-format* for more details)."
31497 #. type: Labeled list
31498 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:62
31500 msgid "*-x*, *--stream* _type_"
31503 #. type: Plain text
31504 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:64
31505 msgid "Forces *scriptreplay* to print only the specified stream. The supported stream types are _in_, _out_, _signal_, or _info_. This option is recommended for multi-stream logs (e.g., *--log-io*) in order to print only specified data."
31508 #. type: delimited block .
31509 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:81
31512 "% script --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
31513 "Script started, file is script.out\n"
31517 "Script done, file is script.out\n"
31518 "% scriptreplay --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
31521 #. type: Plain text
31522 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:86
31523 msgid "The original *scriptreplay* program was written by mailto:joey@kitenet.net[Joey Hess]. The program was re-written in C by mailto:jay@gnu.org[James Youngman] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
31526 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
31527 #. type: Plain text
31528 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:91
31529 msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2008 James Youngman"
31532 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
31533 #. type: Plain text
31534 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:94
31535 msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
31538 #. type: Plain text
31539 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:103
31543 "*scriptlive*(1)\n"
31546 #. Copyright 1990 Gordon Irlam (gordoni@cs.ua.oz.au)
31547 #. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
31548 #. Copyright 2000 Colin Watson (cjw44@cam.ac.uk)
31549 #. Do not restrict distribution.
31550 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
31552 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:9
31557 #. type: Plain text
31558 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:19
31560 msgid "setterm - set terminal attributes"
31561 msgstr "não foi possível definir atributos do terminal"
31563 #. type: Plain text
31564 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:23
31566 msgid "*setterm* [options]\n"
31571 #. type: Plain text
31572 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:27
31574 msgid "*setterm* writes to standard output a character string that will invoke the specified terminal capabilities. Where possible _terminfo_ is consulted to find the string to use. Some options however (marked \"virtual consoles only\" below) do not correspond to a *terminfo*(5) capability. In this case, if the terminal type is \"con\" or \"linux\" the string that invokes the specified capabilities on the PC Minix virtual console driver is output. Options that are not implemented by the terminal are ignored.\n"
31577 #. type: Plain text
31578 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:31
31579 msgid "For boolean options (*on* or *off*), the default is *on*."
31582 #. type: Plain text
31583 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:33
31584 msgid "Below, an _8-color_ can be *black*, *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
31587 #. type: Plain text
31588 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:35
31589 msgid "A _16-color_ can be an _8-color_, or *grey*, or *bright* followed by *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
31592 #. type: Plain text
31593 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:37
31594 msgid "The various color options may be set independently, at least on virtual consoles, though the results of setting multiple modes (for example, *--underline* and *--half-bright*) are hardware-dependent."
31597 #. type: Plain text
31598 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:39
31599 msgid "The optional arguments require '=' (equals sign) and not space between the option and the argument. For example --option=argument."
31602 #. type: Labeled list
31603 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:40
31605 msgid "*--appcursorkeys* on|off"
31606 msgstr "*--appcursorkeys* on|off"
31608 #. type: Plain text
31609 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:42
31610 msgid "Sets Cursor Key Application Mode on or off. When on, ESC O A, ESC O B, etc. will be sent for the cursor keys instead of ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc. See the _vi and Cursor-Keys_ section of the _Text-Terminal-HOWTO_ for how this can cause problems for *vi* users. Virtual consoles only."
31613 #. type: Labeled list
31614 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:43
31616 msgid "*--append* _console_number_"
31619 #. type: Plain text
31620 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:45
31621 msgid "Like *--dump*, but appends to the snapshot file instead of overwriting it. Only works if no *--dump* options are given."
31624 #. type: Labeled list
31625 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:46
31627 msgid "*--background* __8-color__|default"
31630 #. type: Plain text
31631 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:48
31633 msgid "Sets the background text color."
31634 msgstr " --background default|<cor> define a core de fundo\n"
31636 #. type: Labeled list
31637 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:49
31639 msgid "*--blank*[=0-60|force|poke]"
31641 " --blank[=0-60|force|poke] define o tempo de inatividade antes de\n"
31644 #. type: Plain text
31645 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:51
31646 msgid "Sets the interval of inactivity, in minutes, after which the screen will be automatically blanked (using APM if available). Without an argument, it gets the blank status (returns which vt was blanked, or zero for an unblanked vt). Virtual consoles only."
31649 #. type: Plain text
31650 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:53
31651 msgid "The *force* argument keeps the screen blank even if a key is pressed."
31654 #. type: Plain text
31655 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:55
31656 msgid "The *poke* argument unblanks the screen."
31659 #. type: Labeled list
31660 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:56
31662 msgid "*--bfreq*[=_number_]"
31663 msgstr "*--bfreq*[=_número_]"
31665 #. type: Plain text
31666 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:58
31667 msgid "Sets the bell frequency in Hertz. Without an argument, it defaults to *0*. Virtual consoles only."
31670 #. type: Labeled list
31671 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:59
31673 msgid "*--blength*[=0-2000]"
31674 msgstr " --blength[=<0-2000>] duração do apito em milissegundos\n"
31676 #. type: Plain text
31677 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:61
31678 msgid "Sets the bell duration in milliseconds. Without an argument, it defaults to *0*. Virtual consoles only."
31681 #. type: Labeled list
31682 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:62
31684 msgid "*--blink* on|off"
31685 msgstr " --blink on|off pisca\n"
31687 #. type: Plain text
31688 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:64
31689 msgid "Turns blink mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--blink off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
31692 #. type: Labeled list
31693 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:65
31695 msgid "*--bold* on|off"
31696 msgstr " --bold on|off negrito\n"
31698 #. type: Plain text
31699 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:67
31700 msgid "urns bold (extra bright) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--bold off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
31703 #. type: Labeled list
31704 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:68
31706 msgid "*--clear*[=all|rest]"
31707 msgstr " --clear[=<all|rest>] limpa a tela e define a posição do cursor\n"
31709 #. type: Plain text
31710 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:70
31711 msgid "Without an argument or with the argument *all*, the entire screen is cleared and the cursor is set to the home position, just like *clear*(1) does. With the argument *rest*, the screen is cleared from the current cursor position to the end."
31714 #. type: Labeled list
31715 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:71
31717 msgid "*--clrtabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
31720 #. type: Plain text
31721 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:73
31722 msgid "Clears tab stops from the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range *1-160*. Without arguments, it clears all tab stops. Virtual consoles only."
31725 #. type: Labeled list
31726 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:74
31728 msgid "*--cursor* on|off"
31729 msgstr " --cursor on|off exibe o cursor\n"
31731 #. type: Plain text
31732 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:76
31734 msgid "Turns the terminal's cursor on or off."
31735 msgstr " --cursor on|off exibe o cursor\n"
31737 #. type: Labeled list
31738 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:77
31740 msgid "*--default*"
31741 msgstr "Selecione (padrão %c): "
31743 #. type: Plain text
31744 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:79
31745 msgid "Sets the terminal's rendering options to the default values."
31748 #. type: Labeled list
31749 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:80
31751 msgid "*--dump*[=_console_number_]"
31754 #. type: Plain text
31755 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:82
31756 msgid "Writes a snapshot of the virtual console with the given number to the file specified with the *--file* option, overwriting its contents; the default is _screen.dump_. Without an argument, it dumps the current virtual console. This overrides *--append*."
31759 #. type: Labeled list
31760 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:83
31762 msgid "*--file* _filename_"
31763 msgstr " --file <arquivo> nome do arquivo de despejo\n"
31765 #. type: Plain text
31766 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:85
31767 msgid "Sets the snapshot file name for any *--dump* or *--append* options on the same command line. If this option is not present, the default is _screen.dump_ in the current directory. A path name that exceeds the system maximum will be truncated, see *PATH_MAX* from _linux/limits.h_ for the value."
31770 #. type: Labeled list
31771 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:86
31773 msgid "*--foreground* __8-color__|default"
31776 #. type: Plain text
31777 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:88
31779 msgid "Sets the foreground text color."
31780 msgstr " --foreground default|<cor> define a cor de texto\n"
31782 #. type: Labeled list
31783 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:89
31785 msgid "*--half-bright* on|off"
31786 msgstr " --half-bright on|off escurecido\n"
31788 #. type: Plain text
31789 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:91
31790 msgid "Turns dim (half-brightness) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--half-bright off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
31793 #. type: Labeled list
31794 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:92
31796 msgid "*--hbcolor* [bright] _16-color_"
31799 #. type: Plain text
31800 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:94
31801 msgid "Sets the color for half-bright characters."
31804 #. type: Labeled list
31805 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:95
31807 msgid "*--initialize*"
31808 msgstr "*--initialize*"
31810 #. type: Plain text
31811 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:97
31812 msgid "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
31815 #. type: Labeled list
31816 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:98
31818 msgid "*--inversescreen* on|off"
31819 msgstr " --inversescreen on|off troca cores para a tela inteira\n"
31821 #. type: Plain text
31822 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:100
31823 msgid "Swaps foreground and background colors for the whole screen."
31826 #. type: Labeled list
31827 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:101
31829 msgid "*--linewrap* on|off"
31831 " --linewrap on|off continua em uma nova linha quando a linha\n"
31834 #. type: Plain text
31835 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:103
31837 msgid "Makes the terminal continue on a new line when a line is full."
31839 " --linewrap on|off continua em uma nova linha quando a linha\n"
31842 #. type: Labeled list
31843 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:104
31845 msgid "*--msg* on|off"
31846 msgstr " --msg on|off envia mensagens do kernel para o console\n"
31848 #. type: Plain text
31849 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:106
31850 msgid "Enables or disables the sending of kernel *printk*() messages to the console. Virtual consoles only."
31853 #. type: Labeled list
31854 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:107
31856 msgid "*--msglevel* 0-8"
31857 msgstr " --msglevel <0-8> nível de log de console de kernel\n"
31859 #. type: Plain text
31860 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:109
31861 msgid "Sets the console logging level for kernel *printk()* messages. All messages strictly more important than this will be printed, so a logging level of *0* has the same effect as *--msg on* and a logging level of *8* will print all kernel messages. *klogd*(8) may be a more convenient interface to the logging of kernel messages."
31864 #. type: Plain text
31865 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:111
31867 msgid "Virtual consoles only."
31868 msgstr "modo de despacho da CPU em hardware virtual"
31870 #. type: Labeled list
31871 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:112
31873 msgid "*--powerdown*[=0-60]"
31875 " --powerdown[=<0-60>] define o intervalo de desligamento vesa\n"
31878 #. type: Plain text
31879 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:114
31880 msgid "Sets the VESA powerdown interval in minutes. Without an argument, it defaults to *0* (disable powerdown). If the console is blanked or the monitor is in suspend mode, then the monitor will go into vsync suspend mode or powerdown mode respectively after this period of time has elapsed."
31883 #. type: Labeled list
31884 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:115
31886 msgid "*--powersave* _mode_"
31887 msgstr "não é possível alterar o estado do modo de conservação de energia"
31889 #. type: Plain text
31890 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:117
31892 msgid "Valid values for _mode_ are:"
31895 #. type: Labeled list
31896 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:118
31899 msgstr " --powersave on|vsync|hsync|powerdown|off\n"
31901 #. type: Plain text
31902 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:120
31903 msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA vsync suspend mode."
31906 #. type: Labeled list
31907 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:120
31910 msgstr " --powersave on|vsync|hsync|powerdown|off\n"
31912 #. type: Plain text
31913 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:122
31914 msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA hsync suspend mode."
31917 #. type: Labeled list
31918 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:122
31920 msgid "*powerdown*"
31921 msgstr " --powersave on|vsync|hsync|powerdown|off\n"
31923 #. type: Plain text
31924 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:124
31925 msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA powerdown mode."
31928 #. type: Plain text
31929 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:126
31931 msgid "Turns monitor VESA powersaving features."
31932 msgstr " define recursos de economia de energia vesa\n"
31934 #. type: Labeled list
31935 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:127
31937 msgid "*--regtabs*[=1-160]"
31939 " --regtabs[=1-160] define um intervalo de parada de\n"
31940 " tabulações regular\n"
31942 #. type: Plain text
31943 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:129
31944 msgid "Clears all tab stops, then sets a regular tab stop pattern, with one tab every specified number of positions. Without an argument, it defaults to *8*. Virtual consoles only."
31947 #. type: Labeled list
31948 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:130
31950 msgid "*--repeat* on|off"
31951 msgstr " --repeat on|off repetição de teclado\n"
31953 #. type: Plain text
31954 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:132
31955 msgid "Turns keyboard repeat on or off. Virtual consoles only."
31958 #. type: Labeled list
31959 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:133
31964 #. type: Plain text
31965 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:135
31966 msgid "Displays the terminal reset string, which typically resets the terminal to its power-on state."
31969 #. type: Labeled list
31970 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:136
31973 msgstr "*--resize*"
31975 #. type: Plain text
31976 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:138
31977 msgid "Reset terminal size by assessing maximum row and column. This is useful when actual geometry and kernel terminal driver are not in sync. Most notable use case is with serial consoles, that do not use *ioctl*(3p) but just byte streams and breaks."
31980 #. type: Labeled list
31981 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:139
31983 msgid "*--reverse* on|off"
31984 msgstr "*--reverse* on|off"
31986 #. type: Plain text
31987 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:141
31988 msgid "Turns reverse video mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--reverse off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
31991 #. type: Labeled list
31992 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:142
31997 #. type: Plain text
31998 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:144
31999 msgid "Stores the terminal's current rendering options (foreground and background colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual consoles only."
32002 #. type: Labeled list
32003 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:145
32005 msgid "*--tabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
32008 #. type: Plain text
32009 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:147
32010 msgid "Sets tab stops at the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range *1-160*. Without arguments, it shows the current tab stop settings."
32013 #. type: Labeled list
32014 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:148
32016 msgid "*--term* _terminal_name_"
32017 msgstr " --term <nome_terminal> sobrescreve a variável de ambiente TERM\n"
32019 #. type: Plain text
32020 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:150
32021 msgid "Overrides the *TERM* environment variable."
32024 #. type: Labeled list
32025 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:151
32027 msgid "*--ulcolor* [bright] _16-color_"
32030 #. type: Plain text
32031 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:153
32032 msgid "Sets the color for underlined characters. Virtual consoles only."
32035 #. type: Labeled list
32036 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:154
32038 msgid "*--underline* on|off"
32039 msgstr " --underline on|off sublinhado\n"
32041 #. type: Plain text
32042 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:156
32044 msgid "Turns underline mode on or off."
32045 msgstr " --underline on|off sublinhado\n"
32047 #. type: Plain text
32048 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:159
32050 msgid "Displays version information and exits."
32051 msgstr "Exibe informação da versão e sai."
32053 #. type: Plain text
32054 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:162
32056 msgid "Displays a help text and exits."
32057 msgstr " help mostra esta ajuda e sai\n"
32059 #. type: Plain text
32060 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:166
32061 msgid "Since version 2.25 *setterm* has support for long options with two hyphens, for example *--help*, beside the historical long options with a single hyphen, for example *-help*. In scripts it is better to use the backward-compatible single hyphen rather than the double hyphen. Currently there are no plans nor good reasons to discontinue single-hyphen compatibility."
32064 #. type: Plain text
32065 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:170
32066 msgid "Differences between the Minix and Linux versions are not documented."
32069 #. type: Plain text
32070 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:177
32083 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
32084 #. All rights reserved.
32085 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
32086 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
32088 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
32089 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
32090 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
32091 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
32092 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
32093 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
32094 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
32095 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
32096 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
32097 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
32098 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
32099 #. without specific prior written permission.
32100 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
32101 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
32102 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
32103 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
32104 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
32105 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
32106 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
32107 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
32108 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
32109 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
32111 #. @(#)wall.1 6.5 (Berkeley) 4/23/91
32113 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:37
32118 #. type: Plain text
32119 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:47
32121 msgid "wall - write a message to all users"
32122 msgstr "Escreve uma mensagem para todos os usuários.\n"
32124 #. type: Plain text
32125 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:51
32127 msgid "*wall* [*-n*] [*-t* _timeout_] [*-g* _group_] [_message_ | _file_]\n"
32130 #. type: Plain text
32131 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:55
32133 msgid "*wall* displays a _message_, or the contents of a _file_, or otherwise its standard input, on the terminals of all currently logged in users. The command will wrap lines that are longer than 79 characters. Short lines are whitespace padded to have 79 characters. The command will always put a carriage return and new line at the end of each line.\n"
32136 #. type: Plain text
32137 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:57
32138 msgid "Only the superuser can write on the terminals of users who have chosen to deny messages or are using a program which automatically denies messages."
32141 #. type: Plain text
32142 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:59
32143 msgid "Reading from a _file_ is refused when the invoker is not superuser and the program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID."
32146 #. type: Labeled list
32147 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:62
32149 msgid "*-n*, *--nobanner*"
32150 msgstr " -n, --nobanner não mostra o banner, funciona apenas para root\n"
32152 #. type: Plain text
32153 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:64
32155 msgid "Suppress the banner."
32156 msgstr " -, --no-underlining suprime todos os sublinhados\n"
32158 #. type: Plain text
32159 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:67
32160 msgid "Abandon the write attempt to the terminals after _timeout_ seconds. This _timeout_ must be a positive integer. The default value is 300 seconds, which is a legacy from the time when people ran terminals over modem lines."
32163 #. type: Labeled list
32164 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:68
32166 msgid "*-g*, *--group* _group_"
32167 msgstr " -g, --group <grupo> só envia mensagem ao grupo\n"
32169 #. type: Plain text
32170 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:70
32171 msgid "Limit printing message to members of group defined as a _group_ argument. The argument can be group name or GID."
32174 #. type: Plain text
32175 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:80
32176 msgid "Some sessions, such as *wdm*(1x), that have in the beginning of *utmp*(5) ut_type data a ':' character will not get the message from *wall*. This is done to avoid write errors."
32179 #. type: Plain text
32180 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:84
32181 msgid "A *wall* command appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX."
32184 #. type: Plain text
32185 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:91
32198 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
32199 #. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
32200 #. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
32201 #. Jef Poskanzer and Craig Leres of the Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory.
32202 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
32203 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
32205 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
32206 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
32207 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
32208 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
32209 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
32210 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
32211 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
32212 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
32213 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
32214 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
32215 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
32216 #. without specific prior written permission.
32217 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
32218 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
32219 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
32220 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
32221 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
32222 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
32223 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
32224 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
32225 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
32226 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
32228 #. @(#)write.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
32230 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:39
32235 #. type: Plain text
32236 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:49
32238 msgid "write - send a message to another user"
32239 msgstr "Envia uma mensagem para outro usuário.\n"
32241 #. type: Plain text
32242 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:51
32244 msgid "*write* _user_ [_ttyname_]\n"
32245 msgstr " %s [opções] <usuário> [<nome-tty>]\n"
32247 #. type: Plain text
32248 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:55
32250 msgid "*write* allows you to communicate with other users, by copying lines from your terminal to theirs.\n"
32253 #. type: Plain text
32254 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:57
32255 msgid "When you run the *write* command, the user you are writing to gets a message of the form:"
32258 #. type: delimited block .
32259 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:60
32261 msgid "Message from yourname@yourhost on yourtty at hh:mm ...\n"
32264 #. type: Plain text
32265 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:63
32266 msgid "Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user's terminal. If the other user wants to reply, they must run *write* as well."
32269 #. type: Plain text
32270 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:65
32271 msgid "When you are done, type an end-of-file or interrupt character. The other user will see the message *EOF* indicating that the conversation is over."
32274 #. type: Plain text
32275 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:67
32276 msgid "You can prevent people (other than the superuser) from writing to you with the *mesg*(1) command. Some commands, for example *nroff*(1) and *pr*(1), may automatically disallow writing, so that the output they produce isn't overwritten."
32279 #. type: Plain text
32280 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:69
32281 msgid "If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, you can specify which terminal to write to by giving the terminal name as the second operand to the *write* command. Alternatively, you can let *write* select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with the shortest idle time. This is so that if the user is logged in at work and also dialed up from home, the message will go to the right place."
32284 #. type: Plain text
32285 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:71
32286 msgid "The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string _-o_, either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it's the other person's turn to talk. The string _oo_ means that the person believes the conversation to be over."
32289 #. type: Plain text
32290 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:83
32291 msgid "A *write* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
32294 #. type: Plain text
32295 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:89
32307 #. Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
32308 #. All rights reserved.
32309 #. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
32310 #. Michael Rendell.
32311 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
32312 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
32314 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
32315 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
32316 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
32317 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
32318 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
32319 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
32320 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
32321 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
32322 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
32323 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
32324 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
32325 #. without specific prior written permission.
32326 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
32327 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
32328 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
32329 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
32330 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
32331 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
32332 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
32333 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
32334 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
32335 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
32337 #. @(#)col.1 6.8 (Berkeley) 6/17/91
32339 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:39
32344 #. type: Plain text
32345 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:49
32347 msgid "col - filter reverse line feeds from input"
32348 msgstr "Filtra saltos de linha reversos da entrada padrão.\n"
32350 #. type: Plain text
32351 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:53
32353 msgid "*col* _options_\n"
32354 msgstr "*col* _opções_\n"
32356 #. type: Plain text
32357 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:57
32359 msgid "*col* filters out reverse (and half-reverse) line feeds so the output is in the correct order, with only forward and half-forward line feeds. It also replaces any whitespace characters with tabs where possible. This can be useful in processing the output of *nroff*(1) and *tbl*(1).\n"
32362 #. type: Plain text
32363 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:59
32365 msgid "*col* reads from standard input and writes to standard output.\n"
32367 "%s lê da entrada padrão e escreve para a saída padrão\n"
32370 #. type: Labeled list
32371 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:62
32373 msgid "*-b*, *--no-backspaces*"
32374 msgstr "*-b*, *--no-backspaces*"
32376 #. type: Plain text
32377 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:64
32378 msgid "Do not output any backspaces, printing only the last character written to each column position."
32381 #. type: Labeled list
32382 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:65
32384 msgid "*-f*, *--fine*"
32385 msgstr "*-f*, *--fine*"
32387 #. type: Plain text
32388 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:67
32389 msgid "Permit half-forward line feeds. Normally characters destined for a half-line boundary are printed on the following line."
32392 #. type: Labeled list
32393 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:68
32395 msgid "*-h*, *--tabs*"
32396 msgstr "*-h*, *--tabs*"
32398 #. type: Plain text
32399 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:70
32400 msgid "Output tabs instead of multiple spaces."
32403 #. type: Labeled list
32404 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:71
32406 msgid "*-l*, *--lines* _number_"
32407 msgstr " -<número> mesmo que --lines"
32409 #. type: Plain text
32410 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:73
32411 msgid "Buffer at least _number_ lines in memory. By default, 128 lines are buffered."
32414 #. type: Labeled list
32415 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:74
32417 msgid "*-p*, *--pass*"
32418 msgstr "*-p*, *--pass*"
32420 #. type: Plain text
32421 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:76
32422 msgid "Force unknown control sequences to be passed through unchanged. Normally *col* will filter out any control sequences other than those recognized and interpreted by itself, which are listed below."
32425 #. type: Labeled list
32426 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:77
32428 msgid "*-x*, *--spaces*"
32429 msgstr "*-x*, *--spaces*"
32431 #. type: Plain text
32432 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:79
32433 msgid "Output multiple spaces instead of tabs."
32436 #. type: Labeled list
32437 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:83
32439 msgid "*-H*, *--help*"
32440 msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"
32442 #. type: Plain text
32443 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:89
32444 msgid "The *col* utility conforms to the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2. The *-l* option is an extension to the standard."
32447 #. type: Plain text
32448 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:93
32449 msgid "The control sequences for carriage motion that *col* understands and their decimal values are listed in the following table:"
32452 #. type: Labeled list
32453 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:94
32458 #. type: Plain text
32459 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:96
32460 msgid "reverse line feed (escape then 7)"
32463 #. type: Labeled list
32464 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:96
32469 #. type: Plain text
32470 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:98
32471 msgid "half reverse line feed (escape then 8)"
32474 #. type: Labeled list
32475 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:98
32480 #. type: Plain text
32481 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:100
32482 msgid "half forward line feed (escape then 9)"
32485 #. type: Labeled list
32486 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:100
32488 msgid "*backspace*"
32489 msgstr " --erase-chars <texto> caracteres adicionais de backspace\n"
32491 #. type: Plain text
32492 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:102
32493 msgid "moves back one column (8); ignored in the first column"
32496 #. type: Labeled list
32497 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:102
32501 " -N --nonewline não acrescenta nova linha antes da mensagem do\n"
32504 #. type: Plain text
32505 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:104
32506 msgid "forward line feed (10); also does carriage return"
32509 #. type: Labeled list
32510 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:104
32512 msgid "*carriage return*"
32513 msgstr " -w, --wait-cr espera pelo caractere de retorno de carro\n"
32515 #. type: Plain text
32516 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:106
32520 #. type: Labeled list
32521 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:106
32526 #. type: Plain text
32527 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:108
32528 msgid "shift to normal character set (15)"
32531 #. type: Labeled list
32532 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:108
32534 msgid "*shift out*"
32539 #. type: Plain text
32540 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:110
32541 msgid "shift to alternate character set (14)"
32544 #. type: Labeled list
32545 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:110
32548 msgstr "Pré-aloca espaço a, ou desaloca espaço de, um arquivo.\n"
32550 #. type: Plain text
32551 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:112
32552 msgid "moves forward one column (32)"
32555 #. type: Labeled list
32556 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:112
32560 " -F, --tab-file <caminho>\n"
32561 " arquivo alternativo para opções -s, -m ou -k\n"
32563 #. type: Plain text
32564 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:114
32565 msgid "moves forward to next tab stop (9)"
32568 #. type: Labeled list
32569 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:114
32571 msgid "*vertical tab*"
32574 #. type: Plain text
32575 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:116
32576 msgid "reverse line feed (11)"
32579 #. type: Plain text
32580 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:118
32581 msgid "All unrecognized control characters and escape sequences are discarded."
32584 #. type: Plain text
32585 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:120
32587 msgid "*col* keeps track of the character set as characters are read and makes sure the character set is correct when they are output.\n"
32590 #. type: Plain text
32591 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:122
32592 msgid "If the input attempts to back up to the last flushed line, *col* will display a warning message."
32595 #. type: Plain text
32596 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:126
32597 msgid "A *col* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
32600 #. type: Plain text
32601 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:132
32612 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
32613 #. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
32614 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
32615 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
32617 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
32618 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
32619 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
32620 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
32621 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
32622 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
32623 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
32624 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
32625 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
32626 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
32627 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
32628 #. without specific prior written permission.
32629 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
32630 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
32631 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
32632 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
32633 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
32634 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
32635 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
32636 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
32637 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
32638 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
32640 #. @(#)colcrt.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/30/93
32642 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:36
32647 #. type: Plain text
32648 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:47
32650 msgid "colcrt - filter nroff output for CRT previewing"
32651 msgstr "Filtra saída de nroff para visualização em CRT.\n"
32653 #. type: Plain text
32654 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:51
32656 msgid "*colcrt* [options] [_file_ ...]\n"
32657 msgstr "Uso: %s [opções] [arquivo ...]\n"
32659 #. type: Plain text
32660 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:55
32662 msgid "*colcrt* provides virtual half-line and reverse line feed sequences for terminals without such capability, and on which overstriking is destructive. Half-line characters and underlining (changed to dashing `-') are placed on new lines in between the normal output lines.\n"
32665 #. type: Labeled list
32666 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:58
32668 msgid "*-*, *--no-underlining*"
32669 msgstr "*-*, *--no-underlining*"
32671 #. type: Plain text
32672 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:60
32673 msgid "Suppress all underlining. This option is especially useful for previewing _allboxed_ tables from *tbl*(1)."
32676 #. type: Labeled list
32677 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:61
32679 msgid "*-2*, *--half-lines*"
32680 msgstr "*-2*, *--half-lines*"
32682 #. type: Plain text
32683 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:63
32684 msgid "Causes all half-lines to be printed, effectively double spacing the output. Normally, a minimal space output format is used which will suppress empty lines. The program never suppresses two consecutive empty lines, however. The *-2* option is useful for sending output to the line printer when the output contains superscripts and subscripts which would otherwise be invisible."
32687 #. type: Plain text
32688 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:73
32689 msgid "The *colcrt* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
32692 #. type: Plain text
32693 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:77
32694 msgid "Should fold underlines onto blanks even with the *'-'* option so that a true underline character would show."
32697 #. type: Plain text
32698 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:79
32699 msgid "Can't back up more than 102 lines."
32702 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
32703 #. type: Plain text
32704 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:82
32705 msgid "General overstriking is lost; as a special case '|' overstruck with '-' or underline becomes '{plus}'."
32708 #. type: Plain text
32709 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:84
32710 msgid "Lines are trimmed to 132 characters."
32713 #. type: Plain text
32714 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:86
32715 msgid "Some provision should be made for processing superscripts and subscripts in documents which are already double-spaced."
32718 #. type: Plain text
32719 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:90
32720 msgid "A typical use of *colcrt* would be:"
32723 #. type: delimited block _
32724 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:93
32726 msgid "*tbl exum2.n | nroff -ms | colcrt - | more*\n"
32729 #. type: Plain text
32730 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:103
32743 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
32744 #. All rights reserved.
32745 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
32746 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
32748 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
32749 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
32750 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
32751 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
32752 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
32753 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
32754 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
32755 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
32756 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
32757 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
32758 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
32759 #. without specific prior written permission.
32760 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
32761 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
32762 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
32763 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
32764 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
32765 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
32766 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
32767 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
32768 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
32769 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
32771 #. @(#)colrm.1 6.6 (Berkeley) 3/14/91
32773 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:36
32778 #. type: Plain text
32779 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:46
32781 msgid "colrm - remove columns from a file"
32782 msgstr " -c, --collapse-range remove um intervalo do arquivo\n"
32784 #. type: Plain text
32785 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:50
32787 msgid "*colrm* _[first [last]]_\n"
32788 msgstr "Primeiro setor"
32790 #. type: Plain text
32791 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:54
32793 msgid "*colrm* removes selected columns from a file. Input is taken from standard input. Output is sent to standard output.\n"
32796 #. type: Plain text
32797 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:56
32798 msgid "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed starting with the specified _first_ column. If called with two parameters the columns from the _first_ column to the _last_ column will be removed."
32801 #. type: Plain text
32802 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:58
32803 msgid "Column numbering starts with column 1."
32806 #. type: Plain text
32807 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:70
32808 msgid "The *colrm* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
32811 #. type: Plain text
32812 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:77
32824 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
32825 #. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
32826 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
32827 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
32829 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
32830 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
32831 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
32832 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
32833 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
32834 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
32835 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
32836 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
32837 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
32838 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
32839 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
32840 #. without specific prior written permission.
32841 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
32842 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
32843 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
32844 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
32845 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
32846 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
32847 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
32848 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
32849 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
32850 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
32852 #. @(#)column.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
32854 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:36
32859 #. type: Plain text
32860 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:46
32862 msgid "column - columnate lists"
32863 msgstr "Listas de colunas.\n"
32865 #. type: Plain text
32866 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:50
32868 msgid "*column* [options] [_file_ ...]\n"
32869 msgstr "Uso: %s [opções] [arquivo ...]\n"
32871 #. type: Plain text
32872 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:54
32873 msgid "The *column* utility formats its input into multiple columns. The util support three modes:"
32876 #. type: Labeled list
32877 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:55
32879 msgid "*columns are filled before rows*"
32880 msgstr " -x, --fillrows preenche linhas antes de colunas\n"
32882 #. type: Plain text
32883 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:57
32885 msgid "This is the default mode (required by backward compatibility)."
32886 msgstr " -c, --compatibility[=<modo>] modo é \"dos\" ou \"nondos\" (padrão)\n"
32888 #. type: Labeled list
32889 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:58
32891 msgid "*rows are filled before columns*"
32892 msgstr " -x, --fillrows preenche linhas antes de colunas\n"
32894 #. type: Plain text
32895 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:60
32896 msgid "This mode is enabled by option *-x, --fillrows*"
32899 #. type: Labeled list
32900 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:61
32903 msgstr "tabela de partição"
32905 #. type: Plain text
32906 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:63
32907 msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. This mode is enabled by option *-t, --table* and columns formatting is possible to modify by *--table-** options. Use this mode if not sure."
32910 #. type: Plain text
32911 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:65
32912 msgid "Input is taken from _file_, or otherwise from standard input. Empty lines are ignored and all invalid multibyte sequences are encoded by x<hex> convention."
32915 #. type: Plain text
32916 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:69
32917 msgid "The argument _columns_ for *--table-** options is a comma separated list of the column names as defined by *--table-columns* or it's column number in order as specified by input. It's possible to mix names and numbers."
32920 #. type: Labeled list
32921 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:70
32923 msgid "*-J, --json*"
32924 msgstr " -J, --json <disp> despeja tabela de partição no formato JSON\n"
32926 #. type: Plain text
32927 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:72
32928 msgid "Use JSON output format to print the table, the option *--table-columns* is required and the option *--table-name* is recommended."
32931 #. type: Labeled list
32932 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:73
32934 msgid "*-c, --output-width* _width_"
32935 msgstr "*-c, --output-width* _largura_"
32937 #. type: Plain text
32938 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:75
32939 msgid "Output is formatted to a width specified as number of characters. The original name of this option is *--columns*; this name is deprecated since v2.30. Note that input longer than _width_ is not truncated by default."
32942 #. type: Labeled list
32943 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:76
32945 msgid "*-d, --table-noheadings*"
32946 msgstr " -d, --table-noheadings não exibe cabeçalhos\n"
32948 #. type: Plain text
32949 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:78
32950 msgid "Do not print header. This option allows the use of logical column names on the command line, but keeps the header hidden when printing the table."
32953 #. type: Labeled list
32954 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:79
32956 msgid "*-o, --output-separator* _string_"
32958 " -o, --output-separator <texto> separador de colunas para saída de tabela\n"
32959 " (padrão é dois espaços)\n"
32961 #. type: Plain text
32962 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:81
32963 msgid "Specify the columns delimiter for table output (default is two spaces)."
32966 #. type: Labeled list
32967 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:82
32969 msgid "*-s, --separator* _separators_"
32972 #. type: Plain text
32973 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:84
32974 msgid "Specify the possible input item delimiters (default is whitespace)."
32977 #. type: Labeled list
32978 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:85
32980 msgid "*-t, --table*"
32981 msgstr " -t, --table cria uma tabela\n"
32983 #. type: Plain text
32984 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:87
32985 msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters supplied using the *--output-separator* option. Table output is useful for pretty-printing."
32988 #. type: Labeled list
32989 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:88
32991 msgid "*-N, --table-columns* _names_"
32992 msgstr " -N, --table-columns <nomes> nomes de colunas separadas por vírgula\n"
32994 #. type: Plain text
32995 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:90
32996 msgid "Specify the columns names by comma separated list of names. The names are used for the table header or to address column in option arguments."
32999 #. type: Labeled list
33000 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:91
33002 msgid "*-l, --table-columns-limit* _number_"
33005 #. type: Plain text
33006 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:93
33007 msgid "Specify maximal number of the input columns. The last column will contain all remaining line data if the limit is smaller than the number of the columns in the input data."
33010 #. type: Labeled list
33011 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:94
33013 msgid "*-R, --table-right* _columns_"
33014 msgstr " -R, --table-right <colunas> alinha texto à direita nestes colunas\n"
33016 #. type: Plain text
33017 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:96
33018 msgid "Right align text in the specified columns."
33021 #. type: Labeled list
33022 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:97
33024 msgid "*-T, --table-truncate* _columns_"
33025 msgstr " -T, --table-truncate <colunas> trunca texto nas colunas quando necessário\n"
33027 #. type: Plain text
33028 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:99
33029 msgid "Specify columns where text can be truncated when necessary, otherwise very long table entries may be printed on multiple lines."
33032 #. type: Labeled list
33033 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:100
33035 msgid "*-E, --table-noextreme* _columns_"
33037 " -E, --table-noextreme <colunas> não conta texto longos de colunas para\n"
33038 " largura de coluna\n"
33040 #. type: Plain text
33041 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:102
33042 msgid "Specify columns where is possible to ignore unusually long (longer than average) cells when calculate column width. The option has impact to the width calculation and table formatting, but the printed text is not affected."
33045 #. type: Plain text
33046 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:104
33047 msgid "The option is used for the last visible column by default."
33050 #. type: Labeled list
33051 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:105
33053 msgid "*-e, --table-header-repeat*"
33054 msgstr " -e, --table-header-repeat repete o cabeçalho de cada página\n"
33056 #. type: Plain text
33057 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:107
33058 msgid "Print header line for each page."
33061 #. type: Labeled list
33062 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:108
33064 msgid "*-W, --table-wrap* _columns_"
33065 msgstr " -W, --table-wrap <colunas> quebra linha nas colunas quando necessário\n"
33067 #. type: Plain text
33068 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:110
33069 msgid "Specify columns where is possible to use multi-line cell for long text when necessary."
33072 #. type: Labeled list
33073 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:111
33075 msgid "*-H, --table-hide* _columns_"
33076 msgstr " -H, --table-hide <colunas> não exige as colunas\n"
33078 #. type: Plain text
33079 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:113
33080 msgid "Don't print specified columns. The special placeholder '-' may be used to hide all unnamed columns (see *--table-columns*)."
33083 #. type: Labeled list
33084 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:114
33086 msgid "*-O, --table-order* _columns_"
33087 msgstr " -O, --table-order <colunas> especifica a ordem de colunas de saída\n"
33089 #. type: Plain text
33090 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:116
33091 msgid "Specify columns order on output."
33094 #. type: Labeled list
33095 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:117
33097 msgid "*-n, --table-name* _name_"
33098 msgstr " -n, --table-name <nome> nome da tabela para saída JSON\n"
33100 #. type: Plain text
33101 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:119
33102 msgid "Specify the table name used for JSON output. The default is \"table\"."
33105 #. type: Labeled list
33106 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:120
33108 msgid "*-L, --keep-empty-lines*"
33109 msgstr " -L, --keep-empty-lines não ignora linhas vazias\n"
33111 #. type: Plain text
33112 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:122
33113 msgid "Preserve whitespace-only lines in the input. The default is ignore empty lines at all. This option's original name was *--table-empty-lines* but is now deprecated because it gives the false impression that the option only applies to table mode."
33116 #. type: Labeled list
33117 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:123
33119 msgid "*-r, --tree* _column_"
33121 " -r, --tree <coluna> coluna para usar a saída tipo árvore para\n"
33124 #. type: Plain text
33125 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:125
33126 msgid "Specify column to use tree-like output. Note that the circular dependencies and other anomalies in child and parent relation are silently ignored."
33129 #. type: Labeled list
33130 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:126
33132 msgid "*-i, --tree-id* _column_"
33134 " -i, --tree-id <coluna> ID de linha para especificar a relação\n"
33137 #. type: Plain text
33138 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:128
33140 msgid "Specify column with line ID to create child-parent relation."
33142 " -i, --tree-id <coluna> ID de linha para especificar a relação\n"
33145 #. type: Labeled list
33146 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:129
33148 msgid "*-p, --tree-parent* _column_"
33149 msgstr " -p, --tree-parent <coluna> pai para especificar relação filho-pai\n"
33151 #. type: Plain text
33152 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:131
33154 msgid "Specify column with parent ID to create child-parent relation."
33155 msgstr " -p, --tree-parent <coluna> pai para especificar relação filho-pai\n"
33157 #. type: Labeled list
33158 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:132
33160 msgid "*-x, --fillrows*"
33161 msgstr " -x, --fillrows preenche linhas antes de colunas\n"
33163 #. type: Plain text
33164 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:134
33166 msgid "Fill rows before filling columns."
33167 msgstr " -x, --fillrows preenche linhas antes de colunas\n"
33169 #. type: Plain text
33170 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:144
33171 msgid "The environment variable *COLUMNS* is used to determine the size of the screen if no other information is available."
33174 #. type: Plain text
33175 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:148
33176 msgid "The column command appeared in 4.3BSD-Reno."
33179 #. type: Plain text
33180 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:152
33181 msgid "Version 2.23 changed the *-s* option to be non-greedy, for example:"
33184 #. type: delimited block .
33185 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:155
33187 msgid "printf \"a:b:c\\n1::3\\n\" | column -t -s ':'\n"
33190 #. type: Plain text
33191 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:158
33193 msgid "Old output:"
33194 msgstr "Minix antigo"
33196 #. type: delimited block .
33197 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:162
33206 #. type: Plain text
33207 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:165
33208 msgid "New output (since util-linux 2.23):"
33211 #. type: delimited block .
33212 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:169
33221 #. type: Plain text
33222 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:172
33223 msgid "Historical versions of this tool indicated that \"rows are filled before columns\" by default, and that the *-x* option reverses this. This wording did not reflect the actual behavior, and it has since been corrected (see above). Other implementations of *column* may continue to use the older documentation, but the behavior should be identical in any case."
33226 #. type: Plain text
33227 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:176
33228 msgid "Print fstab with header line and align number to the right:"
33231 #. type: delimited block .
33232 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:179
33234 msgid "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ\n"
33237 #. type: Plain text
33238 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:182
33240 msgid "Print fstab and hide unnamed columns:"
33241 msgstr " -H, --table-hide <colunas> não exige as colunas\n"
33243 #. type: delimited block .
33244 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:185
33246 msgid "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE --table-hide -\n"
33249 #. type: Plain text
33250 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:188
33252 msgid "Print a tree:"
33253 msgstr "falha ao alocar árvore de dispositivo"
33255 #. type: delimited block .
33256 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:196
33259 "echo -e '1 0 A\\n2 1 AA\\n3 1 AB\\n4 2 AAA\\n5 2 AAB' | column --tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3\n"
33267 #. type: Plain text
33268 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:204
33280 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
33281 #. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
33282 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
33283 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
33285 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
33286 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
33287 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
33288 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
33289 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
33290 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
33291 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
33292 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
33293 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
33294 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
33295 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
33296 #. without specific prior written permission.
33297 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
33298 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
33299 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
33300 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
33301 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
33302 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
33303 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
33304 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
33305 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
33306 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
33308 #. @(#)hexdump.1 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
33310 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:36
33315 #. type: Plain text
33316 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:48
33318 msgid "hexdump - display file contents in hexadecimal, decimal, octal, or ascii"
33319 msgstr "Exibe conteúdos de arquivo em hexadecimal, decimal, octal ou ASCII.\n"
33321 #. type: Plain text
33322 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:50
33324 msgid "*hexdump* _options file_ ...\n"
33325 msgstr "Uso: %s [opções] [arquivo ...]\n"
33327 #. type: Plain text
33328 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:54
33329 msgid "The *hexdump* utility is a filter which displays the specified files, or standard input if no files are specified, in a user-specified format."
33332 #. type: Plain text
33333 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:58
33334 msgid "Below, the _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
33337 #. type: Labeled list
33338 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:59
33340 msgid "*-b*, *--one-byte-octal*"
33341 msgstr "*-b*, *--one-byte-octal*"
33343 #. type: Plain text
33344 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:61
33345 msgid "_One-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, three-column, zero-filled bytes of input data, in octal, per line."
33348 #. type: Labeled list
33349 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:62
33351 msgid "*-c*, *--one-byte-char*"
33352 msgstr "*-c*, *--one-byte-char*"
33354 #. type: Plain text
33355 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:64
33356 msgid "_One-byte character display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, three-column, space-filled characters of input data per line."
33359 #. type: Labeled list
33360 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:65
33362 msgid "*-C*, *--canonical*"
33363 msgstr "*-C*, *--canonical*"
33365 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} and {underscore} untranslated.
33366 #. type: Plain text
33367 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:68
33368 msgid "_Canonical hex{plus}ASCII display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, two-column, hexadecimal bytes, followed by the same sixteen bytes in *%{underscore}p* format enclosed in '*|*' characters. Invoking the program as *hd* implies this option."
33371 #. type: Labeled list
33372 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:69
33374 msgid "*-d*, *--two-bytes-decimal*"
33375 msgstr " -d, --two-bytes-decimal visualização de decimal de dois bytes\n"
33377 #. type: Plain text
33378 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:71
33379 msgid "_Two-byte decimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, five-column, zero-filled, two-byte units of input data, in unsigned decimal, per line."
33382 #. type: Labeled list
33383 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:72
33385 msgid "*-e*, *--format* _format_string_"
33386 msgstr " -e, --format <formato> texto de formato a ser usado para exibir dados\n"
33388 #. type: Plain text
33389 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:74
33391 msgid "Specify a format string to be used for displaying data."
33392 msgstr " -e, --format <formato> texto de formato a ser usado para exibir dados\n"
33394 #. type: Labeled list
33395 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:75
33397 msgid "*-f*, *--format-file* _file_"
33399 " -f, --format-file <arquivo>\n"
33400 " arquivo que contém textos de formatos\n"
33402 #. type: Plain text
33403 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:77
33404 msgid "Specify a file that contains one or more newline-separated format strings. Empty lines and lines whose first non-blank character is a hash mark (#) are ignored."
33407 #. type: Plain text
33408 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:80
33409 msgid "Accept color units for the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *Colors* subsection and the *COLORS* section below."
33412 #. type: Labeled list
33413 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:81
33415 msgid "*-n*, *--length* _length_"
33416 msgstr " -n, --length <tamanho> interpreta apenas este tamanho de bytes de entrada\n"
33418 #. type: Plain text
33419 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:83
33421 msgid "Interpret only _length_ bytes of input."
33422 msgstr " -n, --length <tamanho> interpreta apenas este tamanho de bytes de entrada\n"
33424 #. type: Labeled list
33425 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:84
33427 msgid "*-o*, *--two-bytes-octal*"
33428 msgstr " -o, --two-bytes-octal visualização de octal de dois bytes\n"
33430 #. type: Plain text
33431 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:86
33432 msgid "_Two-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, six-column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of input data, in octal, per line."
33435 #. type: Labeled list
33436 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:87
33438 msgid "*-s*, *--skip* _offset_"
33439 msgstr " -s, --skip <desloc> ignora bytes de deslocamento a partir do início\n"
33441 #. type: Plain text
33442 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:89
33444 msgid "Skip _offset_ bytes from the beginning of the input."
33445 msgstr " -s, --skip <desloc> ignora bytes de deslocamento a partir do início\n"
33447 #. type: Labeled list
33448 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:90
33450 msgid "*-v*, *--no-squeezing*"
33451 msgstr " -v, --no-squeezing mostra linhas idênticas\n"
33453 #. type: Plain text
33454 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:92
33455 msgid "The *-v* option causes *hexdump* to display all input data. Without the *-v* option, any number of groups of output lines which would be identical to the immediately preceding group of output lines (except for the input offsets), are replaced with a line comprised of a single asterisk."
33458 #. type: Labeled list
33459 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:93
33461 msgid "*-x*, *--two-bytes-hex*"
33462 msgstr " -x, --two-bytes-hex visualização de hexadecimal de dois bytes\n"
33464 #. type: Plain text
33465 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:95
33466 msgid "_Two-byte hexadecimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, four-column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of input data, in hexadecimal, per line."
33469 #. type: Plain text
33470 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:103
33471 msgid "For each input file, *hexdump* sequentially copies the input to standard output, transforming the data according to the format strings specified by the *-e* and *-f* options, in the order that they were specified."
33475 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:104
33478 msgstr "Formatos de arquivo"
33480 #. type: Plain text
33481 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:107
33482 msgid "A format string contains any number of format units, separated by whitespace. A format unit contains up to three items: an iteration count, a byte count, and a format."
33485 #. type: Plain text
33486 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:109
33487 msgid "The iteration count is an optional positive integer, which defaults to one. Each format is applied iteration count times."
33490 #. type: Plain text
33491 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:111
33492 msgid "The byte count is an optional positive integer. If specified it defines the number of bytes to be interpreted by each iteration of the format."
33495 #. type: Plain text
33496 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:113
33497 msgid "If an iteration count and/or a byte count is specified, a single slash must be placed after the iteration count and/or before the byte count to disambiguate them. Any whitespace before or after the slash is ignored."
33500 #. type: Plain text
33501 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:115
33502 msgid "The format is required and must be surrounded by double quote (\" \") marks. It is interpreted as a fprintf-style format string (see *fprintf*(3), with the following exceptions:"
33505 #. type: Labeled list
33506 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:116
33511 #. type: Plain text
33512 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:118
33513 msgid "An asterisk (*) may not be used as a field width or precision."
33516 #. type: Labeled list
33517 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:119
33522 #. type: Plain text
33523 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:121
33524 msgid "A byte count or field precision _is_ required for each *s* conversion character (unlike the fprintf3 default which prints the entire string if the precision is unspecified)."
33527 #. type: Labeled list
33528 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:122
33533 #. type: Plain text
33534 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:124
33535 msgid "The conversion characters *h*, *l*, *n*, *p*, and *q* are not supported."
33538 #. type: Labeled list
33539 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:125
33544 #. type: Plain text
33545 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:127
33546 msgid "The single character escape sequences described in the C standard are supported:"
33550 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:138
33554 "|<alert character> |\\a\n"
33555 "|<backspace> |\\b\n"
33556 "|<form-feed> |\\f\n"
33557 "|<newline> |\\n\n"
33558 "|<carriage return> |\\r\n"
33560 "|<vertical tab> |\\v\n"
33564 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:141
33566 msgid "Conversion strings"
33567 msgstr "caractere de conversão inválido %%%s"
33569 #. type: delimited block _
33570 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:144
33571 msgid "The *hexdump* utility also supports the following additional conversion strings."
33574 #. type: Labeled list
33575 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:145
33580 #. type: delimited block _
33581 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:147
33582 msgid "Display the input offset, cumulative across input files, of the next byte to be displayed. The appended characters *d*, *o*, and *x* specify the display base as decimal, octal or hexadecimal respectively."
33585 #. type: Labeled list
33586 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:148
33591 #. type: delimited block _
33592 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:150
33593 msgid "Identical to the *_a* conversion string except that it is only performed once, when all of the input data has been processed."
33596 #. type: Labeled list
33597 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:151
33602 #. type: delimited block _
33603 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:153
33604 msgid "Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are displayed in three-character, zero-padded octal, except for those representable by standard escape notation (see above), which are displayed as two-character strings."
33607 #. type: Labeled list
33608 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:154
33613 #. type: delimited block _
33614 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:156
33615 msgid "Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are displayed as a single '*.*'."
33618 #. type: Labeled list
33619 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:157
33624 #. type: delimited block _
33625 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:159
33626 msgid "Output US ASCII characters, with the exception that control characters are displayed using the following, lower-case, names. Characters greater than 0xff, hexadecimal, are displayed as hexadecimal strings."
33630 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:168
33633 "|000 nul |001 soh |002 stx |003 etx |004 eot |005 enq\n"
33634 "|006 ack |007 bel |008 bs |009 ht |00A lf |00B vt\n"
33635 "|00C ff |00D cr |00E so |00F si |010 dle |011 dc1\n"
33636 "|012 dc2 |013 dc3 |014 dc4 |015 nak |016 syn |017 etb\n"
33637 "|018 can |019 em |01A sub |01B esc |01C fs |01D gs\n"
33638 "|01E rs |01F us |0FF del | | |\n"
33640 "|000 nul |001 soh |002 stx |003 etx |004 eot |005 enq\n"
33641 "|006 ack |007 bel |008 bs |009 ht |00A lf |00B vt\n"
33642 "|00C ff |00D cr |00E so |00F si |010 dle |011 dc1\n"
33643 "|012 dc2 |013 dc3 |014 dc4 |015 nak |016 syn |017 etb\n"
33644 "|018 can |019 em |01A sub |01B esc |01C fs |01D gs\n"
33645 "|01E rs |01F us |0FF del | | |\n"
33648 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:171
33653 #. type: delimited block _
33654 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:174
33655 msgid "When put at the end of a format specifier, hexdump highlights the respective string with the color specified. Conditions, if present, are evaluated prior to highlighting."
33658 #. type: delimited block _
33659 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:176
33661 msgid "*_L[color_unit_1,color_unit_2,...,color_unit_n]*\n"
33664 #. type: delimited block _
33665 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:178
33666 msgid "The full syntax of a color unit is as follows:"
33669 #. type: delimited block _
33670 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:180
33672 msgid "*[!]COLOR[:VALUE][@OFFSET_START[-END]]*\n"
33675 #. type: Labeled list
33676 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:181
33681 #. type: delimited block _
33682 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:183
33683 msgid "Negate the condition. Please note that it only makes sense to negate a unit if both a value/string and an offset are specified. In that case the respective output string will be highlighted if and only if the value/string does not match the one at the offset."
33686 #. type: Labeled list
33687 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:184
33690 msgstr " --foreground default|<cor> define a cor de texto\n"
33692 #. type: delimited block _
33693 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:186
33694 msgid "One of the 8 basic shell colors."
33697 #. type: Labeled list
33698 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:187
33703 #. type: delimited block _
33704 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:189
33705 msgid "A value to be matched specified in hexadecimal, or octal base, or as a string. Please note that the usual C escape sequences are not interpreted by hexdump inside the color_units."
33708 #. type: Labeled list
33709 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:190
33712 msgstr "<tam> e <posição>"
33714 #. type: delimited block _
33715 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:192
33716 msgid "An offset or an offset range at which to check for a match. Please note that lone OFFSET_START uses the same value as END offset."
33720 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:193
33723 msgstr "Contadores"
33725 #. type: delimited block _
33726 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:196
33727 msgid "The default and supported byte counts for the conversion characters are as follows:"
33730 #. type: Labeled list
33731 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:197
33733 msgid "*%_c*, *%_p*, *%_u*, *%c*"
33734 msgstr "*%_c*, *%_p*, *%_u*, *%c*"
33736 #. type: delimited block _
33737 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:199
33739 msgid "One byte counts only."
33740 msgstr "pode-se usar apenas um <dispositivo> por vez"
33742 #. type: Labeled list
33743 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:200
33745 msgid "*%d*, *%i*, *%o*, *%u*, *%X*, *%x*"
33748 #. type: delimited block _
33749 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:202
33750 msgid "Four byte default, one, two and four byte counts supported."
33753 #. type: Labeled list
33754 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:203
33756 msgid "*%E*, *%e*, *%f*, *%G*, *%g*"
33759 #. type: delimited block _
33760 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:205
33761 msgid "Eight byte default, four byte counts supported."
33764 #. type: delimited block _
33765 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:207
33766 msgid "The amount of data interpreted by each format string is the sum of the data required by each format unit, which is the iteration count times the byte count, or the iteration count times the number of bytes required by the format if the byte count is not specified."
33769 #. type: delimited block _
33770 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:209
33771 msgid "The input is manipulated in _blocks_, where a block is defined as the largest amount of data specified by any format string. Format strings interpreting less than an input block's worth of data, whose last format unit both interprets some number of bytes and does not have a specified iteration count, have the iteration count incremented until the entire input block has been processed or there is not enough data remaining in the block to satisfy the format string."
33774 #. type: delimited block _
33775 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:211
33776 msgid "If, either as a result of user specification or *hexdump* modifying the iteration count as described above, an iteration count is greater than one, no trailing whitespace characters are output during the last iteration."
33779 #. type: delimited block _
33780 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:213
33781 msgid "It is an error to specify a byte count as well as multiple conversion characters or strings unless all but one of the conversion characters or strings is *_a* or *_A*."
33784 #. type: delimited block _
33785 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:215
33786 msgid "If, as a result of the specification of the *-n* option or end-of-file being reached, input data only partially satisfies a format string, the input block is zero-padded sufficiently to display all available data (i.e., any format units overlapping the end of data will display some number of the zero bytes)."
33789 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
33790 #. type: delimited block _
33791 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:218
33792 msgid "Further output by such format strings is replaced by an equivalent number of spaces. An equivalent number of spaces is defined as the number of spaces output by an *s* conversion character with the same field width and precision as the original conversion character or conversion string but with any '*{plus}*', ' ', '*#*' conversion flag characters removed, and referencing a NULL string."
33795 #. type: delimited block _
33796 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:220
33797 msgid "If no format strings are specified, the default display is very similar to the *-x* output format (the *-x* option causes more space to be used between format units than in the default output)."
33800 #. type: delimited block _
33801 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:224
33803 msgid "*hexdump* exits 0 on success and > 0 if an error occurred.\n"
33806 #. type: delimited block _
33807 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:228
33808 msgid "The *hexdump* utility is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") compatible."
33811 #. type: delimited block _
33812 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:232
33814 msgid "Display the input in perusal format:"
33815 msgstr " Formato da entrada:\n"
33817 #. type: delimited block .
33818 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:237
33821 " \"%06.6_ao \" 12/1 \"%3_u \"\n"
33822 " \"\\t\" \"%_p \"\n"
33825 " \"%06.6_ao \" 12/1 \"%3_u \"\n"
33826 " \"\\t\" \"%_p \"\n"
33829 #. type: Plain text
33830 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:240
33832 msgid "Implement the *-x* option:"
33833 msgstr "argumento inválido para a opção --cdspeed/-x"
33835 #. type: delimited block .
33836 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:244
33839 " \"%07.7_Ax\\n\"\n"
33840 " \"%07.7_ax \" 8/2 \"%04x \" \"\\n\"\n"
33842 " \"%07.7_Ax\\n\"\n"
33843 " \"%07.7_ax \" 8/2 \"%04x \" \"\\n\"\n"
33845 #. type: Plain text
33846 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:247
33847 msgid "MBR Boot Signature example: Highlight the addresses cyan and the bytes at offsets 510 and 511 green if their value is 0xAA55, red otherwise."
33850 #. type: delimited block .
33851 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:251
33854 " \"%07.7_Ax_L[cyan]\\n\"\n"
33855 " \"%07.7_ax_L[cyan] \" 8/2 \" %04x_L[green:0xAA55@510-511,!red:0xAA55@510-511] \" \"\\n\"\n"
33857 " \"%07.7_Ax_L[cyan]\\n\"\n"
33858 " \"%07.7_ax_L[cyan] \" 8/2 \" %04x_L[green:0xAA55@510-511,!red:0xAA55@510-511] \" \"\\n\"\n"
33860 #. type: Plain text
33861 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:256
33863 msgid "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors.d/hexdump.disable_."
33864 msgstr "A coloração implícita pode ser desabilitada por um arquivo vazio _/etc/terminal-colors.d/fdisk.disable_."
33866 #. This page is in the public domain
33868 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:3
33873 #. type: Plain text
33874 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:13
33876 msgid "line - read one line"
33877 msgstr "Lê uma linha.\n"
33879 #. type: Plain text
33880 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:17
33885 #. type: Plain text
33886 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:21
33887 msgid "The utility *line* copies one line (up to a newline) from standard input to standard output. It always prints at least a newline and returns an exit status of 1 on EOF or read error."
33890 #. type: Plain text
33891 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:25
33893 msgid "*read*(1p)\n"
33900 #. Copyright (c) 1988, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
33901 #. Copyright (c) 1988 Mark Nudleman
33902 #. All rights reserved.
33903 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
33904 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
33906 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
33907 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
33908 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
33909 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
33910 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
33911 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
33912 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
33913 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
33914 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
33915 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
33916 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
33917 #. without specific prior written permission.
33918 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
33919 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
33920 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
33921 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
33922 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
33923 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
33924 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
33925 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
33926 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
33927 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
33929 #. @(#)more.1 5.15 (Berkeley) 7/29/91
33930 #. Copyright (c) 1992 Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
33932 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:39
33937 #. type: Plain text
33938 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:49
33940 msgid "more - file perusal filter for crt viewing"
33941 msgstr "Um filtro para leitura atenciosa de arquivos para visualização em CRT."
33943 #. type: Plain text
33944 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:53
33946 msgid "*more* [options] _file_ ...\n"
33947 msgstr " %s [opções] [<arquivo>...]\n"
33949 #. type: Plain text
33950 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:57
33952 msgid "*more* is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time. This version is especially primitive. Users should realize that *less*(1) provides *more*(1) emulation plus extensive enhancements.\n"
33955 #. type: Plain text
33956 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:61
33957 msgid "Options are also taken from the environment variable *MORE* (make sure to precede them with a dash (*-*)) but command-line options will override those."
33960 #. type: Labeled list
33961 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:62
33963 msgid "*-d*, *--silent*"
33964 msgstr " -d, --silent exibe ajuda ao invés de soar um bipe"
33966 #. type: Plain text
33967 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:64
33968 msgid "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\", and display \"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an illegal key is pressed."
33971 #. type: Labeled list
33972 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:65
33974 msgid "*-l*, *--logical*"
33977 #. type: Plain text
33978 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:67
33979 msgid "Do not pause after any line containing a *^L* (form feed)."
33982 #. type: Labeled list
33983 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:68
33985 msgid "*-f*, *--no-pause*"
33986 msgstr "*-p*, *--pause* _valor_"
33988 #. type: Plain text
33989 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:70
33990 msgid "Count logical lines, rather than screen lines (i.e., long lines are not folded)."
33993 #. type: Labeled list
33994 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:71
33996 msgid "*-p*, *--print-over*"
33997 msgstr "Energia por voltagem"
33999 #. type: Plain text
34000 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:73
34001 msgid "Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the text. Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the executable is named *page*."
34004 #. type: Labeled list
34005 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:74
34007 msgid "*-c*, *--clean-print*"
34010 #. type: Plain text
34011 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:76
34012 msgid "Do not scroll. Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the remainder of each line as it is displayed."
34015 #. type: Labeled list
34016 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:77
34018 msgid "*-s*, *--squeeze*"
34019 msgstr " -s, --squeeze compacta linhas vazias múltiplas em uma"
34021 #. type: Plain text
34022 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:79
34024 msgid "Squeeze multiple blank lines into one."
34025 msgstr " -s, --squeeze compacta linhas vazias múltiplas em uma"
34027 #. type: Labeled list
34028 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:80
34030 msgid "*-u*, *--plain*"
34031 msgstr " -u, --plain suprime sublinhado e negrito"
34033 #. type: Plain text
34034 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:82
34035 msgid "Suppress underlining. This option is silently ignored as backwards compatibility."
34038 #. type: Labeled list
34039 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:83
34041 msgid "*-n*, *--lines* _number_"
34042 msgstr " -n, --lines <número> o número de linhas por tela"
34044 #. type: Plain text
34045 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:85
34046 msgid "Specify the _number_ of lines per screenful. The _number_ argument is a positive decimal integer. The *--lines* option shall override any values obtained from any other source, such as number of lines reported by terminal."
34049 #. type: Labeled list
34050 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:86 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:36
34052 msgid "**-**__number__"
34053 msgstr "Número de cabeças"
34055 #. type: Plain text
34056 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:88
34057 msgid "A numeric option means the same as *--lines* option argument."
34060 #. type: Labeled list
34061 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:89 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:30
34063 msgid "**+**__number__"
34064 msgstr "Número de cabeças"
34066 #. type: Plain text
34067 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:91
34068 msgid "Start displaying each file at line _number_."
34071 #. type: Labeled list
34072 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:92
34074 msgid "**+**/__string__"
34075 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)"
34077 #. type: Plain text
34078 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:94
34079 msgid "The _string_ to be searched in each file before starting to display it."
34082 #. type: Plain text
34083 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:104
34084 msgid "Interactive commands for *more* are based on *vi*(1). Some commands may be preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below. In the following descriptions, *^X* means *control-X*."
34087 #. type: Labeled list
34088 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:105
34093 #. type: Plain text
34094 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:107
34095 msgid "Help; display a summary of these commands. If you forget all other commands, remember this one."
34098 #. type: Labeled list
34099 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:108
34102 msgstr "Pré-aloca espaço a, ou desaloca espaço de, um arquivo.\n"
34104 #. type: Plain text
34105 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:110
34106 msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size."
34109 #. type: Labeled list
34110 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:111
34115 #. type: Plain text
34116 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:113
34117 msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size. Argument becomes new default."
34120 #. type: Labeled list
34121 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:114
34124 msgstr " -e, --return retorna código de saída do processo filho\n"
34126 #. type: Plain text
34127 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:116
34128 msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to 1. Argument becomes new default."
34131 #. type: Labeled list
34132 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:117
34134 msgid "*d* or *^D*"
34135 msgstr "*d* ou *^D*"
34137 #. type: Plain text
34138 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:119
34139 msgid "Scroll k lines. Default is current scroll size, initially 11. Argument becomes new default."
34142 #. type: Labeled list
34143 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:120
34145 msgid "*q* or *Q* or *INTERRUPT*"
34147 "<espaço> Exibe as próximas k linhas de texto [espaço da tela]\n"
34148 "z Exibe as próximas k linhas de texto [espaço da tela]*\n"
34149 "<enter> Exibe as próximas l linhas de texto [1]*\n"
34150 "d ou ctrl-D Desce k linhas [tamanho de scroll atual, inicia em 11]*\n"
34151 "q ou Q ou <interrupção> Sai do more\n"
34152 "s Pula k linhas de texto [1]\n"
34153 "f Pula k telas de texto [1]\n"
34154 "b ou ctrl-B Pula para trás k telas de texto [1]\n"
34155 "' Vai para o lugar onde a pesquisa anterior se iniciou\n"
34156 "= Exibe o número de linha atual\n"
34157 "/<expressão regular> Pesquisa pela k-ésima ocorrência da expressão [1]\n"
34158 "n Pesquisa pela k-ésima ocorrência da última exp. [1]\n"
34159 "!<cmd> ou :!<cmd> Executa <cmd> em um subshell\n"
34160 "v Inicia o \"%s\" na linha atual\n"
34161 "ctrl-L Redesenha a tela\n"
34162 ":n Vai para o k-ésima próximo arquivo [1]\n"
34163 ":p Vai para o k-ésima arquivo anterior [1]\n"
34164 ":f Exibe o número da linha e o nome do arquivo atual\n"
34165 ". Repete o comando anterior\n"
34167 #. type: Plain text
34168 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:122
34171 msgstr "Exibe um texto de ajuda e sai."
34173 #. type: Plain text
34174 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:125
34175 msgid "Skip forward k lines of text. Defaults to 1."
34178 #. type: Labeled list
34179 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:126
34182 msgstr " -f, --fast passa -f para o shell (para csh ou tcsh)\n"
34184 #. type: Plain text
34185 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:128
34186 msgid "Skip forward k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1."
34189 #. type: Labeled list
34190 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:129
34192 msgid "*b* or *^B*"
34193 msgstr "*b* or *^B*"
34195 #. type: Plain text
34196 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:131
34197 msgid "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1. Only works with files, not pipes."
34200 #. type: Labeled list
34201 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:132
34206 #. type: Plain text
34207 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:134
34208 msgid "Go to the place where the last search started."
34211 #. type: Labeled list
34212 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:135
34217 #. type: Plain text
34218 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:137
34220 msgid "Display current line number."
34222 "<espaço> Exibe as próximas k linhas de texto [espaço da tela]\n"
34223 "z Exibe as próximas k linhas de texto [espaço da tela]*\n"
34224 "<enter> Exibe as próximas l linhas de texto [1]*\n"
34225 "d ou ctrl-D Desce k linhas [tamanho de scroll atual, inicia em 11]*\n"
34226 "q ou Q ou <interrupção> Sai do more\n"
34227 "s Pula k linhas de texto [1]\n"
34228 "f Pula k telas de texto [1]\n"
34229 "b ou ctrl-B Pula para trás k telas de texto [1]\n"
34230 "' Vai para o lugar onde a pesquisa anterior se iniciou\n"
34231 "= Exibe o número de linha atual\n"
34232 "/<expressão regular> Pesquisa pela k-ésima ocorrência da expressão [1]\n"
34233 "n Pesquisa pela k-ésima ocorrência da última exp. [1]\n"
34234 "!<cmd> ou :!<cmd> Executa <cmd> em um subshell\n"
34235 "v Inicia o \"%s\" na linha atual\n"
34236 "ctrl-L Redesenha a tela\n"
34237 ":n Vai para o k-ésima próximo arquivo [1]\n"
34238 ":p Vai para o k-ésima arquivo anterior [1]\n"
34239 ":f Exibe o número da linha e o nome do arquivo atual\n"
34240 ". Repete o comando anterior\n"
34242 #. type: Labeled list
34243 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:138
34246 msgstr " +/padrão/ inicia na linha contendo o padrão\n"
34248 #. type: Plain text
34249 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:140
34250 msgid "Search for kth occurrence of regular expression. Defaults to 1."
34253 #. type: Plain text
34254 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:143
34255 msgid "Search for kth occurrence of last regular expression. Defaults to 1."
34258 #. type: Labeled list
34259 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:144
34261 msgid "*!command* or *:!command*"
34262 msgstr "*!comando* or *:!comando*"
34264 #. type: Plain text
34265 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:146
34267 msgid "Execute _command_ in a subshell."
34268 msgstr "Executar comando\"%s\".\n"
34270 #. type: Labeled list
34271 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:147
34276 #. type: Plain text
34277 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:149
34278 msgid "Start up an editor at current line. The editor is taken from the environment variable *VISUAL* if defined, or *EDITOR* if *VISUAL* is not defined, or defaults to *vi*(1) if neither *VISUAL* nor *EDITOR* is defined."
34281 #. type: Labeled list
34282 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:150
34287 #. type: Plain text
34288 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:152
34290 msgid "Redraw screen."
34292 "<espaço> Exibe as próximas k linhas de texto [espaço da tela]\n"
34293 "z Exibe as próximas k linhas de texto [espaço da tela]*\n"
34294 "<enter> Exibe as próximas l linhas de texto [1]*\n"
34295 "d ou ctrl-D Desce k linhas [tamanho de scroll atual, inicia em 11]*\n"
34296 "q ou Q ou <interrupção> Sai do more\n"
34297 "s Pula k linhas de texto [1]\n"
34298 "f Pula k telas de texto [1]\n"
34299 "b ou ctrl-B Pula para trás k telas de texto [1]\n"
34300 "' Vai para o lugar onde a pesquisa anterior se iniciou\n"
34301 "= Exibe o número de linha atual\n"
34302 "/<expressão regular> Pesquisa pela k-ésima ocorrência da expressão [1]\n"
34303 "n Pesquisa pela k-ésima ocorrência da última exp. [1]\n"
34304 "!<cmd> ou :!<cmd> Executa <cmd> em um subshell\n"
34305 "v Inicia o \"%s\" na linha atual\n"
34306 "ctrl-L Redesenha a tela\n"
34307 ":n Vai para o k-ésima próximo arquivo [1]\n"
34308 ":p Vai para o k-ésima arquivo anterior [1]\n"
34309 ":f Exibe o número da linha e o nome do arquivo atual\n"
34310 ". Repete o comando anterior\n"
34312 #. type: Labeled list
34313 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:153
34318 #. type: Plain text
34319 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:155
34320 msgid "Go to kth next file. Defaults to 1."
34323 #. type: Labeled list
34324 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:156
34329 #. type: Plain text
34330 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:158
34331 msgid "Go to kth previous file. Defaults to 1."
34334 #. type: Labeled list
34335 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:159
34338 msgstr " -f, --fast passa -f para o shell (para csh ou tcsh)\n"
34340 #. type: Plain text
34341 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:161
34343 msgid "Display current file name and line number."
34345 "<espaço> Exibe as próximas k linhas de texto [espaço da tela]\n"
34346 "z Exibe as próximas k linhas de texto [espaço da tela]*\n"
34347 "<enter> Exibe as próximas l linhas de texto [1]*\n"
34348 "d ou ctrl-D Desce k linhas [tamanho de scroll atual, inicia em 11]*\n"
34349 "q ou Q ou <interrupção> Sai do more\n"
34350 "s Pula k linhas de texto [1]\n"
34351 "f Pula k telas de texto [1]\n"
34352 "b ou ctrl-B Pula para trás k telas de texto [1]\n"
34353 "' Vai para o lugar onde a pesquisa anterior se iniciou\n"
34354 "= Exibe o número de linha atual\n"
34355 "/<expressão regular> Pesquisa pela k-ésima ocorrência da expressão [1]\n"
34356 "n Pesquisa pela k-ésima ocorrência da última exp. [1]\n"
34357 "!<cmd> ou :!<cmd> Executa <cmd> em um subshell\n"
34358 "v Inicia o \"%s\" na linha atual\n"
34359 "ctrl-L Redesenha a tela\n"
34360 ":n Vai para o k-ésima próximo arquivo [1]\n"
34361 ":p Vai para o k-ésima arquivo anterior [1]\n"
34362 ":f Exibe o número da linha e o nome do arquivo atual\n"
34363 ". Repete o comando anterior\n"
34365 #. type: Labeled list
34366 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:162
34371 #. type: Plain text
34372 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:164
34374 msgid "Repeat previous command."
34376 "<espaço> Exibe as próximas k linhas de texto [espaço da tela]\n"
34377 "z Exibe as próximas k linhas de texto [espaço da tela]*\n"
34378 "<enter> Exibe as próximas l linhas de texto [1]*\n"
34379 "d ou ctrl-D Desce k linhas [tamanho de scroll atual, inicia em 11]*\n"
34380 "q ou Q ou <interrupção> Sai do more\n"
34381 "s Pula k linhas de texto [1]\n"
34382 "f Pula k telas de texto [1]\n"
34383 "b ou ctrl-B Pula para trás k telas de texto [1]\n"
34384 "' Vai para o lugar onde a pesquisa anterior se iniciou\n"
34385 "= Exibe o número de linha atual\n"
34386 "/<expressão regular> Pesquisa pela k-ésima ocorrência da expressão [1]\n"
34387 "n Pesquisa pela k-ésima ocorrência da última exp. [1]\n"
34388 "!<cmd> ou :!<cmd> Executa <cmd> em um subshell\n"
34389 "v Inicia o \"%s\" na linha atual\n"
34390 "ctrl-L Redesenha a tela\n"
34391 ":n Vai para o k-ésima próximo arquivo [1]\n"
34392 ":p Vai para o k-ésima arquivo anterior [1]\n"
34393 ":f Exibe o número da linha e o nome do arquivo atual\n"
34394 ". Repete o comando anterior\n"
34396 #. type: Plain text
34397 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:168
34398 msgid "The *more* command respects the following environment variables, if they exist:"
34401 #. type: Labeled list
34402 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:169
34407 #. type: Plain text
34408 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:171
34409 msgid "This variable may be set with favored options to *more*."
34412 #. type: Plain text
34413 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:174
34414 msgid "Current shell in use (normally set by the shell at login time)."
34417 #. type: Labeled list
34418 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:175 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:137
34419 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:73
34424 #. type: Plain text
34425 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:177
34426 msgid "The terminal type used by *more* to get the terminal characteristics necessary to manipulate the screen."
34429 #. type: Labeled list
34430 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:178
34435 #. type: Plain text
34436 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:180
34437 msgid "The editor the user prefers. Invoked when command key _v_ is pressed."
34440 #. type: Plain text
34441 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:183
34442 msgid "The editor of choice when *VISUAL* is not specified."
34445 #. type: Plain text
34446 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:187
34447 msgid "The *more* command appeared in 3.0BSD. This man page documents *more* version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux community. Documentation was produced using several other versions of the man page, and extensive inspection of the source code."
34450 #. type: Plain text
34451 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:191
34452 msgid "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley."
34455 #. type: Plain text
34456 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:193
34457 msgid "Modified by Geoff Peck, UCB to add underlining, single spacing."
34460 #. type: Plain text
34461 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:195
34462 msgid "Modified by John Foderaro, UCB to add -c and MORE environment variable."
34465 #. type: Plain text
34466 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:200
34473 #. Copyright 2001 Gunnar Ritter
34475 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:3
34479 "-------------------------------------------------------\n"
34481 " q ou Q sai do programa\n"
34482 " <novalinha> próxima página\n"
34483 " f pula uma página para frente\n"
34484 " d ou ^D próxima meia página\n"
34485 " l próxima linha\n"
34486 " $ última página\n"
34487 " /regex/ pesquisa para frente pela expressão regular\n"
34488 " ?regex? ou ^regex^ pesquisa para trás pela expressão regular\n"
34489 " . ou ^L redesenha a tela\n"
34490 " w ou z define o tamanho da página e vai para a próxima\n"
34491 " s arquivo salva o arquivo atual para o arquivo informado\n"
34492 " !comando escapa para o shell\n"
34493 " p vai para o arquivo anterior\n"
34494 " n vai para o próximo arquivo\n"
34496 "Muitos comandos aceitam ser precedidos por números, por exemplo:\n"
34497 "+1<novalinha> (próxima pg.); -1<novalinha> (pg. anterior); 1<novalinha> (primeira pg.).\n"
34499 "Veja pg(1) para mais informação.\n"
34500 "-------------------------------------------------------\n"
34502 #. type: Plain text
34503 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:13
34505 msgid "pg - browse pagewise through text files"
34506 msgstr "Navega página por página em arquivos textos.\n"
34508 #. type: Plain text
34509 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:17
34511 msgid "*pg* *-*_amount_ *-p* _prompt_ *-cefnrs* +line +/pattern/ file_ ...\n"
34514 #. type: Plain text
34515 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:21
34517 msgid "*pg* displays a text file on a CRT one screenful at once. After each page, a prompt is displayed. The user may then either press the newline key to view the next page or one of the keys described below.\n"
34520 #. type: Plain text
34521 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:23
34522 msgid "If no filename is given on the command line, *pg* reads from standard input. If standard output is not a terminal, *pg* acts like *cat*(1) but precedes each file with its name if there is more than one."
34525 #. type: Plain text
34526 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:25
34527 msgid "If input comes from a pipe, *pg* stores the data in a buffer file while reading, to make navigation possible."
34530 #. type: Plain text
34531 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:29
34533 msgid "*pg* accepts the following options:\n"
34536 #. type: Plain text
34537 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:32
34539 msgid "Start at the given line number."
34540 msgstr " +número inicia na linha informada\n"
34542 #. type: Labeled list
34543 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:33
34545 msgid "**+/**__pattern__*/*"
34546 msgstr " +/padrão/ inicia na linha contendo o padrão\n"
34548 #. type: Plain text
34549 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:35
34550 msgid "Start at the line containing the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ given."
34553 #. type: Plain text
34554 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:38
34555 msgid "The number of lines per page. By default, this is the number of CRT lines minus one."
34558 #. type: Plain text
34559 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:41
34560 msgid "Clear the screen before a page is displayed, if the terminfo entry for the terminal provides this capability."
34563 #. type: Labeled list
34564 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:42
34569 #. type: Plain text
34570 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:44
34572 msgid "Do not pause and display _(EOF)_ at the end of a file."
34573 msgstr " -e não pausa ao final de um arquivo\n"
34575 #. type: Plain text
34576 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:47
34578 msgid "Do not split long lines."
34579 msgstr " -f não divide linhas longas\n"
34581 #. type: Labeled list
34582 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:48
34587 #. type: Plain text
34588 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:50
34589 msgid "Without this option, commands must be terminated by a newline character."
34592 #. type: Plain text
34593 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:52
34594 msgid "With this option, *pg* advances once a command letter is entered."
34597 #. type: Labeled list
34598 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:53
34600 msgid "*-p* _string_"
34601 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)"
34603 #. type: Plain text
34604 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:55
34605 msgid "Instead of the normal prompt _:_, _string_ is displayed. If _string_ contains *%d*, its first occurrence is replaced by the number of the current page."
34608 #. type: Labeled list
34609 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:56
34614 #. type: Plain text
34615 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:58
34617 msgid "Disallow the shell escape."
34618 msgstr " -r veda o escape para shell\n"
34620 #. type: Plain text
34621 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:61
34622 msgid "Print messages in _standout_ mode, if the terminfo entry for the terminal provides this capability."
34625 #. type: Plain text
34626 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:71
34627 msgid "The following commands may be entered at the prompt. Commands preceded by _i_ in this document accept a number as argument, positive or negative. If this argument starts with *+* or *-*, it is interpreted relative to the current position in the input file, otherwise relative to the beginning."
34630 #. type: Labeled list
34631 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:72
34633 msgid "__i__**<Enter>**"
34636 #. type: Plain text
34637 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:74
34638 msgid "Display the next or the indicated page."
34641 #. type: Labeled list
34642 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:75
34644 msgid "__i__**d** or *^D*"
34645 msgstr "Inode %lu (modo = %07o), i_nlinks = %d, contados = %d."
34647 #. type: Plain text
34648 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:77
34649 msgid "Display the next halfpage. If _i_ is given, it is always interpreted relative to the current position."
34652 #. type: Labeled list
34653 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:78
34658 #. type: Plain text
34659 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:80
34660 msgid "Display the next or the indicated line."
34663 #. type: Labeled list
34664 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:81
34667 msgstr "*-f*, *--force*"
34669 #. type: Plain text
34670 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:83
34671 msgid "Skip a page forward. _i_ must be a positive number and is always interpreted relative to the current position."
34674 #. type: Labeled list
34675 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:84
34677 msgid "__i__**w** or __i__**z**"
34678 msgstr "*-i*, *--inodes* _número_"
34680 #. type: Plain text
34681 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:86
34682 msgid "As *<Enter>* except that _i_ becomes the new page size."
34685 #. type: Labeled list
34686 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:87
34688 msgid "*.* or *^L*"
34691 #. type: Plain text
34692 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:89
34694 msgid "Redraw the screen."
34696 "<espaço> Exibe as próximas k linhas de texto [espaço da tela]\n"
34697 "z Exibe as próximas k linhas de texto [espaço da tela]*\n"
34698 "<enter> Exibe as próximas l linhas de texto [1]*\n"
34699 "d ou ctrl-D Desce k linhas [tamanho de scroll atual, inicia em 11]*\n"
34700 "q ou Q ou <interrupção> Sai do more\n"
34701 "s Pula k linhas de texto [1]\n"
34702 "f Pula k telas de texto [1]\n"
34703 "b ou ctrl-B Pula para trás k telas de texto [1]\n"
34704 "' Vai para o lugar onde a pesquisa anterior se iniciou\n"
34705 "= Exibe o número de linha atual\n"
34706 "/<expressão regular> Pesquisa pela k-ésima ocorrência da expressão [1]\n"
34707 "n Pesquisa pela k-ésima ocorrência da última exp. [1]\n"
34708 "!<cmd> ou :!<cmd> Executa <cmd> em um subshell\n"
34709 "v Inicia o \"%s\" na linha atual\n"
34710 "ctrl-L Redesenha a tela\n"
34711 ":n Vai para o k-ésima próximo arquivo [1]\n"
34712 ":p Vai para o k-ésima arquivo anterior [1]\n"
34713 ":f Exibe o número da linha e o nome do arquivo atual\n"
34714 ". Repete o comando anterior\n"
34716 #. type: Labeled list
34717 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:90
34722 #. type: Plain text
34723 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:92
34724 msgid "Advance to the last line of the input file."
34727 #. type: Labeled list
34728 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:93
34730 msgid "__i__**/**__pattern__**/**"
34731 msgstr "__i__**/**__padrão__**/**"
34733 #. type: Plain text
34734 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:95
34735 msgid "Search forward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts after the current page and stops at the end of the file. No wrap-around is performed. _i_ must be a positive number."
34738 #. type: Labeled list
34739 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:96
34741 msgid "__i__**?**__pattern__**?** or __i__**^**__pattern__**^**"
34742 msgstr " +/padrão/ inicia na linha contendo o padrão\n"
34744 #. type: Plain text
34745 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:98
34746 msgid "Search backward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts before the current page and stops at the beginning of the file. No wrap-around is performed. _i_ must be a positive number."
34749 #. type: Plain text
34750 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:100
34751 msgid "The search commands accept an added letter. If *t* is given, the line containing the pattern is displayed at the top of the screen, which is the default. *m* selects the middle and *b* the bottom of the screen. The selected position is used in following searches, too."
34754 #. type: Labeled list
34755 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:101
34758 msgstr " %s [-h] [-v] [-b tam-blk] [-e edição] [-N endian] [-i arquivo] [-n nome] nome-dir arq-saída\n"
34760 #. type: Plain text
34761 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:103
34762 msgid "Advance to the next file or _i_ files forward."
34765 #. type: Labeled list
34766 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:104
34769 msgstr "*-i* _arquivo_"
34771 #. type: Plain text
34772 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:106
34773 msgid "Reread the previous file or _i_ files backward."
34776 #. type: Labeled list
34777 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:107
34779 msgid "*s* _filename_"
34781 "-------------------------------------------------------\n"
34783 " q ou Q sai do programa\n"
34784 " <novalinha> próxima página\n"
34785 " f pula uma página para frente\n"
34786 " d ou ^D próxima meia página\n"
34787 " l próxima linha\n"
34788 " $ última página\n"
34789 " /regex/ pesquisa para frente pela expressão regular\n"
34790 " ?regex? ou ^regex^ pesquisa para trás pela expressão regular\n"
34791 " . ou ^L redesenha a tela\n"
34792 " w ou z define o tamanho da página e vai para a próxima\n"
34793 " s arquivo salva o arquivo atual para o arquivo informado\n"
34794 " !comando escapa para o shell\n"
34795 " p vai para o arquivo anterior\n"
34796 " n vai para o próximo arquivo\n"
34798 "Muitos comandos aceitam ser precedidos por números, por exemplo:\n"
34799 "+1<novalinha> (próxima pg.); -1<novalinha> (pg. anterior); 1<novalinha> (primeira pg.).\n"
34801 "Veja pg(1) para mais informação.\n"
34802 "-------------------------------------------------------\n"
34804 #. type: Plain text
34805 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:109
34806 msgid "Save the current file to the given _filename_."
34809 #. type: Plain text
34810 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:112
34811 msgid "Display a command summary."
34814 #. type: Labeled list
34815 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:113
34817 msgid "**!**__command__"
34818 msgstr "**!**__comando__"
34820 #. type: Plain text
34821 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:115
34823 msgid "Execute _command_ using the shell."
34824 msgstr "Executar comando\"%s\".\n"
34826 #. type: Labeled list
34827 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:116
34830 msgstr "[Use q ou Q para sair]"
34832 #. type: Plain text
34833 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:118
34838 #. type: Plain text
34839 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:120
34840 msgid "If the user presses the interrupt or quit key while *pg* reads from the input file or writes on the terminal, *pg* will immediately display the prompt. In all other situations these keys will terminate *pg*."
34843 #. type: Plain text
34844 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:124
34846 msgid "The following environment variables affect the behavior of *pg*:"
34847 msgstr "O comportamento do programa *fsck* é afetado pelas seguintes variáveis de ambiente:"
34849 #. type: Labeled list
34850 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:125
34853 msgstr "número excessivo de colinas especificadas, o limite é %zu colunas"
34855 #. type: Plain text
34856 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:127
34857 msgid "Overrides the system-supplied number of columns if set."
34860 #. type: Labeled list
34861 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:128
34863 msgid "*LANG*, *LC_ALL*, *LC_COLLATE*, *LC_CTYPE*, *LC_MESSAGES*"
34866 #. type: Plain text
34867 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:130
34869 msgid "See *locale*(7)."
34872 #. type: Labeled list
34873 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:131
34876 msgstr " -<número> mesmo que --lines"
34878 #. type: Plain text
34879 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:133
34880 msgid "Overrides the system-supplied number of lines if set."
34883 #. type: Plain text
34884 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:136
34886 msgid "Used by the *!* command."
34887 msgstr "as opções --target e --source não pode ser usada junto com um elemento de linha de comando que não é uma opção"
34889 #. type: Plain text
34890 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:139
34892 msgid "Determines the terminal type."
34893 msgstr "%s: tipo de terminal desconhecido"
34895 #. type: Plain text
34896 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:143
34898 msgid "*pg* expects the terminal tabulators to be set every eight positions.\n"
34901 #. type: Plain text
34902 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:145
34903 msgid "Files that include NUL characters cannot be displayed by *pg*."
34906 #. type: Plain text
34907 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:155
34922 #. Copyright (c) 1985, 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
34923 #. All rights reserved.
34924 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
34925 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
34927 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
34928 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
34929 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
34930 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
34931 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
34932 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
34933 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
34934 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
34935 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
34936 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
34937 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
34938 #. without specific prior written permission.
34939 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
34940 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
34941 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
34942 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
34943 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
34944 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
34945 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
34946 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
34947 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
34948 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
34950 #. @(#)rev.1 6.3 (Berkeley) 3/21/92
34952 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:36
34957 #. type: Plain text
34958 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:46
34960 msgid "rev - reverse lines characterwise"
34961 msgstr "Inverte linhas caractere a caractere.\n"
34963 #. type: Plain text
34964 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:50
34966 msgid "*rev* [option] [_file_...]\n"
34967 msgstr "a opção \"%s\" exige um argumento"
34969 #. type: Plain text
34970 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:54
34971 msgid "The *rev* utility copies the specified files to standard output, reversing the order of characters in every line. If no files are specified, standard input is read."
34974 #. type: Plain text
34975 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:56
34976 msgid "This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated buffer for a whole wide-char line. If the input file is huge and without line breaks than allocate the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
34979 #. type: Plain text
34980 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:68
34988 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
34989 #. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
34990 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
34991 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
34993 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
34994 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
34995 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
34996 #. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
34997 #. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
34998 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
34999 #. must display the following acknowledgement:
35000 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
35001 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
35002 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
35003 #. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
35004 #. without specific prior written permission.
35005 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
35006 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
35007 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
35008 #. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
35009 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
35010 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
35011 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
35012 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
35013 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
35014 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
35016 #. @(#)ul.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
35018 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:36
35023 #. type: Plain text
35024 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:46
35026 msgid "ul - do underlining"
35027 msgstr "Sublinha o texto.\n"
35029 #. type: Plain text
35030 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:50
35032 msgid "*ul* [options] [_file_...]\n"
35033 msgstr " %s [opções] [<arquivo>...]\n"
35035 #. type: Plain text
35036 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:54
35038 msgid "*ul* reads the named files (or standard input if none are given) and translates occurrences of underscores to the sequence which indicates underlining for the terminal in use, as specified by the environment variable *TERM*. The _terminfo_ database is read to determine the appropriate sequences for underlining. If the terminal is incapable of underlining but is capable of a standout mode, then that is used instead. If the terminal can overstrike, or handles underlining automatically, *ul* degenerates to *cat*(1). If the terminal cannot underline, underlining is ignored.\n"
35041 #. type: Labeled list
35042 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:57
35044 msgid "*-i*, *--indicated*"
35045 msgstr " -i, --indicated sublinhado é indicado com linha separada\n"
35047 #. type: Plain text
35048 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:59
35049 msgid "Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate dashes `-'; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining which is present in an *nroff* output stream on a crt-terminal."
35052 #. type: Labeled list
35053 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:60
35055 msgid "*-t*, *-T*, *--terminal* _terminal_"
35056 msgstr " -t, -T, --terminal TERMINAL sobrescreve a variável de ambiente TERM\n"
35058 #. type: Plain text
35059 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:62
35061 msgid "Override the environment variable *TERM* with the specified _terminal_ type."
35062 msgstr " --term <nome_terminal> sobrescreve a variável de ambiente TERM\n"
35064 #. type: Plain text
35065 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:72
35067 msgid "The following environment variable is used:"
35068 msgstr "variável de ambiente MORE"
35070 #. type: Plain text
35071 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:75
35072 msgid "The *TERM* variable is used to relate a tty device with its device capability description (see *terminfo*(5)). *TERM* is set at login time, either by the default terminal type specified in _/etc/ttys_ or as set during the login process by the user in their _login_ file (see *setenv*(3))."
35075 #. type: Plain text
35076 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:79
35077 msgid "The *ul* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
35080 #. type: Plain text
35081 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:83
35083 msgid "*nroff* usually outputs a series of backspaces and underlines intermixed with the text to indicate underlining. No attempt is made to optimize the backward motion.\n"
35086 #. type: Plain text
35087 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:92